Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2011

Registration No. 333-171719

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 5
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  7389
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  95-4856877
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90024
(310) 586-5180
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Edward Zinser
Chief Financial Officer
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, California 90024
(310) 586-5180
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Ilan Lovinsky
Elizabeth Wilson
Mike Heath
Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
11682 El Camino Real, Suite 100
San Diego, California 92130
(858) 436-8000

 

Horace Nash
James Evans
Fenwick & West LLP
Silicon Valley Center
801 California Street
Mountain View, California 94041
(650) 988-8500



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 29, 2011

5,770,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Boingo Wireless, Inc.

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling 3,846,800 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling 1,923,200 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. We have been approved to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "WIFI".

        The underwriters have the option to purchase a maximum of 865,500 additional shares from us to cover over-allotments, if any.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Boingo
  Proceeds
to Selling
Stockholders
 
Per share   $     $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                                        , 2011.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities

Pacific Crest Securities

 

William Blair & Company

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2011.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  10

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

  24

USE OF PROCEEDS

  25

DIVIDEND POLICY

  25

CAPITALIZATION

  26

DILUTION

  28

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  30

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  33

BUSINESS

  58

MANAGEMENT

  69

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  76

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  95

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  96

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  100

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  105

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

  107

UNDERWRITING

  111

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

  117

LEGAL MATTERS

  119

EXPERTS

  119

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  119

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                        , 2011 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Boingo," "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Boingo Wireless, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.

Company Overview

        Boingo makes it simple to connect to the mobile Internet.

        We make it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally. Our solution includes easy-to-use software for Wi-Fi enabled devices, such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers, and our sophisticated back-end system infrastructure that detects and enables one-click access to our extensive global Wi-Fi network. Individuals use our solutions to access what we believe is the world's largest commercial Wi-Fi network, consisting of over 325,000 Wi-Fi locations, or hotspots, in over 100 countries at venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other mobile devices, individuals increasingly demand Internet access to facilitate their use, while on-the-go, of data-intensive applications, such as streaming media, online games, social networking and video calling. We believe this demand creates a significant market opportunity that we are uniquely positioned to capture. We have direct customer relationships with over 1.3 million users who have purchased our mobile Internet services in the past 12 months. We also provide solutions to our partners, which include telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, and communications companies, allowing their millions of users to connect to the mobile Internet through Wi-Fi hotspots in our network.

        Our primary source of revenue is from individuals who purchase month-to-month subscription plans, which automatically renew, or hotspot specific, single-use access to our network. Our partners pay us usage-based network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers access to our network. We also generate revenue from telecom operators that pay us build-out fees and access fees so that their cellular customers may use our distributed antenna system, or DAS, at locations where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network. In addition, we generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to our landing pages with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs.

        We install, manage and operate wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots, where we have exclusive multi-year agreements. In 2009, these locations had more than 800 million visitors. We extend our network footprint through partnerships with over 125 network operators, such as British Telecommunications, China Telecom, KT Corp. (formerly Korea Telecom Corp.), France Telecom SA and T-Mobile USA Inc. The breadth of our network and functionality of our software provide individuals with a seamless user experience whether they access the mobile Internet through hotspots managed and operated by us or by our global partners.

        We grew revenue from $56.7 million in 2008 to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $6.9 million to $13.5 million, an increase of 95%, and we reduced the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $11.2 million to $4.2 million. We grew revenue from $65.7 million in 2009 to $80.4 million in 2010, an increase of 22%,

1


Table of Contents


we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $13.5 million to $18.2 million, an increase of 35%, and we improved the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $4.2 million to net income attributable to common stockholders of $10.7 million. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

Industry Overview

        Data-intensive applications are driving the escalation of Internet data traffic. With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices, users expect access on-the-go to the same data-intensive applications that they use in the home and office, at similarly high performance levels. The adoption, growth and advancement of Wi-Fi enabled smartphones, tablet computers and application content are key catalysts for the acceleration of high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet usage. The improved computing power, rich graphical user interfaces and Internet capabilities of these devices enable mobile users to make video calls or stream full-length movies, contributing to the vast expansion of the wireless consumption of data.

        To cope with the expected significant increase in mobile Internet data traffic, telecom operators are investing billions of dollars in technologies such as 3G and 4G cellular networks, but these investments are not anticipated to be sufficient to relieve the strain on networks. Verizon has reported that its Long Term Evolution, or LTE, upgrade will increase capacity four times; however, mobile data consumption is expected to increase by 27 times as projected by Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

        Cellular users face service quality issues and high cost of mobile data services. To relieve the network congestion that contributes to these problems, telecom operators offer Wi-Fi solutions to off-load data. Wi-Fi provides higher speed and higher bandwidth per user in high density locations, and is simpler and less expensive to deploy than additional cellular network capacity. Hardware manufacturers have responded to demand for Wi-Fi capability by including Wi-Fi as a standard feature on laptops and tablet computers, and increasingly, smartphones, digital cameras and handheld media devices. Wi-Fi has become the standard protocol for residential and office wireless networks and is increasingly prevalent in public venues, such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        The mobile Internet is a complex and constantly evolving ecosystem, comprised of over a billion mobile Internet enabled devices, from dozens of manufacturers, powered by many different operating systems. Devices use different network technologies and must be configured with the appropriate software to detect and optimize a connection to the mobile Internet. This complexity is amplified as new device models and operating systems are released, new categories of devices become Internet enabled and new network technologies emerge.

The Boingo Solution

        We make it simple to connect to the mobile Internet. Our proprietary software, wholesale and retail billing system, extensive network and customer support services provide an easy, convenient and cost effective way for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet. We are able to deliver highly reliable, high-speed mobile Internet access with minimal capital investment.

        Key elements of our solution include:

2


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Key elements of our strategy to extend that lead are to:

3


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Us

        Our business is subject to many risks that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in "Risk Factors" following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

Corporate History and Information

        We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2001 under the name Project Mammoth, Inc. and changed our name to Boingo Wireless, Inc. in October 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024 and our telephone number is (310) 586-5180. Our website address is www.boingo.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

        "Boingo Wireless", "Boingo", "Don't just go. Boingo.", our logo and other trademarks or service marks of Boingo appearing in this prospectus are the property of Boingo. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with these other companies, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by these other companies.

4


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

  3,846,800 shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

1,923,200 shares

Total common stock offered

 

5,770,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

32,528,097 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

NASDAQ Global Market trading symbol

 

"WIFI"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 28,681,297 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and excludes:



        Except as otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

5


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following tables present summary historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.

        The unaudited pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further information concerning the calculation of unaudited pro forma per share information, please refer to notes 2 and 18 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 80,420  

Costs and operating expenses:

                   
 

Network access

    22,979     26,430     31,961  
 

Network operations

    11,010     11,667     13,508  
 

Development and technology

    6,763     7,374     8,475  
 

Selling and marketing

    7,549     5,901     5,985  
 

General and administrative

    7,945     8,214     10,645  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     2,491  
               

Total costs and operating expenses

    62,218     63,434     73,065  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,507 )   2,281     7,355  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   
200
   
(154

)
 
(137

)
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,307 )   2,127     7,218  

Income taxes

    272     706     (9,063 )
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,579 )   1,421     16,281  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    332     394     547  
               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (5,911 )   1,027     15,734  

Accretion on convertible and redeemable stock

    (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (5,020 )
               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 10,714  
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
   

Basic

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 1.84  
   

Diluted

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 0.49  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
   

Basic

    5,696     5,801     5,834  
   

Diluted

    5,696     5,801     31,899  

6


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       
   

Basic

  $ 0.55  
   

Diluted

  $ 0.50  

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       
   

Basic

    28,680  
   

Diluted

    31,899  

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other Financial Data:

                   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 18,224  

Operating cash flows

    10,922     14,522     24,160  

Investing cash flows

    (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (19,934 )

Financing cash flows

    (1,287 )   (974 )   (1,134 )

 

 
  As of December 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,721   $ 25,721   $ 69,829  

Working capital

    19,543     19,543     63,651  

Total assets

    133,035     133,035     177,143  

Deferred revenue

    38,978     38,978     38,978  

Total liabilities

    59,706     59,706     59,706  

Convertible preferred stock

    122,969          

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (49,640 )   73,329     117,437  

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders plus accretion of convertible and redeemable stock, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, interest and other income (expense), net, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and non-controlling interests expense. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

7


Table of Contents


Recent Developments

        Our consolidated financial data for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 discussed below are preliminary, based upon information available to date and management estimates, and subject to completion of our financial closing procedures. Accordingly, these results may change and those changes may be material. Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures on this preliminary financial data, and accordingly, does not express an opinion or other form of assurance with respect to these data.

Revenue

        We expect revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to be between $20.5 million and $21.0 million as compared to $18.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Excluding the one-time sponsorship revenue of $0.9 million in the prior year first quarter, revenue would have been $17.6 million. The increase in revenue was primarily due to wholesale and to retail subscription growth.

Income from operations

        We expect income from operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to be between $1.7 million and $1.9 million as compared to $1.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the revenue growth.

Net income

        We expect net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to be between $0.9 million and $1.0 million as compared to $1.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. This decline was due to the significant increase in our effective tax rate as a result of the reversal of our valuation allowance in the quarter ended December 31, 2010.

Adjusted EBITDA

        We expect Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to be between $5.0 million and $5.2 million as compared to $4.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Our Adjusted EBITDA estimate for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 reflects our estimated net income of between $0.9 million and $1.0 million, plus estimated depreciation and amortization of $3.1 million to $3.2 million, income tax expense of $0.7 million, estimated stock-based compensation of $0.2 million, and non-controlling interests of $0.1 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 reflects our net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 of $1.2 million plus depreciation and amortization of $2.5 million, stock-based compensation of $0.2 million, income tax expense of $0.2 million, and non-controlling interests of $0.1 million. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, for a definition of Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

Operating Metrics

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31, 2011   Dec. 31, 2010   Mar. 31, 2010  

Connects (in thousands)

    1,914     1,958     1,636  

Subscribers (in thousands)

   
214
   
200
   
158
 

Monthly Churn

   
9.4

%
 
9.2

%
 
9.2

%

8


Table of Contents

        Our connects declined as expected from the seasonally stronger quarter ended December 31, 2010, and grew 17% compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to connects in our managed and operated locations and in other worldwide hotspots in our network.

        We added subscribers compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2010 due to growth in smartphone and laptop subscriptions. This represents net subscriber growth of 35% from March 31, 2010.

9


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. The price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

A significant portion of our revenue is dependent on our relationships with our venue and network partners, and if these relationships are impaired or terminated, or if our partners do not perform as expected, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        We depend on our relationships with venue partners, particularly key airport venue partners, in order to manage and operate Wi-Fi hotspots. These relationships generate a significant portion of our revenue and allow us to generate new retail customers. Our agreements with our venue partners are for defined periods and of varying durations. If our venue partners terminate or fail to renew these agreements, our ability to generate and retain retail customers would be diminished and our network of Wi-Fi hotspots would be reduced, which might result in a significant disruption of our business and adversely affect our operating results.

        We depend on our relationships with network partners to allow users to roam across Wi-Fi networks that we do not manage or operate. A significant portion of our revenue depends on maintaining these relationships with network partners. Some network partners may compete with us for retail customers and may decide to terminate our partnerships and instead develop competing retail products and services. Our network partner agreements are for defined periods and of varying durations. If our network partners terminate these agreements, or fail to renew these agreements, our ability to retain retail customers could be diminished and our network of Wi-Fi hotspots could be reduced, which could result in a significant disruption of our business and adversely affect our operating results.

Worldwide economic conditions, and their impact on travel and consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

        Global economic conditions have been weak for a prolonged period of time, and levels of travel and consumer spending have been particularly depressed. Our business is impacted by travel and consumer spending, because users seek to access the mobile Internet while they are on-the-go, and because spending on Internet access is often a consumer discretionary spending decision. Factors that tend to negatively impact levels of travel include high unemployment, high energy prices, low business and consumer confidence, the fear of terrorist attacks, war and other macroeconomic factors. Economic conditions that tend to negatively impact levels of discretionary consumer spending include high unemployment, high consumer debt, reductions in net worth, depressed real estate markets, increased taxation, high energy prices, high interest rates, low consumer confidence and other macroeconomic factors. If the global economic recovery is slower than expected, or if it weakens, our retail customer base, new retail customer acquisition and usage-based revenue could be materially harmed, and our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our business depends upon demand for mobile Internet services on Wi-Fi networks, market adoption of new technologies and our ability to adapt to such changes.

        Our future success depends upon growing demand for mobile Internet services, which is inherently uncertain. The demand for mobile Internet services may decrease or may grow more slowly than

10


Table of Contents


expected. Any such decrease in the demand or slowing rate of growth could have a material adverse effect on our business. The continued demand for mobile Internet services depends on the continued proliferation of smartphones, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices and the rate of evolution of data-intensive applications on the mobile Internet. Historically, we have derived substantially all our retail revenue from laptop users who purchased month-to-month subscriptions or single-use access. We may face challenges as we seek to increase the revenue generated from the usage on smartphones, tablet computers and other mobile devices.

        Our business depends on the continued integration of Wi-Fi as a standard feature in mobile devices. If Wi-Fi ceases to be a standard feature in mobile devices, or if the rate of integration of Wi-Fi on mobile devices decreases or is slower than expected, the market for our services may be substantially diminished.

        Competing technologies pose a risk to the continued use of Wi-Fi as a mobile Internet technology. The introduction and market acceptance of emerging wireless technologies such as 4G, WiMAX and Super Wi-Fi, could cause significant disruption to our business, which may result in a loss of customers, users and revenue. If users find emerging wireless technologies to be sufficiently fast, convenient or cost effective, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our ability to attract or retain users will be impaired. Additionally, one or more of our partners may deploy emerging wireless technologies that could reduce the partner's need to work with us, and may result in significant loss of revenue and reduction of the hotspots in our network.

        We deliver value to our users by providing simple access to Wi-Fi hotspots, regardless of whether we manage and operate the hotspot, or the hotspot is operated by a partner. As a result, our business depends on our ability to anticipate and quickly adapt to changing technological standards and advances. If technological standards change and we fail to adapt accordingly, our business and revenue may be adversely affected. Furthermore, the proliferation of new mobile devices and operating platforms poses challenges for our research and development efforts. If we are unable to create simple solutions for a particular device or operating platform, we will be unable to effectively attract users of these devices or operating platforms and our business will be adversely affected.

Negotiations with prospective wholesale partners can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our operating results to vary.

        Our negotiations with prospective partners to acquire Wi-Fi hotspots to operate, to acquire roaming rights on partners' networks, or for new partners to implement our solutions, can be lengthy, and in some cases can last over 12 months. Because of the lengthy negotiation cycle, the time required to reach a final agreement with a partner is unpredictable and may lead to variances in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Negotiations with prospective partners also require substantial time, effort and resources. We may ultimately fail in our negotiations, resulting in costs to our business without any associated benefits.

We may be unsuccessful in expanding into new venue types, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and financial condition.

        We are negotiating with existing and prospective partners to expand our managed and operated Wi-Fi network footprint in venue types where we historically have had only a limited presence. Expansion into these venue types, and in particular shopping malls, stadiums and quick service restaurants, may require significantly higher initial capital expenditures than we have historically incurred. In contrast to Wi-Fi network build-outs at venues such as airports, where telecom operators typically pay the substantial expense of laying cable or fiber, we may be required to incur the initial capital expense of access points and related hardware and cabling at tens of thousands of quick serve restaurant locations and hundreds of shopping malls and stadium locations. We may not be able to

11


Table of Contents


execute on our strategy or there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We have a limited operating history and a relatively new business in an emerging market, so an investment in our company involves more risk than an investment in a more mature company in an established industry.

        We have a limited operating history with the mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions that we provide, which were developed in 2001. We currently attract the majority of our retail customers at Boingo managed and operated hotspots that we acquired in 2006. As a result, we have a limited operating history for you to evaluate in assessing our future prospects and it is difficult to forecast our prospects. Also, we derive nearly all of our revenue from mobile Internet services, which are new and highly dynamic businesses, which face significant challenges. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties we will encounter as an emerging company in a new and rapidly evolving market. We may not be able to address these risks, uncertainties and difficulties successfully, which could materially harm our business and operating results.

Our operating results may fluctuate unexpectedly, which makes them difficult to predict and may cause us to fail to meet the expectations of investors, adversely affecting our stock price.

        We operate in a highly dynamic industry and our future quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly. Our revenue and operating results may vary from quarter to quarter due to many factors, many of which are not within our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Further, it is difficult to accurately forecast our revenue, margin and operating results, and if we fail to match our expected results or the results expected by financial analysts, the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

        Factors that contribute to fluctuations in our operating results from quarter-to-quarter include:

        Due to these and other factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our historical operating results should not be relied upon as accurate indicators of our future performance.

The growth of free Wi-Fi networks may compete with our paid mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions.

        Some venues, including coffee shops and hotels, offer free mobile Wi-Fi as an incentive or value-added benefit to their customers. Free Wi-Fi may reduce retail customer demand for our services, and put downward pressure on the prices we charge our retail customers. In addition, telecom operators may offer free mobile Wi-Fi as part of a home broadband or other service contract, which also may force down the prices we charge our retail customers. If we are unable to effectively offset this downward pressure on our prices by being a Wi-Fi service provider, or if we are unable to acquire and retain retail customers, we will have lower profit margins and our operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

12


Table of Contents


We may not maintain recent rates of revenue growth.

        Although our revenue has increased substantially over the last few years, we may not be able to maintain historical rates of revenue growth. We believe that our continued growth will depend, among other factors, on successfully implementing our business strategies, including our ability to:

However, we cannot guarantee that we will successfully implement any of these business strategies.

System failures could harm our business.

        Although we seek to reduce the possibility of disruptions or other outages, our business may be disrupted by problems with our technology and systems, such as an access point failure at one of our managed and operated hotspots, or a backhaul disruption. We have experienced system failures from time to time, and any interruption in the ability of users to access our solution could harm our business and reputation.

        Our systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from telecommunications failures, computer denial-of-service attacks, power loss, computer viruses, earthquakes, floods, fires, terrorist attacks and similar events. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Our systems may also be damaged by break-ins, sabotage, and acts of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of the Boingo solution. We do not carry business interruption insurance to compensate us for all losses that may result from service interruptions caused by system failures. If we are unable to resolve service interruptions quickly, our ability to acquire and retain customers will be impaired and our operating results and business could be adversely affected.

We may be unsuccessful in expanding our international operations, which could harm the growth of our business, operating results and financial condition.

        Our ability to expand internationally involves various risks, including the need to invest significant resources in unfamiliar markets, and the possibility that there may not be returns on these investments in the near future or at all. In addition, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur expenses before we generate any material revenue in these new markets. Our expansion plans will require significant management attention and resources. We have limited experience in selling our solutions in international markets or in conforming to local cultures, standards or policies. We may not be able to compete successfully in these international markets. Our ability to expand will also be limited by the demand for mobile Internet in international markets. Different privacy, censorship and liability standards and regulations and different intellectual property laws in foreign countries may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

13


Table of Contents

        Any future international operations may fail to succeed due to risks inherent in foreign operations, including:

        As a result of these obstacles, we may find it difficult or prohibitively expensive to expand internationally or we may be unsuccessful in our attempt to do so, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our industry is competitive and if we do not compete successfully, we could lose market share, experience reduced revenue or suffer losses.

        The market for commercial mobile Wi-Fi solutions is competitive and impacted by technological change, and we expect competition with our current and potential competitors to intensify in the future. In particular, some of our competitors have taken steps or may decide to more aggressively compete against us, particularly in the market for venue build-outs of Wi-Fi and distributed antenna system, or DAS, solutions.

        Our competitors, many of whom are also our partners, include a variety of telecom operators and network operators, including T-Mobile, Cablevision, Comcast and local operators. These and other competitors have developed or may develop technologies that compete directly with our solutions. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have substantially longer operating histories. We may not be able to fund or invest in certain areas of our business to the same degree as our competitors. Many have substantially greater product development and marketing budgets and other financial and personnel resources than we do. Some also have greater name and brand recognition and a larger base of subscribers or users than we have. In addition, our competitors may provide services that we do not, such as local exchange and long distance services, voicemail, digital subscriber line and subscription television services. Users that desire these services may choose to also obtain mobile Wi-Fi Internet services from a competitor that provides these additional services rather than from us.

        Furthermore, we rely on several of our competitors as partners in roaming agreements. The roaming agreements provide that our retail customers and our wholesale partners' customers may use the Wi-Fi networks of our partners. One or more of our partners may deploy competing technologies that could reduce the partner's need to work with us under a roaming agreement. If our partners decide to terminate our roaming agreements, our network of Wi-Fi hotspots may be reduced, which may result in a significant disruption to our business.

        Competition could increase our selling and marketing expenses and related customer acquisition costs. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise or marketing and support capabilities to continue to compete successfully. A failure to respond to established and new competitors may adversely impact our business and operating results.

14


Table of Contents


The regulation of Internet communications, products and services is currently uncertain, which poses risks for our business from changes in laws, regulations, and interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations.

        The current regulatory environment for Internet communications, products and services is uncertain. Many laws and regulations were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and often do not contemplate or address the specific issues associated with the Internet and related technologies. The scope of laws and regulations applicable to the Internet remains uncertain and is subject to statutory or interpretive change. We cannot be certain that we, our partners or our users are currently in compliance with regulatory or other legal requirements in the numerous countries in which our service is used. Our failure, or the failure of our partners, users and others with whom we transact business, or to whom we license the Boingo solution, to comply with existing or future regulatory or other legal requirements could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Regulators may disagree with our interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the applicability of existing laws or regulations to our business, and existing laws, regulations and interpretations may change in unexpected ways.

        We believe that the Boingo solution is on the forefront of mobile Internet technology, and therefore it may face greater regulatory scrutiny than other communications products and services. We cannot be certain what positions regulators may take regarding our compliance with, or lack of compliance with, current and future legal and regulatory requirements or what positions regulators may take regarding any past or future actions we have taken or may take in any jurisdiction. Regulators may determine that we are not in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and impose penalties, or we may need to make changes to the Boingo solution, which could be costly and difficult. Any of these events would adversely affect our operating results and business.

If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract and retain personnel on a cost effective basis, our business could be harmed.

        Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and our highly qualified team of engineers, many of whom have numerous years of experience and specialized expertise in our business. If we are not successful in hiring and retaining highly qualified engineers, we may not be able to extend or maintain our engineering and technological expertise, and our future product and service development efforts could be adversely affected. If we lose members of our senior management, this may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives and adversely affect our operating results.

        Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled managerial, operations, business development and marketing personnel. We have in the past maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process. We believe that our approach to hiring has significantly contributed to our success to date. However, our highly selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner. Moreover, the cost of living in the Los Angeles area, where our corporate headquarters is located, has been an impediment to attracting new employees in the past, and we expect that this will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively and our business could suffer significantly.

15


Table of Contents


Our failure to properly maintain our customers' confidential information and protect our network against security breaches could harm our business and operating results.

        Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect user transaction data. Any compromises of our security could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to possible liability such as litigation claims, which would substantially harm our business and operating results. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches.

        Many countries, such as European Union member states as a result of the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive, are introducing, or have already introduced into local law some form of traffic and user data retention requirements, which are generally applicable to providers of electronic communications services. Retention periods and data types vary from country to country, and the various local data protection and other authorities may implement traffic and user retention requirements regarding certain data in different and potentially overlapping ways. Although the constitutionality of the 2006 E.U. Data Retention Directive has been questioned, we may be required to comply with data retention requirements in one or more jurisdictions, or we may be required to comply with these requirements in the future as a result of changes or modifications to the Boingo solution or changes or modifications to the technological infrastructure on which the Boingo solution is based. Failure to comply with these retention requirements may result in the imposition of costly penalties. Compliance with these retention requirements can be difficult and costly from a legal, operational and technical perspective and could harm our business and operational results.

We rely on a third-party customer support service provider for the majority of our customer support calls. If this service provider experiences operational difficulties or disruptions, our business could be adversely affected.

        We depend on a third-party customer support service provider to handle most of our routine retail customer support cases. While we maintain limited customer support operations in our Los Angeles headquarters, if our relationship with our customer support service provider terminates unexpectedly, or if our customer service provider experiences operational difficulties, we may not be able to respond to customer support calls in a timely manner and the quality of our customer service would be adversely affected. This could harm our reputation and brand image and make it difficult for us to attract and retain users. In addition, the loss of the customer support service provider would require us to identify and contract with alternative sources, which could prove time-consuming and expensive.

Material defects or errors in our software could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell the Boingo solution.

        The software underlying the Boingo solution is inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, particularly when the software is first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. We have from time to time found defects or errors in our software, and defects or errors in our existing software may be detected in the future. Any defects or errors that cause interruptions to the availability of our services could result in:

16


Table of Contents

        The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors in our software may be substantial and could harm our operating results.

If we fail to cost effectively develop our brand, our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

        We market our solution under the Boingo brand. We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand is important to achieving widespread acceptance of the Boingo solution, and is an important element in attracting and retaining customers and partners. Additionally, we believe that developing this brand in a cost effective manner is important in meeting our expected margins. Brand promotion activities may not result in increased revenue, and any increased revenue resulting from these promotion activities may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. If we fail to cost effectively build and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain customers or partners, and our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology could harm our business.

        In recent years there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in many technology-based industries, including the wireless communications industry. While we have not been specifically targeted, companies similar to us have been subject to patent lawsuits. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. We may be subject to third-party claims in the future. The costs of supporting these litigations and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurance that a favorable outcome will be obtained. We may be required to settle these litigations and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. Claims that the Boingo solution infringes third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could also divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. The terms of any settlements or judgments may require us to:

        Any of these unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed, or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

        Our business depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We own one patent and have applications for four additional patents pending. Despite our efforts, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent the use or misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of

17


Table of Contents


our intellectual property rights. Our ability to police the use, misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property is uncertain, particularly in countries other than the United States. Further, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Even if patents are issued, they may be contested, circumvented, or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with complete proprietary protection or any competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies on their own now or in the future. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our solutions, trademarks, and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, if the protection of our proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent use or misappropriation by third parties, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished and competitors may be able to more effectively mimic our service and methods of operations. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of open source software could limit our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution.

        We have incorporated open source software into the Boingo solution. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, we are subject to the terms of open source licenses that have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that in the future these licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize the Boingo solution. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties or to re-engineer our software in order to continue offering the Boingo solution, or to discontinue operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock after this offering will vary from its initial public offering price. Fluctuations in market price and volume are particularly common among securities of technology companies. As a result, you may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to the following factors, among others, many of which are beyond our control:

18


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, upon completion of this offering, we will have 32,528,097 outstanding shares of common stock (or 33,393,597 outstanding shares of common stock assuming exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option in full). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by "affiliates", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting."

        After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering or market standoffs entered into between us and certain of our stockholders expire, and based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, an additional 26,974,692 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

        Holders of approximately 22,845,764 shares, or 70%, of our common stock outstanding after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), and the holders of preferred stock warrants to purchase shares convertible into 25,936 shares of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all 9,070,908 shares of common stock that we have issued or that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the shares for the holders of registration rights and option holders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements.

        In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may

19


Table of Contents


never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of our company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will be able to influence corporate matters.

        Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

As a public company, we will be subject to financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy, will raise our costs and may divert resources and management attention from operating our business.

        We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, which will impose significant new compliance obligations upon us. As a public company we will be required, among other things, to:

        Our management must periodically evaluate the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with the year ending December 31, 2012. In connection with our preparation for our initial public offering, our independent registered public accounting firm recently completed the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010. In connection with the completion of these audits, adjustments were identified in 2007, which caused us to conclude that there was a material weakness in our internal controls. A 2007 adjustment, which continued through 2009, caused us to conclude that there was a material weakness in 2008 and 2009 as well. If we are unable to appropriately maintain the remediation plan we have recently implemented and maintain any other necessary controls we implement in the future, our management might not be able to certify, and our independent registered public accounting firm might not be able to report on, the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. Any such failure to maintain adequate

20


Table of Contents

internal controls could lead to adverse regulatory consequences, violate NASDAQ listing standards and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

        The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight that will increase our costs.

If we need additional capital in the future, it may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

        We have historically relied on private placements of our equity securities and cash flow from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. However, we may require additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future to fund our operations, or respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of additional financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

We could be the subject of securities class action litigation due to future stock price volatility, which could divert management's attention and adversely affect our results of operations.

        The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our operating results.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

        We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law." In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, we anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

21


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. We have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.

        The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $10.51 a share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately 34% of the total amount we have raised since our inception, but will own only approximately 12% of our total common stock immediately following the completion of this offering, excluding shares purchased from the selling stockholders and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, or if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience additional dilution.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

        We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value.

22


Table of Contents


There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

Certain purchasers of our common stock in this offering may have claims as a result of an unauthorized e-mail sent by an employee of one of our underwriters that may have constituted a prospectus that does not meet the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

        Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, an employee of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., one of our underwriters, distributed an unauthorized e-mail message containing evaluation material and projections to approximately 200 potential institutional investors. The unauthorized e-mail message did not contain the required legends and a link to our prospectus in order to make the email a conforming underwriter free writing prospectus. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has informed us that all of the recipients of the e-mail have been notified that it was distributed in error and should be disregarded. Subsequently, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. re-sent the information contained in the e-mail to the same distribution list with the required legends and links to our prospectus and our free writing prospectus in order to make the e-mail a conforming underwriter free writing prospectus.

        Neither we nor any of the other underwriters were involved in any way in the preparation or distribution of the information contained in the e-mail, and the information does not reflect our views, or the views of the other underwriters, as to matters addressed in the e-mails. No person who received the e-mails should rely upon them in any manner in making a decision whether to purchase our common stock in this offering. We urge all potential investors to base their investment decisions solely on our prospectus. If the e-mails did constitute a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, the recipients who purchase our common stock in this offering may have claims for damages resulting from their purchase. Any liability would depend upon the number of shares purchased by recipients of the e-mail. If any liability is asserted, we intend to contest the matter. In addition, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has agreed to indemnify us, the selling stockholders and the other underwriters in this offering for losses that we or they may incur as a result of the e-mails, and therefore, we do not believe the distribution of the e-mails will have a material financial impact on us.

23


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and "Executive Compensation." Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, potential market opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as "anticipates," "believes," "could," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "might," "plans," "possibly," "potential," "predicts," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," "would" or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

        Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management's beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

        Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

        This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market opportunity, size and growth rates, that are based on industry and government publications, reports, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, Infonetics Research, Inc., or Infonetics Research, International Data Corporation, or IDC, and The Nielsen Company, or Nielsen, and on assumptions that we have made that are based on that data, our review of the purchasing patterns of our existing customers with respect to our current solutions and customer demand for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. With respect to information contained in industry and government publications, surveys and forecasts, we have assessed the information in the publications and found it to be reasonable and believe the publications are reliable. While we believe the market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is based on reasonable assumptions, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and the markets we serve are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk, including those described in "Risk Factors."

24


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of 3,846,800 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay, will be approximately $44.1 million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we expect to pay. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

        We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

        Pending use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

25


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2010 on:

        The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except for share numbers)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,721   $ 25,721   $ 69,829  
               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value:

                   
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, 5,052,566 shares authorized, 5,052,521 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $22,263, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    22,263          
 

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, 1,104,969 shares authorized, 1,104,968 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $6,868, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    6,868          
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, 3,500,000 shares authorized, 3,433,326 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $13,948, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    13,948          
 

Series C convertible preferred stock, 10,991,596 shares authorized, 10,983,188 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $79,890, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    79,890          

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

26


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except for share numbers)
 
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 34,900,000 shares authorized, 5,835,533 shares outstanding actual; 34,900,000 shares authorized, 28,681,297 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; 34,900,000 shares authorized, 32,528,097 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

        3     3  
 

Additional paid-in capital

        122,966     167,074  
 

Treasury stock

    (4,575 )   (4,575 )   (4,575 )
 

Note receivable from stockholder

    (103 )   (103 )   (103 )
 

Accumulated deficit

    (45,159 )   (45,159 )   (45,159 )
               
   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (49,837 )   73,132     117,240  

Accumulated deficit attributed to non-controlling interests

    197     197     197  
               

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (49,640 )   73,329     117,437  
               

Total capitalization

  $ 73,329   $ 73,329   $ 117,437  
               

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth of the cover page of this prospectus, would result in an approximately $3.6 million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit and total capitalization, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

        The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 28,681,297 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and excludes the following shares:

27


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2010 was $36.8 million, or $1.28 per share of common stock. Unaudited pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock on December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion occurred on December 31, 2010. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the sale by us of 3,846,800 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would have been approximately $44.1 million, or $1.53 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.21 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $10.51 per share to new investors, or approximately 80.8% of the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 13.00  
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2010

  $ 1.28        
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

    1.21        
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

          2.49  
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $ 10.51  
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $3.6 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $0.11 per share and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $0.11 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover pages of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table shows, as of December 31, 2010, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
   
   
  Total Consideration
(in thousands)
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    28,681,297     88.2 % $ 95,825     65.7 % $ 3.34  

New investors

    3,846,800     11.8     50,008     34.3     13.00  
                         
 

Total

    32,528,097     100.0 % $ 145,833     100.0 %   4.48  
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average

28


Table of Contents


price per share paid by all stockholders by $3.8 million, $3.8 million and $0.12, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The discussion and tables in this section regarding dilution are based on 28,681,297 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010, which reflects the conversion of all of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,845,764 shares of our common stock, and excludes:

        To the extent that outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution. If all of our outstanding options and warrants were exercised, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 would have been $43.6 million, or $1.28 per share, and the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $87.7 million, or $2.31 per share, causing dilution to new investors of $10.69 per share.

        In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

29


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period.

        The unaudited pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further information concerning the calculation of unaudited pro forma per share information, please refer to notes 2 and 18 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 19,590   $ 41,240   $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 80,420  

Costs and operating expenses:

                               
 

Network access

    6,216     15,439     22,979     26,430     31,961  
 

Network operations

    4,004     9,431     11,010     11,667     13,508  
 

Development and technology

    6,711     6,333     6,763     7,374     8,475  
 

Selling and marketing

    3,314     4,371     7,549     5,901     5,985  
 

General and administrative

    3,331     6,091     7,945     8,214     10,645  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,109     2,846     5,972     3,848     2,491  
                       

Total costs and operating expenses

    24,685     44,511     62,218     63,434     73,065  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,095 )   (3,271 )   (5,507 )   2,281     7,355  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    284     814     200     (154 )   (137 )
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (4,811 )   (2,457 )   (5,307 )   2,127     7,218  

Income taxes

    51     128     272     706     (9,063 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,862 ) $ (2,585 ) $ (5,579 ) $ 1,421   $ 16,281  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    27     313     332     394     547  
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (4,889 ) $ (2,898 ) $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ 15,734  
                       

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    (3,338 )   (5,193 )   (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (5,020 )
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,227 ) $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 10,714  
                       

30


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

  $ (1.51 ) $ (1.46 ) $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 1.84  
 

Diluted

  $ (1.51 ) $ (1.46 ) $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 0.49  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

    5,451     5,552     5,696     5,801     5,834  
 

Diluted

    5,451     5,552     5,696     5,801     31,899  

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

                          $ 0.55  
 

Diluted

                          $ 0.50  

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

                               
 

Basic

                            28,680  
 

Diluted

                            31,899  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (2,264 ) $ 4,332   $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 18,224  

Operating cash flows

    5,260     11,518     10,922     14,522     24,160  

Investing cash flows

    (57,270 )   (14,847 )   (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (19,934 )

Financing cash flows

    62,813     (5,389 )   (1,287 )   (974 )   (1,134 )

 

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,888   $ 5,170   $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 25,721  

Working capital

    13,915     2,310     1,519     4,656     19,543  

Total assets

    94,539     100,472     100,859     104,401     133,035  

Long-term capital leases

    103     136     183     389      

Deferred revenue

    16,322     25,286     27,351     29,739     38,978  

Total liabilities

    27,639     40,286     45,932     47,675     59,706  

Convertible and redeemable stock

    106,815     107,434     112,690     117,949     122,969  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (39,915 )   (47,248 )   (57,763 )   (61,223 )   (49,640 )

(1)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders plus accretion of convertible and redeemable stock, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, interest expense, net, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and non-controlling interests expense.

31


Table of Contents

         The following provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (8,227 ) $ (8,091 ) $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 10,714  

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    3,338     5,193     5,256     5,259     5,020  

Depreciation

    1,709     4,139     5,811     6,658     7,511  

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,109     2,846     5,972     3,848     2,491  

Interest (income) expense, net

    (284 )   (814 )   (200 )   154     137  

Income taxes

    51     128     272     706     (9,063 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    13     618     666     740     867  

Non-controlling interests

    27     313     332     394     547  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,264 ) $ 4,332   $ 6,942   $ 13,527   $ 18,224  
                       

32


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, based on current expectations, related to our plans, estimates, beliefs and anticipated future financial performance. These statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth in this section and under "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Our software applications and solutions enable individuals to access our extensive global Wi-Fi network of over 325,000 hotspots with devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. Our offerings provide compelling cost and performance advantages to our customers and partners.

        Our company was formed in 2001 with the vision of making it easy to connect to the mobile Internet. We initially built our roaming network through agreements with Wi-Fi venue operators and other Wi-Fi networks, enabling individuals to roam across a larger Wi-Fi network. We developed our software client and retail customer offering, which included subscription and single-use access. In 2006, we acquired Concourse Communications, which managed and operated Wi-Fi services at 12 airports, including Chicago O'Hare International Airport and John F. Kennedy International Airport. By leveraging these strategic locations, we were able to rapidly expand our network footprint to other locations because other network operators wanted to establish roaming agreements to access our network. These developments allowed us to build both a consumer retail business and a wholesale business, which has grown to over 125 partners, enabling our customers to access their networks and enabling other companies to provide our services to their customers. In 2007 we acquired Sprint Spectrum's Wi-Fi network of seven managed and operated airports and one non-exclusive airport, and in 2008 we acquired Opti-Fi Networks' Wi-Fi network of 25 managed and operated airports and the Washington State Ferries. We continue to enhance our software client and expand our network and global reach.

        We generate revenue primarily from our retail customers and wholesale partners. Our retail customers purchase month-to-month subscription plans that automatically renew, or single-use access to our network. We acquire our retail customers primarily from mobile Internet users passing through our managed and operated locations, where we generally have exclusive multi-year agreements. Some of our wholesale partners license our software and pay usage-based network access fees to allow their customers access to our global Wi-Fi network. Other wholesale partners, that are telecom operators, pay us build-out fees and access fees for our distributed antenna system, or DAS, enabling their cellular customers to access these networks. Some of our wholesale partners pay us to provide Wi-Fi services in their venue locations under a service provider arrangement. Our wholesale partner relationships are generally governed by multi-year contracts. We acquire our wholesale partners through our business development efforts. We also generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to the landing pages at our managed and operated network locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs.

        We grew revenue from $56.7 million in 2008 to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%, or excluding the impact of the Opti-Fi acquisition, to $64.1 million, an increase of 13%. We grew revenue from $65.7 million in 2009 to $80.4 million in 2010, an increase of 22%. The Opti-Fi acquisition had no material impact on this revenue growth rate. We grew Adjusted EBITDA from $6.9 million in 2008 to

33


Table of Contents


$13.5 million in 2009, an increase of 95%. We grew Adjusted EBITDA from $13.5 million in 2009, to $18.2 million in 2010, an increase of 35%. We decreased net loss attributable to common stockholders from $11.2 million in 2008 to $4.2 million in 2009. We improved net loss attributable to common stockholders to net income attributable to common stockholders of $10.7 million in 2010. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

        Many online consumer and business activities, such as streaming media, social networking, downloading large email attachments and video calling, require high-speed, high-bandwidth Internet access. In addition, the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices has led users to expect access to the same content and information while on-the-go, with the same performance quality they are accustomed to in the home or office setting. These data intensive activities are driving a global surge in mobile Internet data traffic that is expected to increase 27 times between 2010 and 2015, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index. We believe these trends present us with opportunities to generate significant growth in revenue and profitability.

Key Business Metrics

        In addition to monitoring traditional financial measures, we also monitor our operating performance using the following key performance indicators:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data)
 

Subscribers

    74     140     200  

Monthly churn

    10.7 %   9.7 %   9.5 %

Connects

    4,854     5,397     7,762  

        Subscribers.     This metric represents the number of paying retail customers who are on a month-to-month subscription plan at a given period end.

        Monthly churn.     This metric shows the number of subscribers who canceled their subscriptions in a given month, expressed as a percentage of the average subscribers in that month. The churn in a given period is the average monthly churn in that period. This measure is one indicator of the longevity of our subscribers. Some of our customers who cancel subscriptions maintain accounts for single-use access.

        Connects.     This metric shows how often individuals connect to the Boingo global Wi-Fi network in a given period. These are paid connects from our retail customers and wholesale partners, with which we have usage-based agreements. We count each individual as a single connect regardless of how many times that individual accesses the network at a given venue during their 24 hour period. This measure is an indicator of paid activity throughout the Boingo network.

Key Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue

        Our revenue consists of retail revenue, wholesale revenue, and advertising and other revenue.

        Retail subscription.     We generate revenue from sales to individuals of month-to-month network access subscriptions that automatically renew, primarily through charge card transactions.

        Retail single-use.     We generate revenue from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access to individuals primarily through charge card transactions.

34


Table of Contents

        Wholesale.     We generate revenue from wholesale partners that license our software and pay usage-based monthly network access fees to allow their customers to access our global Wi-Fi network, and telecom operator partners that pay us build-out fees and access fees for our DAS networks. Usage-based network access fees may be measured in minutes, connects or megabytes, and in most cases are subject to monthly minimums. Other wholesale partners pay us monthly fees to provide a Wi-Fi infrastructure that we install, manage and operate at their venues for their customers under a service provider arrangement.

        Advertising and other.     We generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach visitors to our landing pages at our managed and operated network locations with online advertising, promotional and sponsored programs. In addition, we receive revenue from kiosk users in some of the airports where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network.

Costs and Operating Expenses

        We classify our costs and operating expenses as network access, network operations, development and technology, selling and marketing, general and administrative, and amortization of intangible assets. Network access costs consist primarily of payments to venues and network partners in the Boingo network. Other costs and operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, costs for contracted labor and development, marketing, legal, accounting and consulting services, and other professional service fees. Personnel costs include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. Facilities costs and depreciation expenses are generally allocated based on headcount. Depreciation expenses associated with specifically identifiable assets are allocated to the appropriate expense categories.

        Network access.     Network access costs consist of revenue share payments to venues where our managed and operated hotspots are located, usage-based fees to our roaming network partners for access to their networks, costs of equipment related to network build-out projects in our managed and operated locations, and bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses in our managed and operated locations.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses consist of costs for our customer service department and for our operations staff that designs, builds, monitors and maintains the network. Also included are expenses for our customer service provider that handles customer care inquiries and expenses for network operations contractors, equipment depreciation and software and hardware maintenance fees.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses consist of costs for our product development and engineering departments, developers and our information systems services staff, equipment depreciation and software and hardware maintenance fees.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses consist of costs for our business development and marketing employees and executives, travel and entertainment and marketing programs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist of costs for our executive, finance and accounting, legal and human resources personnel, as well as, legal, accounting, tax and other professional service fees. Also included are other corporate expenses such as charge card processing fees and bad debt expense.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets consists primarily of acquired network contracts.

35


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, consists of interest income and capital lease obligations.

Income Taxes

        As a result of the utilization of our federal net operating loss carryforwards, our income taxes include only state income taxes and federal alternative minimum tax. In 2010, income taxes also included the tax benefits associated with the release of a portion of our valuation allowance.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings by third parties in our subsidiaries Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC, or CCG Detroit, and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC, or CCDG.

        We attributed profits and losses to the non-controlling interest in CCG Detroit under the terms of the limited liability company agreement. CCG Detroit has generated losses over the last several years which has reduced the non-controlling owners capital account to zero in 2009 resulting in an allocation to the controlling interest holder of all operating losses and deficits created by the annual $85,000 fixed distributions to the non-controlling interest holder.

        We are required to pay a portion of allocated net profits less capital expenditures of the preceding year to the minority interest holders of CCDG. The limited liability company agreement for CCDG does not have a term. CCDG can be dissolved upon the unanimous agreement of the members, upon the sale of CCDG, upon declaration of bankruptcy, or upon the termination of the license agreement between CCDG and the City of Chicago.

36


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our results of operations for the specified periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 80,420  
               

Costs and operating expenses:

                   
 

Network access

    22,979     26,430     31,961  
 

Network operations

    11,010     11,667     13,508  
 

Development and technology

    6,763     7,374     8,475  
 

Selling and marketing

    7,549     5,901     5,985  
 

General and administrative

    7,945     8,214     10,645  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     2,491  
               

Total costs and operating expenses

    62,218     63,434     73,065  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,507 )   2,281     7,355  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    200     (154 )   (137 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,307 )   2,127     7,218  

Income taxes

    272     706     (9,063 )
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,579 )   1,421     16,281  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    332     394     547  
               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ 15,734  
               

        Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

 

Network access

  $ 3,374   $ 4,176   $ 4,392  
 

Network operations

    1,428     1,058     1,747  
 

Development and technology

    814     1,148     1,024  
 

Selling and marketing

    27     17     18  
 

General and administrative

    168     259     330  
                 
 

  $ 5,811   $ 6,658   $ 7,511  
                 

        Stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items:

 

Network operations

  $ 91   $ 127   $ 131  
 

Development and technology

    79     84     115  
 

Selling and marketing

    121     114     171  
 

General and administrative

    375     415     450  
                 
 

  $ 666   $ 740   $ 867  
                 

37


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

Costs and operating expenses:

                   
 

Network access

    40.5     40.2     39.7  
 

Network operations

    19.4     17.8     16.8  
 

Development and technology

    11.9     11.2     10.5  
 

Selling and marketing

    13.3     9.0     7.4  
 

General and administrative

    14.0     12.5     13.2  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    10.5     5.9     3.1  
               

Total costs and operating expenses

    109.6     96.6     90.7  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    (9.6 )   3.4     9.3  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    0.4     (0.2 )   (0.2 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (9.2 )   3.2     9.1  

Income taxes

    0.5     1.1     (11.3 )
               

Net income (loss)

    (9.7 )   2.1     20.4  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    0.6     0.6     0.7  
               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (10.3 )%   1.5 %   19.7 %
               

Years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data and percentages)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail subscription

  $ 18,331   $ 23,561   $ 5,230     28.5  
 

Retail single-use

    18,060     17,460     (600 )   (3.3 )
 

Wholesale

    23,955     35,134     11,179     46.7  
 

Advertising and other

    5,369     4,265     (1,104 )   (20.6 )
                     
   

Total revenue

  $ 65,715   $ 80,420   $ 14,705     22.4  
                     

Key business metrics:

                         
 

Subscribers

    140     200     60     42.9  
 

Monthly churn

    9.7 %   9.5 %   0.2 %   2.1  
 

Connects

    5,397     7,762     2,365     43.8  

        Total revenue.     Total revenue increased $14.7 million, or 22.4%, in 2010, as compared to 2009.

        Retail subscription.     Retail subscription revenue increased $5.2 million, or 28.5%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to a 42.9% increase in subscribers. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in average monthly subscriber revenue of 17.2%, due to a declining number of subscribers continuing to pay the historically higher monthly rates in effect prior to our 2008 price reduction and the greater mix of lower priced smartphone subscriptions.

38


Table of Contents

        Retail single-use.     Retail single-use revenue decreased $0.6 million, or 3.3%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to a 3.6% decrease in single-use connects. We believe that the decrease in single-use connects was due primarily to the increase in new customers that opted for subscriptions. The decrease in single-use connect revenue was partially offset by increased single-use connects in Europe at higher revenue per connect.

        Wholesale.     Wholesale revenue increased $11.2 million, or 46.7%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to $8.8 million from increased usage-based fees, $1.6 million from new DAS build-out projects in our managed and operated locations, and $0.8 million from DAS access and usage fees.

        Advertising and other.     Advertising and other revenue decreased $1.1 million, or 20.6%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to decreases in promotional sponsorships of $1.4 million, and a $0.1 million decrease in kiosk revenue, partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in one-time professional services revenue.

Costs and Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Costs and operating expenses:

                         
 

Network access

  $ 26,430   $ 31,961   $ 5,531     20.9  
 

Network operations

    11,667     13,508     1,841     15.8  
 

Development and technology

    7,374     8,475     1,101     14.9  
 

Selling and marketing

    5,901     5,985     84     1.4  
 

General and administrative

    8,214     10,645     2,431     29.6  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    3,848     2,491     (1,357 )   (35.3 )
                     

Total costs and operating expenses

  $ 63,434   $ 73,065   $ 9,631     15.2  
                     

        Network access.     Network access costs increased $5.5 million, or 20.9%, in 2010, as compared to 2009. The change reflects increases of $2.7 million from revenue share paid to venues in our managed and operated locations, $2.6 million from customer usage at partner venues, $0.3 million from bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses and $0.2 million from equipment depreciation expense from DAS build-out projects. The increase was partially offset by $0.3 million of credits not used by a wholesale customer for network access.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses increased $1.8 million, or 15.8%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to a $0.9 million increase in hardware depreciation and software maintenance expenses, a $0.3 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.6 million increase in consulting, internet connectivity and travel expenses.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses increased $1.1 million, or 14.9%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to a $0.9 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in consulting and software maintenance expenses.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses increased $0.1 million, or 1.4%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to a $0.4 million increase in personnel costs and a $0.2 million increase in consulting and travel expenses, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in brand marketing program expenses.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $2.4 million, or 29.6%, in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to $1.1 million in legal and accounting fees, $1.0 million in

39


Table of Contents


consultant fees, $0.6 million in personnel related expenses and $0.6 million in lease, rent and other expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in bad debt expenses.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets expense decreased $1.4 million, or 35.3%, in 2010, as compared to 2009. The decrease was due to certain acquired assets being fully amortized during 2010. For future years, amortization expense is expected to be $1.5 million for 2011, $0.9 million for 2012, $0.9 million for 2013 and $7.7 million for 2014 and thereafter.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, remained essentially unchanged in 2010, as compared to 2009.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes decreased $9.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. In December 2010, based on current year income and our projections of future income, we concluded it was more likely than not that certain of our deferred tax assets would be realizable, and therefore the valuation allowance was reduced by $12.3 million.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests payments increased $0.2 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, due to increased profits at the two applicable managed and operated locations.

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except churn data and percentages)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Retail subscription

  $ 14,179   $ 18,331   $ 4,152     29.3  
 

Retail single-use

    19,565     18,060     (1,505 )   (7.7 )
 

Wholesale

    19,931     23,955     4,024     20.2  
 

Advertising and other

    3,036     5,369     2,333     76.8  
                     
   

Total revenue

  $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 9,004     15.9  
                     

Key business metrics:

                         
 

Subscribers

    74     140     66     89.2  
 

Monthly churn

    10.7 %   9.7 %   (1.0 )%   (9.4 )
 

Connects

    4,854     5,397     543     11.2  

        Total revenue.     Our total revenue increased $9.0 million, or 15.9%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. Excluding the impact of the Opti-Fi acquisition in 2008, revenue increased $7.6 million, or 13.4%, in 2009 as compared to 2008.

        Retail subscription.     Retail subscription revenue increased $4.2 million, or 29.3%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to an 89.2% increase in subscribers, which includes 3,000 subscribers, or 2.9 points of the increase, due to the Opti-Fi acquisition. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in average monthly subscriber revenue of 28.0%, due to the reduction of the monthly subscription price for new laptop customers in 2008.

40


Table of Contents

        Retail single-use.     Retail single-use revenue decreased $1.5 million, or 7.7%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a 19.1% decrease in single-use connects. We believe that the decrease in single-use connects was due primarily to the increase in new customers that opted for subscriptions. The decrease in single-use connect revenue was partially offset by increased single-use connects in Europe at higher revenue per connect.

        Wholesale.     Wholesale revenue increased $4.0 million, or 20.2%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to $3.7 million of greater usage-based fees, of which $3.0 million were from a new Wi-Fi wholesale customer, and $0.5 million of new DAS build-out fees. The revenue increase was partially offset by reduced DAS usage fees.

        Advertising and other.     Advertising and other revenue increased $2.3 million, or 76.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a new promotional sponsorship of $2.8 million. The increase was partially offset by $0.5 million of reduced revenue from other advertising customers due to this promotional sponsorship and decreased kiosk revenue.

Costs and Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Costs and operating expenses:

                         
 

Network access

  $ 22,979   $ 26,430   $ 3,451     15.0  
 

Network operations

    11,010     11,667     657     6.0  
 

Development and technology

    6,763     7,374     611     9.0  
 

Selling and marketing

    7,549     5,901     (1,648 )   (21.8 )
 

General and administrative

    7,945     8,214     269     3.4  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     (2,124 )   (35.6 )
                   
   

Total costs and operating expenses

  $ 62,218   $ 63,434   $ 1,216     2.0  
                   

        Network access.     Network access costs increased $3.5 million, or 15.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008. The change reflects increases of $2.7 million from customer usage at partner venues, $0.8 million from equipment depreciation expense from DAS build-out projects, $0.4 million from bandwidth and other Internet connectivity expenses and $0.1 million from revenue share to venues in our managed and operated locations. The increase was partially offset by $0.5 million of credits not used by a wholesale customer for network access.

        Network operations.     Network operations expenses increased $0.7 million, or 6.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses, a $0.2 million increase in consulting expenses, and a $0.2 million increase in data center expenses. The increase was partially offset by decreases in consulting, travel, depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses.

        Development and technology.     Development and technology expenses increased $0.6 million, or 9.0%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.5 million increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.1 million increase in depreciation for equipment and hardware and software maintenance expenses.

        Selling and marketing.     Selling and marketing expenses decreased $1.6 million, or 21.8%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $1.9 million decrease in brand marketing program expenses. The decrease was partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in personnel expenses and related facilities costs.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or 3.4%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $0.6 million increase in bad debt expenses, a $0.4 million

41


Table of Contents


increase in personnel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in rent and facilities expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease on fees paid on charge card sales, and a $0.5 million decrease in property and use tax expenses, legal and professional expenses, telecommunications and other expenses.

        Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets expense decreased $2.1 million, or 35.6%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to a $2.4 million decrease in the amortization of intangible assets from acquired assets that were fully amortized in 2008. The decrease was partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in amortization of intangible assets from assets acquired in 2009.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

        Interest and other income (expense), net, decreased $0.4 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. The decrease was due to a decrease in the average yield of our invested assets in 2009 as compared to 2008 and increased interest expenses of $0.1 million.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes increased $0.4 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase was due to increased taxable income in certain states. As a result of our net operating losses, our income taxes include only state income taxes and federal alternative minimum tax.

Non-controlling Interests

        Non-controlling interests payments increased $0.1 million in 2009 as compared to 2008, due to increased profits at the two applicable managed and operated locations.

42


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table presents our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the eight fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2010. This information is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, and includes all normal recurring adjustments. This data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to these financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 14,116   $ 15,329   $ 16,464   $ 19,806   $ 18,499   $ 20,298   $ 20,214   $ 21,409  

Costs and operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Network access

    5,981     6,401     6,608     7,440     7,189     8,347     7,742     8,683  
 

Network operations

    3,084     2,844     2,827     2,912     3,317     3,172     3,236     3,783  
 

Development and technology

    1,970     1,706     1,666     2,032     2,169     2,047     1,978     2,281  
 

Selling and marketing

    1,585     1,362     1,482     1,472     1,398     1,381     1,509     1,697  
 

General and administrative

    1,724     2,060     1,819     2,611     2,239     2,344     2,554     3,508  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,073     1,052     853     870     731     618     573     569  
                                   
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    15,417     15,425     15,255     17,337     17,043     17,909     17,592     20,521  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (1,301 )   (96 )   1,209     2,469     1,456     2,389     2,622     888  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    4     (38 )   (52 )   (68 )   24     68     (75 )   (154 )
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,297 )   (134 )   1,157     2,401     1,480     2,457     2,547     734  

Income taxes

    (543 )   (30 )   444     835     181     306     319     (9,869 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

    (754 )   (104 )   713     1,566     1,299     2,151     2,228     10,603  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    90     108     87     109     111     121     118     197  
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (844 ) $ (212 ) $ 626   $ 1,457   $ 1,188   $ 2,030   $ 2,110   $ 10,406  
                                   

         Depreciation expense included in the above line items:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Network access

  $ 994   $ 1,025   $ 1,057   $ 1,100   $ 1,103   $ 1,103   $ 1,103   $ 1,083  

Network operations

    252     274     265     267     324     325     395     703  

Development and technology

    277     226     222     423     303     241     242     238  

Selling and marketing

    4     5     4     4     4     5     5     4  

General and administrative

    72     65     64     58     71     89     88     82  
                                   

Total

  $ 1,599   $ 1,595   $ 1,612   $ 1,852   $ 1,805   $ 1,763   $ 1,833   $ 2,110  
                                   

43


Table of Contents

         Stock-based compensation expense included in the above line items:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, unaudited)
 

Network operations

  $ 31   $ 33   $ 33   $ 30   $ 42   $ 42   $ 22   $ 25  

Development and technology

    17     20     22     25     31     32     28     24  

Selling and marketing

    21     27     29     37     44     45     41     41  

General and administrative

    94     98     99     124     120     122     115     93  
                                   

Total

  $ 163   $ 178   $ 183   $ 216   $ 237   $ 241   $ 206   $ 183  
                                   

        The following table sets forth our unaudited results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                                   

Costs and operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Network access

    42.4     41.8     40.1     37.6     38.9     41.1     38.3     40.6  
 

Network operations

    21.8     18.6     17.2     14.7     17.9     15.6     16.0     17.7  
 

Development and technology

    14.0     11.1     10.1     10.3     11.7     10.1     9.8     10.7  
 

Selling and marketing

    11.2     8.9     9.0     7.4     7.6     6.8     7.5     7.9  
 

General and administrative

    12.2     13.4     11.0     13.2     12.1     11.5     12.6     16.4  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    7.6     6.9     5.2     4.4     4.0     3.0     2.8     2.7  
                                   
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    109.2     100.7     92.6     87.6     92.2     88.1     87.0     96.0  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (9.2 )   (0.7 )   7.4     12.4     7.8     11.9     13.0     4.0  

Interest and other income (expense), net

   
0.0
   
(0.2

)
 
(0.3

)
 
(0.3

)
 
0.1
   
0.3
   
(0.4

)
 
(0.7

)
                                   

Income before income taxes

    (9.2 )   (0.9 )   7.1     12.1     7.9     12.2     12.6     3.3  

Income taxes

    (3.8 )   (0.2 )   2.7     4.2     1.0     1.5     1.6     (46.1 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

    (5.4 )   (0.7 )   4.4     7.9     6.9     10.7     11.0     49.4  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    0.6     0.7     0.5     0.6     0.6     0.6     0.6     0.9  
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (6.0 )%   (1.4 )%   3.9 %   7.3 %   6.3 %   10.1 %   10.4 %   48.5 %
                                   

        The following table sets forth our key business metrics results for the eight fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2010.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar. 31,
2009
  Jun. 30,
2009
  Sep. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  Jun. 30,
2010
  Sep. 30,
2010
  Dec. 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands, except churn data)
 

Key business metrics:

                                                 
 

Subscribers

    96     117     133     140     158     184     191     200  
 

Monthly churn

    9.0 %   9.4 %   10.1 %   10.3 %   9.2 %   9.5 %   10.2 %   9.2 %
 

Connects

    1,245     1,394     1,336     1,422     1,636     2,142     2,026     1,958  

44


Table of Contents

        Our quarterly financial results fluctuate depending on the mix of subscription, single-use, wholesale and advertising revenue. Our subscription revenue generally increases each quarter as we grow our subscriber base. Our retail single-use revenue varies depending on general economic conditions and business travel seasonality. Our wholesale revenue is affected by changes and additions in wholesale partners and usage by their customers. Our advertising revenue varies depending on the timing of advertising promotional programs. For example, the revenue in the December 31, 2009 quarter included $2.8 million in a specific advertising sponsorship program, and as a result, exceeded both the prior and subsequent quarters. Revenue in the quarter ended September 30, 2010 was essentially flat with the prior quarter due to a restructuring of our arrangement with a managed and operated airport, as well as seasonally lower business travel.

        Costs and operating expenses have increased primarily due to usage-based network access costs. These costs have generally increased each quarter with the exception of the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010. The quarter ended March 31, 2010 reflects lower revenue share payments due to the decrease in revenue as compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The quarter ended September 30, 2010 reflects decreased customer usage at partner venues from seasonally lower business travel. In addition, there has been an increase in personnel related expenses to support business growth. Costs and operating expenses are also influenced by the timing and amount of marketing activities and third party professional services for customer care, product development and accounting. The increase in development and technology expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 reflects higher personnel related expenses and higher depreciation for equipment and hardware. The increase in general and administrative expense for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 reflects an increase in the performance-based incentive bonus accrual and bad debt expense. The general and administrative expense increase for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 reflects an increase in accounting fees and an increase in the peformance-based bonus accrual. The increases in costs and operating expenses have supported our ability to grow revenue at significant rates resulting in decreased costs and operating expenses as a percentage of total revenue.

        The subscriber metric shows quarterly growth in the subscriber base as new subscribers have more than offset churn, which has averaged approximately 9.5% over the seven quarter period. Connects have generally increased over the same period, although showed some softening in the September 30, 2010 quarter due to the loss of paid connects at a large managed and operated airport as a result of restructuring our arrangement from a retail model to a wholesale fee-based model, as well as lower business travel in the summer.

        As a result of changes in the mix of revenue and fluctuations in costs and operating expenses in a given quarter, our financial results may not show growth sequentially or compared to the prior year quarter.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $12.7 million, $22.6 million and $25.7 million at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We held these amounts primarily in cash or money market funds.

        We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as our investments consist primarily of highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We may, however, adopt specific hedging strategies in the future. Any declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future interest income.

45


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred equity securities and common stock and cash provided by operating activities. Our primary source of liquidity as of December 31, 2010 consisted of $25.7 million of cash and cash equivalents.

        Our principal uses of liquidity have been to fund our operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions. We expect that working capital requirements, internal capital expenditures and external capital expenditures for expansion of our managed and operated locations will be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Our capital expenditures in 2010 were $11.3 million.

        We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, working capital and our cash flow from operations, together with the net proceeds we receive from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and size of our managed and operated location expansion efforts, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, the timing of introductions of new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. We may enter into acquisitions of complementary businesses, applications or technologies which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.

        The following table sets forth cash flow data for the periods indicated therein:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 10,922   $ 14,522   $ 24,160  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (19,934 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (1,287 )   (974 )   (1,134 )

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        In the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated $24.2 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of net income including non-controlling interests of $16.3 million, depreciation of $7.5 million, amortization of intangibles of $2.5 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million, $1.2 million of unbilled receivables, which are the escalation of monthly access fees for our network, $10.3 million in deferred taxes resulting from a change in tax valuation allowance and changes in working capital of $8.4 million. The $8.4 million resulting from the change in working capital was due to the increase in deferred revenue of $9.2 million and the increase in accounts payable of $1.7 million. The deferred revenue increase resulted from an increase in the number of build-out projects. These sources of cash were partially offset by the increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million and a $0.7 million decrease in accrued expenses.

        In 2009, we generated $14.5 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of net income including non-controlling interests of $1.4 million, depreciation of $6.7 million, amortization of intangibles of $3.8 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million and changes in working capital of $3.0 million. These amounts were partially offset by $1.1 million of unbilled receivables. The $3.0 million resulting from the change in working capital was primarily due to collection of our accounts receivable of $1.3 million, the increase in deferred revenue of $2.4 million and $0.7 million in prepaid expenses, partially offset by $1.5 million in accrued expenses. Our deferred revenue resulted from a greater number of build-out projects.

46


Table of Contents

        In 2008, we generated $10.9 million of net cash from operating activities, which consisted of a net loss including non-controlling interests of $5.6 million, depreciation of $5.8 million, amortization of intangibles of $6.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million and changes in working capital of $4.5 million, partially offset by $0.4 million of unbilled receivables. The $4.5 million resulting from the change in working capital was primarily due to the increase of accrued expenses of $2.5 million and deferred revenue of $2.1 million, partially offset by $0.2 million in prepaid expenses. The accrued expenses increased due to revenue share expenses and increased personnel related expenses. Deferred revenue increased as a result of a greater number of build-out projects.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        In 2010, we used $19.9 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of purchases of $11.3 million of property and equipment related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, $9.4 million in purchases of short-term marketable securities and $0.3 million of payments related to acquisitions. These uses of cash were partially offset by the decrease in restricted cash of $1.0 million.

        In 2009, we used $3.7 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of purchases of $4.3 million of property and equipment related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, the purchase of assets acquired of $0.6 million, an increase in restricted cash of $0.3 million and payment for issued patents of $0.1 million, partially offset by $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of short-term marketable securities.

        In 2008, we used $2.1 million in investing activities. Investing activities consisted of $7.0 million of property and equipment purchases related to build-outs in our managed and operated locations, an increase of $1.4 million in restricted cash, the purchase of acquired assets of $0.9 million and $0.5 million for a network acquisition. These uses of cash were partially offset by net proceeds of $6.1 million from short-term marketable securities and $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of long-term marketable securities.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

        In 2010, we used $1.1 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.7 million and payments to non-controlling interests of $0.4 million.

        In 2009, we used $1.0 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities in 2009 was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.6 million and payments to non-controlling interests of $0.4 million.

        In 2008, we used $1.3 million in financing activities. Cash used in financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to payments for capital leases of $0.8 million, payments to non-controlling interests of $0.3 million and $0.3 million in repayments of notes payable, partially offset by $0.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

47


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2010:

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  Years 2-3   Years 4-5   More than 5
years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Venue revenue share minimums(1)

  $ 51,302   $ 6,159   $ 10,521   $ 6,208   $ 28,414  

Operating leases for office space(2)

    3,180     1,593     1,546     41      

Capital leases for equipment and software(3)

    431     431              
                       

Total

  $ 54,913   $ 8,183   $ 12,067   $ 6,249   $ 28,414  
                       

(1)
Payments under exclusive long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless communications network access to venues such as airports. Expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

(2)
Office space under non-cancellable operating leases.

(3)
Leased equipment, primarily for data communication and database software, under non-cancellable capital leases.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management's judgment in its application, while in other cases, management's judgment is required in selecting among alternative accounting standards that allow different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures require us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In some instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

        We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, accounts receivable and related allowance for doubtful accounts, business combinations, goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we believe the accounting policies discussed below are paramount to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving our management's judgments, assumptions and estimates.

48


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue for our services when all of the following conditions are met:

    there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists;

    the services have been delivered;

    the amount of fees to be paid is fixed or determinable;

    no significant obligations remain; and

    the collectability is reasonably assured.

        We allocate revenue in agreements that contain multiple elements to each qualifying separate unit of accounting based on their relative fair values or the fair value of undelivered elements. Fair value is determined by the prices charged when the element is sold separately or other verifiable objective evidence.

        Our software is licensed by our wholesale customers so that their customers can access our Wi-Fi network. The software can only be used by our wholesale customers during the term of the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangements. Accordingly, we are not within the scope of revenue recognition guidance prescribed specifically for software companies.

        Retail Customers.     Subscription fees from retail customers are paid monthly in advance by charge card and revenue is deferred for the portion of monthly recurring subscription fees collected in advance. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from retail single-use access is recognized when earned.

        Wholesale Partners.     Services provided to wholesale partners under platform service arrangements generally contain several elements including a term license to use our proprietary software to access our Wi-Fi network, access fees for network usage, and professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed on a monthly basis based upon predetermined fixed rates. Revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the platform service arrangement or expected customer relationship, which is generally between two to five years. Revenue for network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within a platform service arrangement are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the respective service arrangement, once the build-out is complete, as they are not separate units of accounting or the culmination of a separate earnings process. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the wholesale partner arrangement which generally ranges from five to ten years. Revenue from network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.

        In instances where the minimum monthly network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will be collected.

        We may provide professional services for initial implementation service before the commencement of earnings for platform service or DAS arrangements. We defer recognition of any non-refundable upfront fees collected in association with the initial implementation activities as they are not separate units of accounting and recognize them ratably over the remaining term of the wholesale service

49


Table of Contents


arrangement once the earnings process commences. We expense the costs associated with initial implementation activities as incurred.

        Advertising and Other Revenue.     Advertising and other revenue is recognized as the services are performed.

Accounts Receivable and Related Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        For our DAS build-out projects, we invoice our telecom operator partners in advance of when the service is provided. We invoice our wholesale partners for monthly minimum payments and usage-based fees after month-end. Our accounts receivable also includes approximately two days of charge card float in-transit from our retail customers. We present accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our partners to make required payments. In doing so, we consider the current financial condition of the customer, the specific details of the customer account, the age of the outstanding balance and the current economic environment. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing a specific account receivable might result in an increase or decrease in the allowance for doubtful accounts being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.

Business Combinations

        When we acquire businesses, we allocate the total consideration to the fair value of tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on the application of valuation models using historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, the appropriate weighted average cost of capital and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of these estimates.

Goodwill

        We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. Additionally, we test goodwill in the interim if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The events and circumstances that we consider include the significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in our overall business and/or product strategies, significant changes in the use of acquired assets, significant decline in our reporting fair market value and significant changes in the regulatory industry and economic environment. We evaluate impairment of goodwill using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a comparison of the fair value and carrying amount of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. If an event occurs that causes us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our goodwill, the revision could result in a non-cash impairment charge that could have a material impact on our financial results. To date, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges. The fair value of our reporting unit, as of the latest impairment date, is substantially in excess of its carrying value.

50


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired venue contracts, acquired kiosks, non-competition agreements and trade names. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize those with finite lives over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life. We estimate the useful lives of acquired intangible assets based on factors that include the planned use of each acquired intangible asset, the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each acquired intangible asset and contractual periods specified in the related agreements. We include amortization of acquired intangibles in the amortization of intangible assets financial statement line item in our consolidated statements of operations.

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used including those with finite lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and/or product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. To date, we have not recorded any long-lived asset impairment charges.

Stock-based Compensation

        To date, stock-based compensation has consisted of stock options and restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees. It is recorded as compensation expense based on the grant date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recognize stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock option and restricted stock grants, which requires us to recognize compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value of awards granted to employees on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period.

        The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of our employee stock option grants for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are as follows:

 
  2008   2009   2010  

Expected term (years)

    6     7     6  

Expected volatility

    70 %   73 %   68 %

Risk-free interest rate

    3 %   3 %   2 %

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

        The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. In estimating the expected term for options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, we applied the simplified method from Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, Topic 14, Share-Based Payment , where options are granted at-the-money. Where options were not granted at-the-money, the expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is calculated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

        We determined the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public company's common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options in accordance with SAB Topic 14. We will continue to monitor peer companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

51


Table of Contents

        The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates of United States government securities appropriate for the expected term of the employee stock options.

        The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        The stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, and therefore, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations. Changes to the underlying assumptions may have a significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Common Stock

        In 2009, 2010 and 2011 we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock as follows:

Grant date
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price and
Estimated
Fair Value of
the Shares
at Date of
Grant
  Retrospective
Fair Value(1)
  Intrinsic
Value(2)
 

April 22, 2009

    344,960   $ 1.40   $ 1.40      

June 3, 2009

    25,470     1.40     1.40      

September 23, 2009

    53,550     1.40     1.40      

November 18, 2009

    20,900     1.40     1.40      

December 31, 2009

    618,800     1.40     2.85   $ 1.45  

April 22, 2010

    26,660     2.85     2.85      

August 4, 2010

    26,200     2.85     2.85      

January 26, 2011

    102,017     8.50     8.50      

(1)
Represents our retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock throughout the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for January 2011.

(2)
Represents the difference between the exercise price and the retrospective fair value assessment of our common stock.

Significant Factors in Determining Fair Value

        Because there is no public market for our common stock, determining the fair value of our common stock requires making complex and subjective judgments and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimate of fair value. For all grant dates in 2009, 2010 and 2011, we granted employee options at exercise prices equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant, as determined by us and our board of directors. To determine the fair value of our common stock we considered many factors, including:

    our current and historical financial performance;

    our expected future financial performance;

    our financial condition at the grant date;

    the liquidation rights and other preferences of our preferred stock;

    input from management;

52


Table of Contents

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

    the anticipation or likelihood of a potential liquidity event such as a sale of the business or initial public offering;

    the condition of and outlook for our industry;

    the business risks inherent in our business;

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

    the United States and global capital market conditions.

Valuation Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

        To determine the estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date, we conducted a periodic in depth valuation analysis of our common stock prepared with the assistance of an independent valuation firm and also considered the factors noted above. Our valuation analysis followed the guidance set forth by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation," referred to herein as the AICPA Practice Aid. Based on the guidance of the AICPA Practice Aid, we utilized a combination of valuation methods including an income approach using an analysis of expected future discounted cash flows and a market approach for similar companies with publicly-traded ownership interests (market comparable method). We then weighted these two valuations to calculate an expected business enterprise value which was applied to our capital structure to determine a value per common share.

        The expected future discounted cash flows analysis identifies a level of annual cash flows for a finite number of years and a residual value at the end of the projection period. A discount rate which reflects estimates of investor- required rates of return for similar investments is used to calculate the present value. The market comparable method uses valuation multiples of comparable companies which are applied to our operating statistics to arrive at a value. These two business enterprise values are then equally weighted to determine the total valuation.

        To estimate the value of common shares, we used a dynamic option model to value the various components of our capital structure. These components included common shares, liquidation rights and preferences of our preferred stock, warrants and options on common shares. The total value of these securities was divided by the number of fully converted shares to provide an estimated value of common shares on a marketable, controlling interest. A discount for lack of control and lack of marketability was then applied to yield the value per common share. During the timeframes noted below, key factors considered in determining the lack of marketability discount applied to our common stock included:

    there was no market for our common stock;

    our preferred stockholders had substantial liquidation preferences that in the event of most liquidity events would result in very little of the proceeds going to the common stockholders; and

    an initial public offering was not contemplated and was not a likely near term exit strategy during this timeframe.

        For the January 26, 2011 grants, we also utilized the probability-weighted expected return method to validate the fair value of our common stock based on the methods discussed above. The growth and expansion of our business, combined with a continuing trend of general improvement in the capital

53


Table of Contents


markets, had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a liquidity event transpiring within the next 12 months. This probability-weighted expected return method includes the following steps:

    We estimate the timing of each possible liquidity outcome and its future value. In our analysis, we considered potential liquidity scenarios related to an initial public offering, strategic sale, staying private and distressed sale. The anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event utilized in these valuations, such as an initial public offering of our common stock, was based primarily on then current plans and estimates of our board of directors and management;

    We determine the appropriate allocation of value to the common stockholders under each liquidity scenario based on the rights and preferences of each class of stock at that time;

    The resulting value of common stock under each scenario is multiplied by a present value factor, calculated based on our cost of equity and the expected timing of the event;

    The value of common stock is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the expected events determined by our management; and

    We then calculate the probability-weighted value per share of common stock.

Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

        April 2009 through November 2009.     In connection with our stock option grants made in April 2009 through November 2009, we considered the continued downturn in the United States and global markets and its impact on our projected revenue growth. We also noted that no other factors had significantly changed from the assumptions used in the valuation report dated December 31, 2008 which utilized the valuation methodologies described above and accordingly arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $1.40 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $1.40 per share during this period.

        December 2009.     In connection with our stock option grants on December 31, 2009, we considered the factors and prior year valuation report described above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth since the grants in November 2009. We arrived at an initial fair value of our common stock of $1.40 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. Upon receiving the January 1, 2010 valuation report in April 2010, which utilized the same methodologies as the December 31, 2008 valuation report but with more recent company and market data, we calculated a retrospective fair value of $2.85 per share and a corresponding intrinsic value of $1.45 per share, which will be charged to earnings over the respective vesting periods of the underlying stock options.

        April 2010.     In connection with our stock option grants in April 2010, we considered the factors and the valuation report of January 1, 2010 described in our December 2009 option grants above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth since the grants in December 2009. We arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.85 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $2.85 per share.

        August 2010.     In connection with our stock option grants in August 2010, we considered the factors and the valuation report described in our April 2010 option grants above, and any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth and any changes in our projected operating results noting no significant changes since the grants in April 2010. We also noted that there were no changes in the key factors noted above related to the marketability discounts used to determine the fair value of our common stock Accordingly, we arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $2.85 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $2.85 per share. Given the uncertainty associated with valuing a private company, we believe the valuation analysis and factors considered by us and our board of directors was reasonable and sound in determining the fair

54


Table of Contents


value of our common stock through August 31, 2010. We did not begin to prepare for this offering until September 2010 and we did not hold our organization meeting until October 20, 2010.

        January 2011.     In connection with our stock option grants in January 2011, we considered any changes in the United States and global markets and their impact on our projected revenue growth, any changes in our projected operating results and the valuation report of December 15, 2010. This valuation report utilized the same methodology as the valuation report of January 1, 2010; however, it also included the probability-weighted expected return method that utilizes scenario probabilities for an initial public offering, a strategic sale, continuing as a private company and a distressed sale. Accordingly, we arrived at a fair value of our common stock of $8.50 per share and granted options at an exercise price of $8.50 per share.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.

        We may recognize the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authorities. Upon our adoption of the related standard, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions due to the fact that there were no material identified tax benefits that were considered uncertain positions.

        We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We evaluate the need for, and the adequacy of, valuation allowances based on the expected realization of our deferred tax assets. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include historical earnings, our latest forecast of taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

        Our effective tax rates are primarily affected by the amount of our taxable income or losses in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate, the amount of federal and state net operating losses and tax credits, the extent to which we can utilize these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits and certain benefits related to stock option activity.

        Prior to 2009, we incurred annual operating losses since inception. We did not benefit from these losses and only provided for state and foreign income taxes. In December 2010, based on current year income and projected income in future years, we concluded that it is more likely than not that the majority of the net deferred tax assets recorded would be realized. As such, we deemed it appropriate to decrease our valuation allowance by $12.3 million.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19.8 million, and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33.6 million. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021, and the state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2012.

55


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Codification

        As of September 30, 2009, we adopted ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , which establishes the Federal Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. ASC 105 and the codification are effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the codification will become non-authoritative. The FASB will issue Accounting Standards Updates, which will serve only to update the codification, provide background information about the guidance and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the codification. As the codification does not change GAAP, it does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Disclosures about Credit Risk

        In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . This requires enhanced disclosures on a disaggregated basis about: the nature of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio of financing receivables; how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. The disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance on disclosures is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures with regard to financing receivables.

Non-controlling Interest

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 810, Consolidation , a clarification of scope with regard to accounting for non-controlling interest in consolidation. We adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2009 via retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure requirements. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, we reclassified the portion of the non-controlling interest relating to common stock to stockholders' deficit during 2009. The provisions of the standard were applied to all non-controlling interests prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Fair Value Measurements

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , with amended guidance and issued a clarification with regard to disclosure requirements about fair market value measurement. A reporting entity is required to disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. We adopted this guidance beginning on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Revenue Recognition for Multiple Element Arrangements

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements , which amends and replaces the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value if available, third-party evidence if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor third-

56


Table of Contents


party evidence is available. It also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-13 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2010. We expect to adopt ASU 2009-13 on January 1, 2011 and are in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events

        As of June 30, 2009, the company adopted ASC 855, Subsequent Events , which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Specifically, ASC 855 provides: the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. ASC 855 is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009, and has been applied prospectively.

Business Combinations

        In April 2009 and December 2007, the FASB issued guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations , addressing the recognition and accounting for identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in business combinations. We adopted the business combination provisions in September 2009. Adoption did not have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

57


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        Boingo makes it simple to connect to the mobile Internet.

        We make it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally. Our solution includes easy-to-use software for Wi-Fi enabled devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers, and our sophisticated back-end system infrastructure that detects and enables one-click access to our extensive global Wi-Fi network. Individuals use our solutions to access what we believe is the world's largest commercial Wi-Fi network, consisting of over 325,000 Wi-Fi locations, or hotspots, in over 100 countries at venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

        We have direct customer relationships with over 1.3 million users who have purchased our mobile Internet services in the past 12 months. We also provide solutions to our partners, which include telecom operators, cable companies, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, and communications companies to allow their millions of users to connect to the mobile Internet through hotspots in our network. From 2008 to 2009, we grew our subscriber base from 74,000 to 140,000, a growth rate of 89%. As of December 31 2010, we have grown our subscriber base to over 200,000, an increase of 43% over the prior year.

        Individuals who are accustomed to the benefits of broadband performance at home and work are seeking the same applications, performance and availability on-the-go, through smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other devices. We believe that this consumer demand has created a significant market opportunity that we are uniquely positioned to capture.

        We generate revenue from individual users, partners and advertisers. Individual users provide our primary source of revenue, by purchasing month-to-month subscription plans, that automatically renew, or hotspot specific, single-use access to our network. Our partners pay us usage-based network access and software licensing fees to allow their customers access to our network. We also generate revenue from telecom operators that pay us build-out fees and access fees so that their cellular customers may use our distributed antenna system, or DAS, at locations where we manage and operate the Wi-Fi network. We generate revenue from advertisers that seek to reach our users with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs.

        We install, manage and operate wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots that had more than 800 million visitors in 2009. We extend our network footprint through partnerships with over 125 network operators, such as British Telecommunications, China Telecom, KT Corp. (formerly Korea Telecom Corp.), France Telecom SA and T-Mobile USA Inc. The breadth of our network and functionality of our software provide individuals with a seamless user experience whether they access the mobile Internet through hotspots managed and operated by us or by our global partners. This also attracts leading communication and technology companies, such as Verizon and Skype, that do not operate Wi-Fi networks but want to leverage our capabilities to provide our mobile Internet services for their customers.

        We grew revenue from $56.7 million in 2008 to $65.7 million in 2009, an increase of 16%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $6.9 million to $13.5 million, an increase of 95%, and we reduced the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $11.2 million to $4.2 million. We grew revenue from $65.7 million in 2009 to $80.4 million in 2010, an increase of 22%, we grew the corresponding Adjusted EBITDA from $13.5 million to $18.2 million, an increase of 35%, and we improved the corresponding net loss attributable to common stockholders from $4.2 million to net income attributable to common stockholders of $10.7 million. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

58


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

        Popular business and consumer applications such as streaming media, online games, social networking, cloud storage, software-as-a-service and video calling require high-speed, high-bandwidth Internet access. These data-intensive applications are driving an escalation in Internet data traffic. With the proliferation of smartphones, laptops, tablet computers and other Wi-Fi enabled devices, users expect to be able to access the same content and information while on-the-go. Global Internet data traffic on mobile Internet enabled devices is expected to grow to 6.3 exabytes per month by 2015, a 27 times increase compared to 2010, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

        The adoption, growth and advancement of smartphones are key catalysts for the acceleration of high-speed, high-bandwidth, mobile Internet usage. The improved computing power, rich graphical user interfaces and Internet capabilities of these devices enable mobile users to make video calls or stream full-length movies, contributing to the vast expansion of the wireless consumption of data. For example, the average smartphone user generates ten times the amount of data traffic generated by the average non-smartphone user, according to Cisco's Visual Networking Index. In addition, the average iPhone user utilizes five to ten times more data per month than the average smartphone user—roughly 400 megabytes versus the typical 40-80 megabytes, according to Nielsen. Widely-used mobile applications allow individuals to access the same content and services on their smartphones and other mobile devices that they use at their homes or offices. According to Infonetics, the number of phone-based mobile broadband subscribers was 190 million in 2008 and is expected to reach 1.1 billion in 2014, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 35%.

        To cope with the significant increase in expected global mobile Internet data traffic, network operators are rapidly expanding their capacity and investing in technologies such as 3G and 4G cellular networks. IDC estimated that network operators were expected to spend $48.5 billion on capital expenditures in 2010 for their 2G and 3G cellular infrastructures. According to IDC, nearly 300 of these operators have deployed 3G and 4G networks in more than 120 countries. These investments, while necessary, are only a short-term solution not capable of meeting the long-term demand for data usage. To ease the strain of cellular networks by off-loading data, network operators have also been investing in Wi-Fi and emerging technologies such as Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, or WiMAX and Super Wi-Fi, a new technology that has not yet been implemented.

        Wi-Fi provides higher speed and higher bandwidth per user in high density locations, and is simpler and less expensive to deploy than additional cellular network capacity. The benefits of, and consumer demand for, Wi-Fi have led hardware manufacturers to include Wi-Fi as a standard feature on laptops and tablet computers, and increasingly, smartphones, digital cameras and handheld media devices. Shipments of semiconductor chips that enable Wi-Fi connectivity are expected to grow from 454 million in 2009 to 929 million in 2013, according to IDC. Wi-Fi has become the standard protocol for residential and office wireless networks and is increasingly prevalent in public venues, such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants.

Challenges Facing Our Industry

        The mobile Internet is a complex and constantly evolving ecosystem, comprised of over a billion mobile Internet-enabled devices from dozens of manufacturers, which are powered by many different operating systems. Devices use different network technologies and must be configured with the appropriate software to detect and optimize a connection to the mobile Internet. This complexity is amplified as new device models and operating systems are released, new categories of devices become Internet-enabled, and new network technologies emerge.

        The increasing number of mobile Internet-enabled devices in this ecosystem is causing an even more rapid increase in data consumption. Despite spending billions of dollars every year to expand their networks, network and telecom operators still face capacity-strained networks. Innovations in broadband technologies such as 3G and 4G will not be sufficient to relieve the strain on networks.

59


Table of Contents


Verizon has reported that its LTE upgrade will increase capacity four times; however, mobile data consumption is expected to increase by 27 times, as projected by Cisco's Visual Networking Index.

    Challenges facing individuals.

    Poor quality of service for bandwidth intensive mobile applications.   Increasing data traffic is straining existing cellular networks, resulting in service quality issues and increasing user frustration. Inconsistent cellular coverage areas, weak signal strength and network congestion lead to reduced speed and connection reliability of cellular mobile data services. As a result, users experience slower download speeds and dropped data and voice connections.

    Cost of mobile data services.   To access the mobile Internet, cellular service providers require their customers to pay for data plans. In anticipation of continuing dramatic increases in data usage, some cellular service providers are no longer offering unlimited data plans, replacing them with tiered, usage-based pricing data plans. Individuals, therefore, are increasingly seeking more cost effective alternatives for high-bandwidth connectivity.

    Connectivity complexity.   Determining how to connect to the mobile Internet can be difficult. Available mobile Internet connectivity options vary widely based on device capabilities, data plans and network availability. For example, laptops may need special hardware and separate data plans to connect to cellular networks. Although Wi-Fi networks are commonly available, many users find the process of choosing a network, registering and signing on to be frustrating, time-consuming and confusing.

    Challenges facing network operators, telecom operators, technology companies and enterprise software and services companies.

    Service differentiation.   Network operators, telecom operators, technology companies and enterprise software and services companies are under pressure to increase revenue and enhance customer loyalty. As a result, they are searching for new ways to attract new customers, retain existing customers and differentiate themselves by delivering a broader range of value added services. For example, telecom operators and technology companies wishing to provide wireless video or Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, services often require the high-speed, high-bandwidth and reliable mobile Internet connectivity provided by Wi-Fi networks.

    Geographic coverage.   Consumers demand wireless connectivity as they travel to areas outside their local service area. Financial, regulatory and geographic factors may prevent network operators and telecom operators from expanding their coverage areas to provide consistent wide-ranging access. As a result, network operators and telecom operators, wishing to provide seamless wireless connectivity to their customers as they travel outside their local service area, must establish roaming agreements with partners, which can be costly or difficult to achieve on favorable terms.

    Capital intensive infrastructure.   In response to growing demand for mobile Internet access, telecom operators are under increasing pressure to invest in infrastructure. In the United States alone, AT&T and Verizon spent over $12.8 billion on capital expenditures in 2009 to increase their network capacity; however, with mobile data traffic growing exponentially, these improvements may not be sufficient to keep up with demand or offer adequate returns on investment. Additionally, because licensed wireless spectrum is a finite resource in many countries, adding capacity can be prohibitively expensive.

    Challenges facing venue operators.

    Need to offer differentiated services.   Venue operators such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants seek to enhance the customer experience and attract new customers. As a result, venues increasingly offer Wi-Fi to attract

60


Table of Contents

      individuals who seek to access the mobile Internet through smartphones, laptops, tablet computers or other mobile Internet-enabled devices.

    Complexity and cost of providing Wi-Fi services.   Venue operators are often challenged by the complexity of deploying and managing a cost effective Wi-Fi solution. Many venue operators may not have the expertise or experience to provide a consistently high quality of service. Implementation and management of Wi-Fi infrastructure in large, densely populated locations such as airports, arenas, shopping malls, hotels and stadiums pose additional technical and customer care challenges.

The Boingo Solution

        We make it simple to connect to the mobile Internet. Our proprietary software, wholesale and retail billing system, extensive network and customer support services provide an easy, convenient and cost effective way for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet. We are able to deliver highly reliable, high-speed mobile Internet connectivity with minimal capital investment.

        The following summarizes the key benefits of our solution to our constituents:

Constituents   Key Benefits
Individuals  

•        Connect to the mobile Internet with simple one-click access

   

•        Gain access to a global network of over 325,000 hotspots

   

•        Connect at speeds superior to 3G and 4G networks in high density locations

   

•        Avoid high data use charges

   

•        Choose from a variety of access plans



 

 


 
Telecom operators
(for example, Verizon)
 

•        Relieve capacity constraints on cellular networks by offloading traffic to Wi-Fi networks

   

•        Enable bandwidth intensive applications such as video calling

   

•        Improve quality of service for customers

   

•        Reduce the need for capital intensive infrastructure investments

   

•        Improve cellular coverage within buildings and other locations



 

 


 
Network operators
(for example, British Telecommunications)
 

•        Offer their customers access to reliable, high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet



 

 


 
Technology companies and enterprise software and services companies
(for example, Skype and Fiberlink)
 

•        Offer their customers access to reliable, high-speed, high-bandwidth mobile Internet

•        Utilize mobile Internet infrastructure required for service delivery



 

 


 
Venue operators
(for example, Chicago O'Hare International Airport)
 

•        Enhance customer experience

•        Differentiate service offering

•        Add an incremental revenue stream



 

 


 
Advertisers
(for example, Google and American Express)
 

•        Provide additional marketing channel to reach consumers

•        Enable the use of location-based advertising and other mobile marketing initiatives which require individuals to be connected to the mobile Internet

61


Table of Contents

        Key elements of our solution include:

        Simple connectivity.     We have developed a robust software client with an easy-to-use, intuitive interface that allows individuals to connect to any of our over 325,000 hotspots using Wi-Fi enabled devices. Our software client continuously monitors Wi-Fi network availability and notifies users on-screen when a Boingo hotspot is within range. Users can connect to the mobile Internet with a one-click confirmation and access our services within seconds of sign-up.

        Global reach.     We provide our users and partners with access to what we believe is the largest commercial Wi-Fi network in the world. Through Boingo managed and operated hotspots and our strategic partnerships, users have access to over 325,000 hotspots worldwide in venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants. We have exclusive agreements to manage and operate Wi-Fi services at airports representing 42% of passenger traffic in North America and 64% of passenger traffic in the United Kingdom, based on the most currently available data.

        Fast and reliable services.     We provide individuals with reliable, high-speed and high-bandwidth mobile Internet services. This enables users to access streaming media, play online games, use social networking applications, send and receive large email attachments, use cloud storage, use software-as-a-service, make video calls and use other data-intensive applications while on-the-go. Wi-Fi is a faster and less expensive mobile Internet connectivity solution than 4G in locations where there are many simultaneous users running high-bandwidth applications. For example, in Chicago O'Hare International Airport, the Boingo Wi-Fi solution provides 100 megabits per second of available throughput, or 640 kilobits per second for each simultaneous user. In comparison, LTE provides 17 megabits per second of available throughput, or 110 kilobits per second for each simultaneous user. A Boingo user at O'Hare would realize speeds that are almost six times faster than LTE. As a result, a Boingo user at O'Hare can stream high definition video, whereas on LTE streaming even standard definition video would be problematic.

        Scalable and adaptable.     We have designed our mobile Internet platform to enable flexible and rapid expansion of our network infrastructure and real-time configuration updates. This allows our wholesale partners to easily deploy Wi-Fi enabled devices and offer services such as streaming video and VoIP on our network, and allows their users to access new hotspots as soon as they are deployed.

        Turn-key solution.     We install, manage and operate the wireless network infrastructure to provide Wi-Fi services at Boingo managed and operated hotspots. As a result, venue operators can easily implement a turn-key Wi-Fi solution with no initial investment or ongoing costs.

        Online marketing platform.     We provide an online marketing platform to our partners. Individuals who visit our landing page at Boingo managed and operated hotspots receive promotions from our partners or advertisers.

        Flexible and affordable payment options.     We offer individuals the ability to purchase access to any of our over 325,000 hotspots under a number of month-to-month plans tailored to fit their needs. Individuals are also able to purchase a variety of hotspot-specific single-use mobile Internet services through web-based sign up. On Apple iOS devices, individuals can purchase Boingo credits in the iTunes store.

Our Strategy

        We believe we are the leading global provider of commercial mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Key elements of our strategy to extend that lead are to:

        Grow the installed base of our software.     Our goal is to have our software installed on as many Wi-Fi enabled devices as possible. We intend to achieve this by acquiring customers through our

62


Table of Contents


managed and operated hotspots, increasing the number of Boingo managed and operated hotspots worldwide and partnering with leading manufacturers of laptops, tablet computers, smartphones and eReaders to make our software available in their online application marketplaces, or their app stores, or to preload it on their devices. We will continue to focus on growing our managed and operated network and pursuing partnerships with technology and communication companies to increase the presence of our software.

        Leverage our neutral-host business model.     We will continue to leverage our position as a neutral-host mobile Internet services provider to venues, network operators, telecom operators and technology and enterprise software and services companies around the world. Venue operators value our neutral-host model because we allow their customers to access the venue's network, unlike our telecom operator competitors that traditionally advantage their own customers. This puts Boingo and venue operators in alignment from both an economic and a customer experience perspective. Our neutral-host model has allowed us to partner with telecom operators that often compete with one another. These telecom operators prefer to partner with Boingo as we do not compete for cellular subscribers.

        Invest in our software to enhance the customer experience.     We will continue to invest in our software to enhance our customer experience and maintain our competitive position as a technology leader. For example, we will focus on allowing our users to connect to free and open networks, integrating our software with leading social networking sites and extending our software further to support foreign languages. We are also focused on monetizing the capabilities of our software platform through location-based services, in-client advertising and e-commerce commissions.

        Expand our network.     We believe that we have the largest commercial Wi-Fi network in the world, and we intend to leverage this strategic advantage. In addition to expanding our managed and operated presence at airports, we are focused on increasing our presence at venues such as shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants to address increasing customers' desire to access the mobile Internet through their smartphones, tablet computers and other mobile devices. For example, in 2010 we launched or signed agreements to launch our Wi-Fi services with three stadiums, one quick service restaurant franchise, four shopping malls and one convention center. We are actively pursuing similar opportunities. We also plan to increase the size of our network through new roaming agreements with other network and hotspot operators globally.

        Grow our business internationally.     We believe that the market for Wi-Fi mobile Internet services will grow rapidly in Europe and Asia as the penetration of smartphones and other Wi-Fi enabled devices increases. In 2010, we signed agreements with the British Airports Authority and Gatwick Airport Limited to exclusively manage and operate Wi-Fi services at seven major airports in the United Kingdom. We launched a Boingo unlimited Wi-Fi plan for the United Kingdom and Ireland in April 2010, and we plan to launch similar flexible, convenient and affordable plans as we expand our managed and operated locations internationally. With the addition of China Telecom and KT Corp. in 2010, we extended our footprint by approximately 80,000 locations. We plan to leverage this momentum to continue to increase our presence throughout Europe and Asia.

        Increase our brand awareness.     We continue to focus on ways to cost effectively increase exposure of the Boingo brand. We view Boingo managed and operated hotspots, where we control the user experience, as critical to building our brand and increasing usage of our solution. We also promote our brand through co-marketing arrangements with our partners and through periodic promotional and sponsorship activities. In addition, we are leveraging the reach of social media to promote our brand and interact with our customers.

63


Table of Contents

Services

        Our solution makes it easy, convenient and cost effective for individuals to find and gain access to the mobile Internet through high-speed, high-bandwidth Wi-Fi networks globally.

        Retail.     We enable individuals to purchase mobile Internet access at Boingo managed and operated hotspots and select partner locations around the world. We offer a selection of month-to-month subscription and single-use access plans. Our most common plans are the $9.95 month-to-month laptop subscription, the $7.95 month-to-month mobile smartphone subscription and the single-use Boingo AsYouGo for laptops at $7.95 per day. Our single-use access plans provide unlimited access to a specific hotspot for a defined period of time, tolled from the time the user first logs on to the network. We intend to launch other flexible plans to meet the evolving needs of our customers.

Retail Plan
  Device   Purchase Method
Subscription:        
  Boingo Unlimited   Laptop   Charge Card
  Boingo Mobile   Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Global   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Wi-Fi Combo   Laptop and Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo UK   Laptop   Charge Card

Single-use:

 

 

 

 
  Boingo AsYouGo   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card
  Boingo Wi-Fi Credits   Apple iOS devices   Apple iTunes
  Boingo Exhibitor   Laptop or Smartphone(1)   Charge Card

(1)
Includes tablet computers.

        Wholesale.     Our integrated hardware and software platform allows us to provide a range of value-added services to network operators, technology companies, enterprise software and services companies, telecom operators and venue operators.

    Roaming services.   We offer roaming services across our entire network of over 325,000 hotspot locations to our partners who can then provide mobile Internet services to their customers at these locations.

    Platform services.   We license our proprietary software and provide software integration and development services to our platform services partners. This enables them to integrate our mobile Internet solution with their product and service offerings. Our solution includes our proprietary, patented techniques for wireless signal detection, presentation and network aggregation.

    DAS infrastructure.   We offer our telecom operator partners access to our DAS infrastructure at certain Boingo managed and operated hotspot locations. We deploy our DAS infrastructure within airports and other locations that require additional signal strength to improve the quality of cellular services.

    Turn-key solutions.   We offer our venue partners the ability to implement a turn-key Wi-Fi solution, with no initial investment, through a Wi-Fi network infrastructure that we install, manage and operate.

        In 2010, we generated wholesale revenues from a group of separate entities, all of which are affiliated with Verizon Communications, Inc., which collectively accounted for more than 10% of revenue.

64


Table of Contents

        Advertising.     Our platform provides a valuable opportunity for advertisers to reach a targeted base of visitors to our landing pages with display advertising, sponsored access and other promotional programs. We offer display advertising based on impressions delivered by our platform. We also offer advertisers the opportunity to sponsor free wireless Internet access to individuals.

Our Network

        In 2006, we acquired Concourse Communications and its network of 12 managed and operated airports, which became the first Boingo managed and operated hotspots. In 2007, we acquired Sprint Spectrum's network of seven managed and operated airports and one non-exclusive airport, and in 2008 we acquired Opti-Fi Networks and its Wi-Fi hotspots, which included 25 airports and the Washington State Ferries.

        Through Boingo managed and operated hotspots and our strategic partnership arrangements, users have access to over 325,000 hotspots worldwide in venues such as airports, hotels, coffee shops, shopping malls, arenas, stadiums and quick service restaurants. We design, build, monitor and maintain the Wi-Fi network at Boingo managed and operated hotspot locations primarily located in the United States and Europe. Our strategic partnership arrangements with over 125 network operators allow us to extend our global network to over 100 countries worldwide.

Boingo hotspot locations by region as of February 28, 2011:

Region
  Airport   Café /
Retail
  Convention
Center
  Hotel   Other(1)   Total  

North America

    271     2,320     41     3,435     2,412     8,479  

South America

    82     1,451     6     150     227     1,916  

EMEA

    214     15,599     321     13,156     160,382     189,672  

Asia

    154     28,714     233     15,520     95,452     140,073  
                           

Total

    721     48,084     601     32,261     258,473     340,140  
                           

(1)
Includes schools and universities, offices, hospitals and public spaces.

Marketing and Business Development

        Our marketing and business development efforts are designed to cost effectively attract and retain new customers, expand our footprint of Wi-Fi hotspot locations and identify business partners that could leverage our network to provide mobile Internet services to their customers. We focus on efficient customer acquisition and brand building through our on-line presence, airport signage, public relations, market research and other promotional activities.

        We seek to maximize customer lifetime value by managing subscriber acquisition cost, extending customer life and determining appropriate pricing. We use information about subscriber behavior to help us retain customers and determine premium offerings. Our segmentation is focused at the product level, so that we provide the right product, plan and price for each customer in each region of the world where we operate. Our plans are available for essentially all Wi-Fi enabled devices and are priced on a month-to-month or per-use basis.

        We issue regular press releases announcing important partnerships and product developments and continually update our website with information about our network and services.

Development

        Our development efforts are focused primarily on increasing the ease of use and functionality of our software client, integrating our software client with our wholesale partners and continuing to adapt

65


Table of Contents


our technology to new operating systems and platforms. Our development model is based on a structured development process that incorporates Agile development practices so any deviations can be promptly corrected to improve reliability in our network and enhance customer satisfaction. We typically deliver product releases and feature enhancement on a semi-annual basis.

Technology

        Over the past 10 years, we have developed proprietary systems that include the Boingo software client; authentication, authorization and tracking systems; mediation and billing systems; and a real-time operational support and software configuration and messaging infrastructure.

    Boingo Software Client

        The Boingo software client is installed on Wi-Fi enabled devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. The key features of the Boingo software client include:

    Simple user interface.   The Boingo software client provides individuals with an uncomplicated, user-friendly interface designed to streamline the Wi-Fi network connection process. The software monitors the availability of Wi-Fi hotspots in the Boingo network, presents a notification message of the hotspot identified and allows one-click user connections. In some devices, connection to a Boingo Wi-Fi hotspot occurs in the background, providing the user with a notification-free connectivity experience.

    Support for all major operating system platforms.   The Boingo software client supports a wide range of laptop and mobile device operating systems, including Android, BlackBerry OS, iOS, Linux, Mac OS, Symbian, Unix and Windows.

    Automatic updates.   The Boingo software client automatically receives identification information for new hotspot locations as they are added to the Boingo network, including any information needed to automatically identify and login to the network. Location information, allowing a user to find Boingo hotspots from the client, is also automatically updated. On all but embedded platforms, software updates are also automatically offered to a user when available.

    Custom branding and flexible integration alternatives.   We offer wholesale customers the ability to integrate the Boingo software client into their products and services. Additionally, we offer wholesale customers the option to utilize a custom, rebranded reference design of the software client used in our retail customer offering.

    Authentication, Authorization and Tracking System

        Our proprietary authentication, authorization and tracking system enables the reliable, scalable and secure initiation and termination of user Wi-Fi sessions on the Boingo network. This system authenticates our network users across a wide variety of hotspots and network operators, through a normalized authentication protocol. Through the authorization process, custom business rules ensure user access based on specific service parameters such as location, type of device, service plan and account information. Our system also captures duration, data traffic, location, and type of device. We normalize and process this data from disparate providers for our use and for our wholesale partners.

    Mediation and Billing System

        Our mediation and billing system records and analyzes individual usage sessions required to bill for Wi-Fi usage. Users are charged based on variables such as pricing plan, device type, location and time of use. Our system consolidates usage session information, determines the user identity and applies the appropriate aggregation and flagging to ensure proper usage processing. Our system handles exceptions automatically. Exceptions that cannot be solved automatically are brought to the attention of the

66


Table of Contents

operations staff, who rectify any discrepancies. The billing system provides billing based on roaming relationship, user type, device type and account type. Boingo's retail customer mediation and billing is handled by the same infrastructure used for wholesale customer and billing, resulting in efficiencies of scale and operation.

    Software Configuration and Messaging System

        Our software configuration system provides real-time network configuration updates for over 682 networks and 115 detection and login methodologies used by the Boingo software client to access our network. Our software configuration system automatically registers new network definitions and login methodologies to allow individuals to connect to our hotspot locations. All supported platforms use a single configuration, providing a high level of operational and test efficiency. Our messaging system enables real-time customer notification and system interaction at login, based on location, network, user, account type, device and usage. This approach enables Boingo and our partners to deliver custom marketing or service messages.

Operations

        We provide significant operational support for Boingo managed and operated Wi-Fi hotspots and other hotspots in the Boingo network. For Boingo managed and operated Wi-Fi hotspots, we design, build, monitor and maintain the network. For roaming partners, we monitor hotspot uptime and report outages so that they can be quickly remedied. We have service level agreements with our roaming partners specifying minimum network uptime requirements.

        Our Wi-Fi deployments are based on the IEEE 802.11a, b, g and n standards and operate in the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz unlicensed spectrum bands. Our deployments may also include DAS within venues requiring enhanced cellular coverage.

Retail Customer Support Services

        We provide support services to our retail customers 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year, by phone or email. Our website also contains a comprehensive list of responses to frequently asked questions, and we monitor and respond to social media communications regarding our services. We provide support services through our internal customer care department and we rely on a third-party provider for most of our standard customer support.

Competition

        The market for mobile Internet services and solutions is fragmented and competitive. We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

    price;

    ease of access and use;

    quality of service;

    geographic reach;

    bundled service offerings;

    brand name recognition; and

    flexible pricing plans.

        We believe we face no material direct competitors to our service offerings. Indirect competitors include telecom operators, WiMAX operators, cable companies, self-managed venue networks and

67


Table of Contents


smaller wireless Internet service providers. Some of these competitors have substantially greater resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. Others offer bundled data services with primary service offerings that we do not offer such as landline and cellular telephone service, cable or satellite television, media and fixed-line Internet. Many of our indirect competitors are also partners from whom we receive revenue when their customers access our network. We believe that we compete favorably based on geographic coverage, network reliability, quality of service, ease of use and cost.

Intellectual Property

        Our ongoing success will depend in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual restrictions.

        We have one issued patent which expires in 2022 and four patent applications pending in the United States, two of which are also pending in the European Patent Office, Canada, Japan, and South Korea. We intend to pursue corresponding patent coverage in additional countries to the extent we believe such coverage is appropriate and cost effective.

        Our registered trademarks in the United States and the European Union include "Boingo Wireless", "Boingo", and "Don't just go. Boingo." We have filed other trademark applications in the United States and other countries.

        In addition to the foregoing protections, we control access to, and use of, our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is protected by United States and international copyright laws.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2010, we had 135 employees, including 47 in development and technology, 49 in operations, 25 in business development and marketing and 14 in general and administrative. All of our employees are full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be good. As of December 31, 2010, we also had arrangements with a third-party call center provider in New York that provided us with approximately 44 contractors for retail customer support service and similar functions.

Facilities

        We currently lease approximately 25,100 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Los Angeles, California under a lease agreement that expires in November 2012. We have offices in Chicago, Illinois; Lake Success, New York; McKinney, Texas; Detroit, Michigan; and London, United Kingdom. We believe our current office facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future.

Legal

        We are not presently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business.

68


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions as of March 18, 2011, are set forth below:

Name
  Age   Position
David Hagan     50   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Edward Zinser

 

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer

Niels Jonker

 

 

39

 

Chief Technology Officer

Colby Goff

 

 

37

 

Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development

Peter Hovenier

 

 

43

 

Senior Vice President of Finance

Sky Dayton(2)(3)

 

 

39

 

Chairman of the Board

Charles Boesenberg(1)

 

 

62

 

Director

Marc Geller(1)(3)

 

 

65

 

Director

Paul Hsiao(2)

 

 

39

 

Director

Shigeyuki Toya(1)

 

 

42

 

Director

(1)
Member of Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of Compensation Committee.

(3)
Anticipated Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

         David Hagan has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since November 2004. He has also served as our President since 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hagan served as Chief Executive Officer of FirstSource Corp., an e-commerce solutions provider, and as President and Chief Operating Officer of Ticketmaster Online CitySearch, an online ticket retailer and city website manager. Mr. Hagan has over 20 years experience in senior management roles in the telecommunications industry with Sprint in the United States and Canada. Mr. Hagan is Chairman of the Wireless Division of Consumer Electronics Association and a member of the CEA Board of Industry Leaders. He received a B.S. from the University of Kansas and an M.B.A. from Baker University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Hagan should serve as a director based on his position as our Chief Executive Officer and his understanding of the wireless industry.

         Edward Zinser has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Zinser was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of THQ Inc., a developer and publisher of video games, from April 2004 to November 2007. He has also served in senior financial positions with Vivendi Universal, an international media conglomerate; IAC/InterActiveCorp, a media and entertainment conglomerate; and The Walt Disney Company, a media and entertainment conglomerate. He is a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Universal Electronics Inc. Mr. Zinser received a B.S. in Management from Fairfield University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

         Niels Jonker has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2002. He served as our Vice President Engineering from June 2001 to February 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jonker was the chief network architect at EarthLink, an Internet service provider. Before that, he was the director of systems and services at OneMain, an Internet service provider. Prior to OneMain, Mr. Jonker founded

69


Table of Contents

and built US Internet, an Internet service provider servicing the southeastern United States. He is the co-author of A Guide to Operating Systems . Mr. Jonker studied Computer Science at VU University in Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

         Colby Goff has served as our Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development since June 2005. He served as our Director Business Development from August 2001 to April 2003 and as our Vice President Network Strategy from April 2003 to June 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goff was a member of the business development team for eCompanies, a start-up incubator. Mr. Goff received a B.A. in economics from Stanford University.

         Peter Hovenier has served as our Senior Vice President Finance since June 2007. He served as our Vice President Finance and Administration from June 2002 to June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hovenier was Vice President Finance and Administration of Frontera Corporation, an application service provider. Prior to Frontera, he held financial management positions with GeoCities, a web-hosting service; MGM Studios, a media company; and Wyndham Hotels Corporation, a hospitality company. In 1995, Mr. Hovenier became a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Washington. Mr. Hovenier received a B.A. in accounting from Western Washington University.

         Sky Dayton founded Boingo in 2001. He has served as chairman of our board of directors since our inception and as Chief Executive Officer from our inception until 2004. Prior to founding Boingo, Mr. Dayton founded EarthLink, an Internet service provider. He co-founded eCompanies, a start-up incubator; Business.com, a business-focused search engine; JAMDAT Mobile, a mobile games company; and Helio, a wireless carrier. Mr. Dayton also helped finance and build LowerMyBills, a consumer finance lead generation company; and Neopets, an online games company. Mr. Dayton is a member of the Warren Bennis Leadership Circle of the Center for Public Leadership at the Kennedy School at Harvard University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Dayton should serve as a director based on his long history with the company and experience with other growth companies.

         Charles Boesenberg has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2011. From 2002 to June 2006, Mr. Boesenberg served as the President and Chief Executive Officer at NetIQ Corporation and he also served as the Chairman of the board of directors at NetIQ Corporation from 2002 to June 2006. Mr. Boesenberg served as a director of Interwoven, Inc. from July 2006 to March 2009, as lead independent director of Maxtor Corporation from 2002 until May 2006, and as a director of Onyx Software Corporation from 2004 to 2005. Mr. Boesenberg serves on the board of directors of Silicon Graphics International Corp., Keynote Systems, Inc., Callidus Software Inc. and Ancestry.com Inc. Mr. Boesenberg holds an M.S. in Business Administration from Boston University and a B.S. from Rose Hulman Institute of Technology. The board of directors determined that Mr. Boesenberg should serve as a director based on his extensive experience serving on the boards of directors of other public companies, including experience dealing with corporate governance matters, and his executive management experience in other technology companies.

         Marc Geller has served as a member of our board of directors since 2003. Mr. Geller is Managing Director of Sternhill Partners, and he serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Prior to co-founding Sternhill Partners, he was a general partner with GC Technology Fund, L.P. He began his career at Coopers & Lybrand, before starting his own consulting practice that focused on investment and tax planning. He has been managing venture capital funds since 1995. He holds a B.A. from American University, J.D. from Suffolk University Law School and Master of Law degree from Boston University Law School. The board of directors determined that Mr. Geller should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in venture capital as well as his relationship with Sternhill Partners, one of our largest stockholders.

         Paul Hsiao has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Hsiao joined New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, in 2003 and is a partner in NEA's Menlo Park office. As a partner with NEA, Mr. Hsiao serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. Prior to

70


Table of Contents


joining NEA, Mr. Hsiao co-founded Mazu Networks, a provider of network optimization solutions, which was acquired by Riverbed Technology. He began his career at Medtronic, Inc., a medical technology company, and McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm. He received a B.S. in engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Hsiao should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in venture capital as well as his relationship with NEA, one of our largest stockholders.

         Shigeyuki Toya has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Toya has been a general manager of the private equity department of Mitsui USA since 2009. He has over 15 years experience in financial business with Mitsui & Co., which has involved global asset and liability financial risk management, as well as experience with turnaround projects for companies affiliated with Mitsui. Currently, Mr. Toya focuses on buyout and growth capital investments. He is a graduate of the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The board of directors determined that Mr. Toya should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in finance as well as his relationship with Mitsui, one of our largest stockholders.

Board Composition

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. As a result, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year from and after the closing of this offering.

        We anticipate that Shigeyuki Toya will resign from the board of directors prior to the completion of this offering. Sky Dayton and David Hagan have been designated as Class I directors whose term will expire at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, assuming the completion of this proposed offering. Charles Boesenberg and Marc Geller have been designated as Class II directors whose term will expire at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, assuming completion of this proposed offering. Paul Hsiao and two vacancies have been designated as Class III directors whose term will expire at the 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, assuming completion of this proposed offering. Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective as of the closing of this offering provide that the number of authorized directors may be changed only by a majority of our board of directors. Seven directors are currently authorized. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Independent Directors

        In January 2011 and March 2011, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Boesenberg, Dayton, Geller, Hsiao and Toya, representing five of our six directors, are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, and constitute a majority of our board of directors as required by the rules of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Selection Arrangements

        Our current directors were elected pursuant to a voting agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our common and preferred stock. This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

71


Table of Contents


Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Board Leadership

        Our board of directors is led by our chairman. The chairman of the board chairs all meetings of our board of directors, including executive sessions. The chairman of the board also acts as liaison between the independent directors and management. We believe that having different people serving in the roles of chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer is an appropriate and effective organizational structure for our company at this time. Separating these positions allows our chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management, while enabling our Chief Executive Officer to focus his time on our day-to-day business. The board of directors further recognizes the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow, as well as the time, effort and energy that our Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position. However, we also recognize that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times, and that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as having one person serving as both the chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer, might become appropriate. Accordingly, the board of directors anticipates periodically reviewing its leadership structure.

Compensation Risk Assessment

        As part of its oversight of our compensation programs, our compensation committee has considered our executive officer and non-executive employee compensation programs as they relate to corporate risk management. Our compensation programs are currently relatively simple and consistent with practices of other companies in our industry, and our compensation committee has concluded that our compensation policies and practices are not likely to have a material adverse effect on us, including for the following reasons:

    the compensation committee's retention of a high degree of discretion with respect to our management incentive compensation plan, as well as our use of multiple performance objectives in that plan and our use of a single incentive compensation plan in which the entire management team participates, together minimize the risk that might be posed by the short-term variable component of our compensation program; and

    the long-term component of our compensation program, which to date has consisted of stock options, keeps our officers and employees appropriately focused on long-term entity-level growth through multi-year vesting schedules and by conveying value only if we succeed in growing our business in a way that results in appreciation of the value of our stock over time.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and, prior to the completion of this offering, will have a nominating and governance committee, each of which has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

    selecting and hiring our independent auditors;

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

    evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

72


Table of Contents

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;

    preparing the audit committee report and in our annual proxy statement;

    reviewing and monitoring actual and potential conflicts of interest of members of our board of directors and officers; and

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Boesenberg, Geller and Toya. Mr. Boesenberg has been appointed the chairman of our audit committee and is an audit committee financial expert. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We anticipate that Shigeyuki Toya will resign from our audit committee prior to this offering and Paul Hsiao will be appointed to the audit committee.

        Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee prior to this offering, and our audit committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

    reviewing and approving the following for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers: annual base salaries, annual incentive bonuses, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

    reviewing the succession planning for our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending compensation goals and bonus and stock compensation criteria for our employees;

    reviewing and recommending compensation programs for directors;

    preparing the compensation discussion and analysis and compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;

    administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and

73


Table of Contents

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our compensation committee is currently composed of Messrs. Dayton and Hsiao, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Hsiao has been appointed to serve as the chairman of our compensation committee. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our compensation committee will be composed of Messrs. Boesenberg and Hsiao. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Boesenberg and Hsiao is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our nominating and governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management;

    recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors;

    reviewing and monitoring our code of business conduct and ethics; and

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and that of its members, including compliance with the committee charter.

        Our nominating and governance committee will be composed of Messrs. Dayton and Geller. Mr. Dayton has been appointed the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee is independent under the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

        Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter that will become effective in connection with this offering. We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee, and our nominating and governance committee's charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

        Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our nominating and governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations.

74


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

        Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that will become effective upon completion of this offering. The code of ethics and business conduct will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.boingo.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024, Attn: Investor Relations. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of ethics and business conduct, or waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

        In March 2011, our board of directors adopted a compensation program for our non-employee directors. Accordingly, the chairman of the board will be entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $25,000 and each other non-employee member of our board of directors will be entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000. In addition, the chair of our audit committee, compensation committee, and nomination and corporate governance committee will be entitled to an annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000, and $6,000, respectively, and each non-employee director serving on each such committee will be entitled to an annual cash retainer of $5,000, $4,000, and $3,000, respectively. Mr. Dayton, the chairman of our board of directors, has notified us that he will decline any cash retainers for his service on our board of directors.

        Upon completion of this offering, non-employee directors will be entitled to an initial stock option award to purchase 24,000 shares of our common stock upon such director's election to our board of directors. Such options will vest after 12 months of board service, and will also vest in full if there is a change in control while the director remains in our service. Each year thereafter, each non-employee director continuing to serve on our board following our annual stockholders meeting will receive an annual stock option award to purchase 12,000 shares of our common stock. Each annual option will vest after 12 months of board service, and will also vest in full if there is a change in control while the director remains in our service. All such options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the award. For further information regarding our equity compensation programs, see "Executive Compensation—Equity Plans—2011 Equity Incentive Plan."

        We also have a policy of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

75


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This compensation discussion and analysis reviews and discusses our compensation programs and policies for the executive officers named in our Summary Compensation Table. This compensation discussion and analysis, which should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures included below, contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding our compensation decisions and programs.

        The executive officers named in our Summary Compensation Table, referred to as our named executive officers, are: David Hagan, Chief Executive Officer; Edward Zinser, Chief Financial Officer; Niels Jonker, Chief Technology Officer; Colby Goff, Senior Vice President, Strategy & Business Development; and Peter Hovenier, Senior Vice President, Finance.

General Overview and Objectives of our Executive Compensation Programs

        Historically, our compensation programs have aimed to conserve cash while attracting and retaining executive officers who are highly motivated to grow our business in the long term. As with other emerging companies in the wireless industry and the technology sector generally, we sought to emphasize equity compensation, primarily in the form of stock options, with less emphasis on base salaries and cash bonuses. Our board of directors sought to align the interests of management and stockholders by motivating the management team to grow the business in the long term.

        We recognize that our success depends to a great degree on the integrity, knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity and teamwork of our employees. To this end, we designed, and intend to modify as necessary, our compensation and benefits program and philosophy in order to attract, retain and motivate talented, highly qualified and committed executive officers who share our business goals and corporate values. In doing so, we strive to reward clear, easily measured performance goals that keep our executive officers focused on accomplishing our long-term business objectives, while offering sufficient fixed compensation to remain competitive within our industry and geography. We expect to continue to emphasize this approach in the future.

        The principal objectives of our executive compensation programs are:

Compensation Overview

        As we prepared for this offering in late 2010, our board of directors took a number of steps to assess our executive officer compensation programs so that they would appropriately motivate and retain our management team as we transitioned to being a public company. We engaged an independent compensation consultant to help our board of directors and compensation committee evaluate our compensation programs. This evaluation has been completed, and the compensation committee made no changes to 2010 base salaries or bonus targets for our named executive officers.

        In early 2011, our board of directors approved an increase to the base salaries of our named executive officers, established corporate financial objectives under our management incentive compensation plan, authorized option grants to employees, including our executive officers, to become effective upon the pricing of this offering, and authorized our compensation committee to negotiate severance benefit letters with our named executive officers.

76


Table of Contents

        We intend to review our executive compensation programs annually and make adjustments to individual compensation as appropriate, although we may make off-cycle adjustments if our compensation committee determines such changes are appropriate.

Role of the Compensation Committee, Board of Directors and Management in Setting Executive Compensation

        Our compensation decisions have generally been made by our board of directors based upon recommendations from our compensation committee. Currently, Messrs. Dayton and Hsiao serve as the committee members. The compensation committee has overall responsibility for overseeing and, together with input from the full board of directors as the committee deems appropriate, approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. For more information about our compensation committee, see "Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee."

        We anticipate that our Chief Executive Officer will continue to make recommendations to our compensation committee regarding compensation for other executive officers. However, while our compensation committee will consider our Chief Executive Officer's recommendations, it need not adopt these recommendations and may adjust them as it deems appropriate together with input from the full board of directors. The committee has authority to approve all compensation decisions regarding our executive officers, although our board of directors also retains concurrent authority. After this offering, the committee will primarily be responsible for compensation decisions. The committee may from time to time refer matters to the entire board of directors in order to obtain input from other directors prior to making a decision and, if appropriate, may submit matters for approval by the full board of directors.

Independent Compensation Consultant and Peer Group

        Our compensation committee has the authority to engage the services of outside consultants to assist it in making decisions regarding our executive compensation programs. In late 2010, as part of a comprehensive review of our executive compensation programs in preparation for this offering, our compensation committee retained Radford, an Aon Hewitt company, as its independent compensation consultant to advise the committee in matters regarding the compensation of our executive officers and our board of directors. Neither the company nor our board of directors had previously worked with Radford, which was selected in part because of its experience providing independent advice regarding compensation matters to boards of directors of companies and access to market data regarding compensation practices in the technology sector.

        The compensation committee believes that recruiting talented executives in the wireless industry generally is competitive, and in our segment of this industry, it is particularly challenging to identify, recruit and retain experienced executives with the expertise we require. The compensation committee is focused on retaining our current executive team in light of these competitive conditions, because losing key management in the period following this offering could have an adverse effect on our business.

        The compensation committee instructed Radford to provide relevant market data against which to evaluate our existing executive compensation arrangements, assist it in that evaluation with the goal of harmonizing our compensation programs for executive officers with our overall compensation philosophy and strategic directives, and develop recommendations for Chief Executive Officer, executive officer and director compensation.

        Radford helped the compensation committee identify appropriate market data against which to compare our executive compensation levels and programs. Specifically, our compensation committee reviewed market data drawn from the 2011 Radford Global Technology Survey.

77


Table of Contents

        With the assistance of Radford, the compensation committee identified the following companies in our industry that will form the peer group of companies against which they intend to review, compare and evaluate our executive officer compensation program:

Constant Contact, Inc.   Netsuite Inc.

Demand Media, Inc.

 

Neutral Tandem, Inc.

Gamefly, Inc.

 

OpenTable, Inc.

Green Dot Corporation

 

ReachLocal, Inc.

Limelight Networks, Inc.

 

RealPage, Inc.

LivePerson, Inc.

 

Solarwinds, Inc.

LogMeIn, Inc.

 

Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.

Motricity, Inc.

 

 

To date, our compensation committee has used the compensation data from the peer group companies as a reference point for purposes of evaluating our executive compensation programs and has not used the data to target any particular level of compensation for our executive officers.

Elements of Compensation

        Our executive compensation program currently includes the following components:

        The weight of each of these components has not to date been determined by any particular formula, although our overall mix of total compensation has emphasized stock options for their long-term incentive and retention value. The specific mix of components has been and will continue to be within the discretion and business judgment of our board of directors and the compensation committee, which have placed greater emphasis on considerations specific to the individual holding a particular executive position than on general market data.

        We provide a base salary to our named executive officers to compensate them for services rendered on a day-to-day basis during the year and to provide sufficient fixed cash compensation to allow them to focus on their ongoing responsibilities. The base salaries of all executive officers are reviewed annually and adjusted when necessary to reflect individual roles and performance as well as market conditions. The annual base salary for each of our named executive officers in 2010 was as follows: Mr. Hagan—$374,400; Mr. Zinser—$311,220; Mr. Jonker—$238,493; Mr. Goff—$234,520; and Mr. Hovenier—$214,200.

        In connection with its general review of executive officer compensation and peer group data provided by Radford, our compensation committee approved an increase in base salaries of our named executive officers in 2011 as follows: Mr. Hagan—$414,498; Mr. Zinser—$335,184; Mr. Jonker—$248,033; Mr. Goff—$243,901; and Mr. Hovenier—$225,000.

78


Table of Contents

        We use annual cash incentive bonuses to reward our named executive officers for the achievement of company performance goals. Each year, we adopt a management incentive plan to motivate and reward our senior executives, including our named executive officers, to attain specific short-term performance objectives that, in turn, further our long-term business objectives. These objectives are based upon corporate targets, rather than individual objectives. In setting target payout levels under our annual management incentive compensation plan, our board of directors and compensation committee considered historical payouts, the total cost to the company should performance objectives be achieved and our retention needs. The compensation committee retains discretion to reduce or eliminate payment under our management incentive plan.

        Our 2010 management incentive plan included two components, one based on achievement of specified corporate financial objectives, which we refer to as the financial component, and the other based upon achievement of enumerated strategic initiatives, which we refer to as the strategic component. The financial component includes four financial targets, each with an established threshold and maximum achievement level. The relative weighting of each element is as follows:

Financial Objective
  % Relative
Weighting
  2010 Target Level
Achievement ($)
  Actual 2010
Achievement
Metrics ($)(3)
 

Revenue

    60     79.3 million     80.4 million  

Free cash flow(1)

    20       9.7 million     12.9 million  

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

    15     19.3 million     18.2 million  

Net income

    5       8.1 million     15.7 million  

(1)
Free cash flow is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment.

(2)
For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 1 to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

(3)
In determining actual 2010 achievement of financial objectives, our board of directors excluded the financial impact of certain one-time expenses related to this offering and the net income benefit due to the realization of a deferred tax asset.

        The plan provides for payment for performance below each of the financial target levels only if performance is above a specified threshold, as well as payment for performance above each of the financial target levels in the event of overachievement. For each financial target, achievement of the target equates to 100% of the bonus payout and for up to 120% of the target, there is a bonus payout of 170%. With respect to the revenue objective, underachievement at the floor of 90% of the financial target results in a bonus payout of 30% for the objective, while with respect to the three other financial objectives, underachievement at the floor of 70% of the financial target results in 30% of the bonus payout for the objective. Below the floor levels of each of the financial targets, there is no target payout. In the event of any under- or over-achievement, straight-line interpolation is applied from target levels.

        The strategic component includes three objectives, which relate to major wholesale or retail distribution, expansion of our managed and operated network and establishment of a service provider business model. A named executive officer must achieve any two of these objectives in order to achieve the full target-level bonus payout. While this strategic component permits a discretionary payout in the event of under-achievement, it does not incorporate any over-achievement potential.

79


Table of Contents

        Target bonuses for our named executive officers under the 2010 plan were as follows:

 
  Fiscal 2010 Bonus Potential  
Executive Officer
  % Bonus
Financial
Component(1)
  % Bonus
Strategic
Component(1)
  Target
Bonus ($)
 

David Hagan

    60     20   $ 299,520  

Edward Zinser

    50     20   $ 217,854  

Niels Jonker

    35     20   $ 131,171  

Colby Goff

    35     20   $ 128,986  

Peter Hovenier

    35     20   $ 117,810  

(1)
Bonus targets are expressed as a percentage of the executive's base salary.

The board of directors met in January 2011 and determined that all three of the strategic objectives applicable under our 2010 management incentive plan had been achieved. They based this determination on the following developments that occurred during the year:

Objective   Achievement
Major wholesale or retail distribution   Agreement with a major retailer

Expansion of managed and operated network

 

Agreements with various parties

Establishment of service provider business model

 

Agreement with a major airport

        As a result of these achievements, the board of directors determined that all named executive officers would receive payment of the full amount of their 2010 bonus as it related to the strategic component, as follows: Mr. Hagan—$74,880; Mr. Zinser—$62,244; Mr. Jonker—$47,699; Mr. Goff—$46,904; and Mr. Hovenier—$42,840. These amounts were paid in January 2011. Our board of directors met in February 2011 and determined the achievement of the financial component applicable under the 2010 management incentive plan at a 120.4% level as follows: Mr. Hagan—$270,459; Mr. Zinser—$187,349; Mr. Jonker—$100,498; Mr. Goff—$98,824; and Mr. Hovenier—$90,261. In connection with this determination, our board of directors excluded certain one-time expenses and net income benefits.

        In addition to the 2010 management incentive plan bonuses, in January 2011, the compensation committee and board of directors considered the outstanding promissory note that we had accepted from our Chief Executive Officer when he purchased 290,000 shares of our common stock in January 2002 and determined to forgive the outstanding principal and accrued interest. As of the date of forgiveness, the aggregate principal and accrued interest totaled approximately $103,000. Mr. Hagan paid the applicable withholding taxes owed in connection with forgiveness of the note by delivering a check to us for the full amount. The committee and the board of directors determined that it was appropriate to forgive the amount outstanding under the note, in part in recognition of Mr. Hagan's performance over the prior years, and in part because a law enacted after issuance of the note requires that the note be paid in full many months prior to the date on which there will be a public trading market for our common stock.

        In March 2011, our compensation committee and board of directors approved a management incentive compensation plan that is largely consistent with our prior years' plans. The financial objectives include revenue, free cash flow, adjusted EBITDA, and net income. Although we did not include a strategic objective, the aggregate target bonuses as a percentage of base salary for our named executive officers remained the same as 2010, except that Mr. Hagan's aggregate target bonus was increased from 80% to 95% of his base salary.

80


Table of Contents

    Stock Options

        We believe that equity-based awards encourage our named executive officers to focus on the long-term performance of our business. Our board of directors grants equity awards to executives and other employees in order to enable them to participate in the long-term appreciation of our stock price. Additionally, we believe our equity awards provide an important retention tool for our named executive officers, as they are subject to multi-year vesting. To date, we have not adopted stock ownership guidelines for our named executive officers.

        Our equity incentive plan has been the principal method for our named executive officers to acquire equity or equity-based interests in the company. We historically granted equity-based awards in the form of stock options, including options granted at the commencement of employment and additional awards, generally each year. For information regarding vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the options held by our named executive officers, see "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control."

        The size of the initial option grant made to each named executive officer upon joining our company is primarily based on competitive conditions applicable to the named executive officer's specific position. We also consider the number of shares underlying options granted to other executives in comparable positions within our company using a model that considers options awarded as a percentage of shares outstanding. For subsequent option grants to our named executive officers, our compensation committee receives input from our Chief Executive Officer and expects to receive input from its compensation consultants in the future.

        In recent years, our named executive officers have received a new hire option grant that vests with respect to 25% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service. We refer to this as our standard vesting schedule. Subsequent grants are generally made on an annual basis, or in recognition of a promotion or extraordinary performance, and generally vest on our standard vesting schedule. In order to retain and motivate employees, we attempt to ensure that our executives have a sufficient number of unvested options that will help the individual remain focused on our long-term objectives. All options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors. For more information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        In March 2011, our board of directors reviewed the total equity holdings of all of our employees, including our named executive officers. Based on that review, our board of directors determined that, given their lengthy tenure, our named executive officers were already substantially vested in their existing options, therefore we provided incentive value beyond the date of this offering.

        As a result, our board of directors committed to grant a significant number of options to all employees, including our named executive officers. Such options will become effective upon the completion of this offering, have an exercise price equal to the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus, and vest over a period of five years, with no vesting during the first year.

        The number of options to be granted to our named executive officers is as follows: Mr. Hagan—377,777 shares; Mr. Zinser—266,666 shares; Mr. Jonker—266,666 shares; Mr. Goff—155,555 shares; and Mr. Hovenier—133,333 shares. In determining the level of these grants, our board of directors considered the total number of vested and unvested options held by each officer, the officer's

81


Table of Contents


performance within his specific role at the company, and the total number of shares to be granted to all employees.

        In light of these option grants, we do not anticipate granting a significant number of additional options to our existing named executive officers prior to 2014. For further information regarding our equity compensation programs, see "Executive Compensation—Equity Plans—2011 Equity Incentive Plan."

        We do not have, nor do we plan to establish, any program, plan or practice to time stock option grants in coordination with releasing material non-public information, nor do we have any established grant schedule.

    Severance and Change of Control Benefits

        We have entered into an employment agreement that provides specified benefits to Mr. Hagan, including salary continuation and vesting acceleration of equity awards in the event that he experiences an involuntary termination of employment under specified circumstances prior to and following a change of control. Likewise, our employment agreement with Mr. Zinser provides for salary continuation and partial vesting acceleration of stock options in the event that he experiences an involuntary termination of employment without cause.

        Our board of directors believes that it is necessary to offer senior members of our executive team severance benefits to ensure that they remain focused on executing our strategic plans, including in the event of a proposed or actual acquisition. In connection with this offering, we have entered into new employment agreements with our named executive officers to provide them with additional severance benefits upon an involuntary termination of employment under specified circumstances prior to and following a change of control. The terms of these agreements are described below in "—Severance or Employment Agreements."

    Perquisites

        We do not provide any perquisites or other personal benefits to our named executive officers.

    Benefits

        We provide the following benefits, which we believe are typical of the companies with which we compete for employees, to our named executive officers on the same basis provided to all of our employees:

    health, dental and vision insurance;

    life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance;

    a 401(k) plan;

    an employee assistance plan;

    short and long-term disability insurance;

    a medical and dependent care flexible spending account; and

    a health savings account.

Tax Considerations

        We have not provided any executive officer or director with a gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts the executive might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, or code. Section 280G of the code provides that executive officers, directors who hold

82


Table of Contents


significant stockholder interests and other specified service providers could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain limits, and that we or our successor could lose a deduction on the amounts subject to the additional tax. Section 409A of the code also imposes additional significant taxes should an executive officer, director or other service provider receive deferred compensation that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.

        Section 162(m) of the code disallows a deduction for any publicly-held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for the Chief Executive Officer and certain other highly compensated officers, unless the compensation is performance based, as defined by Section 162(m). In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer's total compensation to exceed $1.0 million. Option spread compensation from options that meet specified requirements will not be subject to the $1.0 million cap on deductibility, and in the past we have granted options that we believe met those requirements. Additionally, under a special Section 162(m) exception, any compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this public offering will not be subject to the $1.0 million limitation until the earliest of the expiration of the plan, a material modification of the plan, issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation provided for by the plan, or the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs. While our compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, while the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as a factor in future compensation decisions.

Effect of Financial Restatement on Certain Compensation

        The compensation committee has not adopted a policy as to whether or not we will make retroactive adjustments to or require recovery of any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to the named executive officers (or others) where the payment was predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement. We will comply with applicable laws and regulations requiring any such adjustments to or recovery of incentive compensation in connection with a financial restatement.

83


Table of Contents

2010 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and our next three most highly compensated executive officers during 2010. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

David Hagan
Chief Executive Officer

    2010     374,400     345,339     7,599     727,338  

Edward Zinser
Chief Financial Officer

   
2010
   
311,220
   
249,593
   
249
   
561,062
 

Niels Jonker
Chief Technology Officer

   
2010
   
238,493
   
148,197
   
7,533
   
394,223
 

Colby Goff
Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development

   
2010
   
234,520
   
145,728
   
6,526
   
386,774
 

Peter Hovenier
Senior Vice President, Finance

   
2010
   
214,200
   
133,101
   
7,514
   
354,815
 

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table sets forth each plan-based award granted to our named executive officers during 2010. We did not grant any equity awards to our named executive officers during 2010.

 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
 
Name
  Grant
Date(1)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

David Hagan:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     67,392     224,640     381,888  
 

Strategic component

    2010     74,880     74,880     74,880  

Edward Zinser:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     46,683     155,610     264,537  
 

Strategic component

    2010     62,244     62,244     62,244  

Niels Jonker:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     25,042     83,473     141,903  
 

Strategic component

    2010     47,699     47,699     47,699  

Colby Goff:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     24,625     82,082     139,539  
 

Strategic component

    2010     46,904     46,904     46,904  

Peter Hovenier:

                         
 

Financial component

    2010     22,491     74,970     127,449  
 

Strategic component

    2010     42,840     42,840     42,840  

(1)
Amounts represent awards granted under our 2010 management incentive compensation plan, which were based on the achievement of certain financial and strategic objectives in 2010. These columns show the awards that were possible at the threshold, target and maximum levels of performance. The column titled "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table shows the actual awards earned in

84


Table of Contents

    2010 by our named executive officers under our 2010 management incentive compensation plan. These amounts were paid in 2011. For more information about our 2010 management incentive plan, see "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis."

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Year-End

        The following table sets forth information regarding each unexercised option held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2010. The vesting schedule applicable to each outstanding award is described in the footnotes to the table below. For information regarding the vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the options held by our named executive officers, see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control" below.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Date of
Grant
  Initial
Vesting
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

David Hagan

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     58,000           0.75     07/01/12  

    11/18/03 (1)   11/18/03     152,913           0.75     11/18/13  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     69,600           0.75     03/02/14  

    12/21/04 (1)   11/11/04     358,800           0.75     12/21/14  

    02/22/07 (1)   08/31/06     388,643           1.40     02/22/17  

    08/21/07 (3)   06/15/07     484,901     207,814     1.40     08/21/17  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     11,000     33,000     1.40     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09           44,000     1.40     12/31/19  

Edward Zinser

   
02/26/08

(1)
 
01/28/08
   
374,398
   
139,062
   
1.40
   
02/26/18
 

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     24,479     22,521     1.40     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     10,000     30,000     1.40     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09           40,000     1.40     12/31/19  

Niels Jonker

   
05/07/02

(1)
 
02/13/02
   
30,000
         
0.75
   
05/07/12
 

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     18,800           0.75     07/01/12  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     22,560           0.75     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     27,640           0.75     08/25/14  

    08/16/05 (1)   08/16/05     50,000           0.75     08/16/15  

    02/22/07 (1)   08/31/06     89,100           1.40     02/22/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     45,951     6,564     1.40     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     23,958     22,041     1.40     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     8,750     26,250     1.40     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09           35,000     1.40     12/31/19  

Colby Goff

   
07/01/02

(1)
 
07/01/02
   
10,000
         
0.75
   
07/01/12
 

    02/19/03 (1)   02/19/03     20,000           0.75     02/19/13  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     8,000           0.75     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     32,000           0.75     08/25/14  

    08/16/05 (1)   06/01/05     95,400           0.75     08/16/15  

    02/22/07 (1)   08/31/06     73,400           1.40     02/22/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     92,589     13,227     1.40     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     23,958     22,041     1.40     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     8,750     26,250     1.40     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09           35,000     1.40     12/31/19  

85


Table of Contents

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Date of
Grant
  Initial
Vesting
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Peter Hovenier

    07/01/02 (1)   06/03/02     40,000           0.75     07/01/12  

    07/01/02 (1)   07/01/02     8,000           0.75     07/01/12  

    03/02/04 (1)   01/01/04     9,600           0.75     03/02/14  

    08/25/04 (1)   08/25/04     12,400           0.75     08/25/14  

    10/31/05 (1)   10/31/05     30,000           0.75     10/31/15  

    02/22/07 (1)   08/31/06     41,800           1.40     02/22/17  

    08/21/07 (1)   06/15/07     77,612     11,087     1.40     08/21/17  

    04/22/09 (1)   11/18/08     23,958     22,041     1.40     04/22/19  

    12/31/09 (1)   12/31/09     5,000     15,000     1.40     12/31/19  

    12/31/09 (2)   12/31/09           20,000     1.40     12/31/19  

(1)
Shares underlying each option vest with respect to 25% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service.

(2)
Subject to continuous service, 100% of the shares subject to the option vest on the earliest of the nine year anniversary of the initial vesting date, the one year anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or when we are acquired.

(3)
Shares underlying each option vest with respect to 20% of the shares when the holder completes 12 months of continuous service after the initial vesting date and with respect to the balance in a series of 48 successive equal monthly installments thereafter. In the event we are acquired before the holder's service with us terminates, an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option vest. If the holder's service terminates under certain circumstances within 12 months following the date of an acquisition, then the shares subject to the option will be 100% vested as of the date of the termination of service.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested at 2010 Year-End

        None of our named executive officers exercised stock options or held any stock awards that vested during 2010.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and no named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during 2010.

86


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

        The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon termination of employment of each named executive officer, as if each officer had terminated employment on December 31, 2010 pursuant to his employment agreement, if any, in effect at that time. See the section titled "—Severance or Employment Agreements."

Name
  Benefit(1)   Qualifying
Termination of
Employment
($)
  Change of
Control Only
($)
  Qualifying
Termination of
Employment within
12 Months after
a Change of Control
($)
 

David Hagan(2)(3)(4)

  Cash Severance     374,400         336,960  

  Vesting of Options     867,344     1,907,121     3,303,842  
                   

  Total Value     1,241,744     1,907,121     3,640,802  

Edward Zinser(3)(5)(6)

 

Severance

   
155,610
   
   
155,610
 

  Vesting of Options     870,661     1,575,176     2,686,351  
                   

  Total Value     1,026,271     1,575,176     2,841,961  

Niels Jonker(3)(6)

 

Severance

   
   
   
0
 

  Vesting of Options         724,153     1,042,318  
                     

  Total Value         724,153     1,042,318  

Colby Goff(3)(6)

 

Severance

   
   
   
0
 

  Vesting of Options         762,793     1,119,609  
                     

  Total Value         762,793     1,119,609  

Peter Hovenier(3)(6)

 

Severance

   
   
   
0
 

  Vesting of Options         511,131     790,285  
                     

  Total Value         511,131     790,285  

(1)
The value of vesting of stock options shown above assumes that each executive's qualifying termination of employment and change of control (if applicable) occurred on December 31, 2010, and was calculated by multiplying the number of unvested option shares that will accelerate by the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2010 (assuming that the fair market value of our common stock on that date was $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) over the applicable exercise price per share.

(2)
If Mr. Hagan's employment is terminated without cause or Mr. Hagan resigns for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to six months of base salary, pro rata payment of any accrued bonus, and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hagan on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and six months of vesting credit would result in the accelerated vesting of 74,771 option shares.

(3)
Pursuant to the existing option agreements, in the event of a change of control, 50% of the then-unvested portion of each executive's options will accelerate, except that all shares subject to a certain performance-based option granted to each executive on December 31, 2009 will accelerate in full upon a change of control. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hagan on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and such acceleration would result in the vesting of 164,407 additional option shares. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Zinser on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and such acceleration

87


Table of Contents

    would result in the vesting of 135,791 additional option shares. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Jonker on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and such acceleration would result in the vesting of 62,427 additional option shares. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Goff on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and such acceleration would result in the vesting of 65,758 additional option shares. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hovenier on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and such acceleration would result in the vesting of 44,063 additional option shares.

(4)
If Mr. Hagan's employment is terminated without cause or Mr. Hagan resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to 12 months of base salary and full vesting of his outstanding stock options. All 284,814 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hagan on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share.

(5)
If Mr. Zinser's employment is terminated without cause, Mr. Zinser is entitled to six months of base salary and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options. All outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Zinser on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share, and six months of vesting credit would result in the accelerated vesting of 75,057 option shares.

(6)
In the event that an executive is subject to a constructive termination within 12 months following a change of control, the executive's outstanding stock options will accelerate in full. All 231,582 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Zinser on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share. All 89,855 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Jonker on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share. All 96,518 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Goff on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share. All 68,128 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Hovenier on December 31, 2010 had an exercise price of $1.40 per share.

        The following table describes the potential payments and benefits upon termination of employment of each named executive officer, assuming that each officer had terminated employment on December 31, 2010, and was covered by his new employment agreement described in the section titled "—Severance or Employment Agreements" at that time.

Name
  Benefit(1)   Qualifying
Termination of
Employment
($)
  Change of
Control Only
($)
  Qualifying
Termination of
Employment within
12 months after
a Change of Control
($)
 

David Hagan(2)(3)

  Cash Severance     673,920         673,920  

  Health Benefits     10,332         10,332  

  Vesting of Options     2,665,842     1,907,121     3,303,842  
                   

  Total Value     3,350,094     1,907,121     3,988,094  

Edward Zinser(3)(4)

 

Cash Severance

   
529,074
   
   
529,074
 

  Health Benefits     10,332         10,332  

  Vesting of Options     1,741,334     1,575,176     2,686,351  
                   

  Total Value     2,280,740     1,575,176     3,225,757  

Niels Jonker(3)(5)

 

Cash Severance

   
178,870
   
   
369,664
 

  Health Benefits     8,046         10,728  

  Vesting of Options     252,312     724,153     1,042,318  
                   

  Total Value     439,228     724,153     1,422,710  

88


Table of Contents

Name
  Benefit(1)   Qualifying
Termination of
Employment
($)
  Change of
Control Only
($)
  Qualifying
Termination of
Employment within
12 months after
a Change of Control
($)
 

Colby Goff(3)(5)

 

Cash Severance

    175,890         363,506  

  Health Benefits     2,430         3,240  

  Vesting of Options     329,602     762,793     1,119,609  
                   

  Total Value     507,922     762,793     1,486,355  

Peter Hovenier(3)(5)

 

Cash Severance

   
160,650
   
   
332,010
 

  Health Benefits     11,871         15,828  

  Vesting of Options     272,159     511,131     790,285  
                   

  Total Value     444,680     511,131     1,138,123  

(1)
The value of vesting of stock options shown above assumes that each executive's qualifying termination of employment and change of control (if applicable) occurred on December 31, 2010, and was calculated by multiplying the number of unvested option shares that will accelerate by the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2010 (assuming that the fair market value of our common stock on that date was $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) over the applicable exercise price per share.

(2)
Under his new employment agreement, if Mr. Hagan has a qualifying termination prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, he is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and 24 months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Hagan has a qualifying termination within 12 months after a change of control, he is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full acceleration of his outstanding equity awards.

(3)
Pursuant to the existing option agreements, in the event of a change of control, 50% of the then-unvested portion of each executive's outstanding options will accelerate, except that all shares subject to a certain performance-based option granted to each executive on December 31, 2009 will accelerate in full upon a change of control.

(4)
Under his new employment agreement, if Mr. Zinser has a qualifying termination prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, he is entitled to 12 months of base salary, pro rated annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and 12 months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Zinser has a qualifying termination within 12 months after a change of control, he is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full acceleration of his outstanding equity awards.

(5)
Under the new employment agreement of each of Messrs. Jonker, Goff, and Hovenier, if an executive has a qualifying termination prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, the executive will be entitled to nine months of base salary, nine months of continued health benefits, and nine months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If an executive has a qualifying termination within 12 months after a change of control, he will be entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full acceleration of his outstanding equity awards.

89


Table of Contents

Severance or Employment Agreements

David Hagan

        We originally entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hagan, our Chief Executive Officer, on August 23, 2001. Under his original agreement, if Mr. Hagan is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason prior to, or more than 12 months following, a change of control, he will receive six months of base salary, a pro rata payment of any accrued bonus, and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options. If Mr. Hagan is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, he will receive 12 months of base salary and full vesting of his outstanding stock options.

        On April 11, 2011, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Hagan, which supersedes the original agreement effective immediately, that provides that if Mr. Hagan's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Hagan resign his employment for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and 24 months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Hagan's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Hagan resign his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Hagan is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

Edward Zinser

        We originally entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zinser, our Chief Financial Officer, on January 22, 2008. Under his original agreement, if Mr. Zinser is terminated without cause, he will receive six months of base salary and six months of vesting credit under his outstanding stock options.

        On April 11, 2011, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Zinser, which supersedes the original agreement effective immediately, that provides that if Mr. Zinser's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Zinser resign his employment for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Zinser is entitled to 12 months of base salary, a pro rata payment of his annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and 12 months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Zinser's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Zinser resign his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Zinser is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

Niels Jonker

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Jonker that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, if Mr. Jonker's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Jonker resign his employment for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Jonker is entitled to nine months of base salary, nine months of continued health benefits, and nine months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Jonker's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Jonker resign his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Jonker is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

Colby Goff

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Goff that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, if Mr. Goff's employment is terminated without

90


Table of Contents


cause or should Mr. Goff resign his employment for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Goff is entitled to nine months of base salary, nine months of continued health benefits, and nine months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Goff's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Goff resign his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Goff is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

Peter Hovenier

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hovenier that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, if Mr. Hovenier's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Hovenier resign his employment for good reason prior to, or 12 months after, a change of control, Mr. Hovenier is entitled to nine months of base salary, nine months of continued health benefits, and nine months of vesting credit under his outstanding equity awards. If Mr. Hovenier's employment is terminated without cause or should Mr. Hovenier resign his employment for good reason within 12 months following a change of control, Mr. Hovenier is entitled to 12 months of base salary, annual target bonus, 12 months of continued health benefits, and full vesting of his outstanding equity awards.

Equity Plans

Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, or 2001 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in June 2001, last amended in August 2007. Following the completion of this offering, no further awards will be made under our 2001 Plan, and it will be terminated. Options outstanding under the 2001 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

        Share Reserve.     We have reserved 6,384,140 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. If stock awards under the 2001 Plan are forfeited or repurchased thereafter, then shares subject to those stock awards will not become available for future awards. As of December 31, 2010, options to purchase 5,287,503 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.30 to $2.85 per share, or a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share, remained outstanding under the 2001 Plan. An aggregate of 532,972 shares of restricted stock have been granted under the 2001 Plan. As of December 31, 2010, 209,692 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance.

        Administration.     Our board of directors has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to the 2001 Plan. Our board of directors may re-price outstanding options and modify outstanding awards in other ways, subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan.

        Eligibility.     Employees, members of our board of directors, and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2001 Plan.

        Types of Awards.     Our 2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and restricted stock.

        Options.     The exercise price for incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2001 Plan may not be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. Optionees may pay the exercise price of options by using cash or, with the consent of the plan administrator, tendering shares of common stock that the optionee already owns, or pursuant to a "same day sale" cashless exercise program through a broker.

        In general, the terms of options granted under the 2001 Plan may not exceed 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionee's option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee's service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionee may exercise the vested

91


Table of Contents


portion of any option for three months after the date of termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates by reason of disability, the optionee generally may exercise the vested portion of any option for six months after the date of such termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates by reason of death, a personal representative generally may exercise the vested portion of any option for 12 months after the date of such termination. If an optionee's service relationship with us terminates for cause, the option will terminate immediately. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term. Options generally vest over a four-year period following the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be awarded under the 2001 Plan in return for such consideration as is determined by our board of directors.

        Change in Control.     In the event that a change of control occurs, a surviving entity in the transaction may assume or substitute similar stock awards for the outstanding options granted under the 2001 Plan. If the surviving entity does not assume or substitute for outstanding options granted under the 2001 Plan, options will accelerate in full and terminate in connection with the change of control.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

        Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

        Our board of directors anticipates granting an aggregate of 1,993,559 options to employees (including 1,199,997 options to our named executive officers), under the 2011 Plan upon the completion of this offering. Such options will have an exercise price equal to the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus, and vest over a period of five years, with no vesting during the first year.

        Share Reserve.     We will reserve 4,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan will be increased automatically on January 1st of each year over the term of the plan by a number equal to the least of:

    4.5% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior year;

    3,000,000 shares of common stock; or

    the number of shares determined by our board of directors.

No more than 4,000,000 shares of common stock plus the additional shares added to the 2011 Plan each year may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options. In general, if awards granted under the 2011 Plan are forfeited, repurchased, expire or are settled in cash, then the corresponding shares will again become available for awards under the 2011 Plan.

        Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors administers the 2011 Plan, unless our board of directors decides to administer the 2011 Plan directly. Subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, the plan administrator has the complete discretion to make all decisions relating to our 2011 Plan, including repricing outstanding awards and modifying outstanding awards in other ways. The 2011 Plan may also be administered with respect to employees and consultants who are not executive officers by a secondary committee comprised of one or more members of our board of directors or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, one or more officers.

        Eligibility.     Employees, members of our board of directors, and consultants are eligible to participate in our 2011 Plan.

        Types of Award.     Our 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares of our common stock, stock units, and performance cash awards.

92


Table of Contents

        Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.     The exercise price of options, and the base price of stock appreciation rights, granted under the 2011 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The settlement value of the stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or shares of common stock. Optionees may pay the exercise price of options by using cash or, with the consent of the plan administrator, tendering shares of common stock that the optionee already owns, or pursuant to a "same day sale" cashless exercise program through a broker. Options and stock appreciation rights vest at the times determined by the plan administrator. Options and stock appreciation rights expire not more than 10 years after they are granted. They will generally expire earlier if the participant's service terminates earlier. No participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights under the 2011 Plan covering more than 2,000,000 shares in one calendar year, except that an employee may receive options or stock appreciation rights covering up to an additional 1,000,000 shares in the calendar year in which his or her employment begins. The plan administrator determines all of the other terms of options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan allows the plan administrator to re-price options and stock appreciation rights. The plan administrator may also approve programs in which options and stock appreciation rights are exchanged for cash or other equity awards on such terms as the plan administrator determines.

        Restricted Shares and Stock Units.     Restricted shares and stock units may be awarded under the 2011 Plan in return for such form of payment as the compensation committee determines, including cash or services already provided or to be provided to us. Each award of restricted shares and stock units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting may be based on length of service, the attainment of performance-based milestones, or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. Settlement of vested stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common stock or a combination of both. No participant may receive restricted shares or stock units under the 2011 Plan covering more than 1,000,000 shares in one calendar year, except that an employee may receive restricted shares or stock units covering up to an additional 500,000 shares in the calendar year in which his or her employment begins.

        Performance Cash Awards.     Performance cash awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan that qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the income tax deductibility limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, if the award is approved by our compensation committee and the grant or vesting of the award is tied solely to the attainment of performance goals during a designated performance period. To the extent a performance cash award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, our compensation committee may select other measures of performance.

        No participant may be paid more than $5,000,000 in cash in any calendar year pursuant to a performance cash award granted under the 2011 Plan.

        Transferability of Awards.     Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, an award will generally not be transferable other than by beneficiary designation, a will or the laws of descent and distribution.

        Changes in Capital Structure.     In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under the 2011 Plan, the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year and the limit on incentive stock options, the maximum number of options, stock appreciation rights and performance-based restricted share and stock units awards that can be granted in a calendar year, and the number of shares and exercise price or strike price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event that we are a party to a merger, consolidation, or a change in control transaction, all outstanding stock awards will be governed by the terms of the definitive

93


Table of Contents


transaction agreement or in a manner determined by our board of directors. Such treatment may include any of the following actions with respect to each outstanding stock award:

    the continuation, assumption, or substitution of a stock award by a surviving corporation or its parent company;

    the cancellation of options and stock appreciation rights, provided that participants be given an opportunity to exercise their awards prior to the closing of the transaction;

    the acceleration of the vesting of a stock award followed by its termination prior to the closing of the transaction;

    the cancellation of options and stock appreciation rights in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award; or

    the cancellation of stock units in exchange for a payment equal to the value that the holder of each share of common stock receives in the transaction.

        For this purpose, a change in control transaction includes:

    any person acquiring beneficial ownership of more than 50% of our total voting power;

    the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or

    any merger or consolidation of the company where our voting securities represent 50% or less of the total voting power of the surviving entity or its parent.

        Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all stock awards, or portions thereof, in the same manner.

        Changes in Control.     In the event of specified change in control transactions, our board of directors may accelerate the vesting of stock awards (a) immediately upon the occurrence of the transaction, whether or not the stock award is continued, assumed, or substituted by a surviving corporation or its parent in the transaction, or (b) in connection with a termination of a participant's service following such a transaction.

        Amendments or Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the 2011 Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law. The 2011 Plan will continue in effect for 10 years from its adoption date, unless our board of directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.

94


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and named executive officers and the registration rights described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2008 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

        All of the transactions set forth below were approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of our board of directors. We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third-parties.

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into employment agreements with each of our executive officers that include, among other things, compensation terms, provisions regarding payments upon termination in certain circumstances and confidentiality and non-competition provisions as described under "Executive Compensation—2010 Summary Compensation Table" and "Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control."

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers and certain other key employees. The form of agreement that we anticipate adopting provides that we will indemnify each of our directors, executive officers and such other key employees against any and all expenses incurred by that director, executive officer or other key employee because of his or her status as one of our directors, executive officers or other key employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, we anticipate that the form agreement will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, we will advance all expenses incurred by our directors, executive officers and other key employees in connection with a legal proceeding.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        As provided by our audit committee charter to be effective upon completion of this offering, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Prior to the effectiveness of such audit committee charter, related party transactions were approved by our board of directors. Neither the board of directors nor the audit committee has adopted specific policies or guidelines relating to the approval of related party transactions. The members of our board of directors determine whether to approve a related party transaction in the exercise of their fiduciary duties as directors.

Loan Forgiveness

        On January 11, 2011, we forgave $103,000 owed to us by Mr. Hagan pursuant to a promissory note that he executed in January 2002 to acquire 290,000 shares of our common stock.

95


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2010, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock being sold in this offering, by:

        The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned based on 28,681,297 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010. The table also lists the applicable percentage beneficial ownership based on 32,528,097 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering (or 33,393,597 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, assuming exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option in full).

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2010, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o Boingo Wireless, Inc., 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, California 90024. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage  

5% or Greater Stockholders

                                     

Entities affiliated with
New Enterprise Associates, Inc.(1)
1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
Timonium, MD 21093-4135

    6,441,293     22.46 %       6,441,293     19.80 %   19.29 %

Entities affiliated with
Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc.(2)
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166

   
6,712,859
   
23.41
   
651,535
   
6,061,324
   
18.63
   
18.15
 

Entities affiliated with
Sky Dayton(3)
10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800
Los Angeles, CA 90024

   
4,341,623
   
15.14
   
421,374
   
3,920,249
   
12.05
   
11.74
 

96


Table of Contents

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage  

Entities affiliated with
Steelpoint Capital LP(4)
420 Stevens Avenue, Suite 370
Solana Beach, CA 92075

    3,158,025     11.01         3,158,025     9.71     9.46  

Entities affiliated with
Sternhill Partners(5)
3935 Arnold St.
Houston, TX 77005

   
1,837,452
   
6.41
   
87,791
   
1,749,661
   
5.38
   
5.24
 

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                                     

Charles Boesenberg

        *             *     *  

Sky Dayton(3)

    4,341,623     15.14     421,374     3,920,249     12.05     11.74  

Marc Geller(5)

    1,837,452     6.41     87,791     1,749,661     5.38     5.24  

David Hagan(6)

    1,838,779     6.08     203,676     1,635,103     4.80     4.68  

Paul Hsiao

        *             *     *  

Shigeyuki Toya(2)

    6,712,859     23.41     651,535     6,061,324     18.63     18.15  

Colby Goff(7)

    381,923     1.31     45,700     336,223     1.02     1.00  

Peter Hovenier(8)

    254,816     *     30,744     224,072     *     *  

Niels Jonker(9)

    386,322     1.33     45,700     340,622     1.04     1.01  

Edward Zinser(10)

    433,895     1.49     62,214     371,681     1.13     1.10  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

    16,187,669     56.05     1,548,734     14,638,935     44.73     43.59  

Certain Other Selling Stockholders

                                     

Dawn Callahan(11)

   
78,761
   
*
   
11,425
   
67,336
   
*
   
*
 

Mark Deshaies(12)

   
109,566
   
*
   
12,983
   
96,583
   
*
   
*
 

Entities and individuals affiliated with
eCompanies Enterprises LLC(13)
2118 Wilshire Blvd #1098
Santa Monica, CA 90403

   
1,370,676
   
4.78
   
133,049
   
1,237,627
   
3.80
   
3.71
 

Entities and individuals affiliated with
Open Field Private Partners, LLC(14)
1140 Avenue of the Americas, 9 th  Fl.
New York, NY 10036

   
23,416
   
*
   
2,181
   
21,235
   
*
   
*
 

Entities affiliated with
Red Rock Ventures—SBIC III, L.P.(15)
503 Lytton Ave., 2 nd  Floor
Palo Alto, CA 94301

   
1,210,077
   
4.22
   
60,238
   
1,149,839
   
3.53
   
3.44
 

Evercore Venture Partners L.P.(16)
55 E. 52 nd  St., 36 th  Floor
New York, NY 10055

   
316,736
   
1.10
   
41,234
   
275,502
   
*
   
*
 

Mike Ihde(17)

   
76,662
   
*
   
9,036
   
67,626
   
*
   
*
 

Jim Janowiak(18)

   
109,566
   
*
   
12,983
   
96,583
   
*
   
*
 

Kravis Investment Partners, LLC(19)
730 5 th  Avenue, 8 th  Floor
New York, NY 10019

   
496,904
   
1.73
   
48,193
   
448,711
   
1.38
   
1.34
 

Legacy Private Technology Partners
600 Jefferson, Suite 350
Houston, TX 77002

   
60,503
   
*
   
5,920
   
54,583
   
*
   
*
 

97


Table of Contents

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
the Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
 
  Number of
Shares
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage  

Saints Capital V, L.P.(20)
475 Sansome St., Suite 1850
San Francisco, CA 94111

    47,142     *     4,714     42,428     *     *  

Luis Serrano(21)

   
97,395
   
*
   
15,580
   
81,815
   
*
   
*
 

Tom Tracey(22)

   
155,165
   
*
   
16,930
   
138,235
   
*
   
*
 

(1)
Represents (a) 6,432,960 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership ("NEA 10") and (b) 8,333 shares held by NEA Ventures 2001, L.P. ("Ven 2001"). The shares directly held by NEA 10 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership ("NEA Partners 10"), the sole general partner of NEA 10, and each of the individual general partners of NEA Partners 10. The individual general partners (collectively, the "Individual NEA 10 GPs") of NEA Partners 10 are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, C. Richard Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. The shares directly held by Ven 2001 are indirectly held by Pamela J. Clark, the general partner of Ven 2001, who has sole voting and dispositive power over such shares. NEA 10, NEA Partners 10, and the Individual NEA 10 GPs share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by NEA 10. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(2)
Represents 3,348,076 shares held by Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc., 2,520,998 shares held by Corporate Development Fund of Mitsui & Co., Ltd., 827,078 shares held by MCVP Holding, Inc. and 16,707 shares held by Mitsui & Co. Global Investment, Inc. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. 651,535 shares held by MCVP Holding, Inc. are included in this offering.

(3)
Represents 4,000,000 shares held by The Dayton Family Trust of 1999 and 341,623 shares held by The Dayton Children's Trust d/t/d 3/11/02. 388,242 shares held by The Dayton Family Trust of 1999 and 33,132 shares held by The Dayton Children's Trust d/t/d 3/11/02 are included in this offering.

(4)
Represents 3,107,766 shares held by Steelpoint Capital Partners LP and 50,259 shares held by Steelpoint Co-Investment Fund LLC, both of which are managed by Steelpoint Capital Advisors LLC. The managing member of Steelpoint Capital Advisors LLC is James Caccavo. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(5)
Represents 1,756,679 shares held by Sternhill Partners I, L.P. and 80,773 shares held by Sternhill Affiliates I, L.P., both of which are managed by Sternhill, Inc.. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. 87,791 shares held by Sternhill Partners I, L.P. are included in this offering.

(6)
Represents 290,000 shares held by David Hagan and 1,548,779 shares issuable to Mr. Hagan upon exercise of options.

(7)
Represents 10,043 shares held by Colby Goff and 371,880 shares issuable to Mr. Goff upon exercise of options.

(8)
Represents shares issuable to Peter Hovenier upon exercise of options.

(9)
Represents 64,000 shares held by Niels Jonker and 322,322 shares issuable to Mr. Jonker upon exercise of options.

(10)
Represents shares issuable to Edward Zinser upon exercise of options.

(11)
Represents shares issuable to Dawn Callahan upon exercise of options. Ms. Callahan is one of our employees.

(12)
Represents shares issuable to Mark Deshaies upon exercise of options. Mr. Deshaies is one of our employees.

(13)
Represents 1,092,237 shares held by eCompanies Enterprises LLC, which is controlled by Cynthia Watts and Jake Winebaum, 20,063 shares held by Cynthia G. Watts, as Trustee of the Cynthia G. Watts Separate Property Revocable Trust dated 11/21/03, and 258,376 shares held by Jake Winebaum, as Trustee of the Winebaum Family Trust. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. 106,045 shares held by eCompanies Enterprises LLC, 1,973 shares held by Cynthia G. Watts, as Trustee of the Cynthia G. Watts Separate Property Revocable Trust dated 11/21/03, and 25,031 shares held by Jake Winebaum, as Trustee of the Winebaum Family Trust, are included in this offering.

98


Table of Contents

(14)
Represents 10,083 shares held by Open Field Private Partners LLC, the Manager of which is Open Field Capital LLC, the Manager of which is Marc Weiss, and 13,333 shares held by Marc Weiss. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. 935 shares held by Open Field Private Partners LLC and 1,246 shares held by Marc Weiss are included in this offering.

(15)
Represents 1,097,651 shares held by Red Rock Ventures—SBIC III, L.P. and 112,426 shares held by Red Rock Ventures—Cayman Investors III, L.P., both of which are controlled by RRV Partners III, LLC and RRV Partners III A, LLC, respectively, as general partner, the members of which are Robert G. Todd, Jr., Curtis K. Myers, Laura A. Brege and Peter V. Damanian. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. 54,719 shares held by Red Rock Ventures—SBIC III, L.P. and 5,519 shares held by Red Rock Ventures—Cayman Investors III, L.P. are included in this offering.

(16)
Evercore Venture Partners, L.P. is controlled by Evercore Venture Management L.L.C., as general partner, the managing members of which are Roger Altman, Ciara Burnham, Saul Goodman, William Hiltz, John Honts, Jonathan Knee, Tim Lalonde and Eduardo Mestre. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. Evercore Venture Partners, L.P. is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

(17)
Represents shares issuable to Mike Ihde upon exercise of options. Mr. Ihde is one of our employees.

(18)
Represents shares issuable to Jim Janowiak upon exercise of options. Mr. Janowiak is one of our employees.

(19)
The manager of Kravis Investment Partners, LLC is Henry Kravis. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. Kravis Investment Partners, LLC is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

(20)
Saints Capital V, L.P. is controlled by Saints Capital V, LLC, as general partner, the managing members of which are Ken Sawyer, David Quinlivan and Lilian S. Murray. All indirect holders of the above-referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. Saints Capital V, L.P. is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.

(21)
Represents 1,000 shares held by Luis Serrano and 96,395 shares issuable to Mr. Serrano upon exercise of options. Mr. Serrano is one of our employees.

(22)
Represents shares issuable to Tom Tracey upon exercise of options. Mr. Tracey is one of our employees.

99


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see the form of amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the form of amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common Stock

        As of December 31, 2010, there were 28,681,297 shares of common stock outstanding, as adjusted to reflect:

        There will be 32,528,097 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and assuming no exercise after December 31, 2010 of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public offered in this prospectus.

        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the closing of this offering, outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into 5,052,521 shares of common stock, outstanding shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock will be converted into 1,180,146 shares of common stock, outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock will be converted into 3,433,326 shares of common stock and outstanding

100


Table of Contents


shares of Series C convertible preferred stock will be converted into 13,179,771 shares of common stock.

        Our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of such shares and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Warrants

        As of December 31, 2010, there were outstanding warrants to purchase up to 26,322 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.67 per share. As of December 31, 2010, there were outstanding warrants to purchase up to 25,936 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.00 per share.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 27, 2006, or the Investor Rights Agreement, with some of our stockholders. Subject to the terms of this agreement, the holders of an aggregate of 22,845,778 shares of common stock and the holders of warrants to purchase 25,936 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of shares under the Securities Act of 1933. These rights include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

        The following description of the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Investor Rights Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Demand registration rights.     Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, the holders of the securities eligible to be registered thereunder may make a written request to us for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the shares having registration rights, or registrable securities, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $10.0 million. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the Investor Rights Agreement.

        Short-form registration rights.     If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor form with similar "short-form" disclosure requirements, the holders of registrable securities under the Investor Rights Agreement have unlimited rights to request registration of their shares on Form S-3 provided that the registrable securities to be registered have an aggregate market value, based upon the offering price to the public, equal to at least $1.0 million. We are not required to effect more than two short form registrations in any 12-month period.

        Piggyback registration rights.     If we register the offer and sale of any of our securities (other than on Form S-8) either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of the registrable securities under the Investor Rights Agreement are entitled to include their registrable securities in the registration subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The managing underwriters of any underwritten offering may limit the number of registrable securities included in the underwritten offering if the underwriters believe that including these shares would materially adversely affect the offering.

101


Table of Contents

        Expenses.     All fees, costs and expenses of registrations pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement will be borne by us except for the underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of the registrable securities, which shall be borne by the holders selling such registrable securities in the registration.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

        Undesignated preferred stock.     Our board of directors will have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

        Limits on ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting.     Our stockholders will not be able to act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

        In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our president (in the absence of our Chief Executive Officer) or our board of directors. We expect our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit a stockholder from calling a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

        Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. However, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        Classified board of directors.     Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See "Management—Board Composition."

        Board vacancies filled only by majority of directors then in office.     Vacancies and newly created seats on our board of directors may be filled only by our board of directors. Only our board of directors may determine the number of directors on our board of directors. The inability of stockholders to determine the number of directors or to fill vacancies or newly created seats on our board of directors makes it

102


Table of Contents


more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors, but these provisions promote a continuity of existing management.

        No cumulative voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

        Directors removed only for cause.     We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause.

        Amendment of charter provisions.     We expect that the amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

        Delaware anti-takeover statute.     We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 generally prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        The provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

103


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

        We have been approved to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "WIFI".

104


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have 32,528,097 shares of common stock outstanding assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock. Of these all 5,770,000 shares (6,635,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of outstanding common stock are "restricted shares" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below, the market standoff agreements between us and our stockholders and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Lock-up Agreements

        All of our directors and executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. See "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted common shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person has not been deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted common shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional

105


Table of Contents


restrictions, by which such persons would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

        Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract prior to this offering may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares. All Rule 701 shares are, however, subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the contractual lock-up agreements. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 22,845,778 shares of our common stock and the holders of preferred stock warrants to purchase shares convertible into 25,936 shares of our common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in those shares becoming tradeable pursuant to the registration statement without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        Prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan and 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the lock-up agreements described above and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

106


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of certain material United States federal tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-United States holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently, so as to result in United States federal tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-United States, state or local jurisdiction or under United States federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

        In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

107


Table of Contents

         You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the United States federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-United States or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-United States Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-United States holder if you are any holder other than:

        If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes all the days present in the current year, one third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.

Distributions

        We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for United States tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock. See "—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock."

        Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-United States holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-United States holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-United States holder's behalf, the non-United States holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners

108


Table of Contents


or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners' or other owners' documentation to us or our paying agent.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividend is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-United States holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        You generally will not be required to pay United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as United States real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code.

        If you are a non-United States holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale under the same graduated United States federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits, and corporate non-United States holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-United States holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will

109


Table of Contents


generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-United States status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a United States person.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of Our Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

        Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a foreign financial institution unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities substantial information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners). The legislation also will generally impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-United States stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

        Prospective investors and stockholders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

         The preceding discussion of United States federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the particular United States federal, state and local and non-United States tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

110


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                        , 2011 we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

       

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

       
       
 

Total

    5,770,000  
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 865,500 additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

                         

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by selling stockholders

                         

        We have agreed to pay the expenses of the selling stockholders. Total expenses are estimated to be $2.4 million.

        The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the

111


Table of Contents

representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and options have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have been approved to list the shares of common stock on NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol "WIFI".

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

112


Table of Contents

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        From time to time, the underwriters may perform investment banking and advisory services for us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.

        The shares of common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

        Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,

113


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of Shares to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

Notice to Residents of Japan

        The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our common stock directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese person" means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

        The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our common stock other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our common stock which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the

114


Table of Contents


public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

        This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and the common stock will be offered in Singapore pursuant to exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly our common stock may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.

Notice to Residents of Germany

        Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware of the fact that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act, Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, or the Act, of the Federal Republic of Germany has been or will be published with respect to our common stock. In particular, each underwriter has represented that it has not engaged and has agreed that it will not engage in a public offering in (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our common stock otherwise than in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Notice to Residents of France

        The shares of common stock are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that, in connection with their initial distribution, it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock to the public in the Republic of France, and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated 1st October, 1998.

Notice to Residents of the Netherlands

        Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in the Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities (hereinafter, the Professional Investors), provided that in the offer,

115


Table of Contents


prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in the Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.

Notice to Residents of Italy

        No prospectus has or will be registered in the Republic of Italy with the Italian Stock Exchange Commission ( Commissione Nazionale per le Societá di Borsa ), or Consob, pursuant to the Prospectus Directive and Italian laws and regulations on financial products. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered, sold or delivered in the Republic of Italy, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the common stock may not be distributed in the Republic of Italy, except to (a) qualified investors ( investori qualificati ), or the Qualified Investors, pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree no. 58 dated February 24, 1998, as amended, or the Financial Act, as defined in Article 34- ter of Consob Regulation no. 11971 dated May 14. 1999, as amended, Regulation no. 11971; or (b) in circumstances where there is an exemption from the rules governing an offer to the public of financial products pursuant to Article 94 et seq. of the Financial Act, and to Regulation no. 11971. Any offer, sale or delivery of the common stock in the Republic of Italy must be (a) made by an investment firm, a bank or financial intermediary authorized to engage in such activities in Italy, in compliance with the Financial Act and with Legislative Decree no. 385 dated September 1, 1993, as amended and Consob Regulation no. 16190 dated October 29, 2007, as amended, and any other applicable law and regulation; and (b) in compliance with any applicable Italian laws and regulations and any other condition or limitation that may be imposed by Consob, the Bank of Italy ( Banca d'Italia ) and any other relevant Italian authorities.

Notice to Residents of Switzerland

        The common stock may not and will not be publicly offered, distributed or re-distributed in or from Switzerland and neither this prospectus nor any other solicitation for investments in the common stock may be communicated or distributed in Switzerland in any way that could constitute a public offering within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. This prospectus may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to others without the prior written consent of the international underwriters. This prospectus is not a prospectus within the meaning of Articles 652a and 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus according to the Listing Rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and may not comply with the information standards required thereunder. We will not apply for a listing of our common stock on any Swiss stock exchange or other Swiss regulated market and this prospectus may not comply with the information required under the relevant listing rules.

116


Table of Contents


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

        Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

117


Table of Contents

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

118


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed upon for the company by
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, San Diego, California. Certain
legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. This prospectus contains all information about us and our common stock that may be material to an investor in this offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which you should refer for additional information about us.

        You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.boingo.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

119


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boingo Wireless, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 18, 2011, except for Note 19(a) which is as of April 29, 2011

F-2


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  2009   2010   2010  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited
pro forma
stockholders'
equity)

 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,629   $ 25,721        
 

Restricted cash (Note 2)

    1,967     1,001        
 

Marketable securities

        9,373        
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $617 and $107, respectively

    5,940     7,946        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    552     1,306        
 

Deferred tax assets

        3,572        
                 
     

Total current assets

    31,088     48,919        

Property and equipment, net

    30,058     36,024        

Goodwill

    25,512     25,512        

Other intangible assets, net

    13,234     10,992        

Other assets

    4,509     4,891        

Deferred tax assets

        6,697        
                 
     

Total assets

  $ 104,401   $ 133,035        
                 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 3,158   $ 4,596        
 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    10,441     13,531        
 

Deferred revenue

    12,247     10,829        
 

Current portion of capital leases

    586     420        
                 
     

Total current liabilities

    26,432     29,376        

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    17,492     28,149        

Other liabilities

    3,751     2,181        
                 
     

Total liabilities

    47,675     59,706        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

                   

Convertible preferred stock:

                   

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,053 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, liquidation preference of $22,263 at December 31, 2010

    21,505     22,263      

Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,105 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, liquidation preference of $6,868 at December 31, 2010

    6,631     6,868      

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,500 shares authorized, and 3,433 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, liquidation preference of $13,948 at December 31, 2010

    13,433     13,948      

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,992 shares authorized, 10,983 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, liquidation preference of $79,890 at December 31, 2010

    76,380     79,890      
               
     

Total convertible preferred stock

    117,949     122,969      

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 34,900 shares authorized, 7,089 and 7,092 shares issued, 5,833 and 5,835 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, 28,681 shares outstanding proforma (unaudited)

          $ 3  

Additional paid-in capital

            122,966  

Treasury stock at cost, 1,257 shares

    (4,575 )   (4,575 )   (4,575 )

Note receivable from stockholder

    (103 )   (103 )   (103 )

Accumulated deficit

    (56,742 )   (45,159 )   (45,159 )
               
     

Total common stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (61,420 )   (49,837 )   73,132  
     

Non-controlling interests

    197     197     197  
               
     

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (61,223 )   (49,640 ) $ 73,329  
               
     

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 104,401   $ 133,035        
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Revenue

  $ 56,711   $ 65,715   $ 80,420  

Costs and operating expenses:

                   
 

Network access

    22,979     26,430     31,961  
 

Network operations

    11,010     11,667     13,508  
 

Development and technology

    6,763     7,374     8,475  
 

Selling and marketing

    7,549     5,901     5,985  
 

General and administrative

    7,945     8,214     10,645  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     2,491  
               
   

Total costs and operating expenses

    62,218     63,434     73,065  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,507 )   2,281     7,355  

Interest and other income (expense), net

    200     (154 )   (137 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,307 )   2,127     7,218  

Income taxes

    272     706     (9,063 )
               

Net income (loss)

    (5,579 )   1,421     16,281  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    332     394     547  
               

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

    (5,911 )   1,027     15,734  

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

    (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (5,020 )
               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 10,714  
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
 

Basic

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 1.84  
 

Diluted

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 0.49  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
 

Basic

    5,696     5,801     5,834  
 

Diluted

    5,696     5,801     31,899  

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
 

Basic

              $ 0.55  
                   
 

Diluted

              $ 0.50  
                   

Unaudited weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
 

Basic

                28,680  
                   
 

Diluted

                31,899  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands)

 
  Convertible preferred stock    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-2   Series B   Series C    
   
   
   
   
  Note
Receivable
from
Stockholder
   
   
   
 
 
  Total Convertible Preferred
Stock
  Common Stock
Shares
  Common Stock
Amount
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-
controlling
Interest
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity (Deficit)
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2007

    5,053   $ 19,991     1,105   $ 6,155     3,433   $ 12,402     10,983   $ 68,886   $ 107,434     5,640   $   $ 142   $ (4,575 ) $ (96 ) $ (43,003 ) $ 284   $ (47,248 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options. 

                                        96         73                     73  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                666                     666  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                        (4 )           (4 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        756         238         516         3,746     5,256             (881 )           (4,375 )       (5,256 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                (415 )   (415 )

Net income (loss)

                                                            (5,911 )   332     (5,579 )
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

    5,053     20,747     1,105     6,393     3,433     12,918     10,983     72,632     112,690     5,736             (4,575 )   (100 )   (53,289 )   201     (57,763 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                        26         36                     36  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

                                        71         3                     3  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                740                     740  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                        (3 )           (3 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        758         238         515         3,748     5,259             (779 )           (4,480 )       (5,259 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                (398 )   (398 )

Net income

                                                            1,027     394     1,421  
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2009

    5,053     21,505     1,105     6,631     3,433     13,433     10,983     76,380     117,949     5,833             (4,575 )   (103 )   (56,742 )   197     (61,223 )

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                                        2         2                     2  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                867                     867  

Interest accrued on note receivable from stockholder

                                                                     

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

        758         237         515         3,510     5,020             (869 )           (4,151 )       (5,020 )

Non-controlling interest distribution

                                                                (547 )   (547 )

Net income

                                                            15,734     547     16,281  
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    5,053   $ 22,263     1,105   $ 6,868     3,433   $ 13,948     10,983   $ 79,890   $ 122,969     5,835   $   $   $ (4,575 ) $ (103 ) $ (45,159 ) $ 197   $ (49,640 )
                                                                       

Assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock (unaudited)

    (5,053 )   (22,263 )   (1,105 )   (6,868 )   (3,433 )   (13,948 )   (10,983 )   (79,890 )   (122,969 )   22,846     3     122,966                     122,969  
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2010, pro forma (unaudited)

      $       $       $       $   $     28,681   $ 3   $ 122,966   $ (4,575 ) $ (103 ) $ (45,159 ) $ 197   $ 73,329  
                                                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,579 ) $ 1,421   $ 16,281  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) including non-controlling interests to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    5,811     6,658     7,511  
   

Amortization of intangible assets

    5,972     3,848     2,491  
   

Stock-based compensation

    666     740     867  
   

Interest on note receivable from stockholder

    (4 )   (3 )    
   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

    (12 )   46     68  
   

Unbilled receivables

    (405 )   (1,140 )   (1,224 )
   

Change in deferred taxes

            (10,269 )
   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:

                   
     

Accounts receivable

    127     1,346     (2,006 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (194 )   710     190  
     

Accounts payable

    (55 )   49     1,686  
     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    2,531     (1,541 )   (674 )
     

Deferred revenue

    2,064     2,388     9,239  
               
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    10,922     14,522     24,160  
               

Cash flows from investing activities

                   
 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

    (1,374 )   (317 )   966  
 

Purchases of short-term marketable securities

    (3,268 )       (9,373 )
 

Proceeds from sale of short-term marketable securities

    9,350     1,644      
 

Proceeds from sale of long-term marketable securities

    1,571          
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (6,956 )   (4,321 )   (11,256 )
 

Purchase of acquired assets

    (915 )   (350 )    
 

Payments for patents

        (99 )    
 

Payments for business acquisition, net of cash acquired

    (473 )   (62 )    
 

Contractual payments related to business acquisition

        (154 )   (271 )
               
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,065 )   (3,659 )   (19,934 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities

                   
 

Repayments of notes payable

    (300 )        
 

Payments of capital leases

    (753 )   (596 )   (738 )
 

Payments to non-controlling interests

    (307 )   (417 )   (398 )
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and common stock warrants

    73     39     2  
               
       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (1,287 )   (974 )   (1,134 )
               
       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    7,570     9,889     3,092  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    5,170     12,740     22,629  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 12,740   $ 22,629   $ 25,721  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 112   $ 57   $ 30  
 

Cash paid for taxes

    389     134     1,030  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

                   
 

Service usage credits issued in connection with acquired assets

    350          
 

Additional purchase price for acquired assets in accrued expenses and other liabilities

    350          
 

Contractual payments related to business acquisition in accrued expenses and other liabilities

        77     47  
 

Acquisition of software and equipment under capital leases

    769     595     73  
 

Acquisition of software maintenance services under capital lease

        220      
 

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

    5,256     5,259     5,020  
 

Property and equipment in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    985     1,171     3,319  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The business

        Boingo Wireless, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively "we, us or our") is a leading global provider of mobile Wi-Fi Internet solutions. Our solutions enable individuals to access our extensive global Wi-Fi network with devices such as smartphones, laptops and tablet computers. Boingo Wireless, Inc. was incorporated on April 16, 2001 in the State of Delaware. On June 27, 2006, we purchased the capital stock of Tego Communications, Inc., a 49% owner of the membership interests in Concourse Holdings Co., LLC, ("Holdings") and the remaining 51% of the membership interests in Holdings. As a result, we own all the membership interest in Holdings, which includes Concourse Communications Group, LLC ("Concourse") and its subsidiaries. Concourse is a leader in the design, deployment and operation of neutral host wireless networks within airports and large commercial venues in North America. On November 1, 2008, we acquired Opti-Fi Networks, LLC ("Opti-Fi") an operator of neutral host wireless networks at various locations in North America (see Note 7).

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and our majority owned subsidiaries. We consolidate our 70% ownership of Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC and our 70% ownership of Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation . Other parties' interests in consolidated entities are reported as non-controlling interests. The results of operations for the acquisition of companies accounted for under the purchase method have been included in the consolidated statements of operations beginning on the closing date of the acquisition. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited pro forma information

        The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,846 shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis for the Series A and B convertible preferred stock, 1:1.07 for the Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and 1:1.2 for the Series C convertible preferred stock upon the completion of an initial public offering at a share price equal to at least $18.75 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $30,000 ("qualified offering"), or upon the written election of the holders, and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital for certain Series B preferred stock warrants that convert to common stock upon the completion of an initial public offering.

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the conversion upon a qualified offering of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the if-converted method, as of January 1, 2010 or the date of issuance, if later.

F-7


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The table below sets forth the computation of our unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 

Numerator:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 10,714  

Unaudited pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustment of preferred stock warrant liability(1)

    140  

Unaudited pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of convertible preferred stock

    5,020  
       

Net income used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and dilutive

  $ 15,874  
       

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    5,834  

Unaudited pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock(1)

    22,846  
       

Unaudited weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share, basic

    28,680  
       

Unaudited pro forma adjustment to reflect options and warrants to purchase common stock

    3,219  
       

Unaudited weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share, diluted

    31,899  
       

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $ 0.55  
       

Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 0.50  
       

(1)
The unaudited pro forma adjustment assumes the exercise and conversion of Series B preferred stock warrants to purchase up to 26 shares upon completion of our initial public offering but excludes the common share amounts as net settlement is anticipated.

Use of estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Assets and liabilities which are subject to significant judgment and the use of estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation allowances with respect to deferred tax assets, useful lives associated with property and equipment, intangible assets and the valuation and assumptions underlying stock-based compensation and other equity instruments. On an

F-8


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates compared to historical experience and trends, which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, we regularly engage the assistance of valuation specialists in concluding fair value measurements in connection with stock-based compensation and other equity instruments.

Concentrations of credit risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities with institutions with high credit ratings. We extend credit based upon the evaluation of the customer's financial condition and generally collateral is not required. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon expected collectability of accounts receivable. We estimate our allowance for doubtful accounts based on a specific review of significant outstanding accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2009, no customer accounted for greater than 10% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2010, a group of affiliated entities accounted for 14% of total revenue. At December 31, 2009, two customers accounted for 29% and 22% of the total accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the group of affiliated entities and two customers accounted for 40%, 13% and 11% of the total accounts receivable, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with maturities of three months or less when acquired. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash, money market funds, certificates of deposit and corporate securities.

Marketable securities

        Our marketable securities consist of available-for-sale securities with original maturities exceeding three months. In accordance with FASB ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, we have classified securities, which have readily determinable fair values and are highly liquid, as short-term because such securities are expected to be realized within our normal operating cycle. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had $0 and $9,373 in short-term marketable securities, respectively, and no long-term marketable securities.

        Marketable securities are reported at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses reported as other comprehensive income (loss) until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. No significant unrealized gains and losses have been reported during the years presented. Factors considered by us in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include the nature of the investment, whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment, the financial condition of the investee, the severity and the duration of the impairment and whether we have the ability to hold the investment to maturity. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. The cost of marketable

F-9


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


securities sold is based upon the specific identification method. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are reflected as a component of interest and other income (expense), net.

        For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had no significant realized or unrealized gains or losses from investments in marketable securities classified as available-for-sale.

Restricted cash

        Restricted cash consists of letters of credit with our landlords or municipalities for which we have operating agreements and restricted cash by our charge card processor under an agreement which expires in 2011. Our charge card processor withholds 3% of our sales for future refunds for a period of six months from the month of activity. The reserve amount is subject to credit evaluations and biannual reviews. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had approximately $482 and $566 of charge card reserve in short-term restricted cash, respectively.

        Letters of credit are supported by cash deposits made by us and invested into bank certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had $1,485 and $435 classified as short-term restricted cash, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had $0 classified as long-term restricted cash.

Fair value of financial instruments

        Our financial and non-financial instruments are measured and reported on a fair value basis in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820"). Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact, and we consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

        The accounting guidance for fair value measurement also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

    Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

        The carrying amount reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets,

F-10


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions and improvements are capitalized while routine repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Computer equipment

  2 to 5 years

Software

  2 to 5 years

Office equipment

  3 to 5 years

Leasehold improvements

  The shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining term of the lease agreements, ranging from 3 to 15 years

        Leasehold improvements are principally comprised of network equipment located at various managed and operated locations, primarily airports, under exclusive, long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless communication network access. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the related lease agreements.

Equipment under capital lease

        We lease certain data communications equipment, other equipment and software under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Software development costs

        Expenses related to preliminary project assessment, research and development, re-engineering, training and application maintenance are expensed as incurred. Costs that qualify for capitalization are included in property and equipment and consist primarily of purchased software and consulting fees.

Long-lived assets

        In the normal course of business, we acquire tangible and intangible assets, which are recorded at fair value. Intangible assets consist of acquired airport venue contracts, acquired kiosks, non-competition agreements and trade names. We record intangible assets at fair value and amortize these finite-lived assets over the shorter of the contractual life or the estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. We estimate the useful lives of acquired intangible assets based on factors that include the planned use of each acquired intangible asset, the expected pattern of future cash flows to be derived from each acquired intangible asset and contractual periods specified in the related agreements. As such, we account for each of the airport venue contracts individually. We include

F-11


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


amortization of acquired intangibles in amortization of intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        We perform an impairment review of long-lived assets held and used including finite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to: significant under-performance relative to projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our overall business and product strategies and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of these indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate or other indices of fair value. We would then recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset.

        We use our best judgment based on current facts and circumstances related to our business, when making these estimates. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions used to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used in calculating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material.

        During the fourth quarter of 2009 and 2010, we performed our annual impairment analysis of intangible assets held throughout the year. Based on this testing, there was no impairment identified of our long-lived assets at December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Concourse in June 2006.

        We test goodwill for impairment in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

        The testing for a potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step process. The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of our reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an

F-12


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. We have elected to test for goodwill impairment annually during the fourth quarter, and at December 31, 2009 and 2010, no impairment was identified. The fair value of our reporting unit, as of December 31, 2010, is substantially in excess of its carrying value. To date, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges.

        Currently, we have one reporting unit, one operating segment and one reportable segment in accordance with FASB ASC 350. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, all of the goodwill was attributed to our reporting unit.

Revenue recognition

        We generate revenue from several sources including: (i) retail customers under subscription plans for month-to-month network access that automatically renew, and retail single-use access from sales of hourly, daily or other single-use access plans, (ii) platform service arrangements with wholesale customers that provide software licensing, network access, and professional services fees and (iii) wholesale customers that are telecom operators under long-term contracts for access to our distributed antenna system ("DAS") at our managed and operated locations. Software licensed by our wholesale platform services customers can only be used during the term of the service arrangements and has no utility to them upon termination of the service arrangement.

        We recognize revenue when an arrangement exists, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain related to the earned fees and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. We allocate revenue in arrangements with multiple deliverables to each qualifying separate unit of accounting based on their relative fair values or the fair value of undelivered elements. Fair value is determined by the prices charged when the element is sold separately or other verifiable objective evidence.

        Subscription fees from retail customers are paid monthly in advance by charge card and revenue is deferred for the portions of monthly recurring subscription fees collected in advance. Our charge card processor withholds three percent of our sales for future refunds, which is recognized as revenue at the time of sale because, to date, the reserve balance has not been used to provide refunds to customers. We do not have a stated or published refund policy for our Wi-Fi service, although our customer service representatives will provide a refund on a case-by-case basis. These amounts are not material and are recorded as contra revenue in the period the refunds are made. Subscription fee revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Revenue generated from retail single-use access is recognized when earned.

        Services provided to wholesale partners under platform service arrangements generally contain several elements including: (i) a term license to use our software to access our Wi-Fi network, (ii) access fees for network usage, and (iii) professional services for software integration and customization and to maintain the Wi-Fi service. The term license, monthly minimum network access fees and professional services are billed on a monthly basis based upon predetermined fixed rates. Once the term license and professional services for integration and customization are delivered, the fees from the arrangement are recognized ratably over the remaining term of the platform service arrangement, which is generally between two to five years. Revenue for network access fees in excess of the monthly minimum amounts is recognized when earned. All elements within a platform service

F-13


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


arrangement are generally delivered and earned concurrently throughout the term of the respective service arrangement.

        Revenue generated from access to our DAS networks consists of build-out fees and recurring access fees under certain long-term contracts with telecom operators. Build-out fees paid upfront are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the respective service arrangement, once the build-out is complete, as they are not separate units of accounting or the culmination of a separate earnings process. Minimum monthly access fees for usage of the DAS networks are non-cancellable and generally escalate on an annual basis. These minimum monthly access fees are recognized ratably over the term of the wholesale partner arrangement which generally range from five to ten years. Revenue from network access fees in excess of the monthly minimums is recognized when earned.

        In instances where the minimum monthly network access fees escalate over the term of the wholesale service arrangement, an unbilled receivable is recognized when performance is within our control and when we have reasonable assurance that the unbilled receivable balance will be collected.

        For platform service or DAS arrangements, we may provide professional services for initial implementation service before the commencement of earnings. We defer recognition of any non-refundable upfront fees collected in association with the initial implementation activities as they are not separate units of accounting. Once the earnings process commences, we recognize these fees ratably over the remaining term of the wholesale service arrangement.

        Advertising and other revenue is recognized when the services are performed.

Network access

        Network access expense consists primarily of revenue share payments to venues, fees paid to network roaming partners for access to their networks and expenses associated with computer equipment that is sold as part of network build-outs.

Network operations

        Network operations expense consists of compensation and benefits for network operations, customer support consulting, co-location costs, depreciation of network equipment and overhead costs.

Development and technology

        Development and technology expense consists of compensation and benefits for development and product personnel, consulting, expenses associated with computer equipment used in technology development and overhead costs.

Selling and marketing

        Selling and marketing expense consists of compensation and benefits for business development and marketing personnel, advertising, promotion expenses and overhead costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses totaled $2,310, $1,296 and $979 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

F-14


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

General and administrative

        General and administrative expense consists of compensation and benefits for general and administrative personnel, legal and accounting expenses, charge card processing fees and bad debt expense and overhead costs.

Stock-based compensation

        To date, our stock-based compensation has consisted of stock options and restricted stock awards granted to employees and non-employees.

        We recognize stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock option and restricted stock grants in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). We measure stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the cost on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period. We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The option pricing model requires input of assumptions regarding expected term, expected volatility, dividend yield, and a risk-free rate. The assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of our employee stock option grants for the following periods:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Expected term (years)

    6     7     6  

Expected volatility

    70 %   73 %   68 %

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

Risk-free rate

    3 %   3 %   2 %

        The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. In estimating the expected term for options granted to employees, we applied the simplified method from Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic ("SAB Topic 14"), Share-Based Payment , where options are granted at-the-money. Where options were not granted at-the-money, the expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is calculated based upon actual historical exercise and post-vesting cancellations, adjusted for expected future exercise behavior.

        We determined the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies' common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options in accordance with guidance in ASC 718 and SAB Topic 14. We will continue to monitor peer companies and other relevant factors used to measure expected volatility for future stock option grants.

        The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on the United States government securities appropriate for the expected term of our employee stock options.

        The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts for which no cash dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock, and for which none are anticipated in the foreseeable future.

F-15


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, the amount has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

        Compensation expense for non-employee stock-based awards is recognized in accordance with ASC 718 and FASB ASC 505, Equity . Stock option awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. We record compensation expense based on the then-current fair value of the stock options at each financial reporting date. Compensation recorded during the service period is adjusted in subsequent periods for changes in the stock options' fair value until the earlier of the date at which the non-employee's performance is complete or a performance commitment is reached, which is generally when the stock award vests. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized for non-employee stock-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

        For purposes of financial accounting for stock-based compensation, we have determined the fair value of our options based in part on the work of third-party valuation specialists. The determination of stock-based compensation is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If we had made different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense, and net income (loss) including non-controlling interests could have been significantly different.

Income taxes

        We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes ("ASC 740 "), which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of the deferred items is based on enacted tax laws. In the event the future consequences of differences between financial reporting bases and the tax bases of our assets and liabilities result in a deferred tax asset, ASC 740 requires an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset. A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax expense in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We also assess temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting differences. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized.

        ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement methodology to recognize and measure an income tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position is based on a two-step approach. The first step requires an entity to evaluate whether the tax position would "more likely than not" be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. The second step requires the tax position be measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. In addition, previously

F-16


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


recognized benefits from tax positions that no longer meet the new criteria would no longer be recognized.

        We have filed, or are in the process of filing, tax returns that are subject to audit by the respective tax authorities. Although the ultimate outcome would be unknown, we believe that any adjustments that may result from tax return audits are not likely to have a material, adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Non-controlling interests

        Non-controlling interests are comprised of minority holdings in Concourse Communications Detroit, LLC ("CCG Detroit") and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC ("CCDG"). Under the terms of the LLC agreements, we are required to distribute annually to the CCDG non-controlling interest holders 30% of allocated net profits less capital expenditures of the preceding year. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, amounts due and payable to the CCDG non-controlling interest holders amounted to $314 and $462, respectively. Payments are made annually to non-controlling interest in CCDG.

        Under the terms of the limited liability company agreement for CCG Detroit ("Detroit Operating Agreement") profits and losses are allocated to the controlling and non-controlling owners based on specified terms in the Detroit Operating Agreement which reflect the relative risk and reward of each owner. The controlling interest common unit holder is the manager of CCG Detroit responsible for the ongoing operations, provisioning of service to the airport venue, making necessary capital contributions and settling liabilities. The non-controlling interest Class A unit holder is responsible for ongoing business and relationship management in order to secure and maintain the venue contract with the Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport. The profit and loss allocation in the Detroit Operating Agreement specifies that the non-controlling owners allocated profits are limited to the fixed distribution amounts and losses are limited to the non-controlling owners capital account balance with losses in excess of their capital account being fully allocated to the controlling common unit holder. There is no specified term in the Detroit Operating Agreement, but the term of the annual fixed distribution obligation to the non-controlling owner is the same as the term of the venue agreement between CCG Detroit and Detroit Metropolitan Wayne County Airport—which has a seven year initial term with an option to extend for an additional three years. Prior to June 2008, the non-controlling owner received a fixed annual distribution of $53. In June 2008, the Detroit Operating Agreement was amended to pay a one-time $30 distribution to the non-controlling owner for assistance provided in renewing the venue agreement for an additional three year extension period and to increase the annual fixed distribution to $85 per year for the 2009, 2010 and 2011 extension period. There are no further contractual payments due the non-controlling owner after the end of the extension period in 2011. We allocate profits and losses in CCG Detroit based on the attribution in the Detroit Operating Agreement. CCG Detroit has generated losses over the last several years which has reduced the non-controlling owners capital account to zero in 2009 resulting in an allocation to the controlling interest holder all operating losses and deficits created by the annual fixed distributions to the non-controlling interest holder.

        The accounting treatment for the non-controlling 30% ownership of both CCG Detroit and CCDG was governed by ARB 51 through December 31, 2008. As of January 1, 2009 ARB 51 was codified by

F-17


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


FASB ASC 810-10, under which we should show a negative non-controlling interest position (debit balance) related to our consolidated subsidiary if the consolidated subsidiary generates losses that would cause the non-controlling interest balance to drop below zero. That is, the non-controlling interest should continue to be attributed its share of losses even if that attribution results in a deficit non-controlling interest balance. Accordingly, we allocate losses to non-controlling interest even after the non-controlling interest balance is reduced to zero. For Detroit, contractual arrangements determine the attribution of earnings, so the attribution specified in the contractual arrangement is used. For Chicago, there are no such contractual arrangements, so the relative ownership interest is used as the basis for attribution of earnings between controlling and non-controlling interests.

        In the case of a profit for the entity with non-controlling ownership, profits are attributed to non-controlling interests, reducing the net profit (or increasing the loss) to us. Distributions made to the non-controlling owners are applied to non-controlling owners' equity capital account.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued updates to guidance in FASB ASC 810, Consolidation that addressed the accounting and reporting framework for non-controlling interests by a parent company. The guidance clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary should be accounted for as a component of equity separate from the parent company's equity. It also requires the presentation of both net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests and net income (loss) attributable to us on the face of the consolidated statements of operations. We adopted the updates on January 1, 2009 on a prospective basis, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively as follows:

    we reclassified non-controlling interests previously reported on our consolidated statements of operations as a component of net income (loss) to a separate line below net income (loss) including non-controlling interests; and

    we reclassified non-controlling interests previously reported on our consolidated balance sheets as a component between total liabilities and temporary equity in the mezzanine section to a component of equity.

Convertible preferred stock

        We present our convertible preferred stock (see Note 10) as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity ("ASC 480"). Accretion of related issuance costs and dividends are recorded as a charge against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings by charges against additional paid-in capital until fully depleted, then against the accumulated deficit. We accrete issuance costs and dividends to the earliest redemption date.

Warrants exercisable into convertible preferred stock

        In accounting for preferred stock warrants, we apply the provisions of FASB ASC 480. ASC 480 requires freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either puttable or mandatorily redeemable) to be classified as liabilities. We have issued warrants which are exercisable into the Series B convertible preferred stock (see Note 11) in connection with our capital lease arrangements. We have determined that the preferred stock warrants contain puttable features as

F-18


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


a result of the redemption provisions and deemed liquidation preferences upon a change-in-control. Accordingly, the warrants have been recorded as a non-current liability and are carried at their fair value at date of issuance with decreases or increases in fair value at each reporting date recorded as other income or expense. The warrants are exercisable either through cash payment of the exercise price or through net-share settlement at the option of the holder.

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, common stock warrants, Series B convertible preferred stock warrants and the convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive dividends as disclosed in Note 10 and are not contractually obligated to share in our net income (loss) with common stockholders. The common stockholders are not entitled to receive any dividends. Diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is the same as basic net income (loss) per share of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

Segment and geographical information

        We operate in one reporting unit, one operating and reportable segment; a service provider of mobile Wi-Fi solutions across our managed and operated network and aggregated network for mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones and tablets. This single segment is consistent with the internal organization structure and the manner in which operations are reviewed and managed by our Chief Executive Officer, the chief operating decision maker.

        Revenue is predominately generated and all significant long-lived tangible assets are held in the United States of America. International revenue represents less than five percent of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") 2010-29, Business Combinations: Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations ("ASU 2010-29"). The amendments in this update affect any public entity that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. The amendments specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The update also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The update is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual

F-19


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We believe the adoption of this update may result in increased disclosures, but will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, which amends ASC 350 , Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASU 2010-28"). ASU 2010-28 requires entities that have a reporting unit with a negative carrying value to assess whether qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment of goodwill exists, and if an entity concludes that it is more likely than not that an impairment exists, the entity must measure the goodwill impairment. This update is effective January 1, 2011 for us and we currently have no negative carrying amount as of December 31, 2010 for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test.

        In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses ("ASU 2010-20"). ASU 2010-20 is an update of FASB ASC 310, Receivables . This update requires enhanced disclosures on a disaggregated basis about:

    The nature of the credit risk inherent in the portfolio of financing receivables;

    How that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses; and

    The changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses.

        The disclosures required in accordance with ASU 2010-20 as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. Disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance on disclosures did not have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures with regard to financing receivables.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-02, Consolidation, Topic 810, Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary—a Scope Clarification . Pursuant to the transition provisions, we adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2009 via retrospective application of the presentation and disclosure requirements. Non-controlling interests of $201, $197 and $197 at January 1, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were reclassified from the liabilities section to the equity section in the consolidated balance sheets. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, we reclassified the portion of the minority interest relating to common stock to stockholders' equity during 2009. The components of the minority interest are referred to as a "non-controlling interest" in the consolidated financial statements. The provisions of the standard were applied to all non-controlling interests prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASC 820 with amended guidance and issued a clarification with regard to disclosure requirements about fair market value measurement. A reporting entity is required to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, for measurements utilizing significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about

F-20


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)


purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. We adopted this guidance beginning on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-14, Software-Topic 985-Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements . This guidance amends the scope of existing software revenue recognition accounting. Tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality would be scoped out of the accounting guidance on software and accounted for based on other appropriate revenue recognition guidance. The new accounting guidance is effective for us on January 1, 2011, and may be applied prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements ("ASU 2009-13"). ASU 2009-13 amends and replaces the criteria for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements by establishing a selling price hierarchy. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value if available, third-party evidence if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor third-party evidence is available. ASU 2009-13 also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. ASU 2009-13 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning January 1, 2010. We are currently in the process of determining whether ASU 2009-13 will have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In April 2009 and December 2007, the FASB issued guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations , addressing the recognition and accounting for identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in business combinations. We adopted the business combination provisions in September 2009. Adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-21


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

3. Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

        Cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Cash and cash equivalents:

             
 

Cash

  $ 12,108   $ 10,931  
 

Money market accounts

    8,281     14,790  
 

Corporate securities

    2,240      
           
   

Total cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,629   $ 25,721  
           

Short-term marketable securities—available-for-sale:

             
 

United States government securities

  $   $ 9,373  
           
   

Total short-term marketable securities

  $   $ 9,373  
           

        All contractual maturities of U.S. government marketable securities are less than one year at December 31, 2010 and are fully guaranteed. Corporate securities classified as cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less. Corporate securities include commercial paper, rated A1/P1 or better, corporate debt instruments including medium term notes and floating rate notes issued by foreign or domestic corporations which pay in U.S. dollars and carry a rating of A or better. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, interest income was $311, $53 and $31, respectively, which is included in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

4. Accounts receivables, net and other receivables

        Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and other receivables consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Trade receivables, net of allowances

  $ 5,940   $ 7,830  

Unbilled advertising receivables

        116  
           
 

Current receivables, net

  $ 5,940   $ 7,946  
           

Unbilled platform service arrangements, current

  $   $ 49  
           

Unbilled access fees

  $ 2,226   $ 2,190  

Unbilled platform service arrangements

    1,440     30  
           
 

Non-current other receivables

  $ 3,666   $ 2,220  
           

        Unbilled advertising receivables are included in accounts receivable, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unbilled access fees receivables are included in non-current other assets and unbilled platform service arrangements are included in current and non-current other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Access fees are recorded under long-term contracts with our wholesale partners and escalate on an annual basis from which we receive fixed contractual payments

F-22


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Accounts receivables, net and other receivables (Continued)


and recognize revenue ratably over the term of the contracts. The $2,190 in unbilled access fees due under these contracts at December 31, 2010 are expected to be billed and collected through 2014. The $165 in current unbilled platform service arrangements and advertising fees at December 31, 2010 are expected to be billed and collected by 2011.

        Included in accounts receivables, net for the periods indicated was the allowance for doubtful accounts which consisted of the following:

 
  Allowance
for Doubtful
Accounts
 

Balance, December 31, 2007

  $ 44  
 

Additions charged to operations

    191  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

    25  
       

Balance, December 31, 2008

    260  
 

Additions charged to operations

    357  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

     
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

    617  
 

Additions charged to operations

    44  
 

Deductions from reserves, net

    (554 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 107  
       

        The deductions from reserves for the year ended December 31, 2010 were comprised of $390 related to write-offs of accounts receivable balances that were fully reserved in the prior periods and $164 related to the reversal of reserves established in prior periods for specific accounts receivable that were believed to be uncollectible but for which cash was subsequently collected.

5. Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Salaries and wages

  $ 3,027   $ 3,579  

Revenue share

    2,980     3,879  

Accrued taxes

    686     395  

Deferred rent

    920     738  

Accrued for construction in progress

    371     2,523  

Amounts due to non-controlling interests

    314     462  

Other

    2,143     1,955  
           
 

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 10,441   $ 13,531  
           

F-23


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Property and equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2010  

Leasehold improvements

  $ 37,687   $ 45,187  

Construction in progress

    4,905     9,098  

Computer equipment

    4,218     5,112  

Software

    3,419     4,303  

Office equipment

    283     289  
           
 

Total property and equipment

    50,512     63,989  
 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (20,454 )   (27,965 )
           
   

Total property and equipment, net

  $ 30,058   $ 36,024  
           

        Included in property and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2010 was software and equipment acquired under capital leases totaling $2,185 and $1,849 and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of $2,095 and $1,789, respectively.

        Depreciation and amortization expense is allocated as follows on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Network access

  $ 3,374   $ 4,176   $ 4,392  

Network operations

    1,428     1,058     1,747  

Development and technology

    814     1,148     1,024  

Selling and marketing

    27     17     18  

General and administrative

    168     259     330  
               
 

Total depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

  $ 5,811   $ 6,658   $ 7,511  
               

7. Business acquisitions

        In November 2008 we acquired Opti-Fi, an operator of wireless networks at various locations throughout North America. The acquisition expanded our business to 25 additional airports in North America and the Washington State Ferries. We paid $450 in cash, purchased tangible assets of $171 and assumed liabilities of $171. In addition, we agreed to contingent purchase price payments based upon a percentage of future revenue over the next three years from the acquisition date. The contingent purchase price consideration consisted of periodic payments to the seller of 20% of the recurring revenues generated from the venue contracts, which was estimated to be $700 at the date of acquisition. The revenue contingency is resolved as the Company generates revenues from the venue contracts over the specified 36 month period from the date of the acquisition.

        The acquisition of Opti-Fi was accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") 141, Business Combinations ("SFAS 141") because the acquisition

F-24


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Business acquisitions (Continued)


occurred before the adoption of ASC 805 on January 1, 2009. The estimated fair value of acquired net assets exceeded the purchase consideration at the acquisition date. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to acquired tangible net assets and identifiable intangibles comprised of acquired venue contracts. No purchase price was allocated to goodwill as a result of the bargain purchase.

        We purchased Opti-Fi to obtain the rights to operate and maintain their venue contracts at various locations throughout North America. Therefore, we have allocated the excess purchase price over cost to intangible assets.

        The results of operations for Opti-Fi were insignificant for the period November 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010. The amortization of the acquired intangibles during this period was $67, $416 and $436 for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        The estimated fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition were as follows:

 
  Opti-Fi  

Initial purchase price in cash

  $ 450  

Estimated contingent purchase price liability payments

    700  

Working capital settlement

    62  

Other acquisition costs

    61  
       
 

Estimated intangible asset acquired

  $ 1,273  
       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 38  

Accounts receivable

    125  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    8  
       
 

Total intangible assets acquired

  $ 171  
       

Accounts payable

  $ 4  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    166  

Deferred revenue

    1  

Estimated contingent purchase price liability

    700  
       
 

Total liabilities assumed and contingent purchase price liability

  $ 871  
       

        The final purchase price will be based on the initial acquisition costs, plus the working capital settlement, plus the total of all contingent purchase price liability payments made, and such payments will continue until October 31, 2011. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, we paid approximately $34, $231 and $241 in contingent purchase price liability payments.

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Acquired assets

        On September 17, 2007, we acquired certain venue contracts from a telecom operator (the "seller") for a preliminary purchase price consideration of $5,226 which provided us the right to manage, operate and provide Wi-Fi services at eight domestic airports and at one non-exclusive airport. The assets purchased did not constitute a business and, as such, the purchase price has been allocated

F-25


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)


to the fair value of intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, principally the venue access agreements at six airports. The asset purchase allows us to continue to expand our retail brand and drive customer acquisition at these additional airports. Of the purchase price, $2,613 was paid in cash and $2,613 in the form of service usage credits, which provide the seller the right to access our Wi-Fi network for up to 5 years from the date of acquisition. In January 2008, $700 additional consideration was agreed upon under execution of the contract, of which $350 was paid in cash in 2009 and $350 was for additional service usage credits. In connection with the purchase of the venue contracts, we entered into a Network Roaming Agreement to provide the seller the right to allow its customers to access our Wi-Fi network for up to five years. As partial consideration for the acquired assets, we issued the seller service usage credits in the amount of $2,963 to be used to offset fees incurred as contemplated in the Network Roaming Agreement. The service usage credits were based upon the fair value of our services provided to third parties. The Network Roaming Agreement provides the seller with unlimited rights for its customers to access our Wi-Fi network within the terms of the agreement, with service usage credits to be fully consumed once usage from seller's customers reach $2,963 in value or five years has elapsed, whichever comes first. To date the usage from the seller's customers on Wi-Fi network has not been significant. These credits are consumed in lieu of making cash payments to us when the seller's customers use our network over the five-year period.

        The service usage credits are an offset to network access costs and are not considered revenue. Service usage credits are recognized ratably over the remaining term of the service arrangement once the earnings process commences. Amounts recognized for service usage credits for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 amounted to approximately $634 and $846, respectively. We commenced ratable recognition of the service usage credits in April 2009 upon the expiration of the indemnification obligations under the contract. On June 20, 2008, we acquired an additional contract for two more airports from the seller for cash consideration of $900.

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had service usage credits of $846 included in accrued expenses and other liabilities and $1,480 and $634, respectively; in non-current other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over the respective remaining contractual lives for each airport contract, which range between 9 and 34 months. Amortization expense amounted to $3,907, $1,635 and $425 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        There was a $99 patent placed in service during 2009 of which $2 and $8 was amortized during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        The changes in carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 
  Balance as of
January 1,
2009
  Additions   Amortization   Balance as of
December 31,
2009
 

Goodwill

  $ 25,512   $   $   $ 25,512  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

    16,805     277     (3,848 )   13,234  
                   
 

Total

  $ 42,317   $ 277   $ (3,848 ) $ 38,746  
                   

F-26


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        Other intangible assets at December 31, 2009 consist of the following:

 
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
  Historical
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Venue contracts

  11 years   $ 26,006   $ (12,833 ) $ 13,173  

Kiosks

  4 years     500     (439 )   61  

Non-compete

  1 year     200     (200 )    

Trade name

  2 years     300     (300 )    
                   
 

Total

      $ 27,006   $ (13,772 ) $ 13,234  
                   

        The changes in carrying amount of goodwill and other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Balance as of
January 1,
2010
  Additions   Amortization   Balance as of
December 31,
2010
 

Goodwill

  $ 25,512   $   $   $ 25,512  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

    13,234     241     (2,483 )   10,992  
                   
 

Total

  $ 38,746   $ 241   $ (2,483 ) $ 36,504  
                   

        Other intangible assets at December 31, 2010 consist of the following:

 
  Weighted
Average
Amortization
  Historical
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Venue contracts

  11 years   $ 26,247   $ (15,255 ) $ 10,992  

Kiosks

  4 years     500     (500 )    

Trade name

  2 years     300     (300 )    
                   
 

Total

      $ 27,047   $ (16,055 ) $ 10,992  
                   

        Amortization expense for fiscal years 2011 through 2015 and thereafter is as follows:

Year
  Amortization
Expense
 

2011

  $ 1,481  

2012

    888  

2013

    888  

2014

    843  

2015 and thereafter

    6,892  
       

  $ 10,992  
       

F-27


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Fair value measurement

        The following table sets forth our financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

At December 31, 2009
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,629   $   $   $ 22,629  
 

Restricted cash

    1,967             1,967  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 24,596   $   $   $ 24,596  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Preferred stock warrants

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  
                   
   

Total liabilities

  $   $   $ 72   $ 72  
                   

 

At December 31, 2010
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,721   $   $   $ 25,721  
 

Marketable securities

    9,373             9,373  
 

Restricted cash

    1,001             1,001  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 36,095   $   $   $ 36,095  
                   

Liabilities:

                         
 

Preferred stock warrants

  $   $   $ 140   $ 140  
                   
   

Total liabilities

  $   $   $ 140   $ 140  
                   

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010, our Level 3 financial liabilities, accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis, consisted of warrants to purchase shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, which are reflected at fair value in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2010. The following table summarizes the changes in this financial instrument for those periods:

 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2009
  Change in
Fair Value
  Issuances   Fair Value at
December 31,
2009
 

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 26   $ 46   $   $ 72  

 

 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2010
  Change in
Fair Value
  Issuances   Fair Value at
December 31,
2010
 

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

  $ 72   $ 68   $   $ 140  

        We determined the fair value of the Series B convertible preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The change in fair value of the preferred stock warrants is included in interest and other income (expense), net on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

F-28


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock

        We have financed our operations, in part, through the issuance of convertible preferred stock.

        In June 2001, we raised $5,000 of bridge financing through the issuance of convertible promissory notes. The notes accrued interest of 3% per month. In July 2001, we raised total proceeds of $9,944, net of issuance costs of $56, through the issuance of 3,333 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, and converted the principal portion of the convertible promissory notes and interest of $158 on the convertible promissory notes through the issuance of 1,720 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $3.00 per share.

        In February 2002, we issued 1,105 shares of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $4,734, net of acquisition costs of $16 at $4.30 per share.

        In September and December 2003, we issued 3,433 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock for total proceeds of $10,226, net of issuance costs of $74 at $3.00 per share.

        From June through September 2006, we issued 10,983 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for proceeds of $63,438, net of issuance costs of $1,912 at $5.95 per share.

Conversion

        Each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is immediately convertible, at the holder's option, into shares of common stock based on the formula of the issuance price divided by the conversion price. The conversion price is $3.00 for Series A and B convertible preferred stock, $4.026072935 for Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and $4.95835 for Series C convertible preferred stock. Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. Series A-2 convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock as obtained by multiplying the number of shares of the convertible stock by $4.30 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $4.026072935 per share, which approximates a 1 for 1.07 shares of common stock conversion rate. Series C convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock as obtained by multiplying the number of shares of the convertible stock by $5.95 and dividing the result by the conversion price of $4.95835 per share, which approximates a 1 for 1.2 shares of common stock conversion rate. Conversion of each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock is automatic upon the completion of a qualified offering.

Voting rights

        The holders of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote. Each preferred share is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred share is convertible at the time of such vote.

Dividends

        The holders of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, whether or not earned or declared, out of funds legally available therefore, at the rate of $0.15 per share per annum for the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.215 for the Series A-2 convertible preferred stock and $0.2975 for the Series C

F-29


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock (Continued)


convertible preferred stock (the "accruing dividends"). Accruing dividends accrue on each share of convertible preferred stock from the date of issuance until the earlier of (i) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, including an acquisition, consolidation or merger, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company (a "liquidation event") and (ii) the date of redemption. The Series C convertible preferred stock has been redeemable since June 26, 2010, however the stockholders have not yet elected to redeem their shares, thus we continue to accrue dividends at $0.2975 per share. We accrued dividends of $4,778 for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, which are accreted in the respective carrying values of the convertible preferred stock.

Liquidation preference

        Upon a liquidation event, the Series C convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $5.95 per share, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series C convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series C convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series C convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, the Series B convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $3.00 per share, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our remaining assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series B convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series B convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series B convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, the of Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment is made upon any stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stock, to be paid an amount equal to $3.00 and $4.30 per share, respectively, plus in the case of each share, an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If our remaining assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders their full liquidation preference, then our entire assets to be so distributed shall be distributed ratably among the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders based on the full amount of the liquidation preference to which they would otherwise be entitled.

        After the Series A and A-2 convertible preferred stockholders have been paid in full, our remaining assets available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among all stockholders based on the number of shares held by each, on an as converted to common stock basis; provided however, that the total distribution to the Series C, Series B, Series A and Series A-2 convertible preferred stockholders in connection with the liquidation event shall not exceed $11.90, $6.00, $6.00 and $8.60

F-30


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Convertible preferred stock (Continued)


per share, respectively, unless such convertible preferred stockholders elect to convert their convertible preferred stock into common stock.

Redemption

        All of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock shall be redeemed, with the prior written consent of the holders of at least 70% of the outstanding Series C convertible preferred stock, at the written request of holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock. All of the outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock shall be redeemed at the written request of holders of at least 70% of the outstanding Series C convertible preferred stock.

        Upon receiving a written request for redemption (a "redemption election") for Series C convertible preferred stock at any time on or after June 26, 2010, we shall redeem all outstanding shares of the Series C convertible preferred stock by paying in cash an amount equal to $5.95 per share, plus an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

        Upon receiving a redemption election for Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock at any time on or after June 26, 2011, we shall redeem all outstanding shares of the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock by paying in cash an amount equal to $3.00, $4.30 and $3.00 per share, respectively, plus an amount equal to all accruing dividends unpaid thereon and other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. We may elect to redeem the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B convertible preferred stock in three equal installments on the first date such redemption is required and on each of the next two anniversary dates.

        Accretion of accruing dividends and issuance costs related to the convertible preferred stock through the earliest respective redemption dates for the fiscal years 2010 through 2011 is $3,386 and $755, respectively. However, the Series C convertible preferred stockholders have not elected to redeem their shares, thus we continue to accrete the state of dividends at $0.2975 per share per annum.

        If we do not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock to be redeemed at a redemption date, then we shall first redeem the Series C convertible preferred stock ratably to the extent funds are legally available for redemption, until all shares are redeemed. After all shares of Series C convertible preferred stock that have been requested to be redeemed are redeemed, the holders of the remaining shares of convertible preferred stock shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares according to the respective amounts payable if the full number of shares to be redeemed were redeemed.

        The conversion options, payments of liquidation preference and redemption elections are considered contingent events that are not solely within our control, therefore we have presented our convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets for the years presented.

F-31


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Common stock

Reserve for unissued shares

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010, we are authorized to issue up to 34,900 shares of common stock. We are required to reserve and keep available out of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and the exercise of all outstanding common stock warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under our stock option plan.

        The amount of such shares of common stock reserved for these purposes is as follows:

 
  Number of Shares  
 
  2009   2010  

Conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock

    13,180     13,180  

Outstanding stock options

    5,281     5,288  

Conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock

    5,053     5,053  

Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock

    3,433     3,433  

Conversion of Series A-2 convertible preferred stock

    1,180     1,180  

Additional shares available for grant under the company's stock option plan

    218     210  

Outstanding common stock warrants

    26     26  

Outstanding Series B preferred stock warrants

    26     26  
           
 

Total

    28,397     28,396  
           

Note receivable from stockholder

        During 2002, we granted 290 shares of restricted common stock to an officer at the deemed fair value of $0.30 per share in exchange for cash proceeds of $9 and issuance of a partial recourse note (the "note") of $78 payable with an interest rate equal to the applicable federal rate. Principal and interest on the note are payable to the extent accrued and unpaid on the earlier of January 30, 2008, the maturity date of the note, or in the event of employment termination, within 30 days of the termination date. We have not called the note at December 31, 2010. The underlying common stock is no longer subject to restriction and the note is classified as contra equity on our consolidated balance sheets in accordance with guidance provided by FASB ASC 505, Equity . During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the interest accrued on the note from the officer was $4, $3 and $0, respectively, and is included in interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the principal and interest outstanding on the note is $103. See Note 19 relating to the forgiveness of the note subsequent to December 31, 2010.

Treasury stock

        In connection with the acquisition of Concourse on June 27, 2006, we entered into a restricted common stock agreement with the sellers and issued 1,257 shares of our common stock. The agreement contained a restriction, which prohibited the sellers from selling or transferring the shares for a period of six months subsequent to our completion of an initial public offering. The agreement also contained a put option which allowed the sellers to redeem the common stock for a fixed cash consideration of

F-32


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Common stock (Continued)


$5,000 at any time between the second and third anniversaries from the date of acquisition. At the date of acquisition, the redeemable common stock was valued at $4,518 and was classified as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheets.

        On October 31, 2007, the sellers tendered the shares in an early redemption for $4,575. Immediately before the redemption, the residual carrying value of the redeemable common stock was $4,834. The carrying value included accretion of $200 for the period ended October 31, 2007 and total accretion of $316 from the acquisition date. Immediately after the redemption, the extinguishment of the redemption right required the common stock to be reclassified to permanent equity and the repurchased shares were recorded as treasury stock in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, resulting in a net equity gain of $259.

12. Warrants

Preferred stock warrants

        At December 31, 2010, we have two warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 26 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (the "Series B Warrants"). The Series B Warrants have a weighted average exercise price of $3.00 per share and expire upon the earlier of: (i) immediately prior to the closing of the first underwritten public offering of our common stock registered with the SEC; (ii) a change in control event; or (iii) upon their contractual term. The Series B Warrants have a weighted average remaining contractual term of one year at December 31, 2010. These Series B Warrants were issued to certain lease financiers in connection with prior year capital leases.

        The Series B Warrants were classified as liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC 480-10-25. We account for the Series B Warrants on a variable basis and recorded additional other income or expense for changes in the estimated fair value at the end of each reporting period until the warrants were exercised. The estimated fair value of the Series B Warrants at December 31, 2009 and 2010 was $72 and $140, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2008, we recorded income of $12 and during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, we recorded expense of $46 and $68, respectively, for the changes in fair value to interest and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Common stock warrants

        In March 2009, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 71 shares of common stock were exercised at a weighted average exercise price of $0.05 per share.

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 26 shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.67 per share. The common stock warrants have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 1.4 years at December 31, 2010.

        In March and August 2007, we issued warrants to purchase 26 shares of common stock to a lease financier in connection with various capital leases for equipment. The common stock warrants are immediately exercisable upon their respective issuance dates. The estimated fair value of the common stock warrants on their respective grant dates totaled $14, which was immediately expensed to interest

F-33


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Warrants (Continued)


and other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2007.

13. Income taxes

        On January 1, 2007, we adopted ASC 740. There was no cumulative effect recorded as a charge to retained earnings from the adoption of FIN 48.

        The income taxes by jurisdiction consist of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2009   2010  

U.S. Federal:

             
   

Current

  $ 63   $ 192  
   

Deferred

        (10,269 )
           
     

Total U.S. Federal

    63     (10,077 )

U.S. state and local:

             
   

Current

    643     1,014  
   

Deferred

         
           
     

Total U.S. state and local

  $ 643   $ 1,014  
           

        Income taxes differ from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) before income taxes as a result of the following for the years ended December 31:

 
  2009   2010  

Federal statutory rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State and local

    32.8     7.8  

Stock options

    14.5     4.1  

Non-controlling interests

    (7.5 )   (2.6 )

Valuation allowance

    (40.7 )   (171.0 )

Other

    0.1     2.1  
           
 

Income taxes. 

    33.2 %   (125.6 )%
           

        In 2010, we established a foreign subsidiary in the United Kingdom, which has generated losses resulting in a $400 deferred tax asset with a corresponding valuation allowance.

F-34


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Income taxes (Continued)

        Deferred income tax reflects the tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and consisted of the following at December 31:

 
  2009   2010  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 12,853   $ 9,109  

Outside basis differences for U.S. partnerships

    1,128     2,237  

Intangible assets

    719      

Deferred revenue

    642     787  

Deferred compensation

    341     354  

Property and equipment

    337     382  

State taxes

    212     316  

Other

    94     310  

GST reserve

        64  

Allowance for bad debt

    84     2  
           

    16,410     13,561  

Valuation allowance

    (15,308 )   (2,965 )
           
 

Net deferred tax assets

    1,102     10,596  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Intangible assets

        (327 )

State taxes

    (1,102 )    
           
 

Net deferred tax liabilities

    (1,102 )   (327 )
           
 

Net deferred taxes

  $   $ 10,269  
           

        At December 31, 2010, we recorded a $10,269 release to the valuation allowance on our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets due to changes in our expectations regarding our ability to realize these deferred tax assets. This resulted from a determination that it was more likely than not that the U.S. federal net deferred tax assets would be realized. In reaching this determination, we have evaluated all significant available positive and negative evidence including, but not limited to, our three year cumulative results, trends in our business, expected future results and the character, amount and expiration periods of our net deferred tax assets. The underlying assumptions we used in forecasting future income required significant judgement and took into account our recent performance. For the state net deferred tax assets, we concluded that it is more likely than not that they will not be realized taking into the available positive and negative evidence noted above and additional negative evidence related to the apportionment of income and losses to various jurisdictions and the shorter expiration periods for certain of these tax attributes compared to the federal net deferred tax assets. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the valuation allowance increased by $244 and decreased by $12,343, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $29,387 and $19,806, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $33,751 and $33,574, respectively. At December 31, 2010, we had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $1,334. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021,

F-35


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Income taxes (Continued)


and our foreign net operating loss carryforwards have an indefinite life. Our state net operating loss carryforwards are principally related to California net operating losses for which the ability to utilize has been suspended for several years and will begin to expire in 2013. Our ability to utilize certain of our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event that a change in ownership, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, occurs in the future.

        We recognized interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income taxes which were not material during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.

        The adoption of ASC 740 guidance required us to identify, evaluate and measure all uncertain tax positions taken or to be taken on tax returns and to record liabilities for the amount of these positions that may not be sustained, or may only partially be sustained, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments were reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates. Some or all of these judgments are subject to review by the taxing authorities. We have no significant uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

        Our annual income taxes and the determination of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities involve a significant amount of judgment. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to current income taxes take into account current tax laws, their interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We operate within federal, state and international taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve.

        We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2010, there was no accrued interest or penalties.

        The following table sets forth the changes in the valuation allowance, for all periods presented:

 
  Valuation
Allowance
 

Balance, December 31, 2007

  $ 13,659  
 

Additions charged to operations

    1,405  
       

Balance, December 31, 2008

    15,064  
 

Additions charged to operations

    244  
       

Balance, December 31, 2009

    15,308  
 

Additions charged to operations

    400  
 

Decrease credited to operations

    12,743  
       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 2,965  
       

14. Commitments and contingencies

Capital and operating leases

        We lease space in managed and operated locations, primarily airports, under exclusive long-term, non-cancellable contracts to provide wireless services and access. Minimum rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rent expense for our leases from governmental

F-36


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)


authorities for the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $9,736, $10,136 and $12,499, respectively.

        We lease equipment, primarily data communication equipment and database software under non-cancellable capital leases that expire by October 2011. The leases are collateralized by the equipment under the lease. Interest expense associated with the capital leases for the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $84, $57 and $30, respectively. Of the 2007 interest expense, $14 was related to the common stock warrants issued in connection with various capital leases (see Note 11). We also lease office space under non-cancellable operating leases. Rent expense for our leases of office facilities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $1,329, $1,319 and $1,325, respectively. Included in rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was sublease income of $32.

        In September 2007, we entered into a lease for approximately twenty-five thousand square feet of office space in the Westwood area of Los Angeles, California. The lease term is from November 1, 2007 through October 31, 2012. The annual rent payments will escalate over the term of the lease from $1,205 to $1,437.

        In November 2009, we entered into a capital lease agreement to purchase certain software licenses and support. The total amount financed was $720. The lease term is from January 1, 2010 to October 1, 2011. The annual lease payments are $373.

        In July 2010, we extended our New York office lease of approximately two thousand square feet in Lake Success, New York. The new lease term is from August 1, 2010 to November 30, 2013. The annual rent payments will escalate over the term of the lease from $50 to $54.

        Future minimum lease obligations under the non-cancellable operating and capital leases at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

Years ended December 31,
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases and
Airport
Guarantees
 

2011

  $ 431   $ 7,751  

2012

        7,259  

2013

        4,809  

2014

        3,149  

2015

        3,100  

Thereafter

        28,414  
           

Minimum lease payments

    431   $ 54,482  
           

Less: imputed interest

    (11 )      
             
 

Present value of minimum lease payments

  $ 420        
             
 

Current portion

  $ 420        
             
 

Non-current portion

  $        
             

F-37


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

Litigation

        From time to time, we may be subject to claims arising out of the operations in the normal course of business. We are not a party to any such other litigation that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Indemnification

        Indemnification provisions in our third-party service provider agreements provide that we will indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified parties on a case-by-case basis for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified parties in connection with any claim by any third party as a result of our website, advertising, marketing, payment processing, collection or customer service activities. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is undeterminable. We have never paid a claim, nor have we been sued in connection with these indemnification provisions. At December 31, 2010, we have not accrued a liability for these guarantees, because the likelihood of incurring a payment obligation in connection with these guarantees is not probable.

Employment contracts

        We have entered into employment contracts with two of our officers. These contracts generally provide for severance benefits, including salary continuation, if employment is terminated by us for substantial cause or by the officer for convenience. In addition, in order to assure that the CEO would continue to provide independent leadership consistent with our best interests in the event of an actual or threatened change in control, the contract also generally provides for certain protections in the event of such a change in control. These protections include the payment of certain severance benefits, including salary continuation, upon the termination of employment following a change in control.

15. Stock incentive plan

        In June 2001, the board of directors and stockholders approved the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). On August 21, 2007 we amended the Plan and increased it to provide for the direct sale of shares of restricted stock and the grant of options to purchase up to a maximum of 6,384 shares from 5,313 shares of our common stock to employees, officers, consultants and directors. The Plan includes incentive stock options ("ISOs") and non-statutory stock options ("NSOs"). The Plan provides for options to be priced generally at not less than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant, and for NSOs, the option price shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant. For ISOs and NSOs, the exercise price per share may not be less than 110% and 100%, respectively, of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date for any individual possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all our outstanding stock. The exercise rights of ISOs and NSOs vest at rates determined by the board of directors. Options expire within a period of not more than ten years from the date of grant. An option granted to a person who is a 10% or greater stockholder on the date of grant shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date it is granted. Options typically expire between three and six months after employee termination, depending on the circumstances. At December 31, 2010, there were 210 shares available for grant under our stock option plan.

F-38


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Stock incentive plan (Continued)

        We recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Network operations

  $ 91   $ 127   $ 131  

Development and technology

    79     84     115  

Selling and marketing

    121     114     171  

General and administrative

    375     415     450  
               
 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 666   $ 740   $ 867  
               

        A summary of the stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    4,367   $ 1.15     8.3   $ 1,064  

Granted

    723   $ 1.40     9.2        

Exercised

    (96 ) $ 0.75     5.7        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (651 ) $ 1.10              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    4,343   $ 1.20     7.7   $ 814  

Granted

    1,063   $ 1.40     9.7        

Exercised

    (26 ) $ 1.35     7.2        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (99 ) $ 1.40              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    5,281   $ 1.25     7.3   $ 8,471  

Granted

    53   $ 2.85     9.5        

Exercised

    (2 ) $ 0.90     4.7        

Cancelled/forfeited

    (44 ) $ 1.45              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    5,288   $ 1.25     6.3   $ 38,279  
                         

Vested & expected to vest at December 31, 2010

    5,197   $ 1.25     6.3   $ 37,644  

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    4,049   $ 1.20     5.7   $ 29,558  

        The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2010 and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options at December 31, 2010. The intrinsic value changes are based on the estimated fair value of our common stock. To estimate the value of common shares, we determined our business enterprise value using both income and market approaches. We then used a dynamic option model to value the various components of our capital structure taking into consideration the various components including common stock, liquidation rights and preferences of our preferred stock, warrants, and options on common stock and marketability discounts. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $61, $1 and $3,

F-39


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Stock incentive plan (Continued)


respectively. At December 31, 2010, total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested awards is $1,727, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

        Stock options to purchase 96, 26 and 2 shares of our common stock were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 for cash proceeds of $73, $36 and $2, respectively.

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $0.90, $1.75 and $1.80, respectively.

        There was no tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from stock options exercised during the years ended December 31 2008, 2009 and 2010.

16. Employee benefit plan

        During 2002, we established a defined contribution savings plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet the IRS requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. Employer contributions of $244 were made to the plan by us in 2009 and 2010.

17. Related party transactions

        We entered into a commercial arrangement with a leading IP infrastructure and managed services provider ("the related party") in 2002 which was amended in 2004 and 2006, whereby we provide our Wi-Fi service offering to the related party on a wholesale basis. The service is then made available to the related party's subscribers under the related party brand. The arrangement was made on an arms-length basis. Our chairman was a member of the board of directors of the related party. The fees paid to us by the related party were $112, $0 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. There was no revenue from the related party during each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

F-40


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

18. Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Numerator:

                   

Net income (loss) attributable to Boingo Wireless, Inc. 

  $ (5,911 ) $ 1,027   $ 15,734  

Accretion of convertible and redeemable stock

    (5,256 )   (5,259 )   (5,020 )
               
 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 10,714  
               
 

Numerator used for diluted computation

  $ (11,167 ) $ (4,232 ) $ 15,734  
               

Denominator Basic:

                   
 

Weighted average common shares

    5,696     5,801     5,834  

Denominator Diluted:

                   
 

Weighted average common shares

    5,696     5,801     5,834  
 

Weighted average diluted convertible preferred stock

            22,846  
 

Weighted average diluted options to purchase common stock

            3,204  
 

Weighted average dilutive warrants to purchase common stock

            15  
               
   

Total Denominator Diluted

    5,696     5,801     31,899  
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   
 

Basic

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 1.84  
 

Diluted

  $ (1.96 ) $ (0.73 ) $ 0.49  

        The following outstanding securities were not included in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share as the inclusion would have been anti-dilutive for the periods indicated:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Convertible preferred stocks

    22,846     22,846      

Options to purchase common stock

    4,343     5,281      

Warrants to purchase common stock

    97     26      

Warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

    26     26     26  
               
 

Total

    27,312     28,179     26  
               

19. Subsequent events:

        a.)   On April 7, 2011, our board of directors approved a five-for-one reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock which will be consummated upon the effectiveness of our registration statement. Fractional shares will be settled in cash totalling approximately $2 for common and preferred stockholders. No fractional shares will be settled for option holders, and they will be rounded down as a result of the reverse stock split. Shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options and warrants and shares of our preferred stock and warrants were proportionately reduced and the respective exercise prices were proportionately increased in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such securities. Shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the

F-41


Table of Contents


Boingo Wireless, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Subsequent events: (Continued)


conversion of our convertible preferred stock were proportionately reduced and the respective conversion prices were proportionately increased. All references to shares in the financial statements and the accompanying notes, including but not limited to the number of shares and per share amounts, unless otherwise noted, have been adjusted to reflect to reverse stock split retroactively. Previously awarded options and warrants to purchase shares of our common and preferred stock have also been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.

        b.)   Subsequent to December 31, 2010, we granted approximately 102 options for common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $8.50 per share to non executive personnel.

        c.)    On January 11, 2011, we forgave the note receivable from one of our officers. The principal and interest outstanding of $103 were expensed as compensation.

        d.)   We evaluated subsequent events through March 18, 2011 with respect to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, which was commensurate with the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

F-42


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.

SEC Registration fee

  $ 10,786  

FINRA filing fee

    9,790  

NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    285,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,300,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    550,000  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    10,000  

Custodian and transfer agent fees

    10,000  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    75,000  
       
 

Total

  $ 2,400,576  
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant's amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of this offering will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant's amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that:

    The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant's request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

    The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances in which indemnification is not required by law.

    The registrant will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

    The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant's board of directors. The rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive, and the

II-1


Table of Contents

      registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

    The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, the registrant plans to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers that will provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also will provide for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains insurance to insure directors and officers against certain liabilities.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements to be entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Since January 1, 2008, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

            1.     We granted stock options to purchase 1,949,515 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.40 to $8.50 per share to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

            2.     We issued and sold an aggregate of 211,239 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants, and other service providers for aggregate consideration of approximately $219,975 upon exercises of options granted under our Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.

        The sale of securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in these transactions.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)   Exhibits

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1 **† Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 11, 2006 and as amended on June 23, 2006, by and among the Registrant and Cardinal Growth, L.P., Cardinal-Concourse, L.P. and Joseph Beatty.
  3.1 ** Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2 ** Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
  3.3 ** Bylaws.
  3.4 ** Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.
  3.5 ** Form of Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective prior to closing.
  4.1 ** Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2001.
  4.2 ** Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated June 27, 2006.
  5.1 ** Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
  10.1 ** Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
  10.2 ** Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan.
  10.3 ** Form of Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan Stock Option Agreement.
  10.4 ** 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.5 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and David Hagan, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.6 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Edward Zinser, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.7 ** 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.8 ** Office Lease Agreement, dated April 2007, between CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and Registrant.
  10.9 License Agreement for Wireless Communications Access System, dated November 17, 2005, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.
  10.9A **† Consent to Change in Ownership and Amendment of Agreement, dated June 22, 2006, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.
  10.10 Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, dated August 26, 1999, between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.
  10.10A Supplemental Agreement, dated March 28, 2001 between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.
  10.11 ** Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.12 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Niels Jonker, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.13 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Colby Goff, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.14 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Peter Hovenier, dated April 11, 2011.
  21.1 ** List of subsidiaries.
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23.2 ** Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1 ** Power of Attorney.

II-3


Table of Contents


**
Previously filed.

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-4


Table of Contents

(b)   Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            1.     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            2.     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 5 to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on this 29 th  day of April 2011.

    BOINGO WIRELESS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DAVID HAGAN

David Hagan
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this Amendment No. 5 to this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DAVID HAGAN

David Hagan
  Chief Executive Officer & Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  April 29, 2011

*

Edward Zinser

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

April 29, 2011

*

Charles Boesenberg

 

Director

 

April 29, 2011

*

Sky Dayton

 

Director

 

April 29, 2011

*

Marc Geller

 

Director

 

April 29, 2011

*

Paul Hsiao

 

Director

 

April 29, 2011

*

Shigeyuki Toya

 

Director

 

April 29, 2011


*By:

 

/s/ DAVID HAGAN

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1 **† Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 11, 2006 and as amended on June 23, 2006, by and among the Registrant and Cardinal Growth, L.P., Cardinal-Concourse, L.P. and Joseph Beatty.
  3.1 ** Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2 ** Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
  3.3 ** Bylaws.
  3.4 ** Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing.
  3.5 ** Form of Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective prior to closing.
  4.1 ** Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2001.
  4.2 ** Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated June 27, 2006.
  5.1 ** Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
  10.1 ** Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
  10.2 ** Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.3 ** Form of Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan Stock Option Agreement.
  10.4 ** 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.5 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and David Hagan, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.6 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Edward Zinser, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.7 ** 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.8 ** Office Lease Agreement, dated April 2007, between CA-10960 Wilshire Limited Partnership and Registrant.
  10.9 License Agreement for Wireless Communications Access System, dated November 17, 2005, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.
  10.9A **† Consent to Change in Ownership and Amendment of Agreement, dated June 22, 2006, between City of Chicago and Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC.
  10.10 Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, dated August 26, 1999, between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.
  10.10A Supplemental Agreement, dated March 28, 2001 between The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey and New York Telecom Partners, LLC.
  10.11 ** Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.12 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Niels Jonker, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.13 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Colby Goff, dated April 11, 2011.
  10.14 ** Letter agreement between the Registrant and Peter Hovenier, dated April 11, 2011.
  21.1 ** List of subsidiaries.
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23.2 ** Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1 ** Power of Attorney.

II-7


Table of Contents


**
Previously filed.

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-8




Exhibit 10.9

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

for

Wireless Communications Access System

 

between

 

City of Chicago

 

and

 

Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

 

2

1.1

 

Definitions

 

2

1.2

 

Interpretation and Conventions

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2: GRANT OF LICENSE; CONDITION AND USE OF PROPERTY

 

7

2.1

 

License

 

7

2.2

 

Exclusivity

 

7

2.3

 

Condition of Licensed Premises

 

8

2.4

 

Use of Licensed Premises and Licensee Operating Obligations

 

8

2.5

 

Utilities

 

9

2.6

 

Utility Interruptions

 

9

2.7

 

Right of Entry

 

10

2.8

 

Easements

 

10

2.9

 

Possession

 

11

2.10

 

Licensee’s Maintenance Duties

 

11

2.11

 

City’s Maintenance Duties

 

11

2.12

 

Taxes

 

12

2.13

 

Liens

 

12

2.14

 

Recording

 

12

2.15

 

Certain Rights Reserved By the City

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3: TERM

 

14

3.1

 

Term

 

14

3.2

 

Extensions

 

15

3.3

 

Holdover

 

15

3.4

 

Termination Due to Change in Airport Operations

 

15

3.5

 

Termination Due to Eminent Domain

 

15

3.6

 

Reinstatement

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4: FEES

 

16

4.1

 

License Fees

 

16

4.2

 

Payment of license Fees

 

18

4.3

 

Late Payment

 

18

4.4

 

Reports

 

18

4.5

 

Books, Records and Audits

 

19

4.6

 

Security Deposit

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5: CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND OWNERSHIP OF THE WCAS

 

21

5.1

 

Design and Construction of the WCAS

 

21

 

i



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

5.2

 

Construction Schedule

 

22

5.3

 

Performance Bond

 

22

5.4

 

Diligent Prosecution of Construction

 

22

5.5

 

Supplemental Submittals

 

23

5.6

 

No Interference with City Operations

 

23

5.7

 

Compliance with Deadlines

 

23

5.8

 

Continuous Operation, liquidated Damages

 

24

5.9

 

Alternations

 

24

5.10

 

Ownership of WCAS

 

25

5.11

 

Damage to WCAS

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6: INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

25

6.1

 

Indemnity

 

25

6.2

 

Insurance

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7: COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS

 

26

7.1

 

Compliance with All Laws

 

26

7.2

 

City Resident Construction Worker Employment Requirement

 

27

7.3

 

Licensing of General Contractor

 

28

7.4

 

Prevailing Wages

 

28

7.5

 

Airport Security

 

29

7.5

 

Licenses and Permits

 

29

7.6

 

Economic Disclosure Statement and Affidavit

 

30

7.7

 

Inspector General

 

30

7.8

 

Environmental Laws

 

30

7.9

 

Ethics

 

31

7.10

 

Business Relationships with Elected Officials

 

31

7.11

 

Visual Rights Act Waiver

 

31

7.12

 

Non-Discrimination

 

32

7.13

 

FAA Required Provisions

 

33

7.14

 

Municipal Code Section 2-92-586

 

35

7.15

 

Waste Disposal

 

35

7.16

 

Prohibition on Certain Contributions (Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1)

 

36

7.17

 

Federal Ineligible Contractors

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8: WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

 

38

8.1

 

Warranties and Representations

 

38

8.2

 

Subcontracts

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9: DEFAULT, REMEDIES AND TERMINATION

 

41

9.1

 

Events of Default

 

41

9.2

 

Remedies

 

43

9.3

 

No Limitation on Remedies

 

45

 

ii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

9.4

 

Effect of Waiver

 

45

9.5

 

Commissioner’s Right to Perform Licensee’s Obligations

 

45

9.6

 

No Counterclaim or Setoff without City Consent

 

46

9.7

 

Application of Payments

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10: SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

46

10.1

 

Confidentiality 

 

46

10.2

 

City Approvals

 

47

10.3

 

 Subcontracts and Assignments

 

47

10.4

 

Labor Disputes

 

50

10.5

 

Disadvantaged Business Enterprises

 

50

10.6

 

Subcontractor Certifications

 

50

10.7

 

Non-Interference with Operation of Airport

 

50

10.8

 

Radio Frequency Interference

 

51

10.9

 

Estoppel Certificate

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11: GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

53

11.1

 

Entire Agreement

 

53

11.2

 

Counterparts

 

53

11.3

 

Amendments

 

53

11.4

 

Severability

 

53

11.5

 

Covenants in Subcontracts

 

53

11.6

 

Governing Law

 

53

11.7

 

License Only

 

54

11.8

 

Notices

 

54

11.9

 

Successors and Assigns, No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

55

11.10

 

Subordination

 

55

11.11

 

Conflict

 

56

11.12

 

Waiver, Remedies

 

56

11.13

 

No Personal Liability

 

56

11.14

 

Joint and Several Liability

 

56

11.15

 

Survival

 

56

11.16

 

Time

 

56

11.17

 

Force Majeure

 

56

11.18

 

Captions and Article Numbers

 

57

 

EXHIBITS

 

A                          WCAS Design and Performance Requirements

Schedule 1             General Description of Components

Schedule 2             Acceptance Test

Schedule 3             Operation and Maintenance Requirements

 

iii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B                            Communications Services & Rates

C                            Licensed Premises

D                           Insurance Requirements

E                             Economic Disclosure Statement(s) and Affidavit(s)

F                             DBE Special Conditions

 

iv



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT
for
Wireless Communications Access System

 

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of this 17th day of November, 2005 (“Commencement Date”) by and between the CITY OF CHICAGO, an Illinois municipal corporation (“City”), and CHICAGO CONCOURSE DEVELOPMENT GROUP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Licensee”).

 

For and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Article, unless otherwise specifically provided. Other terms may be defined in other parts of the Agreement.

 

“Acceptance” means the Licensee’s demonstration to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the Wireless Communications Access System (“WCAS”) complies with all of the requirements of this Agreement, including but not limited to those set forth in Exhibit A, and that it has successfully passed the Acceptance Test Plan set forth on Schedule 2 to Exhibit A.

 

“Affiliate” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trustee, administrator, executor or other legal entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls, or is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with Licensee.

 

“Agreement” means this agreement, together with the exhibits and all amendments supplemental to or modifying this agreement in accordance with its provisions.

 

“Airport” means Chicago O’Hare International Airport or Chicago Midway International Airport, as applicable.

 

“Antenna Sites” means the applicable interior and/or exterior portions of the Airport buildings that will be used by Licensee to locate the antenna components of the WCAS. The Antenna Sites are more specifically described in Exhibit C.

 

“Cable” means optical fibers, co-axial and/or copper wires to be used by Licensee to connect the Antenna Sites to the other elements of the WCAS. Cable may, to the extent set forth on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A, include certain optical fibers, co-axial and/or coppers wires owned by the City or third parties.

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“City Standards” means any generally applicable rules and regulations of the City for design and construction of all tenant improvements at the Airports.

 

“Communications Services” means those services that Licensee is authorized to conduct at the Airports under this Agreement. Communication Services are those services typically provided by WDS and WCN service providers in an airport environment, which services are described on Exhibit B. Licensee hereby represents and warrants that it is able to provide Communications Services and is authorized by federal, state and/or local laws, codes and regulations, as applicable, to provide such services. The rates charged by Licensee for Communications Services must be comparable to the rates charged for similar services at other large hub airports in the United States. The Licensee must notify the Commissioner 30 days in advance of any changes in rates.

 

“Date of Beneficial Occupancy” or “DBO” means the earlier of: (i) the date on which at least two (2) WCN service providers first use the WCAS (or any portion thereof) at either Airport to provide Communication Services to the public or (ii) the date ten (10) days after the date on which Acceptance is first achieved.

 

“Default Rate” means 18% per annum or the maximum interest rate permitted by law for this transaction in the State of Illinois, whichever is less.

 

“Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the protection of human health and the environment.

 

“General Warranties” means the warranty and covenant by Licensee that: (i) Licensee is the sole owner of the WCAS, (ii) Licensee has the right to transfer the WCAS to the City upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, (iii) WCAS is free from all liens and encumbrances, and (iv) that all Cables included within WCAS are properly labeled at each end, in each telecommunications/electrical closet and junction box, and otherwise as may be required by City regulations. The General Warranties shall be made as of the date and time the WCAS is transferred or passed to the City. In addition, Licensee shall, as part of the General Warranties, further assign and transfer (without the necessity of any payment) to the City any and all manufacturer and/or installer warranties related to the WCAS.

 

“Gross Revenues” means all revenues generated by the Licensee from the WCAS at the Airports, including but not limited to charges for Communications Services provided to passengers and Airport visitors, charges for business support services provided to Airport Tenants, and advertising fees. To the extent that an agreement between Licensee and a WDS or WCN service provider allows the service provider to defer payment of fees due to Licensee, Licensee may defer inclusion of those fees in Gross Revenues until paid. Gross Revenues does not include: capital contributions, loan proceeds, capital cost reimbursements, taxes separately stated and collected from users of Communications Services for remittance to taxing authorities; proceeds from the sale of personal property, revenues not arising at the Airports, or refunds or rebates extended to users of Communications Services. Licensee bears the risk of non-collection; uncollected revenues shall not be deducted Gross Revenues.

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Hazardous Substance” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, including, but not limited to, those substances, materials, and wastes listed in the United States Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Table (49 C.F.R. 172.101) or by the United States Environmental Agency as hazardous substances (40 C.F.R. Part 302 and amendments thereto), petroleum products and their derivatives, and such other substances, materials and wastes as are or become regulated or subject to cleanup authority by any jurisdiction under any Environmental Laws.

 

“Head-End Equipment Room” means the space identified in Exhibit C that will be utilized by the Licensee try locate the head-end components of the WCAS at each Airport.

 

“Interior Equipment Space” means the interior space located in utility closets and the like throughout the Airports that will be used by Licensee to locate components of the WCAS. The Interior Equipment Space is more particularly described on Exhibit C.

 

“Legal Requirements” means all federal, state, county, city or other local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and directives, whether now or hereafter in effect, which may be applicable to or have jurisdiction over the Airports, the WCAS, or Licensee’s Communications Services, including without limitations the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) and the Transportation Security Administration “TSA”). Legal Requirements shall specifically include any and all rule and regulations, whether now or in the future adopted or amended, promulgated the City of Chicago on a non-discriminatory basis and applicable to the Airports, the licensed Premises, the WCAS or Licensee’s Communications Services.

 

“License” means the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement to install, operate and maintain the WCAS in the Licensed Premises and to provide Communications Services using the WCAS.

 

“Licensed Premises” means those portions of the Airports that Licensee is authorized to use for installation, operation and maintenance of the WCAS, specifically including the Antenna Sites, the Head-End Equipment Room, the Interior Equipment Space and the Raceways. Licensed Premises are described more fully in Exhibit C.

 

“License Fees” means the amounts payable by Licensee for the License as set forth in Section 4.1.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, encumbrance, charge on, pledge of, conditional sale or other encumbrance on the Licensed Premises and any alteration, fixture, improvement or appurtenance thereto.

 

“material” or “materially”, with respect to any event or condition that would adversely impact use of the WCAS by Licensee, means an event or condition of sufficient severity that Licensee will be

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

prevented as a result thereof from providing Communications Services to twenty percent (20%) or more of the Airport covered by the WCAS for a period of more than five (5) days.

 

“Minimum Annual Guarantee” or “MAG” means the minimum License Fees payable in a calendar year, as calculated in accordance with Section 4.1.

 

“Net Book Value of the WCAS” means the unamortized value of Licensee’s cost to construct the WCAS determined in accordance with the following rules:

 

(i)                        Only those direct costs expended by Licensee for design, construction, acquisition and/or installation of the WCAS and as set forth in the certified statement submitted to and approved by the City following Acceptance of the WCAS shall be eligible for reimbursement (the “eligible costs”). In no event, however, shall the eligible costs ever exceed $ 12 (twelve) million.

 

(ii)                     For each WCAS asset (or group of assets), the eligible cost of that asset (or group of assets) shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful economic life of such asset (or group of assets), where such “useful economic life” shall in no instance exceed 10 years.

 

(iii)                  The Net Book Value of the WCAS shall be determined as of the date on which the termination of this Agreement is effective and shall be the sum of the unamortized portion of the eligible costs for all eligible assets.

 

“Network Standards” mean and refer to all protocols, methods, codes, and standards applicable to the operation of wired or wireless networks, as applicable to the WCAS and/or Communications Services, including any that may in the future be adopted or amended. Network Standards shall include, but not be limited to, IEEE 802.1, IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.11 (including sub-sections such as 802.11 a, b, g, n, etc.), IETF STD 005 and ANS1/TIA/EIA 568/569.

 

“Post-Acceptance Warranties” means the warranty and covenant by Licensee that: (i) the WCAS is in good condition, in working order, in safe condition and (ii) the WCAS complies with all the performance requirements set forth in Exhibit A.

 

“Raceway” means vertical and/or horizontal risers, conduits, and cable trays in the Airport through which Licensee will place its Cable.

 

“Tenant” means any tenant, licensee, or occupant of the Airport conducting business under the terms of a separate lease, license agreement, or other occupancy agreement with the City.

 

“Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 3.

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Wireless Cellular Network” or “WCN” shall refer to that portion of the WCAS that enables wireless paging, cellular telephony, radio and cellular data. The use of the term “Cellular” in connection with the WCN is solely for convenience and not intended to be defined, or otherwise limited, by any definition of the term “cellular” existing under Federal Communications Commissions rules or regulations.

 

“Wireless Communication Access System” or “WCAS” means the integrated system for providing clear, neutral-hosted, interference free radio frequency voice and data access at the Airports. The WCAS shall, through use of separate or shared components, include the Wireless Cellular Network and the Wireless Data System and any Alterations thereto. The WCAS consists of Cable, conduit, antenna, satellite dishes, junction boxes, cabinets, racks, hangers, pull boxes, grounding wires, and all related equipment as more specifically described for each Airport on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A. The description of the WCAS at each Airport set forth on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A shall be solely for purposes of identifying and generally describing the WCAS to be installed by Licensee and shall not limit Licensee’s obligation to provide a fully functioning WCAS capable of providing Communications Services. All aspects of the WCAS, regardless of whether or not reflected on Schedule 1 to Exhibit A shall be subject to review and approval of the City as more particularly set forth in ARTICLE 5. Furthermore, the description of any particular system or item of equipment shall not supersede or otherwise modify the requirement to provide a fully functional WCAS at each Airport. Title to WCAS will pass to the City upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

“Wireless Data System” or “WDS” means that portion of the WCAS that enables the use of wireless data communication devices employing 802. 1la, 802.1 lb, 802.1 lg, or other broadband wireless transport technologies and systems.

 

1.2 Interpretation and Conventions .

 

(A) The term “including” means “including, without limitation” unless the context clearly states otherwise.

 

(B) The term “person” includes firms, associations, partnerships, trusts, corporations and other legal entities, including public bodies, as well as natural persons.

 

(C) Any headings preceding the text of the articles and sections of this Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes appended to copies of this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and do not constitute apart of this Agreement, nor do they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

(D) Words in the singular include the plural and vice versa. Words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender include correlative words of the other genders. Wherever an article, section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, exhibit, appendix, or attachment is referred to, the reference is to this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

6


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(E) Where the approval or consent of the City is required under this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise, it means approval or consent of the Commissioner or his authorized representative as the Commissioner may designate from time to time. Where the approval or consent of Licensee is required under this Agreement, it means the approval or consent of the Licensee’s authorized representative. To be binding on a party, all approvals or consents must be in writing and signed by the appropriate party.

 

ARTICLE 2: GRANT OF LICENSE; CONDITION AND USE OF PROPERTY

 

2.1 License . Subject to the provisions, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the City hereby grants to Licensee: (i) License, with exclusivity only to the extent expressly provided in Section 2.2, to construct, install, maintain, and operate the WCAS and to provide Communications Services using the WCAS; (ii) a non-exclusive license, subject to the rights of the City and other Tenants, to use existing Raceways approved by the Commissioner in connection with Licensee’s construction, installation, maintenance, and operation of the WCAS; and (iii) a non-exclusive license to install, operate, and maintain Cable in the Licensed Premises as approved in accordance with this Agreement, and for no other purpose. Licensee understands and agrees that the City, in granting the License, is also relying on Licensee to provide Communications Services for the Airport, its Tenants and the public and that Licensee has an affirmative obligation, as part of the consideration for the City granting the License, to operate and maintain the WCAS so as to provide Communications Services, subject to demand for those Communication Services and participation by WDS and WCN service providers, in accordance with the performance requirements of this Agreement.

 

2.2 Exclusivity .

 

(A) The License granted by Section 2.1 is exclusive in the sense that, during the Term of this Agreement to the extent permitted by Federal Legal Requirements, the City will not enter into an agreement with any other entity to install, operate or maintain a WCAS in the terminals at either Airport or to provide in the terminals at either Airport the Communications Services being provided by Licensee under this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, the City will cooperate with Licensee to minimize Tenants’ (or third parties granted rights by Tenants) installation or continued use of equipment that will interfere or compete with Licensee’s Communications Services. The License granted by Section 2.1 shall otherwise be nonexclusive, and the City has the right to enter into such agreements with other parties as it deems necessary or desirable for any other telecommunications services at the Airports.

 

(B) Licensee shall install, operate and maintain the WCAS and provide Communications Services in the those areas of the Airports that are not leased or licensed to Tenants. Further, Licensee may install operate and maintain WCAS components and\or provide Communications Services in spaces leased or licensed to Tenants to the extent that the applicable lease or license does not prohibit

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the installation, operation and maintenance of Airport infrastructure in the Tenant’s space. Licensee must notify the Tenant at least three days in advance of entry into the Tenant’s space (or such longer period of time as may be required by the lease or license) and must conduct any installation or maintenance at a time that is reasonably convenient for the Tenant’s operations and in a manner that minimizes disruption of Tenant’s operations. IN THE event that a Tenant objects to the installation of WCAS components and\or the provision of Communications Services in the Tenant’s space, Licensee shall be responsible for addressing the Tenant’s objections in accordance with the terms of the lease or license and FCC Legal Requirements. The City will assist licensee in working with a Tenant, but the City shall have no obligation to resolve Licensee’s issues with Tenants on behalf of licensee.

 

(C) It is expressly agreed and understood that the Communications Services, in whole or in part, are subject to the Legal Requirements of the FCC and the FAA, and Licensee must comply with those Legal Requirements, including but not limited to any Legal Requirement that the WCAS and Communications Services must accommodate other parties’ use of radio frequencies at an Airport-Licensee must immediately make such adjustments in the WCAS or the Communications Services as necessary to comply with any notice or order from the FCC or other governmental agency having jurisdiction over such matters.

 

2.3 Condition of Licensed Premises . licensee is familiar with the physical condition of the Licensed Premises and accepts them in their present condition. Licensee may use the Licensed Premises for the loses set forth in Section 2.4 so long as such uses are in conformity with all Legal Requirements and City Standards affecting the Licensed Premises, and Licensee must not, by action or inaction, take or allow any action or thing which is contrary to any legal or insurable requirement or which constitutes a public or private nuisance or waste.

 

2.4 Use of Licensed Premises and Licensee Operating Obligations .

 

(A) Subject to and in accordance with all present and future Legal Requirements and City Standards, Licensee covenants and agrees that it shall use the Licensed Premises solely for purposes of providing Communications Services and for no other purpose or use.

 

(B) Licensee shall not use or occupy the Licensed Premises, permit the Licensed Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied, nor do or permit anything to be done in or on the Licensed Premises, in whole or in part, in a manner which would in any way. (i) violate any present or future Legal Requirements or City Standards, or (ii) violate any of the covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of this Agreement, or (iii) violate the certificate of occupancy then in force with respect thereto, or (iv) make it difficult for either the City or Licensee to obtain fire or other insurance required hereunder, or (v) constitute a public or private nuisance.

 

(C) No transformers, semiconductors or other electronic equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) or other environmentally hazardous materials will either be used or stored in or around the Airport by Licensee or its agents, employees, guests, invitees, contractors, subcontractors or representatives.

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(D) Except for connections for WDS and WCN services providers in the Head-End Equipment Room, Licensee shall not suffer or permit any other entity to connect to the WCAS or to install offshoots or coupling thereto without 1he prior written consent of the City.

 

(E) Licensee shall not suffer or permit unauthorized employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, or representatives with insufficient experience or expertise to enter the Airports or Licensed Premises to install, maintain, operate or remove the WCAS.

 

(F) Any signs or other advertising matter advising the public of the availability of Communications Services at the Airports are subject to the approval of the Commissioner in his sole discretion. Signs or other advertising matter installed or distributed without the Commissioner’s approval must be removed by Licensee immediately upon direction from the Commissioner.

 

(G) Licensee must assist the Department in creating and maintaining records which identify the quantity and termination points of any fiber cable owned or under control of the City and, upon request of the Commissioner, shall make recommendations for optimizing its use.

 

(H) Upon request by the Commissioner, Licensee shall assist the City from time to time in identifying sources of radio frequency at each Airport.

 

2.5 Utilities .

 

(A) The Licensed Premises are provided to Licensee “as is”, and the City shall have no obligation to install or provide any utilities to the Licensed Premises that are not already present therein, including without limitation electricity, lighting, and heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC). Licensee shall furnish, install and maintain all power circuits and connections required for equipment and mechanical systems used in the WCAS and shall be responsible for extending, at its sole cost and expense, electrical service from the distribution points determined by the Commissioner. Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish, install and maintain any additional lighting fixtures and wiring for general illumination of the Licensed Premises, with levels of illumination and wattage requirements subject to the approval of the Commissioner. Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish, install and maintain any additional HVAC necessary for the WCAS.

 

(B) The City shall have the right to institute such reasonable generally applicable policies, programs and measures as may be necessary or desirable, in the City’s discretion, for the conservation and/or preservation of energy or energy related services, or as may be required to comply with any applicable codes, rules and regulations, whether mandatory or voluntary.

 

2.6 Utility Interruptions.

 

(A) The City shall have the right to shut down electrical energy to the Licensed Premises (or portions thereof) when necessitated by safety, repairs, alterations, connections, upgrades, relocations, reconnections, or for any other reason, with respect to the Airport’s electrical system

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(singularly or collectively, “Electrical Work”), regardless of whether the need for such Electrical Work arises in respect of the licensed Premises or elsewhere in the Airports. Whenever possible, the City will give licensee no less than five days prior written notice for such electricity shutdown. The City shall use all reasonable efforts not to shut down Licensee’s electrical energy for such Electrical Work during business hours unless such-Electrical Work shall be: (a) required because of an emergency, or (b) required by the electricity company servicing the Airports or by any governmental or quasi-government law, rule, code, directive, or order.

 

(B) Licensee further acknowledges that interruptions in utility services (including, without limitation, electrical service) are not uncommon in facilities such as the Airports, and Licensee acknowledges that it will, at its cost and expense, project any sensitive electronic equipment which may by used in the Licensed Premises from utility service interruptions through the use of backup power supplies, surge protectors, and other appropriate safety systems as Licensee deems reasonable and necessary. Licensee acknowledges that it has taken or will take all precautions it deems necessary to protect its equipment in, on and around the Airports, including the acquisition of insurance.

 

(C) The City shall not be liable to Licensee for any damages or losses (including, without limitation, indirect or consequential damages or attorneys’ fees) sustained to any of WCAS or otherwise caused by any utility service shut downs, interruptions or failures, nor shall the same constitute an eviction or disturbance of Licensee’s use or possession of the Licensed Premises or a breach of the City’s obligations hereunder. However, if any utility interruption is within the control of the City, the City shall use reasonable efforts to restore utility service to Licensee promptly. If such interruption or failure continues for more than ten days, then as Licensee’s sole and exclusive remedy, the License Fee shall equitably abate until utility service is resumed. Any such abatement shall be retroactive to the date of the utility outage and shall be limited to the abatement that Licensee must provide WDS and WCN service providers. Licensee must provide documentation to the Commissioner’s satisfaction evidencing such abatement

 

2.7 Right of Entry . The City has a right to enter the Licensed Premises at any and all reasonable times throughout the Term of this Agreement for any reasonable purpose, provided, that the City will not interfere unduly with Licensee’s operations; and further provided, that the City will (except in the event of an emergency) provide Licensee with reasonable advance notice. This right imposes no obligation on the City to make inspections to ascertain the condition of the Licensed Premises and imposes no liability upon the City for failure to make inspections.

 

2.8 Easements. The City hereby reserves such continuous access and utilities easements within or upon the Licensed Premises as may in the opinion of the Commissioner from time to time be desirable for the purpose of enabling the City to exercise any right or reservation or to perform any obligation contained in this Agreement or in connection with the City’s ownership or operation of the Airport. If the City exercises this reservation of easement in any manner that materially and negatively impacts Licensee, then Licensee shall so notify the City. Upon receipt of such notice, the City will take reasonable and appropriate action (viewed in light of the City’s priorities at the Airport) to permit Licensee to continue to conduct Communications Services from the Licensed Premises or to relocate

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the Licensed Premises subject to Section. 2.15(C). In the event the City is unable to resolve such negative impacts or find a reasonable alternative location within 90 days of receipt of Licensee’s notice, Licensee shall, as its sole remedy, have the right to terminate this License upon 180 days’ written notice to the City. In such event, the City shall pay Licensee the Net Book Value of the WCAS as of the effective date of termination but shall not be liable to Licensee for any other expenses or damages that Licensee may suffer as a result of such interference and premature termination of this License, including but not limited to any lost profits.

 

2.9 Possession . If the City is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Licensed Premises, or any portion thereof, at the time of the commencement of the Term, the City shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby to Licensee, nor shall this Agreement thereby become void or voidable, but in such event Licensee shall be entitled to extend its Construction Schedule accordingly.

 

2.10 Licensee’s Maintenance Duties .

 

(A) Licensee must operate and maintain the WCAS in accordance with the requirements set forth in Schedule 3 to Exhibit A, including but not limited to the requirements for staffing set forth therein. Without limiting those requirements, Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep the licensed Premises (together with all equipment and installations therein), the WCAS and any Alterations to it in good order, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Licensee shall undertake all monitoring and maintenance and make all repairs and replacements, ordinary, as well as extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, which may be necessary or required so that at all times the Licensed Premises, the WCAS and any Alterations to any of them are in thorough good order, condition and repair.

 

(B) Licensee is responsible for repair and replacement of any Airport property damaged during Licensee’s repairs and/or maintenance of the WCAS.

 

(C) Licensee shall, at no cost or expense to the City, provide to the City such reports regarding the use, operation and maintenance of the WCAS as the City may reasonably request.

 

2.11 City’s Maintenance Duties .

 

(A) The City is responsible for repairs and maintenance to the roof, foundations, exterior walls or other structural elements of the Licensed Premises (collectively, “structural elements”). In the event that any repairs to the structural elements may be required as a result of damage caused by negligence of Licensee or its agents, employees, invitees or licensees, those repairs shall be at the sole cost and expense of Licensee. Otherwise, any repair and maintenance of the structural elements shall be at the City’s sole cost and expense. The City shall perform any such repair or maintenance work called to its attention by Licensee within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such notice by the City. The City shall give Licensee reasonable notice of any repair or maintenance work that the City undertakes of its own accord.

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(B) There shall be no abatement or reduction of any financial or other obligation of Licensee under this Agreement by reason of the City’s making repairs, alterations and/or improvements to the structural elements unless such activities result in a materially adverse impact on Licensee’s ability to provide Communications Services. In the event that Licensee can demonstrate to the Commissioner’s satisfaction that there is such a materially adverse impact, the payment of a pro rata portion of the then-current Minimum Annual Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.1(A)(2) shall be waived until such time that the condition giving rise to the materially adverse impact is corrected by the City, but Licensee shall continue to be responsible for payment of Fees pursuant to Section 4.1(A)(1).

 

2.12 Taxes .

 

(A) Licensee must timely pay, as and when due, any and all taxes, assessments and charges levied, assessed or imposed upon this Agreement, the Licensed Premises or Licensee’s business or upon Licensee’s personal property and all license fees, permit fees and charges of a similar nature for the conduct by Licensee of any business or undertaking in the Licensed Premises. Licensee must provide the Commissioner with copies of all notices relating to the taxes within 30 days after receipt and must provide the Commissioner with a receipt indicating payment of the taxes when due. Nothing in this Agreement precludes Licensee from contesting the amount of a charge or tax, including those taxes or charges enacted or promulgated by City, but Licensee shall not contest the applicability of any charge or tax to the Licensed Premises.

 

(B) The City will impose no taxes on Communication Services at the Airports except as may be generally applicable to such services provided elsewhere in the City of Chicago.

 

2.13 Liens . Licensee will not directly or indirectly create or permit to be created and/or to remain a Lien upon the licensed Premises caused by Licensee or its subcontractors. In the event any such Lien(s)have been created by or permitted by licensee in violation of this provision, Licensee shall immediately discharge as of record, by bond or as otherwise allowed by law, any such Lien(s). Licensee shall also defend (with counsel approved by the City), fully indemnify, and hold entirely free and harmless the City from any action, suit or proceeding that may be brought on or for the enforcement of such Lien(s).

 

2.14 Recording . Licensee covenants and agrees that licensee shall not record this Agreement or any memorandum thereof. This License does not grant Licensee any real property interest in the Licensed Premises.

 

2.15 Certain Rights Reserved By the City .

 

(A) Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, the City has the rights set forth below, each of which the City may exercise with notice to Licensee and without liability to Licensee for damage or injury to property, person or business on account of exercising them. The City’s exercise of any such rights is not deemed to constitute a breach of this Agreement or a disturbance of Licensee’s use or possession of or license to the Licensed Premises; does not give rise

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to any claim, including for set-off or abatement of License Fees; and does not relieve Licensee of any obligation to pay all License Fees when due. The rights include the right:

 

(i) To decorate or to make repairs, inspections, alterations, additions, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the terminals, or any part of them, and for such purposes to enter upon the Licensed Premises, and during the continuance of any of the work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the terminals, and to interrupt or temporarily suspend services or use of facilities, all without affecting any of Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement, so long as the Licensed Premises is reasonably accessible and usable; provided, however, the City shall not, except in the event of an emergency endangering persons or property at the Airport, enter into the Head End Equipment Room without either the presence of a representative of Licensee or a written waiver of such presence;

 

(ii) To require Licensee to furnish the City door keys for the entry doors of the Licensed Premises, where applicable, and to retain them at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, keys, including master keys and passkeys, to all doors within and into the licensed Premises, but the keys must at all times be kept under adequate and appropriate security by the Commissioner. Licensee must purchase only from the City additional duplicate keys as required, and must not change any locks, nor affix locks on doors without the prior written consent of the Commissioner. Notwithstanding the provisions for the City’s access to the Licensed Premises, Licensee releases the City from, all responsibility arising out of theft, robbery, pilferage and personal assault unless the same results from the City’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Upon the expiration of the Term of this Agreement or Licensee’s right to possession of the Licensed Premises, Licensee must return all keys to the Commissioner and must disclose to the Commissioner the combination of any safes, cabinets or vaults left in the Licensed Premises;

 

(iii) To approve the weight, size and location of heavy equipment and articles in and about the Licensed Premises and the terminals so as not to exceed the legal load per square foot designated by the structural engineers for the Airport, and to require all such items and furniture and similar items to be moved into or out of the terminals and the Licensed Premises only at the times and in the manner as the Commissioner directs in writing. Licensee must not install or operate machinery or any mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Licensee’s ordinary use of the Licensed Premises without the prior written consent of the Commissioner. Movements of Licensee’s property into or out of the terminals or the Licensed Premises and within the terminals are entirely at the risk and responsibility of Licensee, and the Commissioner reserves the right to require permits before allowing any property to be moved into or out of the terminals or the licensed Premises;

 

(iv) To establish controls for the purpose of regulating all property and packages, both personal and  otherwise, to be moved into or out of the terminals and the Licensed Premises;

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(v) To regulate delivery and service of supplies and the usage of the apron area, loading docks, receiving areas and freight elevators and to designate the times within which, and the locations at which, deliveries may be made to or by Licensee;

 

(vi) To show the Licensed Premises to prospective licensees and sublicensees at reasonable times and, if vacated or abandoned, to prepare the licensed Premises for re-occupancy;

 

(vii) To erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits, and appurtenances to them, in and through the Licensed Premises at reasonable locations; provided that they do not unreasonably interfere with operation and maintenance of the WCAS;

 

(viii) To enter the Licensed Premises for the purpose of periodic inspection for fire protection, maintenance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement and to exercise any rights granted to it in this Agreement; except in the case of emergency, however, the right must be exercised upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee and with an opportunity for Licensee to have an employee or agent present;

 

(ix) To grant to any person the right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the terminals or the Airport, except to the extent that it conflicts with any exclusive right granted herein.

 

(B) If Licensee is required to perform any sprinkler work, City reserves the right to perform the work and charge the Licensee for the cost of the work or to approve Licensee’s proposed sprinkler contractor, at the City’s sole option.

 

(C) In the event that the city undertakes improvements at the Airports that requite relocation of WCAS components, upon sixty (60) days prior notice from the City, Licensee shall relocate all or any part of the WCAS (including, without limitation, the Head-End Equipment Room) at Licensee’s sole cost and expense to any reasonable alternative location designated by the City and concurrently available. The Licensee is authorized to offset the reasonable costs and expenses resulting from such relocation against License Fees due to the City under this Agreement in equal monthly amortization over the twelve months following the relocation.

 

ARTICLE 3: TERM

 

3.1   Term . The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall expire on December 31,2015, unless sooner terminated or extended to a later date under the provisions of this Agreement. The License is revocable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and, in any event; shall be automatically revoked upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

3.2 Extensions .

 

(A) Provided that the Licensee is not declared in default of this Agreement as of the date of expiration of the Term, the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be renewed for an additional three-year period (“First Extension Period”) unless either party submits to the other party notice at least twelve, but not more than fifteen, months prior to expiration of the Term that it does not desire to extend the Term.

 

(B) Provided that the Licensee is not declared in default of this Agreement as of the date of expiration of the First Extension Period, the Term of this Agreement shall automatically be renewed for an additional three-year period (“Second Extension Period”) unless either party submits to the other party notice at least twelve, but not more than fifteen, months prior to expiration of the First Extension Period that it does not desire to extend the Term.

 

3.3 Holdover . In the event of continued occupancy by Licensed Premises without the written consent of the Commissioner of all or a portion of the Licensed Premises after expiration or termination of this Agreement, the holding over constitutes a license from month to month on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement, including payment of License Fees, until terminated by the Commissioner upon not less than 30 days prior written notice. If Licensee continues to hold over after receipt of such written notice, Licensee must pay License Fees for the entire holdover following the termination date under the notice, at double the rates of the License Fees. No occupancy of the Licensed Premises by Licensee after the expiration or other termination of this Agreement extends the Term of this Agreement. Also, in the event of any unauthorized and willful occupancy after expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensee must indemnify the City against all damages arising out of the retention of occupancy, and all insurance policies and letters of credit required to be obtained and maintained by Licensee as set forth in this Agreement must continue in effect.

 

3.4 Termination Due to Change in Airport Operations. This Agreement is subject to termination by either party on 60 days’ written notice (unless the action resulting in termination requires fewer days’ notice) in the event of any action by the FAA or any other governmental entity or the issuance by any court of competent jurisdiction of an injunction preventing or restraining the use of either the terminals or the entire Airport that renders performance by either party impossible, and which action or injunction remains in force and is not stayed by way of appeal or otherwise, for a period of at least 90 days, so long as the action or injunction does not result from any default of Licensee. If the City is me governmental entity, then the City will pay Licensee the Net Book Value of the WCAS; otherwise no money or other consideration is payable by the City to Licensee.

 

3.5 Termination Due to Eminent Domain . If the entirety of the Terminals or a substantial part of it, including the entire Licensed Premises, is taken, the Term of this Agreement will end upon the earlier of the date when possession is required by the condemning authority or the effective date of the taking. If any eminent domain proceeding is instituted in which it is sought to take any part of the Airport or the terminals, the taking of which would, in the good faith judgment of the Commissioner or Licensee, render it impractical or undesirable to conduct Licensee’s operations on the remaining portion of the Licensed Premises for the intended purposes, the Commissioner and Licensee will each have the right to terminate this Agreement upon not less than 90 days’ written notice

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to the other before the date of termination designated in the notice. In the event of termination of this Agreement under either of the preceding sentences, all license Fees accrued prior to the termination date are payable to the date of termination. If the City is the condemning authority, then City will pay Licensee the Net Book Value of the WCAS; otherwise no money or other consideration is payable by the City to Licensee.

 

3.6 Reinstatement .

 

(A) If this Agreement is terminated early pursuant to Section 3.4 (Change in Airport Operations) or Section 3.5.(Eminent Domain), or if it is terminated early pursuant to Section 5.11 (Casualty) because an Airport or a portion thereof is damaged, and within three (3) years of the date of such early termination the area or areas affected by such change, eminent domain proceeding or casualty are restored or rebuilt or otherwise are again available for WCAS operations, the City agrees that either the City or Licensee may cause this Agreement to be reinstated on substantially the same terms and conditions as existed at the time of the early termination (subject to a corresponding extension of the Term to take into account the period lost on account of the early termination) and Licensee shall return to City any amounts paid to Licensee due to the early termination.

 

(B) If at any time Airport or a portion thereof is damaged such that Licensee is unable to operate the WCAS in such damaged area and (i) this Agreement is not terminated for casualty pursuant to Section 5.11, (ii) Licensee is not given relocation space pursuant to Section 2.15(C), and (iii) at any time within three (3) years of the date of such damaged area is restored or rebuilt or otherwise is again suitable for WCAS operations, the City agrees that the City will make the area again available to Licensee.

 

ARTICLE 4: FEES

 

4.1 License Fees.

 

(A) The License Fees payable to the City each month are the greater of:

 

[*]

 


*

 

CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

16


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

 

[*]

 

(B) The License Fees will be allocated between O’Hare and Midway in proportion to the Gross Revenues at each Airport for the prior calendar year, except that for the 1 st  year, the License Fees will be allocated in proportion to the number of enplaned passengers at each Airport in prior calendar year.

 


*

 

CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

17



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

4.2 Payment of License Fees . Commencing with the Date of Beneficial Occupancy and for the remainder of the Term and any extension period, Licensee shall pay to the City the License Fees due for each month no later than the last day of the next following month. Payment shall be made without any prior demand and without any abatement, deduction or setoff whatsoever, except as expressly provided otherwise in Section 2.6(C) and Section 2.15(C). Any and all payments due to the City by Licensee shall be remitted to the following address: City of Chicago, Department of Finance, Enterprise Funds, 333 South State Street, Fourth Floor, Chicago, Illinois, or at such other place as the City may direct in writing. Payments must be made separately for each Airport and must clearly indicate the Airport for which payment is being made.

 

4.3 Late Payment . If any payment of whatever kind or nature is not received by the City within ten (10) days of when due, Licensee shall pay to the City a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such delinquent payment in addition to the installment then owing, regardless of whether or not a Notice of Default has been given by the City. In addition, if such delinquent payment and late charge are not received within fifteen (15) days of when such delinquent payment was originally due, Licensee shall further pay interest on such delinquent payment and late charge thereafter at the Default Rate. The City and Licensee recognize that the damages that the City will suffer as a result of Licensee’s failure to timely pay are difficult or impracticable to ascertain, and agree that said interest and late charge are a reasonable approximation of the damages that the City will suffer in the event of Licensee’s late payment. This provision shall not relieve Licensee from payment at the time and in the manner herein specified. Acceptance by the City of any such interest and late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Licensee’s default with respect to said overdue amount, nor shall it prevent the City from exercising any other rights or remedies available to the City.

 

4.4 Reports . Licensee must furnish to the Commissioner on or before the l5 th  day of each month a complete statement, certified by Licensee, of the amounts of Gross Revenues at each Airport during the preceding month. Licensee must also furnish to the Commissioner on or before the 60th day following the end of each License Year, or from time to time as required by the Commissioner, an operations statement for the WCAS at each Airport. Licensee will furnish to the Commissioner monthly sales reports, if requested, breaking down all sales and Gross Revenues by nature of the Communications Services being provided. If so requested, Licensee with provide Commissioner with statistical information regarding the number and type of transactions, in the form specified by the Commissioner. Licensee also must furnish to Commissioner no later than April l5th of each year, and within 120 days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, a complete statement of Gross Revenues certified by an independent certified public accountant engaged by Licensee, showing in all reasonable detail the amount of Gross Revenues made by Licensee in, on or from the WCAS during the preceding year. In addition, Licensee shall make available for inspection copies of all returns and other information filed with respect to Illinois sales and use taxes as well as such other reasonable financial and statistical reports as the Commissioner may, from time to time, require by written notice to Licensee. The annual statement must include a breakdown of Gross Revenues on a month by month basis and an opinion of an independent certified public accountant that must include the following language, or language of similar purport.

 

18



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“We, a firm of independent certified public accountants, have examined the accompanying statement reported to the City of Chicago by [                  ] for the year ended                      relating to its operations at            Airport pursuant to an Agreement dated                       ,           . Our examination was made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, accordingly, includes such tests of the accounting records and such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying statement showing gross revenues of $                     presents accurately the amount of Gross Revenues, as defined in the Agreement, for the year ended             .”

 

Any reports and statements prepared specifically for the City must be prepared in a format approved by the Commissioner and must, among other things, provide a breakdown of the Gross Revenues by type of service rendered and an analysis of all License Fees due and payable to the City with respect to the period in question. If Licensee fails to timely furnish to the Commissioner any monthly or annual statement required under this Agreement or if the independent certified public accountant’s opinion is qualified or conditioned in any manner, the Commissioner has the right (but is not obligated) without notice, to conduct an audit of Licensee’s books and records and to prepare the statements at Licensee’s expense. Licensee must also provide the Commissioner with such other financial or statistical reports and information concerning the WCAS or any part thereof, in the form as may be reasonably required from time to time by the Commissioner.

 

4.5 Books, Records and Audits.

 

(A) Except as provided below, Licensee must prepare and maintain at its office in Chicago full, complete and proper books, records and accounts in accordance with generally accepted accounting procedures relating to and setting forth the Gross Revenues, both for cash and on credit, and must require and cause its operations personnel to prepare and keep books, source documents, records and accounts sufficient to substantiate those kept by Licensee. The books and source documents to be kept by Licensee must include true copies of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports, records of inventories and receipts of merchandise, daily receipts from all sales and other pertinent original sales records and records of any other transactions by Licensee relating to the WCAS. Information must include: detailed original records of any exclusions or deductions from Gross Revenues, sales tax records, and such other sales records, if any, that would normally be examined by an independent accountant under accepted auditing standards in performing an audit of Licensee’s Gross Revenues.

 

(B) The books, records and accounts, including any sales tax reports that Licensee may be required to furnish to any government or governmental agency, must at all reasonable times be open to the inspection (including the making of copies or extracts) of the Commissioner, the Commissioner’s auditor or other authorized representative or agent for a period of at least 3 years after the expiration of each calendar year falling wholly or in part within the Term.

 

19



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(C) The acceptance by the City of payments of any License Fee is without prejudice to the Commissioner’s right to conduct an examination of the Licensee’s books and records relating to Gross Revenues in order to verify the amount of Gross Revenues made by Licensee in and from each Airport.

 

(D) After providing Licensee at least 3 days’ prior oral or written notice, the Commissioner may inspect the books and records of Licensee. Further, at his option, the Commissioner may at any reasonable time, upon no less than 10 days prior written notice to licensee, cause a complete audit to be made of licensee’s entire records relating to the WCAS at an Airport for the period covered by any statement issued by Licensee as above set forth. If the audit discloses that licensee’s statement of Gross Revenues is understated to the extent of:

 

(i) 3% or more, Licensee must promptly pay the City the cost of the audit in addition to the deficiency (and any interest on the deficiency), which deficiency is payable in any event; and if.

 

(ii) 5% or more, an Event of Default is considered to have occurred, and in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement, at law, or in equity, the Commissioner has the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon giving notice to Licensee, without any opportunity for Licensee to cure. In addition to the foregoing, and in addition to all other remedies available to the City, if Licensee or the City’s auditor schedules a date for an audit of Licensee’s records and Licensee fails to be available or otherwise fails to comply with the reasonable requirements for the audit, Licensee must pay all reasonable costs and expenses associated with the scheduled audit.

 

4.6 Security Deposit .

 

(A) Licensee shall, upon execution of this Agreement, obtain and deliver to the City an irrevocable stand-by letter of credit or cash deposit in the an amount of $100,000 (hereinafter referred to as “Security Deposit”), to secure Licensee’s full performance of this Agreement, including the payment of all fees and other amounts now or hereafter payable to the City hereunder. If Security Deposit is a letter of credit, the form of the letter of credit is subject to the City’s approval. The Security Deposit shall remain in place at all times throughout the full term of this Agreement and throughout any holdover period. No interest shall be paid on the Security Deposit and the City shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts. No trust relationship is created with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

(B) The Security Deposit is a part of the consideration for execution of this Agreement. If Licensee fully performs all terms and conditions of this Agreement, any cash Security Deposit shall be paid to Licensee within thirty (30) days following the termination (or expiration) date without interest; otherwise the City shall in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or at law or equity, offset any costs, damages or losses arising from this Agreement against the Security Deposit before returning the balance, if any, to Licensee.

 

20



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(C) The City may apply all or part of the Security Deposit to unpaid fees or any other unpaid sum due hereunder, or to cure other defaults of Licensee. If the City uses any part of the Security Deposit during the Term of this Agreement, Licensee shall restore the Security Deposit to a balance of $ 100,000 within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the City’s written request to do so. In the event that the Security Deposit is in the form of a letter of credit requiring periodic renewal, Licensee shall provide evidence of the renewal of the Security Deposit not later than forty five (45) days prior to the date on which the Security Deposit would otherwise expire. The retention or application of such Security Deposit by the City pursuant to this Section does not constitute a limitation on or waiver of the City’s right to seek further remedy under law or equity.

 

ARTICLE 5: CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND OWNERSHIP OF THE WCAS

 

5.1 Design and Construction of the WCAS . Licensee shall design, construct, install, operate and maintain the WCAS in accordance with all of the following requirements:

 

(A) Except as specifically approved by the City in writing, the WCAS must comply with the design and performance requirements of Exhibit A, and must meet the requirements for Acceptance by the City as set forth in Schedule 2 to Exhibit A.

 

(B) Licensee shall coordinate all of its obligations set forth in this ARTICLE 5 with a City project manager to be identified by the City.

 

(C) The WCAS shall be designed, constructed and installed in good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, with all Legal Requirements, with the City Standards, with all Network Standards, with the Acceptance requirements, and with the requirements of any applicable insurance rating organization.

 

(D) Before any construction or installation of the WCAS is commenced in, on or about the Airport, and before any portion of the WCAS has been delivered to the Airport by Licensee or under Licensee’s authority, Licensee shall develop plans and specifications for the WCAS in full conformance with the terms of this Agreement. The plans and specifications shall be prepared by a duly qualified architect and/or engineer licensed in the State of Illinois. Licensee shall, in cooperation with the City, develop the plans and specifications to minimize, to the extent reasonably practicable, the amount of asbestos abatement required for the construction and installation of the WCAS. Asbestos abatement will be performed by the City in accordance with the Airport’s asbestos abatement program.

 

(E) Licensee shall obtain all necessary permits, including any discretionary permits, necessary for the completion and/or operation of the WCAS. In the event the City is required or has obtained any of the necessary permits, Licensee will reimburse the City for any permit fees and associated costs in obtaining said permits. Licensee shall complete 100% of its WCAS design and apply for all necessary permits no later than 90 days after the Commencement Date. No work may commence until the necessary permits have been obtained.

 

21



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(F) The WCAS shall be constructed erected and installed wholly within the Licensed Premises.

 

(G) Any contract between Licensee and a general contractor constricting and installing the WCAS shall give the City the right but not the obligation to assume Licensee’s obligations and rights under that contract if Licensee should default. The general contractor must be licensed by the City of Chicago in accordance with the Municipal Code and must meet all other applicable Legal Requirements.

 

(H) Licensee, at its own cost and expense, must provide for the handling of all refuse, including trash, garbage, and other waste created by the construction and installation of the WCAS and for their disposal at a centrally located dump site within the Airport designated by the Commissioner. Piling of boxes, cartons, or other similar items in an unsightly or unsafe manner on or about Airport property is forbidden.

 

5.2 Construction Schedule . Licensee shall, as part of its design submittal process, develop a detailed construction schedule (“Construction Schedule”) for the construction and installation of the WCAS, which Construction Schedule is subject to the approval of the Commissioner. The City will assist Licensee in coordinating the Construction Schedule with the City’s construction schedule at the Airports. Except as necessary to integrate with the City’s construction schedules at the Airports, the Construction Schedule shall:

 

(A) Provide for commencement of construction at each Airport no later than thirty (30) days following the later of completion of WCAS design and permitting and City approval of plans format Airport;

 

(B) Provide for a maximum construction period of two hundred seventy (270) days from commencement of construction to Acceptance; and

 

(C) Specifically highlight the critical path, note all linkages between elements and/or work to be performed by others and identity all major milestones in the construction of the WCAS.

 

5.3 Performance Bond. Licensee shall deliver to the City a payment and performance bond in the full amount of any construction contract for WCAS, running to the City and conditioned on the -completion of the WCAS installation in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and the provisions of this Agreement, free and clear of all mechanics’ or other liens and free and clear of all financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code. This bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Commissioner and issued by a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois and listed on US Treasury Circular 570 as having sufficient bonding capacity for the project.

 

5.4 Diligent Prosecution of Construction . After construction and installation is commenced, it shall be prosecuted diligently, in accordance with the approved plans and specifications

 

22



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

and the Construction Schedule, in good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with this Agreement, so as to achieve Acceptance within the time specified.

 

5.5 Supplemental Submittals . Within thirty days after Acceptance of the WCAS, Licensee shall deliver to the City full and complete documentation relating to the WCAS, including (but not limited to) the following:

 

(A) A certified statement (in such detail as reasonably requested by the City and subject to verification, audit and approval by the City) specifying the total costs (including architectural, engineering and permitting costs) of all WCAS improvements.

 

(B) WCAS equipment inventory list;

 

(C) Equipment operating and maintenance manuals;

 

(D) “As built” drawings of the WCAS depicting the exact location of all system components in both hard copy and machine readable format in full conformance with the City’s CAD standards;

 

(E) A complete cable record in conformance with the Airport’s cable management system;

 

(F) Copies of all FCC licenses granted to Licensee; and

 

(G) “As installed” and operating frequency allocation table for licensed and unlicensed frequencies used by the WCAS.

 

This documentation shall be updated after any change and/or Alteration to the WCAS and as reasonably required by the City.

 

5.6 No Interference with City Operations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereof, construction and installation of the WCAS by Licensee shall be done in such a manner so as not to interfere with the operation of the Airports or the business of the City or any of its Tenants, and in completing such construction, Licensee will not store construction equipment or materials on City property other than as approved by the Commissioner. To the extent necessary, Licensee shall enclose the construction area in a manner acceptable to the Commissioner to prevent, among other things, debris from entering onto any adjoining property.

 

5.7 Compliance with Deadlines . This Agreement and the City’s obligations hereunder are expressly conditioned upon Licensee’s strict compliance with all of the time limits set forth in Section 5.2 and the Construction Schedule. In the event Licensee fails to comply with the deadlines set forth in Section 5.2 of this Agreement and/or the Construction Schedule other than as a result of force majeure, Licensee acknowledges that the breach of its agreement to construct the WCAS on a timely basis will result in damages to the City because of (among other things) the failure to improve the

 

23



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Property in accordance with this ARTICLE 5 and because of the absence of Communications Services, Licensee further recognizes that the dollar amount of the damages to which the City would be entitled on the breach by Licensee of its agreement to construct the WCAS on a timely basis is difficult to ascertain because of the reasons and circumstances mentioned above. Consequently, it is agreed that if Licensee fails to complete the construction and installation of the WCAS and achieve Acceptance of the WCAS by the date established in the Construction Schedule other than as a result of force majeure, Licensee shall pay to the City the sum of $1,000 per day each day beyond the date set forth in the Construction Schedule that the completion and Acceptance of the WCAS is delayed.

 

5.8 Continuous Operation, Liquidated Damages .

 

(A) The Airports operate 24-hour per day and the Licensee must provide Communications Services in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit A. Except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, if Licensee fails to operate the WCAS during all times required by Exhibit A following Acceptance and the failure continues for more than amount of time permitted by Exhibit A after the City gives Licensee notice, it is an Event of Default. If such an Event of Default occurs, in addition to any other remedies under this Agreement, the Commissioner is authorized to exercise the remedies available under ARTICLE 9.

 

(B) Licensee further acknowledges that failure on its part to comply with the provisions of this Agreement would cause the City substantial damages, a portion of which may be ascertainable but another portion of which, related to loss of services to visitors to the Airports and loss of good will as a result of interference with the delivery of the Communications Services, the provision of which is one of the key purposes of this Agreement, might be difficult or impossible to prove or quantify. Accordingly, (i) if any portion of the Communications Services are not being provided in accordance with this Agreement, and (ii) if the Licensee fails to correct the problem within 24 hours following notice from the Commissioner, then, in addition to all other remedies that the Commissioner may have under this Agreement, at law or in equity, Licensee must pay the City as liquidated damages and not as a penalty in connection with the loss of good will the lesser of: (i) $150 per hour; or (ii) $3,000 per day each such Communications Services are not being provided.

 

5.9 Alterations .

 

(A) After completion and Acceptance of the initial improvements for WCAS, Licensee may, with the City’s advance written consent, make such alterations, additions, substitutions or improvements to the WCAS, as may reasonably be necessary or desirable (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) provided that the WCAS continues to perform as required by the Agreement. In addition, licensee agrees to undertake such Alterations as may be deemed by the Commissioner to be necessary or desirable to ensure that the WCAS performs, at all times during the Term, in accordances with then-current generally available industry standards. Licensee shall meet with the Commissioner bi-annually to discuss such generally available industry standards and potential Alterations.

 

24



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(B) All Alterations shall be done at Licensee’s sole cost and expense and at such times and in such manner as the City may from time to time designate. Any Alteration shall be of high quality, shall be constructed in good and workmanlike manner and shall otherwise be in full and complete accordance with all Legal Requirements. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Licensee shall obtain all necessary permits for any Alteration. In the event the City is required or has obtained any of the necessary permits, licensee will reimburse the City for any permit fees and associated costs in obtaining said permits. Within thirty days of completion of any Alteration or improvement, Licensee shall deliver supplemental documentation such Alterations as required by Section 5.5 for the initial improvements.

 

5.10 Ownership of WCAS . At all times (including during design, construction and installation) while this Agreement is in force, title to the WCAS shall belong solely to the Licensee. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, title to the WCAS assets then situated at the Airports shall pass to the City, without payment therefor (provided that, in the event of early termination other than for Licensee’s default, the City has paid Licensee the Net Book Value of the WCAS), and Licensee shall have no further rights therein; provided, however, that the Commissioner may, in his sole discretion, determine-that the WCAS assets, or a portion thereof, are no longer desired by the City and reject title transfer by written notice to Licensee no later than 10 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, in which event Licensee shall be responsible for removing from the Airports those WCAS assets rejected by the Commissioner. If the Commissioner does not reject title transfer of WCAS assets, licensee shall, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, transfer and assign to the City, without payment therefor, any site-specific permits and/or licenses necessary for the operation of the WCAS and any manufacturers’ warranties for WCAS. This Section shall survive expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement.

 

5.11 Damage to WCAS. If the WCAS is damaged, in whole or in part, by fire or casualty, but such damage is not material, then Licensee must repair the damage to the WCAS as soon as reasonably possible. If available insurance proceeds are not sufficient to cover the cost of the repair, then Licensee is liable to complete fee repairs at its own cost and expense. If the WCAS is materially damaged, licensee may, at its option, either repair the damage at Licensee’s expense or terminate this Agreement with 180 days’ notice. In the event of such termination, no payment is due from City to Licensee, and Licensee shall, if so directed by the Commissioner, remove the damaged portion of the WCAS improvements at Licensee’s sole cost and expense. In no event will the City be obligated to repair, alter, replace, restore, or rebuild any damaged improvements, or any portion of them, nor to pay any of the costs or expenses of them.

 

ARTICLE 6: INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

6.1 Indemnity .

 

(A) Except where this indemnity clause would be found to be inoperative or unenforceable under the Construction Contract Indemnification for Negligence Act, 740 ILCS 35/0.01 et seq . (“ Anti-Indemnity Act ”), Licensee must defend, indemnify, keep and hold harmless the City, its officers,

 

25



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

representatives, elected and appointed officials, agents and employees, from and against any and all Losses.

 

(B) “Losses” means, individually and collectively, liabilities of every kind, including losses, damages, and reasonable costs, payments and expenses (such as, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings, judgments or settlements, any or all of which in any way arise out of or relate to any acts or omissions, negligent or not, of Licensee, its employees, agents, sublicensees, and Subcontractors, and not caused by the City’s own negligence or misconduct.

 

(C) At the City Corporation Counsel’s option, Licensee must defend all suits brought upon all such Losses and must pay all costs and expenses incidental to them, but the City has the right, at its option, to participate, at its own cost, in the defense of any suit, without relieving Licensee of any of its obligations under this Agreement. No settlement must be made without the prior written consent of the City Corporation Counsel to it, if the settlement requires any action on the part of the City or in anyway involving an Airport.

 

(D) To the extent permissible by law, Licensee waives any limits to the amount of its obligations to indemnify, defend or contribute to any sums due under any Losses, including any claim by any employee of Licensee that may be subject to the Workers’ Compensation Act, 820 ILCS 305/1 et seq or any other related law or judicial decision (such as, Kotech v. Cyclops Welding Corporation, 146 III. 2d 155 (1991)). The waiver, however, does not require Licensee to indemnify the City for its own negligence to the extent doing so would violate the Anti-Indemnity Act. The City, however, does not waive any limitations it may have on its liability under, the Worker’s Compensation Act or under the Illinois Pension Code.

 

(E) The indemnities contained in this section survive expiration or termination of this Agreement, for matters occurring or arising during the Term of this Agreement or as the result of or during the holding over of Licensee beyond the Term. Licensee acknowledges that the requirements set forth in this section to indemnify, keep and save harmless and defend the City are apart from and not limited by the licensee’s duties under this Agreement, including the insurance and Security requirements.

 

6.2 Insurance . Licensee must, at its sole expense, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Agreement, and during any time period following expiration or termination of this Agreement during which Licensee is holding over or Licensee is required to return to the Licensed Premises for any reason whatsoever, the types of insurance specified in Exhibit D. Licensee must further comply with any other obligations and requirements relating to insurance as may be set forth in Exhibit D.

 

ARTICLE 7: COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS

 

7.1 Compliance with All Laws . Throughout the Term, licensee shall, at its own cost and expense, promptly and diligently observe and comply with all Legal Requirements, including without

 

26


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

limitation (i) those rules and regulations pertaining to the Airports promulgated from time to time by the City for the general safety and convenience of the City, its various Tenants, invitees, licensees and the general public and (ii) those relating to environmental matters, whether or not such compliance requires major repairs, changes or alterations to WCAS in and about the Licensed Premises, or interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Licensed Premises or any part thereof, and whether or not the same now are in force or at any time in the future may be passed, enacted, or directed. Provisions required by law, ordinances, rules, regulations, or executive orders to be inserted in this Agreement are deemed inserted in this Agreement whether or not they appear in this Agreement or, upon application by either party, this Agreement will be amended to make the insertion; however, in no event will the failure to insert the provisions before or after this Agreement is signed prevent its enforcement. Without limiting the foregoing, Licensee covenants that it will comply with all laws, including but not limited to the following

 

7.2 City Resident Construction Worker Employment Requirement

 

(A) In connection with and during the construction and installation of the WCAS, Licensee and its Subcontractors must comply with the provisions of § 2-92-330 of the Municipal Code of the City of Chicago ( “Municipal Code” ), as amended from time to time concerning the minimum percentage of total construction worker hours performed by actual residents of the City. (At least 50% of the total construction worker hours worked by persons on the site of the work must be performed by actual residents of the City Licensee may request a reduction or waiver of this minimum percentage level of Chicagoans in accordance with standards and procedures developed by the Chief Procurement Officer of the City.) In addition to complying with this percentage, Licensee and its Subcontractors are required to make good faith efforts to utilize qualified residents of the City in both unskilled and skilled labor positions. “Actual residents of the City” means persons domiciled within the City. The domicile is an individual’s one and only true, fixed and permanent home and principal establishment. Licensee and each Subcontractor (for purposes of this subsection, “Employer” ) must provide for the maintenance of adequate employee residency records to ensure that actual Chicago residents are employed. Each Employer will maintain copies of personal documents supportive of every Chicago employee’s actual record of residence.

 

(B) Weekly certified pay roll reports (U.S. Department of Labour Form WH-347 or equivalent) must be submitted to the Commissioner in triplicate and must identify clearly the actual residence of every employee on each submitted certified payroll. The first time that an employee’s name appears on a payroll the date that the Employer hired the employee should be written in after the employee’s name.

 

(C) Each Employer must provide full access to its employment records to the Chief Procurement Officer, the Commissioner, the Superintendent of the Chicago Police Department, the Inspector General or any duly authorized representative of any of them. Each Employer must maintain all relevant personnel data and records for a period of at least 3 years after final acceptance of the work. At the direction of the Commissioner, affidavits and other supporting documentation may be required of each Employer to verify or clarify an employee’s actual address when doubt or lack of clarity has arisen.

 

27



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(D) Good faith efforts on the part of each Employer to provide utilization of actual Chicago residents (but not sufficient for the granting of a waiver request as provided for in the standards and procedures developed by the Chief Procurement Officer) will not suffice to replace the actual, verified achievement of the requirements of this section concerning the worker hours performed by actual Chicago residents.

 

(E) When the work is completed, in the event that the City has determined that Licensee has failed to ensure the fulfillment to the requirement of this section concerning the worker hours performed by actual Chicago residents or failed to report in the manner as indicated above, the City will thereby be damaged in the failure to provide the benefit of demonstrable employment to Chicagoans to the degree stipulated in this section. Therefore, in such a case of non-compliance, it is agreed that 1/20 of 1% of the aggregate hard construction costs of the improvement Costs (the product of 0005 x such aggregate hard construction costs) (as evidenced by approved contract value for the actual contracts)must be surrendered by Licensee to the City as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, in payment for each percentage of shortfall toward the stipulated residency requirement. Failure to report the residency of employees entirely and correctly will result in the surrender of the entire liquidated damages as if no Chicago residents were employed in either of the categories. The willful falsification of statements and the certification of payroll data may subject Licensee and/or the Subcontractors to prosecution. The City may draw against the Security any amounts that appear to be due to the City under this provision pending the City’s determination as to the full amount of liquidated damages due on completion of the Work.

 

(F) Nothing set forth in this section acts as a limitation upon the “Notice of Requirements for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order 11246” and “Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order 11246,” or other affirmative action required for equal opportunity under the provisions of this Agreement or related documents, as applicable.

 

(G) Licensee must cause or require the provisions of this section to be included in all construction Subcontracts related to the work.

 

7.3 Licensing of General Contractor . This Agreement is subject to Chapter 4-36 of the Municipal Code of the City of Chicago which requires all persons acting as a general contractor (as defined in Chapter 4-36) to be licensed as a general contractor by the City. Licensee’s failure to ensure that any general contractor wonting on Improvements complies with Chapter 4-36 will be an event of default.

 

7.4 Prevailing Wages . Licensee must comply with the applicable provisions of 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq . regarding the payment of prevailing wages, and the then-current Illinois Department of Labor schedule of prevailing wages. Licensee must insert appropriate provisions in all Subcontracts covering construction work under this Agreement to ensure compliance of all construction Subcontractors with the foregoing wage statutes and regulations.

 

28



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

7.5 Airport Security .

 

(A) This Agreement is expressly subject to the airport security requirements of Title 49 of the United States Code, Chapter 449, as amended ( “Airport Security Act” ), the provisions of which govern airport security and are incorporated by reference, including without limitation the rules and regulations promulgated under it. Licensee is subject to, and further must conduct with respect to its Subcontractors and the respective employees of each, such employment investigations, including criminal history record checks, as the Commissioner, the TSA or the FAA may deem necessary. Further, in the event of any threat to civil aviation, Licensee must promptly report any information in accordance with those regulations promulgated by the FAA, the TSA and the City. Licensee must, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, at no additional cost to the City, perform under this Agreement in compliance with those guidelines developed by the City, the TSA and the FAA with the objective of maximum security enhancement. The drawings, plans, and specifications provided by Licensee under this Agreement must comply with those guidelines for airport security developed by the City, the TSA and the FAA and in effect at the time of their submission.

 

(B) Licensee must comply with, and require compliance by its Subcontractors, with all present and future laws, rules, regulations, or ordinances promulgated by the City, the TSA or the FAA, or other governmental agencies to protect the security and integrity of the Airport, and to protect against access by unauthorized persons. Subject to the approval of the TSA, the FAA and the Commissioner, Licensee must adopt procedures to control and limit access to the Airport and the Licensed Premises by Licensee and its Subcontractors in accordance with all present and future City, TSA and FAA laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances. At all times during the Term, Licensee must have in place and in operation a security program for the Licensed Premises that complies with all applicable laws and regulations. All employees of Licensee that require regular access to sterile or secure areas of the Airports must be badged in accordance with City and TSA rules and regulations.

 

(C) Gates and doors located on the Licensed Premises that permit entry into sterile or secured areas at the Airports, if any, must be kept locked by Licensee at all times when not in use or under Licensee’s constant security surveillance. Gate or door malfunctions must be reported to the Commissioner or the Commissioner’s designee without delay and must be kept under constant surveillance by Licensee until the malfunction is remedied.

 

(D) In connection with the implementation of its security program, Licensee may receive, gain access to or otherwise obtain certain knowledge and information related to the City’s overall Airport security program. Licensee acknowledges that all such knowledge and information is of a highly confidential nature. Licensee covenants that no person will be permitted to gain access to such knowledge and information, unless the person has been approved by the City or the Commissioner in advance in writing. Licensee further must indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City and other users of the Airport from and against any and all claims, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, damages and liabilities, including all reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from the breach of Licensee’s covenants and agreements as set forth in this section.

 

7.5 Licenses and Permits . Licensee must bear responsibility for, and in a timely manner consistent with its obligations under this Agreement, must secure and maintain, or cause to be secured

 

29



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

and maintained at its expense, the permits, licenses, authorizations and approvals as are necessary under Federal, state or local law for Licensee to construct, operate, use and maintain the Licensed Premises and otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the privileges granted under this Agreement, and Licensee must require each Subcontractor to do so as to the Licensed Premises. Licensee must promptly provide copies of them to the Commissioner and to the Concession Management Representative.

 

7.6 Economic Disclosure Statement and Affidavit

 

(A) In connection with Section 2-92-320 of the Municipal Code of the City of Chicago, Licensee has executed an Economic Disclosure Statement(s) and Affidavit(s) (“EDS”) attached as Exhibit E containing, among other certifications and representations, a certification as required under the Illinois Criminal Code, 720ILCS 5/33E, and under the Illinois Municipal Code, 65 ILCS 5/8-10-1 et seq . Ineligibility under Section 2-92-320 of the Municipal Code of the City of Chicago continues for 3 years following any conviction or admission of a violation of Section 2-92-320. For purposes of Section 2-92-320, when an official, agent or employee of a business entity has committed any offense under the section on behalf of such an entity and under the direction or authorization of a responsible official of the entity, the business entity is chargeable with the conduct. If, after Licensee enters into a contractual relationship with a Subcontractor, it is determined that the contractual relationship is in violation of this subsection, Licensee must immediately cease to use the Subcontractor. All Subcontracts must provide that Licensee is entitled to recover all payments made by it to the Subcontractor if, before or subsequent to the beginning of the contractual relationship, the use of the Subcontractor would be violative of this subsection.

 

(B) The Licensee must provide updated EDS(s) to the City any time that there is a change in the information or certifications required therein. Failure to do so is an Event of Default.

 

7.7 Inspector General . It is the duty of Licensee and all officers, directors, agents, partners, and employees of Licensee to cooperate with the Inspector General of the City in any investigation or hearing undertaken under Chapter 2-56 of the Municipal Code. Licensee understands and will abide by all provisions of Chapter 2-56 of the Municipal Code. Licensee must inform all Subcontractors of this provision and require under each Subcontract compliance herewith by each Subcontractor as to each such Subcontractor and all of its officers, directors, agents, partners and employees.

 

7.8 Environmental Laws . Licensee must not use or allow the Licensed Premises to be used for the release, storage, use, treatment, disposal or other handling of any Hazardous Substance, except in full compliance with all Environmental Laws. Licensee must not use or allow the Licensed Premises to be used for the storage of any such Hazardous Substances except small amounts of cleaning fluids, business equipment materials (such as copy machine toner) and other small amounts of such Hazardous Substances customarily handled or used, all of which must be stored and used in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Licensee must surrender the Licensed Premises to the City free from the presence and contamination of any Hazardous Substances brought onto the Licensed Premises by Licensee, its Subcontractors, or agents.

 

30



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

7.9 Ethics . Licensee covenants that no payment, gratuity or offer of employment must be made in connection with this Agreement by or on behalf of any Subcontractors or higher tier Subcontractors or anyone associated with them as an inducement for the award of a Subcontract or order, and Licensee further acknowledges that any agreement entered into, negotiated or performed in violation of any of the provisions of Chapter 2-156 of the Municipal Code is voidable as to the City.

 

7.10 Business Relationships with Elected Officials . Pursuant to section 2-156-030(b) of the Municipal Code, it is illegal for any elected official of the City, or any person acting at the direction of such official, to contact, either orally or in writing, any other city official or employee with respect to any matter involving any person with whom the elected official has a business relationship, or to participate in any discussion in any city council committee hearing or in any city council meeting or to vote on any matter involving the person with whom an elected official has a business relationship. Violation of §2- 156-030(b) by any elected official with respect to this Agreement is grounds for termination of this Agreement . Section 2-156-080 defines a “business relationship” as any contractual or other private business dealing of an official, or his or her spouse, or of any entity in which an official or his or her spouse has a financial interest, with a person or entity which entitles an official to compensation or payment in the amount of $2,500 or more in a calendar year; provided, however, a financial interest will not include: (i) any ownership through purchase at fair market value or inheritance of less than one percent of the share of a corporation, or any corporate subsidiary, parent or affiliate thereof, regardless of the value of or dividends on such shares, if such shares are registered on a securities exchange pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; (ii) the authorized compensation paid to an official or employee for his office or employment; (iii) any economic benefit provided equally to all residents of the city; (iv) a time or demand deposit in a financial institution; or (v) an endowment or insurance policy or annuity contract purchased from an insurance company. A “contractual or other private business dealing” will not include any employment relationship of an official’s spouse with, an entity when such spouse has no discretion concerning or input relating to the relationship between that entity and the city.

 

7.11 Visual Rights Act Waiver .

 

(A) The Licensee will cause any artist that creates artwork for the Licensed Premises to waive any and all rights in the artwork that may be granted or conferred on any work of visual art (the “Artwork”) under Section 106A and Section 113 of the United States Copyright Act, (17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq .) (the “Copyright Act”). The waiver must include, but not be limited to, the right to prevent the removal, storage, relocation, reinstallation, or transfer of the Artwork. The Licensee acknowledges and will cause the artist to acknowledge that such removal, storage, relocation, reinstallation or transfer of the Artwork may result in the destruction, distortion, mutilation or other modification of the Artwork. Further, the Licensee acknowledges and consents and will cause the artist to acknowledge and consent that the Artwork may be incorporated or made part of a building or other structure in such a way that removing, storing, relocating, reinstalling or transferring the Artwork will cause the destruction, distortion, mutilation or other modification of the Artwork.

 

31



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(B) The licensee represents and warrants that it will obtain a waiver of Section. 106A and Section 113 of the Copyright Act as necessary from any employees and subcontractors, or any other artists. Licensee must provide City with copies of any such waivers required by Section 106A and Section 113 of the Copyright Act prior to installation of any Artwork in the Licensed Premises.

 

7.12 Non-Discrimination .

 

(A) Licensee for itself, its personal representatives, successors in interest, and assigns, as a part of the consideration of this Agreement, covenants that (1) no person on the grounds of race, color, or national origin will be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination in the use of the Licensed Premises; (2) in the construction of any improvements on, over, or under the Licensed Premises and the furnishing of services in them, no person on the grounds of race, color, or national origin will be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination; and (3) Licensee will use the Licensed Premises in compliance with all other requirements imposed by or under 49 C.F.R. Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally Assisted Programs of the Department of Transportation, and as those regulations may be amended. It is an unlawful practice for Licensee to, and Licensee must at no time: (1) fail or refuse to hire, or discharge, any individual or discriminate against the individual with respect to his or her compensation, or the terms, conditions, or privileges of his or her employment, because of the individual’s race, creed, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin; or (2) limit, segregate, or classify its employees or applicants for employment in any way that would deprive any individual of employment opportunities or otherwise adversely affect his or her status as an employee, because of the individual’s race, creed, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin; or (3) in the exercise of the privileges granted in this Agreement, discriminate or permit discrimination in any manner, including the use of the Licensed Premises, against any person or group of persons because of race, creed, color, religion, national origin, age, handicap, sex or ancestry. Licensee must post in conspicuous places to which its employees or applicants for employment have access, notices setting form the provisions of this non-discrimination clause.

 

(B) Licensee must comply with the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq . (1981), as amended, and to the extent required by the law, must undertake, implement and operate an affirmative action program in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, including 14 C.F.R. Part 152, Subpart E. Attention is called to: Exec. Order No. 11,246, 30 Fed. Reg. 12,319 (1965), reprinted in 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note, as amended by Exec. Order No. ll,375,32 Fed. Reg. 14,303 (1967) and by Exec, Order No. 12,086, 43 Fed. Reg. 46,501 (1978); Age Discrimination Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 6101-06 (1981); Rehabilitation Act of 1973,29 U.S.C. §§ 793-94 (1981); Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 and 41 C.F.R. Part 60 et seq. (1990) and 49 C.F.R Part 21, as amended (the “ADA”); and all other applicable federal statutes, regulations and other laws.

 

(C) Licensee must comply with the Illinois Human Rights Act, 775 ILCS 5/1-101 et seq. as amended and any rules and regulations promulgated in accordance with it, including the Equal Employment Opportunity Clause, 5 III. Admin. Code §750 Appendix A. Furthermore, Licensee must

 

32



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

comply with the Public Works Employment Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/0.01 et seq ., as amended, and all other applicable state statutes, regulations and other laws.

 

(D) Licensee must comply with the Chicago Human Rights Ordinance. sec.2-160-010 et seq . of the Municipal Code of Chicago, as amended, and all other applicable City ordinances and rules. Further, Licensee must famish or must cause each of its Subcontractor(s) to furnish such reports and information as requested by the Chicago Commission on Human Relations.

 

(E) Licensee must incorporate all of the above provision in all agreements entered into with any suppliers of materials, furnishers of services, Subcontractors of any tier, and labor organizations that furnish skilled, unskilled and craft union skilled labor, or that may provide any such materials, labor or services in connection with this Agreement, and Licensee must enforce the requirements.

 

(F) Noncompliance with this Section will constitute a material breach of this Agreement; therefore, in the event of such breach, Licensee authorizes the City to take such action as Federal, State or local laws permit to enforce compliance, including judicial enforcement

 

(G) In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations by Licensee for work to be performed under a Subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential Subcontractor or supplier must be notified by Licensee of the licensee’s obligations under this Agreement relative to nondiscrimination.

 

(H) Licensee must permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the City, the Commissioner or the Federal or state government to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with the terms of this Section.

 

(I) In the event of Licensee’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Agreement, the City may impose such sanctions as it or the Federal or state government may determine to be reasonably appropriate, including cancellation, termination or suspension of the Agreement, in whole or in part.

 

(J) Licensee must furnish to any agency of the Federal or state government or the City, as required, any and all documents, reports and records required by Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 152, Subpart E, including an affirmative action plan and Form EEO-1.

 

7.13 FAA Required Provisions

 

(A) As a part of the consideration of this Agreement, Licensee for itself, its heirs, personal representatives, successors in interest, and assigns, must maintain and operate the Licensed Space in compliance with the non-discrimination provisions of this Agreement, all other requirements imposed under 49 C.F.R. Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally Assisted Programs of the Department of Transportation, as those regulations may be amended. In addition, Licensee assures that it will comply with all other pertinent statutes, Executive Orders and the rules as are promulgated to assure that no

 

33



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

person will, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or handicap be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefitting from federal assistance.

 

(B) Licensee must operate the WCAS on a fair, equal, and not unjustly discriminatory basis to all users of it, and to charge fair, reasonable, and. not unjustly discriminatory prices for Communications Services, but Licensee is allowed to make reasonable and nondiscriminatory discounts, rebates, or other similar types of price reductions to volume purchasers.

 

(C) Licensee will practice nondiscrimination in its activities and will provide DBE participation in the Agreement as required by the City, in order to meet the City’s goals, or as required by the FAA. This Agreement is subject to the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation’s regulations 49 C.F.R. Part 23. Licensee will not discriminate against any business owner because of the owner’s race, color, origin, or sex in connection with the award or performance of any subcontract covered by 49 C.F.R. Part 23. Licensee also must include the above statements in any subsequent complementary aeronautical activity agreements that it enters into and cause Subcontractors to similarly include the statements in farther subcontracts.

 

(D) Licensee must insert the non-discrimination provisions of this Agreement in any agreement by which Licensee grants a right or privilege to any person, firm, or corporation to render accommodations and/or services to the public on the Licensed Premises.

 

(E) Nothing contained in this Agreement must be construed to grant or authorize the granting of an exclusive right in violation of federal laws, including but not limited to an exclusive right to provide aeronautical services to the public as prohibited by section 308(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, and the City reserves the right to grant to others the privilege and right of conducting any one or all activities of an aeronautical nature. It is clearly understood by Licensee that no right or privilege has been granted that would operate to prevent any person, firm, or corporation operating aircraft on the Airport from performing any services on its own aircraft with its own regular employees (including maintenance and repair) that it may choose to perform.

 

(F) The City reserves the right to further develop or improve the landing area of the Airports as it sees fit, regardless of the desires or view of Licensee, and without interference or hindrance. The City reserves the right, but is not obligated to Licensee, to maintain and keep in repair the landing area of the Airport and all publicly-owned facilities of the Airport, together with the right to direct and control all activities of Licensee in this regard.

 

(G) Licensee must comply with applicable notification and review requirements covered in Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations if any future structure or building is planned for the Licensed Premises, or in the event of any planned modification or alteration of any present or future building or structure situated on the Licensed Premises. Licensee, by accepting this License, expressly, agrees for itself, its successors and assigns that it will not erect nor permit the erection of any structure or object nor permit the growth of any tree on the Licensed Premises above the applicable mean sea level elevation set forth in Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. If these covenants are breached, the City serves the

 

34



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

right to enter upon the licensed Premises and to remove the offending structure or object and/or cut down the offending tree, all of which will be at the expense of Licensee.

 

(H) There is reserved to the City, its successors and assigns for the use and benefit of the public, a right of flight for the passage of aircraft in the airspace above the Licensed Premises. This public right of flight includes the right to cause in the airspace any noise inherent in the operation of any aircraft used for navigation or flight through the airspace or landing at, taking off from, or operation on the Airport. Licensee by accepting this License agrees for itself, its successors, and assigns that it will not make use of the Licensed Premises in any manner that might interfere with the landing and taking off of aircraft from Airport or otherwise constitute a hazard. If these covenant is breached, the City reserves the right to enter upon the Licensed Premises and cause the abatement of the interference at the expense of Licensee.

 

(I) This Agreement and all the provisions of this Agreement are subject to whatever right the United States Government now has or in the future may have or acquire affecting the control, operation, regulation, and taking over of the Airport, or the exclusive or non-exclusive use of the Airport by the United States during the time of war or national emergency.

 

7.14 Municipal Code Section 2-92-586. The City encourages Licensees to use Subcontractors that are firms owned or operated by individuals with disabilities, as defined by section 2-92-586 of the Municipal Code of the City of Chicago, where not otherwise prohibited by federal or state law.

 

7.15 Waste Disposal . In accordance with Section 11-4-1600(e) of the Municipal Code of Chicago, Licensee warrants and represents that it, and to the best of its knowledge, its Subcontractors have not violated and are not in violation of the following sections of the Code (collectively, the Waste Sections):

 

7-28-390 Dumping on public way—Violation—Penalty;

7-28-440 Dumping on real estate without permit;

11-4-1410 Disposal in waters prohibited;

11-4-1420 Ballast tank, bilge tank or other discharge;

11-4-1450 Gas manufacturing residue;

11-4-1500 Treatment and disposal of solid or liquid waste;

11-4-1530 Compliance with rules and regulations required;

11-4-1550 Operational requirements;

11-4-1560 Screening requirements; and

any other sections listed in Section 11-4-1600(e), as it may be amended from time to time.

 

During the period while this Agreement is executory, Licensee’s or any Subcontractor’s violation of the Waste Sections, whether or not relating to the performance of this Agreement, constitutes a breach of and an event of default under this Agreement, for which the opportunity to cure, if curable, will be granted

 

35



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

only at the sole designation of the Chief Procurement Officer. Such breach and default entitles the City to all remedies under the Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

This section does not limit the Licensee’s and its Subcontractors’ duty to comply with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal Environmental Laws, in effect now or later, and whether or not they appear in this Agreement. Non-compliance with these terms and conditions may be used by the City as grounds for the termination of this Agreement, and may further affect the Licensee’s eligibility for future contract awards.

 

7.16 Prohibition on Certain Contributions (Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1)

 

(A) Licensee agrees that Licensee, any person or entity who directly or indirectly has an ownership or beneficial interest in Licensee of more than 7.5 percent (“Owners”), spouses and domestic partners of such Owners, Licensee’s Subcontractors, any person or entity who directly or indirectly has an ownership or beneficial interest in any Subcontractor of more than 7.5 percent (“Sub-owners”) and spouses and domestic partners of such Sub-owners (Contractor and all the other preceding classes of persons and entities are together, the “Identified Parties”), shall not make a contribution of any amount to the Mayor of the City of Chicago (the “Mayor”) or to his political fund-raising committee (i) after execution of this bid, proposal or Agreement by Licensee, (ii) while this Agreement or any Other Contract is executory, (iii) during the term of this Agreement or any Other Contract between Licensee and the City, or (iv) during any period while an extension of this Agreement or any Other Contract is being sought or negotiated.

 

(B) Licensee represents and warrants that since the date of public advertisement of the specification, request for qualifications, request for proposals or request for information (or any combination of those requests) or, if not competitively procured, from the date the City approached the Licensee or the date the Licensee approached the City, as applicable, regarding the formulation of this Agreement, no Identified Parties have made a contribution of any amount to the Mayor or to his political fund-raising committee.

 

(C) Licensee agrees that it shall not: (a) coerce, compel or intimidate its employees to make a contribution of any amount to the Mayor or to the Mayor’s political fund-raising committee; (b) reimburse its employees for a contribution of any amount made to the Mayor or to the Mayor’s political fund-raising committee; or (c) bundle or solicit others to bundle contributions to the Mayor or to his political fund-raising committee.

 

(D) Licensee agrees that the Identified Parties must not engage in any conduct whatsoever designed to intentionally violate this provision or Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1 or to entice, direct or solicit others to intentionally violate this provision or Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1.

 

(E) Licensee agrees that a violation of, non-compliance with misrepresentation with respect to, or breach of any covenant or warranty under this provision or violation of Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1 constitutes a breach and default under this Agreement, and under any Other Contract for which

 

36


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

no opportunity to cure will be granted. Such breach and default entitles the City to all remedies (including without limitation termination for default) under this Agreement, under Other Contract, at law and in equity. This provision amends any Other Contract and supersedes any inconsistent provision contained therein.

 

(F) If Licensee violates this provision or Mayoral Executive Order No. 05-1 prior to award of the Agreement resulting from this specification, the Chief Procurement Officer may reject Licensee’s bid.

 

(G) For purposes of this provision:

 

“Bundle” means to collect contributions from more than one source which are then delivered by one person to the Mayor or to his political fund-raising committee.

 

“Other Contract” means any other agreement with the City of Chicago to which Licensee is a party that is (i) formed under the authority of chapter 2-92 of the Municipal Code of Chicago; (ii) entered into for the purchase or lease of real or personal property; or (iii) for materials, supplies, equipment or services which are approved or authorized by the city council.

 

“Contribution” means a “political contribution” as defined in Chapter 2-156 of the Municipal Code of Chicago, as amended.

 

Individuals are “Domestic Partners” if they satisfy the following criteria:

 

(a)        they are each other’s sole domestic partner, responsible for each other’s common welfare; and

 

(b)       neither party is married; and

 

(c)        the partners are not related by blood closer than would bar marriage in the State of Illinois; and

 

(d)       each partner is at least l8 years of age, and the partners are the same sex, and the partners reside at the same residence; and

 

(e)        two of the following four conditions exist for the partners:

 

(i)         The partners have been residing together for at least 12 months.

(ii)        The partners have common or joint ownership of a residence.

(iii)       The partners have at least two of the following arrangements:

a.           joint ownership of a motor vehicle;

b.           a joint credit account;

c.           a joint checking account;

 

37



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

d.           a lease for a residence identifying both domestic partners as tenants,

(iv)       Each partner identifies the other partner as a primary beneficiary in a will.

 

“Political fond-raising committee” means a “political fund-raising committee” as defined in Chapter 2-156 of the Municipal code of Chicago, as amended.

 

7.17 Federal Ineligible Contractors

 

(A) Licensee warrants and represents that neither Licensee nor any Affiliate of Licensee appears on the Specially Designated Nationals List, the Denied Persons List, the Unverified List, the Entity List, or the Debarred List as maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or by the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce (or their successors), or on any other list of persons or entities with which the City may not do business under any applicable law, rule, regulation, older or judgment

 

(B) “Affiliate” of a person or entity means a person or entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries or third parties, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person or entity. A person or entity shall be deemed to be controlled by another person or entity if it is controlled in any manner whatsoever that results in control in fact by that other person or entity (either acting individually or acting jointly or in concert with others) whether directly or indirectly and whether through share ownership, a trust, a contractor otherwise. Indicia of control may include, without limitation: interlocking management or ownership; identity of interests among family members; shared facilities and equipment; common use of employees; or reorganization of a business entity following a determination of City contracting ineligibility using substantially the same management, employees, ownership or principals. In determining whether persons or entities are Affiliate, the City shall consider all appropriate factors, including but not limited to common ownership, common management and contractual relationships.

 

ARTICLE 8:WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

 

8.1 Warranties and Representations . In connection with the execution of this Agreement, Licensee warrants and represents that:

 

(A) It is financially solvent; that it and each of its employees and agents are competent to perform as required under this Agreement; that it is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; that Licensee has the full power and is legally authorized to execute and deliver and perform or cause to be performed its obligations under this Agreement under me terms and conditions stated in this Agreement; and that Licensee is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois; and

 

(B) No officer, agent or employee of the City is employed by Licensee or has a financial interest directly or indirectly in this Agreement, a Subcontract under it, or the compensation to be paid

 

38



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

under it except as may be permitted in writing by the Board of Ethics established under Chapter 2-156 of the Municipal Code or as may be permitted by law; and

 

(C) Licensee has not knowingly used the services of any person or entity for any purpose in its performance under this Agreement, which person or entity is ineligible to perform services under this Agreement or in connection with it, as a result of any local, state or federal law, rule or regulation; and

 

(D) Licensee, and to Licensee’s knowledge its Subcontractors, and any of their respective owners holding 7.5% or more beneficial ownership interest, have no outstanding parking violation complaints or debts, as the terms are defined in Section 2-92-380 of the Municipal Code, and are not in default at the time of the execution of this Agreement, or deemed by the City or the Comptroller to have, within 5 years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement, been found to be in default under any contract awarded by the City, and

 

(E) This Agreement is feasible of performance by Licensee in accordance with all of its provisions and requirements; and

 

(F) Except only for those representations, statements, or promises expressly contained in this Agreement, including any Exhibits attached to this Agreement and incorporated by reference in this Agreement, no representation, warranty of fitness, statement or promise, oral or in writing, or of any kind whatsoever, by the City, its officials, agents, or employees, has induced Licensee to enter into this Agreement or has been relied upon by Licensee, including any with reference to: (i) the meaning, correctness, suitability or completeness of any provisions or requirements of this Agreement; (ii) the nature of the services to be performed; (iii) the nature, quantity, quality or volume of any materials, equipment, labor and other facilities, needed for the performance of this Agreement; (iv) the general conditions that may in anyway affect this Agreement or its performance; (v) the compensation provisions of this Agreement; or (vi) any other matters, whether similar to or different from those referred to in clauses (i) through (v) immediately above, affecting or having any connection with, this Agreement, the negotiation of this Agreement, any discussions of this Agreement, the performance of this Agreement or those employed in connection with it; and

 

(G) Licensee, and to Licensee’s knowledge its Subcontractors, and any of their respective owners holding 7.5% or more beneficial ownership interest are not in violation of the provisions of § 2-92-320 of the Municipal Code pertaining to certain criminal convictions or admissions of guilt and are not currently debarred or suspended from contracting by any Federal, State or local governmental agency; and

 

(H) Licensee holds itself to very high standards of quality and professionalism; and

 

(I) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Licensee or its duly authorized representative and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Licensee, enforceable against Licensee in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium

 

39



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

and other laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by the application of equitable principles; and

 

(J) All approvals or consents necessary in order for Licensee to execute and deliver this Agreement have been obtained; and

 

(K) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement: a) conflict with or result in a breach, default or violations of (1) licensee’s organizational documents; (2) any law, regulation, ordinance, court order, injunction, or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental body, or any license or permit; or (3) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any restriction or any agreement or other instrument to which Licensee is now a patty or by which it is bound; or B) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of Licensee under the terms of any instrument or agreement; and

 

(L) There is no litigation, claim, investigation, challenge or other proceeding now pending or, to Licensee’s knowledge after due and complete investigation, threatened, challenging the existence or powers of Licensee, or in any way affecting its ability to execute or perform under this Agreement or in any way having a material adverse affect on the operations, properties, business or finances of licensee; and

 

(M) Neither Licensee, any Affiliate of Licensee, any of their respective owners holding 7.5% or more beneficial ownership interest, nor any of Licensee’s directors, officers, members, partners or employees, has any interest, directly or indirectly, that conflicts in any manner or degree with Licensee’s performance under this Agreement; and

 

(N) Neither Licensee nor any Affiliate of Licensee has any unpaid debt due and owing the City, and none of them is delinquent in the payment of any taxes due to the City; and

 

(O) Licensee has a valid current business privilege license to do business in the City, if required by applicable law, and

 

(P) Licensee can and must perform, or cause to be performed, all of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Agreement; and

 

(Q) Neither licensee nor any Affiliate of Licensee nor any of Licensee’s directors, officers, members, partners or employees, will at any time during the Term have any interest or acquire any interest, directly or indirectly, that conflicts or would or may conflict in any manner or degree with Licensee’s performance under this Agreement; and

 

40



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(R) The representations and warranties contained in this Article are deemed made as of tie Effective Date of this Agreement and are deemed remade and continuing throughout the Term of this Agreement; and

 

(S) There was no broker instrumental in consummating this Agreement and that no conversations or prior negotiations were had with any broker concerning the rights granted in this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Premises. licensee must hold the City harmless against any claims for brokerage commission arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by licensee with any broker; and

 

(T) The WCAS and the Communications Services will not adversely interfere with the operations of the FAA, the TSA, or the City, and if the WCAS or the Communications Services adversely interfere with the operations of Tenants, including but not limited to airlines, Licensee will cooperate with such Tenants to resolve the interference in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements.

 

(U) Licensee shall honor the General Warranties and Post-Acceptance Warranties, and those warranties shall survive expiration or early termination of this Agreement.

 

8.2 Subcontracts . Licensee must incorporate all of the provisions set forth in this Article in all contracts entered into with any suppliers of materials, furnishers of services, Subcontractors, and labor organizations that furnish skilled, unskilled and craft union skilled labor, or that may provide any materials, labor or services in connection with this Agreement, such, that the parties warrant, represent and covenant to Licensee as to the matters set forth in this Agreement Licensee must cause its Subcontractors to execute those affidavits and certificates that may be necessary in furtherance of these provisions. The certifications must be attached and incorporated by reference in the applicable agreements. If any Subcontractor is a partnership or joint venture, Licensee must also include provisions in its Subcontract insuring that the entities comprising the partnership or joint venture are jointly and severally liable for its obligations under it

 

ARTICLE 9: DEFAULT, REMEDIES AND TERMINATION

 

9.1 Events of Default . The following constitute Events of Default by Licensee under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided otherwise with respect to a particular Event of Default, Licensee shall have a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Commissioner, but not to exceed 30 days after written, notice of the Event of Default, to cure the Event of Default. If the Event of Default cannot be cured within 30 days, but Licensee promptly begins and diligently and continuously proceeds to cure the failure within the time period granted and after that continues to diligently and continuously proceed to cure the failure, and the failure is reasonably susceptible of cure within 45 days from delivery of the notice, Licensee will have the additional time, not to exceed 15 additional days, to cure the Event of Default.

 

41



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(A) Any material misrepresentation made by Licensee to the City in the inducement to or in the performance of this Agreement.

 

(B) Licensee’s failure to make any payment in full when due under this Agreement and failure to cure the default within 5 days after the City gives written notice of the non-payment to Licensee: Licensee’s failure to make any such payment within 5 days after the written notice more than 3 times in any License Year constitutes an Event of Default without the necessity of “the City giving notice of it to Licensee or any opportunity to cure it.

 

(C) Licensee’s failure to promptly and fully keep, fulfill, comply with, observe, or perform any promise, covenant, term, condition or other non-monetary obligation or duty of Licensee contained in this Agreement.

 

(D) Licensee’s failure to promptly and fully perform any obligation or duty, or to comply with any restriction of Licensee contained in this Agreement concerning Transfer or Change in Ownership (as defined in Article 10 of this Agreement), whether directly or indirectly, of Licensee’s rights or interests in this Agreement or of the ownership of Licensee.

 

(E) Licensee’s failure to provide or maintain the insurance coverage required under this Agreement (including any material non-compliance with the requirements) and the failure to cure the default within 2 days following oral or written notice of the failure from the Commissioner, or, if the noncompliance is non-material, the failure to remedy the non-compliance within 20 days after the City gives written notice to Licensee.

 

(F) Licensee’s failure to provide Communications Services in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit A;

 

(G) Licensee’s failure to comply with the restrictions on rates Licensee may charge for Communications Services as set forth in Exhibit B.

 

(H) Licensee’s failure to begin or to complete its WCAS improvements on a timely basis in accordance with the provisions of Article 5, including any Alterations that may be agreed upon during the bi-annual technology review pursuant to Section 5.9.

 

(I) An Event of Default by Licensee or any Affiliate under any other agreement it may presently have or may enter into with the City during the Term of this Agreement or any extension period and failure to cure the default within any applicable cure period.

 

(J) Licensee does any of the following and the action affects Licensee’s ability to carry out the terms of this Agreement:

 

(i) becomes insolvent, as the term is defined under Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code as amended from time to time; or

 

42



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(ii) fails to pay its debts generally as they mature; or

 

(iii) seeks the benefit of any present or future federal, state or foreign insolvency statute; or

 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or

 

(v) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking an arrangement of its indebtedness under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other law or statute of the United States or of any State or any foreign jurisdiction; or

 

(vi) consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, liquidator or other similar official, of all or substantially all of its property.

 

(K) An order for relief is entered by or against Licensee or Guarantor (if any) under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code or similar law in any foreign jurisdiction and is not stayed or vacated within 60 days following its issuance.

 

(L) Licensee is dissolved.

 

(M) A violation of law that results in a guilty plea, a plea of nolo contendere, or conviction of a criminal offense, by Licensee, or any of its directors, officers, partners or key management employees directly or indirectly relating to this Agreement, and that may threaten, in the judgment of Commissioner, the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

(N) Failure to provide an updated EDS when required.

 

9.2 Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and Licensee fails to cure within the time allowed, in addition to any other remedies provided for in this Agreement, including the Commissioner’s right to perform any of Licensee’s obligations as provided in Section 9.3, the City through the Commissioner or other appropriate City official may exercise any or all of the following remedies:

 

(A) Terminate this Agreement with respect to all or a portion of the Licensed Premises. If the Commissioner elects to terminate this Agreement, the Commissioner may, at the “ Commissioner’s sole option, serve notice upon Licensee that this Agreement ceases and expires and becomes absolutely void with respect to the Licensed Premises, or that part identified in the notice, on the date specified in the notice, to be no less than 5 days after fee date of fee notice. At the expiration of the time limit in the notice, this Agreement and the Term of this Agreement, as well as the right, title and interest of Licensee under this Agreement, wholly ceases and expires and becomes void with respect to the Licensed Premises identified in such notice in the same manner and with the same force and effect (except as to Licensee’s liability) as if the date fixed in the notice were the date in this Agreement stated for expiration of the Term with respect to the Licensed Premises identified in such notice.

 

43



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(B) Exclude Licensee from the Licensed Premises, without any right on the part of Licensee after that to save the forfeiture by payment of any sum due or by the performance of any term, provision, covenant, agreement or condition broken. Licensee, for itself and on behalf of any and all persons claiming through or under it (including creditors of all kinds), waives and surrenders all right and privilege that they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law, to redeem the Licensed Premises or to have a continuance of this Agreement for the Term, as it may have been extended, after having been dispossessed or ejected by process of law or under the terms of this Agreement or after the termination of this Agreement.

 

(C) Recover all License Fees and other amounts due that have accrued and are then due and payable and also all damages available at law or under this Agreement. In determining the amount of damages, the Commissioner may include in such amount the future License Fees that would have been due to the City for a full twelve months immediately following the Event of Default, based upon the License Fees payable for the twelve months prior to the Event of Default. The Commissioner may declare all amounts to be immediately due and payable.

 

(D) Reenter and repossess the Licensed Premises and/or any part of it with or without process of law, so long as no undue force is used, and the City has the option, but not the obligation, to relicense all or any part of the Licensed Premises to another entity to operate the WCAS. The City, however, is not required to accept any entity proposed by Licensee or to observe any instruction given the City about such an entity. The failure of the City to relicense the Licensed Premises or any part or parts of it does not release or affect Licensee’s liability under this Agreement nor is the City liable for failure to relicense. Reentry or taking possession of the Licensed Premises does not constitute an election on the City’s part to terminate this Agreement unless a written notice of termination by the Commissioner is given to Licensee.

 

(E) To exercise the remedy of self-help and to enter upon the Licensed Premises and to distrain upon and remove from it all inventory, equipment, machinery, trade fixtures and personal property of any kind or nature, whether owned by Licensee or by others, and to proceed without judicial decree, writ of execution or assistance or involvement of constables or the City’s and Licensee’s officers, to conduct a private sale, by auction or sealed bid without restriction. Licensee waives the benefit of all laws, whether now in force or later enacted, exempting any of Licensee’s property on the Licensed Premises or elsewhere from distraint, levy or sale in any legal proceedings taken by the City to enforce any rights under this Agreement.

 

(F) To seek and obtain specific performance, a temporary restraining order or an injunction, or any other appropriate equitable remedy.

 

(G) To seek and obtain money damages; including licensee’s obligations to indemnify the City under Article 6 for special, exemplary, incidental and consequential damages due to third parties.

 

44



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(H) To deem Licensee non-responsible in future contracts or concessions to be awarded by the City.

 

(I) To accept the assignment of any and all Subcontracts between Licensee and the design and construction Subcontractors as provided for in Article 5, and to require Licensee to terminate a Subcontractor that is causing breaches of this Agreement.

 

(J) To declare Licensee to be in default under any other contract or agreement between the City and Licensee or an Affiliate of Licensee and to exercise any and all remedies available to the City under them.

 

9.3 No Limitation on Remedies . All rights and remedies of the City under this Agreement are separate and cumulative and none excludes any other right or remedy of the City set forth in this Agreement or allowed by law or in equity. No termination of this Agreement or the taking or recovery of the Licensed Premises deprives the City of any of its remedies against Licensee. Every right and remedy of the City under this Agreement survives the expiration of the Term or the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.4 Effect of Waiver . The City’s waiver of any one right or remedy provided the City in this Agreement does not constitute a waiver of any other right or remedy then or later available to the City under this Agreement or otherwise. A failure by the City or the Commissioner to take any action with respect to any default or violation of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement will not in any respect limit, prejudice, diminish or constitute a waiver of any rights of the City to act with respect to any prior, contemporaneous or later violation or default or with respect to any continuation or repetition of the original violation or default. The acceptance by the City of payment for any period or periods after a default or violation of any of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement does not constitute a waiver or diminution of, nor create any limitation upon any right of the City under this Agreement to terminate this Agreement for subsequent violation or default, or for continuation or repetition of the original violation or default Licensee has no claim of any kind against the City by reason of the City’s exercise of any of its rights as set forth in this Agreement or by reason of any act incidental or related to the exercise of rights.

 

9.5 Commissioner’s Right to Perform Licensee’s Obligations .

 

(A) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Commissioner may, but is not obligated to, make any payment or perform any act required to be performed by Licensee under this Agreement in any manner deemed expedient by the Commissioner for the purpose of correcting the condition that gave rise to the Event of Default. Inaction of the Commissioner never constitutes a waiver of any right accruing to the City under this Agreement nor do the provisions of this section or any exercise by the Commissioner of his rights under this Agreement cure any Event of Default. The Commissioner, in making any payment: (i) relating to taxes, may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate, without inquiry into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim; (ii) for the discharge, compromise or settlement of any lien, may do so without inquiry as to the validity or amount

 

45



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

of any claim for lien that may be asserted; or (iii) in connection with the completion of construction, furnishing or equipping of the Licensed Premises, the operation of the WCAS and provision of Communications Services, or the licensing, operation or management of the Licensed Premises or the payment of any of its operating costs, may do so in such amounts and to such persons as the Commissioner may deem appropriate. Nothing contained in this Agreement requires the Commissioner to advance monies for any purpose.

 

(B) All sums paid by the City under the provisions of this Section and all necessary and incidental costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees in connection with the performance of any such act by the Commissioner, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate, from the date of the City’s payment until the date paid by Licensee, are deemed additional fees under this Agreement and are payable to the City within 10 days after demand therefor, or at the option of me Commissioner, may be added to any amounts then due or later becoming due under this Agreement, and Licensee covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest at the Default Rate.

 

9.6 No Counterclaim or Set off without City Consent . If the City commences any proceeding for non payment of Licensee Fee or of any other payment of any kind to which the City may be entitled or which the City may claim under this Agreement, Licensee will not interpose any counterclaim set off of any nature or description in any such proceeding; the parties specifically agreeing the Licensee’s covenant to pay Licensee Fees or any other payments under this Agreement are independent of all other covenants and agreements in this Agreement; provided, however, this shall not be construed as a waiver of Licensee’s right to assert such a claim in any separate action brought by Licensee.

 

9.7 Application of Payments. The City shall have the right to apply any payments made by Licensee to the satisfaction of any debt or obligation of Licensee to the City, in the City’s sole discretion and regardless of the instructions of Licensee as to application of any such sum, whether such instructions be endorsed upon Licensee’s check or otherwise, unless otherwise agreed upon by both parties in writing. The acceptance by the City of a check or checks drawn by others than licensee shall in no way affect Licensee’s liability hereunder nor shall it be deemed an approval of any assignment of this Agreement or sublicense by Licensee.

 

ARTICLE 10: SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

10.1 Confidentiality. Except as may be required by law during or after the performance of this Agreement, Licensee will not disseminate any non-public information regarding this Agreement or its operations at the Airports without the prior written consent of the Commissioner, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Licensee is presented with a request for documents by any administrative agency or with a subpoena duces tecum regarding any documents that may be in its possession by reason of this Agreement, Licensee must immediately give notice to the City’s Corporation Counsel. The City may contest the process by any means available to it before the records or documents are submitted to a court or other third party. Licensee, however, is not obligated to withhold the delivery beyond that time as maybe ordered by the court or administrative agency, unless the subpoena or request

 

46


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

is quashed or the time to produce is otherwise extended. Licensee must require each prospective Subcontractor to abide by such restrictions in connection with their respective Subcontracts.

 

10.2                                         City Approvals .

 

(A)                                            Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, whenever the City’s consent or approval may be required under the terms of this Agreement, that consent or approval may be granted, withheld or conditioned by the Commissioner as representative for the City. Except as provided in the following sentence, consents or approvals will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Consents or approvals that are given in the City’s capacity as a municipal corporation or airport operator, including consents or approvals that affect airport operations, life\safety or security issues, may be granted, withheld, or conditioned in the Commissioner’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

(B)                                              No review or approval by the Commissioner, including approval of 100% Complete Construction Documents, constitutes a modification of this Agreement (except to the extent that the review or approval expressly provides that it constitutes such a modification or it is apparent on its face that the review or approval, if made in writing, modifies terms or provisions of this Agreement that are within the express powers of the Commissioner under this Agreement to modify), nor excuse Licensee from compliance with the requirements of this Agreement or of any applicable laws, ordinances or regulations.

 

10.3                                         Subcontracts and Assignments .

 

(A)                                            The City expressly reserves the right to assign or otherwise transfer all or any part of its interest under this Agreement, at any time and to any third party capable of performing City’s obligations. Upon assignment to any successor or assignee of the City’s right, title and interest in and to the Airport, the City is forever relieved, from and after the date of the assignment, of any and all obligations arising under or out of this Agreement, to the extent the obligations are assumed by the successor or assignee.

 

(B)                                              Limits on Licensee’s transfers and changes in ownership:

 

(i)                                                Licensee may not sell, assign, convey, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer (individually and collectively, “Transfer” ) all or any part of its rights or interests in or to this Agreement, the Licensed Premises, the Term, or otherwise permit any third party to use the Licensed Premises, without prior consent of the Commissioner, which consent may be given or denied in the Commissioner’s sole and absolute discretion. Consent by the Commissioner does not relieve Licensee from obtaining further consent from the Commissioner for any subsequent Transfer.

 

(ii)                                                Except as otherwise provided in (iii) below, any transaction involving a change of any ownership interest in Licensee, whether to an Affiliate, subsidiary or otherwise, or the transfer of an interest in any holder of a direct or indirect ownership interest of 7.5% or more in Licensee,

 

47



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

or any merger or consolidation of Licensee (individually and collectively, “Change in Ownership” ), is subject to the consent of: (a) City Council if the Change in Ownership involves a 100% Change in Ownership of Licensee, or (b) the Commissioner if the Change in Ownership involves more than a 7.5% but less than a 100% Change in Ownership of Licensee, in the sole discretion of the City Council or the Commissioner, as applicable. Consent by the City to any such Change in Ownership does not relieve Licensee from obtaining further consent from the City for any subsequent Change in Ownership of any nature.

 

(iii)                                             Consent by the City to any Change in Ownership does not relieve Licensee from the requirement of obtaining consent from the City for any subsequent Change in Ownership.

 

(iv)                                            Any Transfer or Change in Ownership made without the City’s prior consent is an Event of Default subject to all remedies, including termination of this Agreement at the City’s option, and does not relieve Licensee of any of its obligations under this Agreement for the balance of the Term. This section applies to prohibit a Transfer, such as an assignment by a receiver or trustee in any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceedings or by operation of law. Under no circumstances will any failure by the Commissioner to act on or submit any request by Licensee or to take any other action as provided in this Agreement be deemed or construed to constitute consent to the Licensee’s request by the Commissioner or by the City Council. If the City is found to have breached its obligations under this Section, then Licensee’s sole remedy is to terminate this Agreement without liability to either the City or Licensee.

 

(v)                                               Notwithstanding any permitted Transfer by Licensee of any rights under this Agreement, Licensee remains fully liable for all payments due to the City under this Agreement and for the performance of all other obligations under this Agreement. In the event of a permitted Transfer of all or any portion of the Licensed Premises or Transfer of all or any portion of the Term, where the fees payable to Licensees exceed the License Fees or pro rata portion of the License Fees under this Agreement, as the case may be; for the Licensed Premises or Term, Licensee must pay the City monthly, as additional fees, at the same time as the monthly installments of other License Fees under this Agreement that are payable in monthly installments, the excess of the fees payable to Licensee pursuant to the Transfer over the License Fees payable to the City under this Agreement.

 

(vi)                                            Any or all of the requests by Licensee for consents under this Section must be made in writing and provided to the Commissioner (a) at least 60 days prior to the proposed Transfer or Change in Ownership if the Commissioner’s consent is required; and (b) at least 120 days prior to a proposed Transfer or Change in Ownership if the City Council’s consent is required, unless the City determines that more time is required. All requests for consent must include copies of the proposed documents of Transfer or Change in Ownership, evidence of the financial condition, reputation and business experience of the proposed transferee, and such other documents as the City may reasonably require to evaluate the proposed Transfer or Change in Ownership. All documents of Transfer or Change in Ownership must completely disclose any and all monetary considerations payable to Licensee in connection with the Transfer or Change

 

48



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

in Ownership. Consent to a Transfer or Change in Ownership proposed under this Agreement is in the sole and absolute discretion of the City and, as a condition of the consent, the City may require a written acknowledgment from Licensee that, notwithstanding the proposed Transfer or Change in Ownership, Licensee remains fully and completely liable for all obligations of Licensee under this Agreement.

 

(vii)                                         If any Transfer or Change in Ownership under this Agreement occurs, whether or not prohibited by this section, the Commissioner may collect the License Fees payable under this Agreement from any transferee of Licensee and in that event will apply the net amount collected to the amounts payable by Licensee under this Agreement without, by doing so, releasing Licensee from this Agreement or any of its obligations under this Agreement. If any Transfer or Change in Ownership occurs without the consent of the City and the City collects compensation from any transferee of Licensee and applies the net amount collected in the manner described in the preceding sentence, the actions by the City are not deemed to be waiver of the covenant contained in this section and do not constitute acceptance of the transferee by the City.

 

(viii)                                      All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the City in connection with. any prohibited or permitted Transfer or Change in Ownership must be borne by Licensee and are payable to the City as additional fees.

 

(C)                                              The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent applicable, are deemed a part of any contract between Licensee and a Subcontractor.

 

(D)                                             Licensee assigns to the City all of Licensee’s right, title and interest in and to each and every sublicense, and each and every Subcontract with a design and construction Subcontractor, now or later executed by Licensee in connection with the Licensed Premises or any part of it. In connection with the assignment, Licensee must deliver all originally executed sublicenses and Subcontracts to the Commissioner. If so requested by the Commissioner, Licensee must execute UCC financing statements or a separate, recordable instrument of assignment for the purpose of perfecting or confirming the assignment and the security interest created under it. Any such assignment will become operative and effective only when and if the City accepts the assignment by giving written notice to Licensee and:

 

(1)                     either this Agreement and the Term of this Agreement or Licensee’s right to possession under this Agreement are terminated under the terms and conditions of this Agreement; or

 

(2)                     in the event of the issuance and execution of a dispossess warrant or of any other re-entry or repossession by the City under the provisions of this Agreement; or

 

(3)                     if an Event of Default exists.

 

At the time, if any, that the assignment becomes effective as provided above, the sublicensees or Subcontractors will be deemed to have waived all claims, suits, and causes of action against the City

 

49



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

arising out of or relating to the period before the effective date of the assignment. Further, in no instance will the City be responsible for any claims by a sublicensee or Subcontractor arising from or related to any fraud, misrepresentation, negligence or willful or intentionally tortious conduct by Licensee, its officials, employees, or agents.

 

10.4                                         Labor Disputes . Licensee agrees to use its best efforts to avoid disruption to the City, its tenants or members of the public, arising from labor disputes involving Licensee, and in the event of a strike, picketing, demonstration or other labor difficulty involving Licensee, to use its good offices, including the utilization of available legal remedies, to minimize and/or eliminate any disruption to the City, its tenants or members of the public, arising from such strike, picketing, demonstration or other labor difficulty.

 

10.5                                         Disadvantaged Business Enterprises . Licensee must comply with the Special Conditions Regarding Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises, attached hereto as Exhibit F and hereby incorporated by reference.

 

10.6                                         Subcontractor Certifications . Licensee must require all Subcontractors performing work in connection with this Agreement to be bound by the following provision and Licensee must cooperate fully with the City in exercising the rights and remedies described below or otherwise available at law or in equity:

 

Subcontractor certifies and represents that Subcontractor and any entity or individual that owns or controls, or is controlled or owned by, or is under common control or ownership with Subcontractor is not currently indebted to the City and will not at any time during the Term be indebted to the City, for or on account of any delinquent taxes, liens, judgments, fees or other debts for which no written agreement or payment plan satisfactory to the City has been established. In addition to any other rights or remedies available to the City at law or in equity, Subcontractor acknowledges that any breach or failure to conform to this certification may, at the option and direction of the City, result in the withholding of payments otherwise due to Subcontractor for services rendered in connection with the Agreement and, if the breach or failure is not resolved to the City’s satisfaction within a reasonable time frame specified by the City in writing, may result in the offset of any such indebtedness against the payments otherwise due to Subcontractor and/or the termination of Subcontractor for default (in which case Subcontractor will be liable for all excess costs and other damages resulting from the termination).

 

10.7                                         Non-Interference with Operation of Airport . Licensee, by accepting this Agreement, agrees for itself and its successors and assigns that it will not make use of the Licensed Premises in any manner that might interfere with the landing and taking off of aircraft at the Airport under current or future conditions or that might otherwise constitute a hazard to the operations of the Airport or to the public generally.

 

50



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

10.8                                         Radio Frequency Interference .

 

(A)                                            The City will provide Licensee information regarding any radio frequency band on or about the Airports of which the City has knowledge. The information will include, to the extent known by the City, the specific frequencies utilized, the user and the purpose of the use, except to the extent that such information is deemed to be security sensitive information by the FAA or TSA. The listing may also include potential uses identified, but unverified, by the City. Licensee acknowledges that this listing will not encompass all use of radio frequency bands on or about the Airports. Moreover, the absence of specific knowledge by the City of any particular radio frequency use is not necessarily indicative of either the absence of authority for the particular use or the relative unimportance of such use. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee shall be responsible for periodically performing a thorough and complete RF survey, intermodulation analysis and RF interference report, all of which shall be submitted to the City for review and approval.

 

(B)                                              licensee agrees that its construction and operation of the WCAS shall not interfere with any existing radio frequency uses (and users) at the Airport (an “Existing RF Use”) so long as those Existing RF Uses: (a) are by the City, by a governmental authority, or are authorized by the City pursuant to a written agreement, (b) continue to operate as they are currently operating, and (c) otherwise comply with all applicable Legal Requirements. If the City learns that the WCAS interferes with or otherwise disturbs such an Existing RF Use, the City will provide Licensee with written notice of such interference, and Licensee shall take immediate action to begin correcting the same and shall diligently pursue such correction until the interference or disruption is corrected. If licensee does not correct the same promptly (and in any event, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the City’s notice), that failure shall constitute an Event of Default under Article 9. In the event that the operation of the WCAS interferes with an Existing RF Use of a Tenant, Licensee shall promptly cooperate with the Tenant to resolve the interference in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements.

 

(C)                                              Except to the extent required by the FCC, the FAA, the TSA or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, the City will not grant any new lease, license or other permit to any third party for use of any radio frequency band that will interfere with Licensee’s use of the WCAS as permitted under this Agreement. If the City (through actions occurring either on an Airport or off an Airport in support of operations on the Airport) makes use, other than an Existing RF Use, of any radio frequency band that materially interferes with or otherwise materially disturbs Licensee’s ability to provide Communications Services, then licensee shall so notify the City. Such notice shall identify the source or sources of such interference, the impact of the interference on Communications Services, and a recommendation for preventing or mitigating such interference. Upon receipt of such notice, the City will take reasonable and appropriate action, to the extent that it is within the City’s authority, to resolve such interference so that it no longer materially interferes with or materially disturbs licensee’s ability to provide Communications Services. In addition, licensee may seek to enforce spectrum license rights granted to Licensee by the FCC through action at the FCC. In the event that neither the City nor the FCC is able to reasonably resolve the interference within ninety (90) days of the later of City’s receipt of Licensee’s notice and FCC’s receipt of Licensee’s complaint, the City and licensee may renegotiate and amend the terms of this Agreement to reflect the impact of the interference on Communications Services.

 

51



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

If the City and Licensee are unable to agree on such an amendment of this Agreement, Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to the Airport where the interference exists with ninety (90) days’ written notice to the City. In the event of such termination, the City shall pay to Licensee the Net Book Value of WCAS at that Airport. The City shall not, however, be liable to Licensee for any other expenses or damages (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) that Licensee may suffer as a result of such interference and premature termination of this Agreement.

 

(D)                                             Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any interference generated by the WCAS that the City determines, in its sole discretion, to negatively affect core operations at an Airport, the City may direct Licensee to immediately cease any or all operations at the Airport, or such portion of its operations at the Airport as are determined to be the source of the interference, until such interference or disruption is corrected

 

(E)                                               In addition to any other requirements set forth in this Agreement, licensee shall, at no cost and expense to the City, further provide such reasonable professional services related to the management of the radio frequency environment at the Airport. This specifically includes:

 

1.                           Monitoring the Wireless Cellular Network for unauthorized transmissions;

 

2.                           Making technical recommendations for the resolution of the radio frequency problems related to the WCAS;

 

3.                           Attending both routine and emergency meeting concerning radio frequency issues and planning.

 

10.9                                         Estoppel Certificate . From time to time upon not less than 15 days prior request by the other party, a party or its duly authorized representative having knowledge of the following facts, will execute and deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing certifying as to matters concerning the status of this Agreement and the parties’ performance under this Agreement, including the following:

 

(A)                                            that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of the modifications and that the Agreement as modified is in full force and effect);

 

(B)                                              the dates to which License Fees or other charges have been paid and the amounts of the License Fees most recently paid;

 

(C)                                              that the requesting party is not in default under any provision of this Agreement, or, if in default, the nature of it in detail;

 

(D)                                             that, to its knowledge, the requesting party has completed all required improvements in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and Licensee is in occupancy and paying License Fees on a current basis with no offsets or claims; and

 

52



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(E)                                               in the case of the City’s request under this Agreement, such further matters as may be requested by the City, it being intended that any such statement may be relied upon by third parties.

 

ARTICLE 11: GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

11.1                                         Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between the City and Licensee relating in any manner to the use and occupancy of the Licensed Premises and otherwise to the subject matter of this Agreement. No prior or other agreement or understandings pertaining to these matters are valid or of any force and effect. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, undertakings, and agreements between the parties. No representations, inducements, understandings or anything of any nature whatsoever made, stated or represented by the City or anyone acting for or on the City’s behalf, either orally or in writing, have induced Licensee to enter into this Agreement, and Licensee acknowledges, represents and warrants that Licensee has entered into this Agreement under and by virtue of Licensee’s own independent investigation.

 

11.2                                         Counterparts. This Agreement may be comprised of several identical counterparts and may be fully executed by the parties in separate counterparts. Each such counterpart is deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together must constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

11.3                                         Amendments . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement may by amended only by a written agreement signed by the City and Licensee.

 

11.4                                         Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement must be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. However, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any provision of this Agreement is under any circumstance prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, the provision is severable and deemed to be ineffective, only to the extent of the prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the validity of the provision in other circumstances.

 

11.5                                         Covenants in Subcontracts . All obligations imposed on Licensee under this Agreement pertaining to the maintenance and operation of the Licensed Premises and compliance with the DBE requirements in this Agreement are deemed to include a covenant by Licensee to insert appropriate provisions in all Subcontracts covering work under this Agreement and to enforce compliance of all Subcontractors with the requirements of those provisions.

 

11.6                                         Governing Law . This agreement is deemed made in the state of Illinois and governed as to performance and interpretation in accordance with the laws of Illinois. Licensee irrevocably submits itself to the original jurisdiction of those courts located within Cook County, Illinois, with regard to any controversy arising out of, relating to, or in anyway concerning the execution or performance of this Agreement. Licensee consents to service of process on Licensee, at the option of the City, by registered or certified mail addressed to the applicable office as provided for in this Agreement, by registered or

 

53



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

certified mail addressed to the office actually maintained by Licensee, or by personal delivery on any officer, director, or managing or general agent of Licensee. If any action is brought by Licensee against the City concerning this Agreement, the action can only be brought in those courts located within Cook County, Illinois.

 

11.7                                         License Only . This Agreement creates a license only and Licensee acknowledges that Licensee does not and must not claim at any time any real property interest or estate of any kind or extent whatsoever in the Licensed Premises by virtue of this license or Licensee’s use of the Licensed Premises under this Agreement. Further, Licensee acknowledges that this license is not a license coupled with such an interest nor an irrevocable license. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create or establish any relationship other than that of licensor and licensee, and nothing in this Agreement creates or establishes any partnership, joint venture, association or organizations of any kind between the City and Licensee or to make Licensee the representative, employee, partner or agent of the City for any purpose whatsoever.

 

11.8                                         Notices . Any notices or other communications pertaining to this Agreement must be in writing and are deemed to have been given by a party if sent by nationally recognized commercial overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the other party. Notices are deemed given on the date of receipt if by personal service, or one day after deposit with a nationally recognized commercial overnight courier, 3 days after deposit in the U.S. mails, or otherwise upon refusal of receipt. All notices or communications intended for Licensee must be addressed to:

 

 

President                                                                   

 

Chicago Concourse Development Group, LLC
Two N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1725
Chicago, IL 60602

 

 

All notices or communications intended for the City must be addressed to:

 

 

 

Commissioner, Department of Aviation
City of Chicago
O’Hare International Airport
P.O. Box 66142
Chicago, Illinois 60666

 

 

and with a copy to:

Director of Telecommunications, at the same address.

 

54



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

and a copy to:

City Comptroller
City of Chicago
City Hall - Room 501
121 N. LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

 

and a copy to:

Corporation Counsel
City of Chicago
Department of Law
City Hall, Room 600
121N. LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60602

 

Either party may change its address or the individual to whom the notices are to be given by a notice given to the other party in the manner set forth above.

 

11.9                                         Successors and Assigns: No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement inures to the exclusive benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties and their permitted successors and assigns; nothing contained in this Section, however, constitutes approval of an assignment or other transfer by Licensee not otherwise permitted in this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any other person, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity, other than the parties and their successors and assigns, any right, remedy, obligation, or liability under, or by reason of, this Agreement unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties in writing. No benefits, payments or considerations received by Licensee for the performance of services associated and pertinent to this Agreement must accrue, directly or indirectly, to any employees, elected or appointed officers or representatives, or to any other person or persons identified as agents of, or who are by definition an employee of, the City.

 

11.10                                   Subordination .

 

(A)                                            This Agreement is subordinate to the provisions and requirements of any existing or future agreements between the City and the United States government or other governmental authority, pertaining to the development, operation or maintenance of the Airport, including but not limited to agreements the execution of which has been or will be required as a condition precedent to the granting of federal or other governmental funds for the development of the Airport. If the United States government requires modifications, revisions, supplements or deletions of any of the terms of this Agreement, then Licensee consents to the changes to this Agreement.

 

(B)                                              This Agreement and all rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement are expressly subordinated and subject to any existing agreement or any Use Agreement with any airline utilizing the Airport, including the Terminals, and any existing agreement with any airline consortium pertaining to the operation of the Airport, including the Terminals.

 

55



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(C)                                              To the extent of a conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any agreement described in Subsections (A) and (B) above, those provisions in this Agreement so conflicting must be performed as required by those agreements referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

11.11                                   Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of any attachment hereto, the terms and provisions of this Agreement govern and control.

 

11.12                                   Waiver; Remedies . No delay or forbearance on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege must operate as a waiver of it, nor does any waiver of any right, power or privilege operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege, nor does any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of it or of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver is effective unless made in writing and executed by the party to be bound by it. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that the parties otherwise may have at law, in equity or both, except that the City will not be liable to Licensee for any consequential damages whatsoever related to this Agreement.

 

11.13                                   No Personal Liability . Licensee, or any assignee or Subcontractor, must not charge any elected or appointed official, agent, or employee of the City personally or seek to hold him or her personally or contractually liable to licensee, assignee, or Subcontractor for any liability or expenses of defense under any provision of this Agreement or because of any breach of its provisions or because of his or her execution, approval, or attempted execution of this Agreement.

 

11.14                                   Joint and Several Liability . If Licensee, or its successors or assigns, if any, is comprised of more than one individual or other legal entity (or a combination of them), then in that event, each and every obligation or undertaking stated in this Agreement to be fulfilled or performed by Licensee is the joint and several obligation or undertaking of each such individual or other legal entity.

 

11.15                                   Survival . Any and all provisions set forth in this Agreement that, by its or their nature, would reasonably be expected to be performed after the expiration or termination of this Agreement survive and are enforceable after the expiration or termination. Any and all liabilities, actual or contingent, that have arisen in connection with this Agreement, survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement. Any express statement of survival contained in any section must not be construed to affect the survival of any other section, which must he determined under this section.

 

11.16                                   Time . Time is of the essence for all of Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.17                                   Force Majeure . Neither party shall be held liable for non-performance of obligations under this Agreement due to delays or interruptions beyond their reasonable control, including but not limited to delays or interruptions caused by strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, war, fire or other casualty, acts of God (“force majeure event”). As a condition to obtaining an extension of the period to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the party seeking such extension due to a force majeure event must notify the other party within 20 days after the occurrence of the force majeure event. The notice must

 

56



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

specify the nature of the delay or interruption and the period of time contemplated or necessary for performance. The foregoing notwithstanding, however, in no event will Licensee be entitled to an extension of more than 60 days due to a force majeure event.

 

11.18                                   Captions and Article Numbers . The captions, article and section numbers and table of contents appearing in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of such sections or articles of this Agreement nor in any way affect this Agreement.

 

57


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

CITY OF CHICAGO

 

CHICAGO CONCOURSE DEVELOPMENT GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: 

[Illegible]

 

By: 

[Illegible]

Its:

 

 

Its:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit A
WCAS Design and Performance Requirements

 

OVERVIEW

 

This exhibit constitutes Design and Performance Requirements and standards to govern the Licensee-provided Wireless Communications Access System (WCAS).

 

The WCAS shall provide extension of wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi), cellular and PCS telephone signals from base station equipment into the Licensed Premises of the Airport using an assortment of cabling infrastructure, antennas, and active components. All service provider base station (BTS) equipment is typically co- located at the Head-End Equipment Room. In some instances, the Service Provider BTS equipment may be located in a service provider-controlled room (e.g., equipment shelter) or location and fed via coaxial cable or fiber optic cable to the Head-End Equipment Room. Where possible, the Airport’s existing fiber network is used to provide extension of the network within the Airport facilities. For distribution to antenna locations, a variety of cable types are possible, depending on the type of network architecture deployed. These could include coaxial, CAT5e/6, or fiber-optic cabling.

 

i



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

GENERAL WCAS REQUIREMENTS

 

The WCAS shall be installed, operated and maintained in a manner that:

 

1.                          Provides high quality wireless (802.11, and cellular) access, to multiple Wireless Internet Service Providers (WISPs) and cellular service providers, for passenger, City, and tenant users, throughout the Airports, and

2.                          Provides user access to City of Chicago, and Chicago Airport System (O’Hare and Midway) web site (www.flychicago.com and www.citvofchicaqo.org) services, in order to;

a.                          Provide web-based passenger services and support, and,

b.                         Promote revenue-generating passenger WCAS use, and,

c.                          Promote the City of Chicago and the Chicago Airport System, and,

d.                         Promote use of www.flychicago.com, to enhance its functionality, utility and appearance.

and,

3.                          Accommodates WCAS expansions and modifications to reflect changes in Airport configuration and requirements, evolving technology and user needs, and new wireless revenue opportunities, in order to ensure continued passenger satisfaction, over the term of this Agreement, and,

4.                          Improves Airport services to tenant airlines and terminal concessions, and,

5.                          Promotes the competitiveness of the Airports, and enhances the image of the City, by increasing Airport convenience and utility for passengers and visitors, and,

6.                          Provides business opportunities for disadvantaged business enterprises, and,

7.                          Optimizes License revenues to the City, through the optimization of WCAS use and customer satisfaction, roaming agreements, and exploration/development of emergent WCAS/related revenue streams, as permitted by Law, City Policy, and the terms otherwise defined by this License Agreement.

 

The above shall be accomplished throughout the Licensed Premises. Assignment of these goals and performance requirements shall be expanded into additional, adjacent Airport areas as mutually agreed between the Licensee and The Commissioner of Aviation.

 

ii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit A (Schedule 1)
WCAS Design and Performance Requirements (General Description of WCAS Components)

 

SCHEDULE 1:

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WCAS COMPONENTS

 

The components discussed in this exhibit are a partial list of elements that will constitute the final product, as the components used by cellular and Wi-Fi providers that sign up for the WCAS service will vary. The WCAS will be designed to and its components shall meet all applicable industry standards (e.g. EIA, TIA, IEEE, UL, etc.) and FCC regulations. The installation of the WCAS shall adhere to applicable industry standards (e.g. NEC, OSHA), state, city, and airport codes, policies, and procedures.

 

WCAS Architecture Products ( subject to change during detailed design phase )

 

The WCAS will be provided by installation and support of a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) throughout the designated airport areas. At the core of the WCAS to be installed will be a central concentrator management hub and switch which will radiate out to all remote components via single mode fiber. At O’Hare and Midway airports, the WCN portion of this architecture will consist of Britecell® Plus products from the Andrew Corporation.

 

Britecell Plus from Andrew Corporation is a proprietary Radio-over-Fiber (RoF) technology and architecture that enables the distribution of radio signaling over standard fiber cable plant to end point integrated antennas placed throughout the airport facilities.

 

Britecell Plus is a low power Optical Distributed Antenna System (DAS) for wireless networks, capable of transporting frequencies from 800 MHz up to 2500 MHz, from traditional cellular signals to wireless LAN guaranteeing near perfect integrity regardless of protocol and modulation thanks to its unique design and transparent transport medium. Britecell Plus offers a wide choice of power levels that support sub-pico, pico and micro applications.

 

The System has two basic components: a local subrack and a remote unit. The local subrack is collocated with the Base Station and connected via an RF interface (coaxial cable). Inside the local subrack there are various cards including RF to optical converters, passive RF components, and a microcontroller. RF signal are transported to the Remote Unit over single mode fiber at 1310nm. The Remote Unit, which can be up to 3 km away, has an optical to RF converter, amplifier lineup, duplexer, and dual output ports. Each port can be connected to a passive coaxial cable network. Due to the wide bandwidth of the single mode fiber, all frequencies and technologies are simultaneously transported.

 

iii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

A unique feature of Britecell Plus is that RF frequency can be allocated dynamically when and where they are needed for the most efficient utilization of base stations, thus reducing the implementation cost. Moreover the system can be powered remotely from the base station hotel to reduce installation and maintenance costs.

 

The published features of the Britecell architecture are:

 

·        Support for all Multi-band 2G and 3G networks

·        Multi-carrier/operator support

·        Full band operation across the radio spectrum

·        Ease of installation and maintenance

·        Reduced cost for infrastructure

·        Virtually unlimited number of remote units are supported

·        Centralized and flexible radio network interface

·        Expandable and scalable, based on traffic requirements within any band

·        Centralized system management interface

·        Low Power Consumption

·        High Mean-Time-Between-Failure (MTBF)

·        Modularity provides cost-effective enhancements as technology changes over time

·        Redundancy built into Base and Remote units via redundant power supplies and multi-card slots

 

Network Edge Elements

 

For the data (Wi-Fi) portion of the WCAS, all network edge elements shall be name brand components and shall meet requirements outlined in paragraph 1 of this Section.

 

WLAN Wireless Elements

 

All WLAN wireless dynamic elements shall be name brand components and shall meet requirements outlined in paragraph 1 of this Section.

 

Antenna Elements

 

These will vary, in accordance with the constraints associated with diverse installation locations and shall meet requirements outlined in paragraph 1 of this Section.

 

iv



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Fiber Cable Plant Infrastructure

 

All fiber cable plant infrastructure components shall be selected by Concourse on a fit-for-purpose basis and shall meet applicable industry standards.

 

The approved vendors for all fiber products are Lucent or the Coming equivalent of stated material.

 

HORIZONTAL FIBER OPTIC DISTRIBUTION CABLING

 

1.                           All fiber cable insertion shall be consistent with standards to support the capabilities of digital IP-based systems; as such, it is known that a fiber optic cabling type shall be an integral element of the system.

2.                           The fiber optic format shall be single mode, and shall further be 6.5/125u sizing to meet that most prevalent to standard of fiber optic electronics.

3.                           The cable type being specified shall have two (2) such fiber strands to permit bi-directionality for articulating signaling without the need for wavelength division multiplexers to meet that need.

 

v



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

FIBER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (FDC)

 

A.

FDC Frame

 

The Fiber Distribution Center shall have the capacity for up to 48 fiber terminations in a single bay with sufficient growth capability. It shall be designed with ample jumper-routing capacity to allow 100% vertical, top and bottom jumper routing, and easy administration of reassignments and to avoid congestion. The frame shall provide a termination and cross-connection point for fiber optic circuits. It shall also be designed for cable termination and grounding, ribbon or individual fiber splicing, and fiber and patch cord storage. The Fiber Distribution Center shall provide a 19 or 23 inch wide 7 foot high frame and the associated raceways, brackets retainers and components for field mounting:

 

2.                   Frame accessories: (Lucent or Corning approved or equivalent)

 

a.                           11A Door (front door w/brackets)

b.                          145A Bracket (for locking Doors)

c.                           JR2A Jumper Retainer

d.                          11A Labels for JR2A

e.                           1000CCL Color Code Labels

f.                             FDA LGX®-1 FDDI ADMIN. LABEL AA

g.                          FDA LGX®-1-FDDI ADMIN. LABEL BB

h.                          FDA LGX®-1 FDDI ADMIN. LABEL AA FOR 1000 ST

i.                              FDA LGX®-1 FDDI ADMIN. LABEL BB FOR 100 ST

 

B.

Optional FDC

 

Where sufficient rack space is available on an existing EIA approved rack, the FDC may be installed on the existing rack. The minimum rack size shall be a standard 19 inch rack with sufficient rack space to allow the FDC to be placed at the top of rack.

 

vi



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

C.

Fiber Patch Panels

 

Lightguide Interconnection Unit (LIU) & Lightguide Distribution Shelf (LDS).

 

1.                           The LIU/LDS shall provide cross-connect, inter-connect, splicing capabilities and contain the proper troughs for supporting and routing the fiber cables/jumpers.

 

2.                           The LIU/LDS shall consist of a modular enclosure with retainer rings in the slack storage section to limit the bending radius of fibers.

 

3.                           The LIU/LDS shall have a front face “window” section to insert connector panels for mounting of connectorized fibers (ST®, FDDI, SMA, FC, or SC connectors).

 

4.                           The LIU/LDS shall provide terminating capability of 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 144 or 216 fibers.

 

Lucent Technologies 100A3, 200A, 200B2, 400A2, 600A, 600B, LST1U-072/7, LST1F-072/7, LSC2U-024/5, LSS1U-216/5, LSS1U- 144/7, LSD-072/5, LSJ1U-072/5, or LST1P-48ST/2.5 Lightguide. Termination / Splice / Combination / Storage Shelf approved OR Coming equivalents.

 

5.                           Labeling for fiber cabling shall be by TC number, plus the color suffix - designating which fiber is terminated.

 

6.                           Accessories: Provide (2) two duplex fiber optic patch cords with SC/APC connectors at each TC for each Britecell fiber pair assigned at the TC and ER.

 

D.

Fiber Patch Cords

 

The fiber patch cord shall be single mode and consist of buffered, a stepped- index 8.3 micron core with a 125 micron cladding for single mode. The fiber cladding shall be covered by aramid yam and a jacket of flame-retardant PVC.

 

1. Singlemode Fiber Patch Cord Specifications (typical):

· Return Loss: -50 dB maximum

· Operating temperature: -4° to 158° F (-20 to 70° C)

· Mated connector loss: µ = 0.35 dB, s = 0.2 dB

· Cable Retention: 50 lb. (220 N) minimum

· Connection Repeatability: 0.20 dB maximum change per 200 reconnects

· Mating Coupler:

ST®: C3000A1, C3000A2, C3000A3

 

SC: C6000A-4

 

SC/APC: C6800A-4

· ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer preferred

 

vii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

FIBER OPTIC CONNECTORS

 

A.                       Provide field installable, single mode ST®, SC, or SC/ABC type connectors. Connectors shall be Ceramic tip, UV curable, with an average loss of .3 dB and prevent momentary disconnect when an axial load is placed on the cable.

 

Lucent Technologies P3020A-C-125 single mode ST® connector approved

 

Lucent Technologies P6000A-Z-125 or P6001-Z-124 singlemode SC connector approved

 

B.                         Typical optical connector specifications:

 

 

Specification

 

ST® sm

 

SC &
SC/APC sm

 

 

Loss (dB)

 

µ = 0.35 s = 0.2

 

µ = 0.2, s = 0.1

 

 

Fiber OD

 

125 µm

 

125 µm

 

 

Cable OD

 

2.4 / 3.0 mm

 

3.0 / 0.9 mm

 

 

Loss Repeat (per 1,000 reconnects)

 

<0.2 dB

 

<0.2 dB

 

 

Axial Load, min.

 

35 lb. (15.9 kg)

 

30 lb. (P6200A) 2 lb. (P6201A)

 

 

Temp. Stability

 

-40°C to 85°C

 

-40°C to 85°C

 

 

Tip Material

 

Ceramic

 

Zirconia

 

 

Cap Material

 

Zinc, Ni plated

 

N/A

 

 

Body Material

 

Zinc, Ni plated

 

Polysulfone

 

 

viii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

FIBER DISTRIBUTION PATHWAYS

 

A.                      All fiber installation shall be conducted in appropriate distribution pathways to include cable troughs and conduit. In all instances of fiber cable plant install, fiber shall not exceed 75% fill capacity in either new or existing raceways and conduits.

B.                        All fiber cable plant shall be properly supported as installed, along the entire length of the cable bundle In accordance with airport standards. Ceiling and wall installations shall be in proper troughs and raceways. Poured concrete underfloor installations shall be in approved wireway and installations under raised flooring shall be in approved troughs raised at least 6” above floor power cabling.

C.                        Breakouts from the main bundle shall be in as per airport standards and jumpers shall be in either slitted innerduct or approved protective raceway type materials.

D.                       In all cases, cabling shall be properly supported. Jumpers and single pair breakouts shall be supported via affixation to facility fixtures every 18”, at a minimum.

E.                         Jumpers installed in overhead cable ladder trays shall be in innerduct. Jumpers installed in cable vertical or rack fixture type cable organizers shall be affixed to the fixture with either cable tie or Velcro.

 

Copper Data Network Interface Cabling

 

While the primary distribution media for WCAS shall be fiber optic and coaxial copper, all instances where interfaces exist from the WCAS to Department telecommunications and data network edge devices (e.g. hubs, switches, routers) shall consist of standard horizontal copper distribution cabling, as specified below.

 

HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION CABLING

 

A.

HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION COPPER CABLING

 

1.                           The horizontal distribution cabling shall be a bonded four (4) pair, unshielded twisted pair (UTP) design contained in a crescent shaped outer sheath as used for voice and data communications.

 

2.                           This cable shall have been tested and met all testing to be compliant to a minimum Category 5e/6 rating, based upon either or all of the following standards:

 

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1
ISO/lEC 11801 Category 6

 

3.                           The conductors of the pairs will be solid copper of construction

 

4.                           The jacket component of each individual pair will be in a bonded design.

 

5.                           The insulation of this cable will be PVC for non-plenum areas and 100% FEP for plenum areas.

 

ix


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

6.                           This cable shall possess the ratings by UL (Underwriter’s Laboratory) of CMR/CMP and DP3/DP3P as applies to the cable type and insulation

 

Copper UTP Cable Plant (This specification is based on Belden Structured Level 7 Cabling Standard)

 

1.                           To address this, the system shall be modular in concept.

2.                           These chassis shall conform to TIA/EIA 19” rack format, placed in an existing airport Main or Intermediate Distribution Facility (MDF/IDF).

3.                           These chassis shall also employ a backplane design in which cables are terminated into patch panel assemblies in accordance with airport standards and guidelines.

4.                           Patch panels shall be off the shelf and set in uniform sequences of 12, 24,48 and 64 ports per panel.

 

COPPER NETWORK DISRIBUTION PATHWAYS

 

A.                      All copper network cable plant installation shall be conducted in appropriate distribution pathways to include cable troughs and conduit. In all instances of data cable plant install, fiber shall not exceed 75% fill capacity in either new or existing raceways and conduits.

B.                        All data cable plant shall be properly supported as installed, along the entire length of the cable bundle in accordance with airport standards. Ceiling and wall installations shall be in proper troughs and raceways. Poured concrete underfloor installations shall be in approved wireway and installations under raised flooring shall be in approved troughs raised at least 6” above floor power cabling.

C.                        Breakouts from the main bundle shall be in as per airport standards and CAT5e/6 jumpers shall be in either slitted innerduct or approved protective raceway type materials.

D.                       In all cases, cabling shall be properly supported. CAT5e/6 jumpers shall be supported via affixation to facility fixtures every 24”, at a minimum.

E.                         CAT5e/6 Jumpers installed in cable vertical or rack fixture type cable organizers shall be affixed to the fixture with either cable tie or Velcro.

 

x



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Coaxial Copper Cabling

 

Numerous areas of this infrastructure will employ coaxial cabling for carrying RF signaling. Wherever that is the case, such cable components shall meet typical industry standards and specifications, except where expressly approved by DoA. The following lists contain typical specifications for, as examples, a 7/16 inch corrugated and semi- rigid cable. Cables of equal or better specifications shall be used in the WCAS.

 

7/16 Corrugated Cable Specifications

 

Electrical

Impedance

 

50 W

Operating Frequency

 

5.20 GHz maximum

Return Loss, 3 foot assembly

 

30 dB @ 0.045 - 1.0 GHz
28 dB@ 1.000 - 2.0 GHz
21 dB @ 2.0 - 3.0 GHz

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

 

2,300

RF Operating Voltage Maximum

 

813VRMS

Peak Power Maximum

 

13.2 kW

Average Power Maximum

 

3.0 kW

Insulation Resistance

 

5,000 M W minimum

Insertion Loss Maximum

 

0.05 v dB (Frequency in GHz)

Shielding Effectiveness

 

125 dB minimum

3rd Order IM product Typical, dBm (dBc)

 

-120 (-163) (Two +43 dBm carriers, IM product @ 910 MHz)

 

 

 

Mechanical

Inner Attachment Method

 

Captivated

Outer Attachment Method

 

Compression

Connector Durability Test

 

Pass (DIN 47275 part 2/10.82, section 2.10, 500 cycles)

Assembly Torque (Body to Clamp nut), Ib-ft (n-m)

 

Positive stop, 18/22 (25/30)

Coupling Torque, Ib-ft (n-m)

 

15/20 (20/28)

Coupling Nut Retention Force

 

100 (445) lbs (N)

 

 

 

Material

Center Contact

 

Beryllium Copper per ASTM-B196, silver plated per QQ-S-365

Body and Outer Contacts

 

Brass per ASTM B16, silver or white bronze

Insulator

 

PTFE resin, ASTM D1457

Gasket

 

Silicone rubber, ZZ-R-765

Other Metal Parts

 

Brass per ASTMB16, silver or white bronze

Protective Coating on Silver Plate

 

Clear Chromate

 

xi



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

7/16 Corrugated Cable (example) Specifications (continued)

 

Environmental

Temperature Range

 

-40°C to +150°C

Storage Temperature Range

 

-70° C to +100° C

Thermal Shock Test

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-14, test N/A

Immersion Test

 

Pass per IEC 529, IP68

Corrosion Test

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-1, test Ka

Vibration Test

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-6

Mechanical Shock Test

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-27

 

Note: These characteristics are typical but may not apply to all connectors.

 

7/16 Semi-Rigid & RG Cable Specifications

 

Electrical

 

 

Impedance

 

50 W

Frequency Range

 

7.0 GHz maximum

Voltage Rating

 

2700 vrms

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

 

4000 vrms

VSWR

 

1.3 maximum @ 0 - 7.0 GHz

Insulation Resistance

 

5000 M minimum

 

 

 

Mechanical

 

 

Mating

 

M29x1.5 threaded coupling

Captivated Contact

 

All configurations unless uncaptivated

 

 

 

Material

 

 

Body & Outer Contact

 

Brass with sliver or white bronze plating

Female Contacts

 

Beryllium copper with silver plating

Other Metal Parts

 

Brass with silver or white bronze plating

Insulators

 

PTFE

Weatherproof Gaskets

 

Silicone rubber

 

 

 

Environmental

 

 

Temperature Range

 

- 40°C to +150°C

Thermal Shock

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-14, test Na

Corrosion

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-1, test Ka

Vibration

 

Pass per IEC 68, part 2-6

 

Note: These characteristics are typical but may not apply to all connectors.

 

xii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

CABLE PLANT LABELING

 

A.                      All cable plant installed shall be properly labeled in accordance with airport guidelines.

B.                        At a minimum, both ends of any vertical cable bundle or individual connector shall have a permanently affixed label indelibly marked with both local end designation and remote end.

C.                        Local end labels shall be located closest to the local connector, at a distance not to exceed 4” from the connector. Remote end labels shall be located on the outside of the local end label (farthest for the local end connector, with a maximum of 2” separation from the local end label.

D.                       Patch panels shall be designated with a permanently affixed identification horizontally centered and at the top on the patch panel. Individual ports shall be numbered as 1 though nnn for copper panels and by vertical row, beginning with conductors 1 and 2 at the top of each fiber panel unit.

E.                         Fiber and copper jumpers shall be labeled with local and remote port designations at both ends. Local end device and port labels shall be located closest to the local connector, at a distance not to exceed 4” from the connector. Remote end device and port labels shall be located on the outside of the local end label (farthest for the local end connector, with a maximum of 2” separation from the local end label.

 

xiii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit A (Schedule 2)
WCAS Design and Performance Requirements (Installation and Acceptance Testing)

 

SCHEDULE 2:

 

INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING

 

The Licensee shall specifically adhere to the following standards, policies and practices in WCAS installation and in demonstrating that installation’s compliance and readiness to provide services.

 

Compliance

 

All installation shall comply with appropriate local building codes and/or Airport construction guidelines or Standards.

 

Performance Testing

 

Performance Testing will be conducted per a test plan created by Licensee and submitted to the City. The work will be performed in accordance with the following processes:

 

In accordance with the test plan, Licensee or its subcontractor shall conduct acceptance tests and document the results. The Licensee’s Project Manager will participate in and witness the tests and approve the results if no quantitative test deficiencies are or become evident. In the event of quantitative test deficiencies related specifically to the contractor or vendor-provided equipment (including the contractor’s design, if applicable), in the judgment of the Licensee’s Project Manager, the sub-contractor is responsible for corrective action and expense and the failed portion of the Tests will be repeated until the quantitative deficiencies are cured in the judgment of the Concourse Project Manager.

 

Demonstrations

 

In addition to Acceptance Testing, Licensee or its contractor shall demonstrate to the Department specification compliance in an acceptable manner in the following areas:

 

·                             Non-Interfering System Capacity (Concourse nor its contractor shall not be responsible for encroachment of external signal levels into the coverage area.)

 

·                             RF Coverage within the zone of coverage meeting the specification as follows:

 

·                              RF measurement within the coverage zone shall be sub- zoned into measurement areas no larger than 50,000 ft 2

 

·                              The total of all sub-zones shall meet the stated specification for each service band.

 

xiv



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

·                              No two adjacent sub-zones shall fail to meet the stated specification for each service band.

 

·                             Seamless Handovers, hard and soft, interior and exterior to the extent that switching functionality is provided by the Service Providers and subject to joint acceptance testing with coordinated cooperation of the Service Providers.

 

·                             Comprehensive Network Monitoring, Local and Remote Reporting, and timely Maintenance Dispatch (simulating faults)

 

·                             System Availability, via calculations using device MTBF values and MTTR estimates.

 

In the event that the demonstrations reveal WCAS inadequacies, the Licensee’s Project manager will determine, with reasonable justification, the cause of the inadequacies. If the inadequacies are caused by subcontractor’s or vendor’s design and/or implementation deficiencies, the contractor or vendor shall be responsible for correcting the deficiencies and subsequently providing engineering services to Licensee to demonstrate the system. Licensee, however, the contractor shall not be held responsible for Service Provider equipment inadequacies that affect the performance of the WCAS with respect to that Service Provider.

 

xv



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit A (Schedule 3)

WCAS Design and Performance Requirements (Operation and Maintenance Requirements)

 

SCHEDULE 3:

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

The Licensee shall operate and maintain the WCAS to the specifications and requirements outlined below:

 

Staffing and Response times

 

a.                           On a commercially reasonable basis, the Licensee shall maintain a minimum of one on-site Field Technician, qualified to monitor basic WCAS performance in all areas described in this Exhibit. This technician shall be based at O’Hare Airport, during business hours (8:30 AM to 4:30 PM), Monday through Friday, with the exception of City of Chicago Employee Holidays, but shall be responsible for performance monitoring and troubleshooting at both Airports (Midway and O’Hare). The Department will provide office (O’Hare) and parking (O’Hare and Midway) space for this employee, and will identify City of Chicago Employee Holidays to the Licensee.

 

b.                          The above Field Technician shall be responsible for initial classification and isolation of WCAS performance shortfalls (e.g. service outages, loss of coverage), as a first step in the troubleshooting/correction of such shortfalls. This employee shall also be the Licensee’s initial responder to Department queries concerning WCAS performance.

 

c.                           The Licensee shall coordinate directly with the City (Dept. of Aviation, Director of Telecommunications) in performing the duties described in this section.

 

d.                          During business hours, the Field Technician will, upon learning or being advised of a WCAS technical problem that degrades performance (as described in this Exhibit) to the point that service delivery would be noticeable to Airport users (passengers and/or tenants, and/or subscribing airport business service users) either resolve the identified problem, or be prepared to advise the City of Licensee steps being taken to address it, and provide an estimated time of repair.

 

e.                           During non-business hours, the Field Technician (or a substitute identified by the Licensee) must be reachable within 1 hour, and capable of reporting to the Airport within 2 hours of such notification, prepared to begin initial troubleshooting and reporting as described in paragraph (d). During non-business hours, the identified problem must be addressed (corrected or acceptable repair plan) as described in the preceding paragraph within four (4) hours of initial notification to the Licensee by the Department.

 

f.                             The on-site staffing and response time requirements described above apply only to specific system problems, as they impact day-to-day WCAS performance. Overall system technical performance shall be evaluated and monitored as described below.

 

xvi



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Weighted System Availability

 

As part of the performance documentation provided to the City, the Licensee shall demonstrate that the WCAS provides a weighted system availability of 98% or greater as defined below.

 

Assumptions

 

The following assumptions shall be made in order to calculate the total weighted system availability on a monthly basis:

 

·                             There are 8,760 hours per year.

 

·                             The total quantity of remote active devices is “X”. This assumes there is one remote active device at each antenna location.

 

·                             There are a total of 8760 * X remote-active-device-hours per year or 8760 * X/12 remote-active-device-hours per month.

 

·                             For 98% Weighted System Availability, the total population of remote active devices must have a total up-time per month of 0.98 * 8760 * X/12 hours.

 

·                             The total allowable system down-time monthly would be 0.02 * 8760* X/12 hours.

 

·                             For active devices that provide coverage to more than one antenna location but not the entire system, weighted system availability shall factor the number of antenna locations the device feeds, for example:

 

·                             Since an in-line amplifier feeds five antenna locations, the total system downtime is calculated as five times the downtime of the device and factored accordingly to the total weighted network outage.

 

·                             Scheduled maintenance periods shall not be included in the computation for system availability.

 


*      CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

xvii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Supported Wireless Services

 

Additional Standards upon which the WCAS shall be designed are listed below.

 

Applicable Standards

 

·                             TIA/EIA/IS - 95A Cellular CDMA Standard

 

·                             TSB-74

 

·                             ANSI J-STD-008 1.8 - 2.0GHZ Compatibility Standard

 

·                             TIA/EIA - Proposal NO. 3383 Recommended Minimum Performance Requirements for Base Stations Supporting 1.8 TO 2.0 GHz Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Personal Stations

 

·                             TIA/EIA-712 Recommended Minimum Standards for 800 MHz Cellular Base Stations

 

·                             TIA/EIA/IS-137-A TDMA Cellular/PCS - Radio Interface - Minimum Performance Standard for Mobile Stations

 

·                             TIA/EIA/IS-138-A TDMA Cellular/PCS - Radio Interface - Minimum Performance Standard for Base Stations

 

·                             TIA/EIA/lS-97 Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for Base Stations Supporting Dual-Mode Wideband Spread Spectrum Cellular Mobile Stations

 

xviii


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

WCAS Interface

 

Concourse shall provide a single connection port for transmit (downlink) and a single connection port for receive (uplink) for each Service Provider base station equipment (i.e., each base station sector). When Service Provider equipment meets the Standards and regulatory requirements described above, the WCAS shall perform in accordance with this Specification when Service Provider and Service Provider subscriber equipment conforms with the following:

 

·                             Each Service Provider BTS combined transmitter output port (downlink) at the Head-End Equipment Room (“Head End”) is in the form of an N type male connector.

 

·                             Each Service Provider BTS combined receiver input port (uplink) at the Head End is in the form of an N type male connector.

 

·                             Each Service Provider BTS port (transmit or receive) at the Head End has a VSWR < 1.5:1 in the operational band and <  2:1 at the band edges.

 

·                             The isolation between any two transmitter Head End ports is > 20 dB

 

·                             The isolation between any transmit port and receive port at the Head End is >60 dB

 

·                             Each Service Provider’s base station equipment produces in-band spurious emissions that are <-36dBm at the demarcation point in the Head End.

 

·                             Each Service Provider’s base station spurious emissions are <- 60dBm within the WCAS frequency range (at the demarcation point within the Head End).

 

·                             Each Service Provider’s subscriber equipment has specified in- band and out-of-band spurious emissions that are less than 21dBm in the WCAS frequency range.

 

 

xix



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit C
Licensed Premises

 

Initially, the WCAS will be installed and provided as shown in the attached drawings. These drawings are subject to change as mutually agreed between the Licensee and the Department, and as permissible by Law and City and Airport policy.

 

Licensee’s rights to serve and utilize the Licensed Premises extend to the entirety of the Airport property, including all public and non-public spaces, subject to demand for services by users of the WCAS at commercially reasonable prices.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit D

 

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Department of Aviation
Wireless High Fidelity (Wi-Fi) System License
O’Hare and Midway International Airports

 

The Licensee must provide and maintain at Licensee’s own expense or cause to maintained, during term of the Agreement and during the time period following expiration if Licensee is required to return and perform any additional Services, the insurance coverages and requirements specified below, insuring all operations related to the Agreement.

 

A.                        INSURANCE TO BE PROVIDED

 

1)                          Workers Compensation and Employers Liability

 

Workers Compensation Insurance, as prescribed by applicable law covering all employees who are to provide a service under this Agreement and Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than $500,000 each accident, illness or disease.

 

2)                          Commercial General Liability (Primary and Umbrella)

 

Commercial General Liability Insurance or equivalent with limits of not less than $ 5,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage liability. Coverages must include the following: All premises and operations, products/completed operations, explosion, collapse, underground, separation of insureds, defense, and contractual liability (with no limitation endorsement). The City of Chicago is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis for any liability arising directly or indirectly from the work.

 

Subcontractors performing Services for the Licensee must maintain limits of not less than $1,000,000 with the same terms herein.

 

3)                          Automobile Liability (Primary and Umbrella)

 

When any motor vehicles (owned, non-owned and hired) are used in connection with work to be performed, the Licensee must provide or cause to be provided, Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $ 5,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. The City of Chicago is to be named as an additional insured on a primary, non-contributory basis.

 

Subcontractors performing Services for the Licensee must maintain limits of not less than $ 1,000,000 with the same terms herein.

 

4)                          Professional Liability

 

When any engineers, architects, system technicians, EDP professionals or any other professional consultant perform Services in connection with this Agreement, Professional Liability Insurance covering acts, errors, or omissions must be maintained with limits of not

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

less than $ 1,000,000 . Coverage must Include contractual liability. When policies are renewed or replaced, the policy retroactive date must coincide with, or precede, start of Service on the Agreement. A claim-made policy which is not renewed or replaced must have an extended reporting period of two (2) years.

 

5)                         Property

 

Licensee is to be responsible for all loss or damage to City property at full replacement cost during installation, modification, maintenance and/or repairs of the Wireless Communication Access System equipment or loss to any City property as a result of the Agreement.

 

Licensee is responsible for all loss or damage to personal property (including but not limited to material, equipment, tools and supplies), owned, used, leased, or rented by Licensee.

 

B.                        ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Licensee must furnish the City of Chicago, Department of Aviation, Attn:. Real Estate Division, Chicago O’Hare International Airport, Terminal 2, Upper Level, P.O. Box 66142, Chicago, IL 60666, original Certificates of Insurance, or such similar evidence, to be in force on the date of this Agreement, and Renewal Certificates of Insurance, or such similar evidence, if the coverages have an expiration or renewal date occurring during the term of this Agreement. The Licensee must submit evidence of insurance on the City of Chicago Insurance Certificate Form (copy attached) or equivalent prior to Agreement award. The receipt of any certificate does not constitute agreement by the City that the insurance requirements in the Agreement have been fully met or that the insurance policies indicated on the certificate are in compliance with all Agreement requirements. The failure of the City to obtain certificates or other insurance evidence from Licensee is not a waiver by the City of any requirements for the Licensee to obtain and maintain the specified coverages. The Licensee shall advise all insurers of the Agreement provisions regarding insurance. Nonconforming insurance does not relieve Licensee of the obligation to provide insurance as specified herein. Nonfulfillment of the insurance conditions may constitute a violation of the Agreement, and the City retains the right to suspend this Agreement until proper evidence of insurance is provided, or the Agreement may be terminated.

 

The insurance must provide for 60 days prior written notice to be given to the City in the event coverage is substantially changed, canceled, or non-renewed.

 

Any deductibles or self insured retentions on referenced insurance coverages must be borne by Licensee.

 

The Licensee hereby waives and agrees to reqiure their insurers to waive their rights of subrogation against the City of Chicago, its employees, elected officials, agents, or representatives.

 

The coverages and limits furnished by Licensee in no way limit the Licensee’s liabilities and responsibilities specified within the Agreement or by law.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Any insurance or self insurance programs maintained by the City of Chicago do not contribute with insurance provided by the Licensee under the Agreement.

 

The required insurance to be carried is not limited by any limitations expressed in the indemnification language in this Agreement or any limitation placed on the indemnity in this Agreement given as a matter of law.

 

If Licensee is a joint venture or limited liability company, the insurance policies must name the joint venture or limited liability company as a named insured.

 

The Licensee must require all subcontractors to provide the insurance required herein, or Licensee may provide the coverages for subcontractors. All subcontractors are subject to the same insurance requirements of Licensee unless otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

If Licensee or subcontractor desires additional coverages, the party desiring the additional coverages is responsible for the acquisition and cost.

 

The City of Chicago Risk Management Department maintains the right to modify, delete, alter or change these requirements.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit E
Economic Disclosure Statement(s) and Affidavit(s)

 

[Available on City’s website]

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Exhibit F

 

This Exhibit F is subject to revision by the City to reflect changes necessary due to recent changes in federal regulations. The Licensee must comply with the provisions of this Exhibit pending such revision. Upon approval by the Chief Procurement Officer of any schedules required by this Exhibit, they will be attached without need for a formal amendment’ of the Agreement.

 

I.                             POLICY AND TERMS

 

A.                       Concession Operation Goal

 

It is the policy of the City, of Chicago (“City”) in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 and 49 CFR Part 26, that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (“DBEs”) have the maximum opportunity to participate fully in the operation of concessions under any concession license agreement entered into with the City in connection with its airports. The City’s overall goal for DBE participation in operating its airport concessions (including licenses and sublicenses). ( “DBE Concession Goal” ) is 30%, measured by the annual gross receipts derived from airport concession operations from October 1st through September 30 th  (i.e., federal fiscal year).

 

B.                       Supplemental Concession Contracting and Procurement Goal

 

In addition to fostering participation of DBEs as concessionaires, the City has a further goal of encouraging concessionaires, whenever practicable, to obtain DBE participation in the amount of 30% of their expenditures for goods, work and services that may be required for the operation of the concessions ( “DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal” ).

 

C.                       Concessionaire Commitment

 

The City considers a concessionaire’s commitments regarding DBE participation proposed in connection with obtaining a concession license agreement with the City a material inducement to the City to enter the agreement. Further, it is a material condition of any concession license agreement granted by the City that concessionaire carry out its commitments each year. Concessionaire’s failure to do so in good faith is a material default subject to all available remedies.

 

D.                       Effect of New Regulations/New DBE Regulations

 

If in the future the United States Department of Transportion (“DOT”) issues new DBE regulations concerning airport concessions, concessionaires must comply with the requirments of any revised City Airport Concession DBE Program, DBE Concession Goal, and DBE-related regulations that the City may adopt in connection with the applicable federal regulations.

 

1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS REGARDING
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMMITMENT
(AIRPORT CONCESSIONS)

 

II.                         GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

A.                       Definitions

 

1.                           The definitions set forth in 49 CFR Part 23 and 49 CFR Part 26 are incorporated into these Special Conditions.

 

“Directory” means the Directory of Certified “Disadvantaged Business Enterprises”. “Minority Business Enterprises” and “Women Business Enterprises” maintained and published by the Department of Procurement Services of the City of Chicago. The Directory identifies firms that have been certified as DBEs, and includes both the date of their last certification and the Primary Industry Classification (alternatively referred to as “area of specialty”) in which they have been certified. Concessionaires are responsible for verifying the current certification status of all proposed DBE firms.

 

“Contract Compliance Administrator” means the officer appointed pursuant to Section 2-92-490 of the Municipal Code of Chicago.

 

B.                       Joint Venture

 

1.                          Concession Operations Joint Ventures

 

Concessionaires may develop joint ventures to provide participation by DBEs in concessions operations. If a partnership, each joint venturer must separately sign the license agreement with the City. If the joint venture has formed a limited liability company or a corporation, an authorized officer of the LLC or corporation may sign for the joint venture. Joint ventures that have formed an LLC or corporation must provide documentation satisfactory to the City to demonstrate that the DBE has an active role in operations and is not a passive investor.

 

A DBE/non-DBE concessionaire joint venture is eligible to be counted toward DBE goals if, and only if, all of the following requirements are satisfied:

 

a.                           The DBE venturer shares in the ownership, control, management responsibilities, risks and profit of the joint venture in proportion with the DBE ownership percentage;

 

b.                          The DBE venturer is responsible for a clearly defined portion of the business operations, in proportion with the DBE ownership percentage;

 

c.                           The DBE venturer must actually perform the business operations (with its own personnel and its own supervising staff) to an extent commensurate with the value of its ownership of the joint venture.

 

NOTE: Credit for participation by DBEs in a joint venture with non-DBEs does not require a minimum participation of 51% in joint venture ownership and control on the part of the DBE. A junior ownership interest in the joint venture by the DBE can be credited toward the DBE Concession Goal in a pro rata fashion.

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.                          Contracting and Procurement Joint Ventures

 

DBEs may also participate through joint ventures organized to provide goods and services necessary to the operation of the concession. DBE/non-DBE joint ventures are creditable on either the prime or the subcontractor level and are otherwise subject to Federal, State and City contract limitations restricting second tier subcontracting.

 

The Contract Compliance Administrator will evaluate the proposed joint venture agreement and all related documents to determine whether the structure complies with federal requirements for DBE participation in airport concessions.

 

A contracting and procurement joint venture is eligible to be counted toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal if, and only if, all of the following requirements are satisfied.

 

a.                           The DBE joint venturer shares in the ownership, control, management responsibilities, risks and profits of the joint venture in proportion with the DBE ownership percentage;

 

b.                          The DBE joint venturer is responsible for a clearly defined portion of work to be performed in proportion with the DBE ownership percentage; and

 

c.                           The DBE joint venturer must actually perform work equal to the value of its ownership of the joint venture.

 

III.                     IMEASURING DBE PARTICIPATION

 

A.                       Counting DBE Participation for the DBE Concession Goal

 

DBE participation will be counted toward the DBE Concession Goal on a federal fiscal year basis as follows:

 

1.                           DBE Concessionaires

 

When a DBE is a concessionaire, once the DBE is determined to be eligible under applicable rules, the gross receipts generated by the DBE from the concession counts towards the DBE Concession Goal.

 

2.                           DBE/non-DBE Joint Venture Concessionaires

 

When DBE participation is obtained through a joint venture arrangement between a non-DBE and a DBE for the operation of a concession, only that portion of the gross receipts contributed by the commercially useful efforts of

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the DBE joint venturer count towards the DBE Concession Goal, but in no case may the percentage contribution attributable to a DBE joint venturer exceed the DBE’s percentage interest in the joint venture. When the Contract Compliance Administrator has reason to doubt the extent of a DBE joint venturer’s commercially useful contribution towards the concessionaire’s gross receipts, the Contract Compliance Administrator may request evidence to substantiate the DBE’s contribution. Credit toward the DBE Concessions Goal will not be granted when the DBE joint venturer is not participating in the actual operation of the concession, but rather is providing goods or services used by a concessionaire.

 

3.                           DBE Subconcessionaires

 

When DBE participation is obtained through use of DBE subconcessionaires, the amount of credit toward the DBE Concessions Goal is equal to the gross receipts generated by the subconcession. The DBE subconcession must be independently operated by the DBE as evidenced by the DBE’s responsibility for all aspects of the management and operation of the subconcession.

 

B.                        Counting DBE Participation Toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal

 

DBE participation will be counted toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal annually in accordance with the standards set forth in 49 CFR Part 26.

 

1.                           When a DBE is a contractor for work or services, or a manufacturer or regular dealer of goods or equipment, and is determined to be eligible in accordance with these rules, except as provided below, the total dollar value of the. contract awarded to the DBE may be counted toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal, except that a concessionaire may count only a portion of the total dollar value of a contract with a joint venture subcontractor eligible under the standards of these Special Conditions equal to the percentage of the ownership and control of the DBE joint venture.

 

2.                           When a concessionaire contracts out for work, a concessionaire may count toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal only expenditures to firms that perform a commercially useful function in the work. A firm is considered to perform a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of a distinct element of the work and carries out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To determine if a firm is performing a commercially useful function, the Contract Compliance Administrator will evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, industry practices, and other relevant factors.

 

Consistent with, normal industry practices, a DBE may enter into subcontracts. If a DBE contractor subcontracts a significantly greater portion of the work of the contract than would be expected on the basis of a normal industry practices,

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the DBE will he presumed not to be performing a commercially useful function. Evidence may be presented by the contractors involved to rebut this presumption.

 

3.                           A concessionaire may count toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal the following expenditures to DBE firms that are not manufacturers or regular dealers:

 

a.                          The fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment materials or supplies required for operation of the concession, but only if the fee or commission is determined by the Contract Compliance Administrator to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.

 

b.                         The fees charged for delivery of materials and supplies required on a job site (but not the cost of the materials and supplies themselves) when the hauler, trucker, or delivery service, is not also the manufacturer of a regular dealer in the materials and supplies, but only if the fee is determined by the Contract Compliance Administrator to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.

 

c.                          The fees or commissions charged for providing any bonds or insurance specifically required under the concession license agreement, but only if the fee or commission is determined by the Contract Compliance Administrator to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar service.

 

IV.                    CONCESSIONAIRE’S DBE PROPOSAL

 

A.                      Subject to the provisions of Section I(D) of these Special Conditions, the following schedules and documents constitute the concessionaire’s DBE proposal, and represent its commitment to DBE participation in the concession each year throughout the term of the concession. DBE participation toward the DBE Concession Goal and toward the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goals should be stated clearly, distinctly, and separately. These schedules and documents must be submitted to the City in accordance with the guidelines stated.

 

1.                           Schedule B: Affidavit of DBE/non-DBE Joint Venture (if the DBE proposal includes the participation of any DBE as a joint venturer). Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement proposed among the parties.

 

Schedule B, in conjunction with the joint venture agreement, must clearly evidence that the DBE venturer will be responsible for a clearly defined portion of the work to be performed or the concession to be operated and that the DBE

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

firms’s responsibilities are in proportion with their ownership percentage, as described under Section II(B), Joint Ventures. In order to demonstrate the DBE venturer’s share in the ownership, control, management responsibilities, risks, and profits of the joint venture, the proposed joint venture agreement must include specific details related to (i) the contributions of capital and equipment; (ii) work items or management services to be performed or concessions to be operated by the DBE’s own forces; (iii) work items, management services to be performed or concessions to be operated under the supervision of the DBE venturer and (iv) the commitment of management, supervisory and operative personnel employed by the DBE to be dedicated to the performance of the project.

 

Schedule B, together with the joint venture agreement must in addition, clearly evidence the commitment of the DBE venturer to actually perform (with its own forces and supervisory staff) to an extent commensurate with the value of its ownership in the joint venture.

 

2.                           Schedule C: Letter of Intent to Perform as a Subcontractor, Subconsultant, or Goods or Material Supplier. Each Schedule C must accurately detail the work to be performed by the DBE firm and the agreed rates and prices to be paid. Schedule C, appropriately labeled, should also be used to show intent to perform as a concessionaire or subconcessionaire, with the estimated annual gross receipts attributable to the concessionaire or subconcessionaire.

 

3.                           Letter of Certification. Attach a copy of each proposed DBE firm’s current Letter of Certification.

 

All Letters of Certification issued by the City of Chicago include a statement of the DBE firm’s area of specialization. The DBE firm’s scope of work, as detailed by its Schedule C, must conform to its stated area of specialization. When a DBE is proposed to perform work or supply goods, materials or services not covered by its area of certification, it must request an extension of its certification prior to its being proposed to perform such work or supply goods, materials or services. The DBE firm’s request to expand the scope of its certification, together with all documentation required by the City to process that request, must be received by the City at least thirty (30) calendar days before execution of any agreement with the City.

 

4.                           Schedule D: Affidavit of Prime Contractor Regarding DBEs.

 

Concessionaires must submit, together with the proposal, a completed Schedule D committing to use each listed DBE firm in connection with the ownership of the concession, in which case estimated annual gross receipts will be listed, and in connection with the acquisition of goods, work and services, in which case anticipated expenditures will be listed. The commitments made by the concessionaire’s Schedule D must conform to those presented in the submitted Schedule Cs.

 

6


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.                        Agreements between a concessionaire and a DBE that promise not to provide subcontracting quotations to other concessionaires are prohibited.

 

C.                        During the term of the concession, the concessionaire must give, upon request, earnest and prompt cooperation to the Contract Compliance Administrator and/or authorized delegate in submitting to interviews that may be necessary, or in allowing entry to places of business or in providing further documentation, or in soliciting the cooperation of a DBE in providing such assistance.

 

D.                       Concessionaires will not be permitted to modify their DBE participation except as directed to do so by the City.

 

V.                        GOOD FAITH EFFORTS

 

The City considers compliance with these Special Conditions and concessionaire’s commitments material. Failure to comply with them will be considered an event of default under the concession agreement. The concessionaire must make good faith efforts to maintain, DBE participation in its concession (including any extensions, amendments and modifications). The concessionaire must document that it has obtained enough DBE participation to meet the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal, or if unsuccessful in doing so, has made adequate good faith efforts to meet the goal. The concessionaire can demonstrate it has made good faith efforts to meet the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal either by:

 

A.                      Meeting the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal, as provided in these Special Conditions, and documenting commitments for participation by DBE firms sufficient for this purpose; or

 

B.                        Documenting , in the manner described below, adequate good faith efforts to meet DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal. This means documentation to show that it took all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal, or other requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 and 49 CFR Part 26, which by their scope, intensity and appropriateness to the objective, could reasonably be expected to obtain sufficient DBE, participation, even if not fully successful. The following are examples of documented actions the Contract Compliance Administrator may consider to determine whether the concessionaire made good faith efforts:

 

1.                           Soliciting through all reasonable and available means (e.g., advertising and/or written notices) the interest of all certified DBEs who have the capability to perform the work of the contract. The concessionaire must solicit this interest within sufficient time to allow the DBEs to respond to the solicitation. The concessionaire must determine with certainty if the DBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations.

 

2.                           Selecting portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Procurement Goal will be achieved. This includes, when appropriate, breaking out contract work items into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the concessionaire might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces.

 

3.                           Providing interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications and requirements of the concession in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation.

 

4.                           Negotiating in good faith with interested DBEs. It is the concessionaire’s responsibility to make a portion of the work available to DBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the work or material needs consistent with the available DBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate DBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the plans and specifications for the work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why additional agreements could not be reached for DBEs to perform the work. A concessionaire using good business judgment would consider a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and would take a firm’s price and capabilities as well as contract goals into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using DBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a concessionaire’s failure to meet the DBE Concession Goal and/or the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal, as long as such costs are reasonable. Concessionaires are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from DBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable.

 

5.                           Not rejecting DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The DBE’s standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organization or associations and political or social affiliation (for example union vs. non-union employee status) are not legitimate causes for the rejection in the concessionaire’s efforts to meet the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal.

 

6.                           Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit or insurance as required by the City or the concessionaire.

 

7.                           Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services.

 

8.                           Effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations and contractors’ groups; local, state and federal minority/women business assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case-by-case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs.

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

C.                        The following types of documentation, as applicable to the situation, will be considered by the Contract Compliance Administrator in determining whether the concessionaire has made good faith efforts to meet the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal.

 

1.                           A listing of all DBE firms contacted that includes;

 

a.                          names, address and telephone numbers of DBE firms solicited;

 

b.        date and time of contact;

 

c.        method of contact (written, telephone, transmittal of facsimile documents, etc.);

 

d.        name of the person contacted.

 

2.                           Copies of letters or any other evidence of mailing that substantiates outreach to DBE vendors that include:

 

a.        project identification and location;

 

b.        classification/commodity of work items for which quotations were sought;

 

c.        date, item and location for acceptance of subcontractor bid proposals;

 

d.        detailed statement which summarizes direct negotiations with appropriate DBE firms for specific portions of the work and indicates why negotiations were unsuccessful;

 

e.        affirmation that good faith efforts have been demonstrated by choosing subcontracting opportunities likely to achieve the DBE Concession Goal and/or the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal by not imposing any limiting conditions which were not mandatory for all subcontractors; or denying the benefits ordinarily conferred on DBE subcontractors for the type of work that was solicited.

 

3.                           Copies of proposed plans for selecting portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE Concession Goal and the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal will be achieved.

 

4.                           Evidence that the concessionaire negotiated in good faith with interested DBEs.

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

5.         Evidence that the concessionaire did not reject DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities.

 

6.         Evidence that the concessionaire made efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit or insurance, as required by the City or the concessionaire.

 

7.         Evidence that the concessionaire made efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials or related assistance or services.

 

8.         Evidence that the concessionaire has provided timely notice of the need for subcontractors to at least 50 percent of the applicable DBEs listed in the City’s Directory. The Contract Compliance Administrator may contact the certified DBEs for verification of notification.

 

9.         Evidence that subcontractor participation is excessively costly. Subcontractor participation will be deemed excessively costly when the DBE subcontractor proposal exceeds the average price quoted by more than 15 percent. In order to establish that a subcontractor’s quote is excessively costly, the concessionaire must provide the following information:

 

a.                          A detailed statement of the work identified for DBE participation for which the concessionaire asserts the DBE quote(s) were excessively costly (in excess of 15 percent higher).

 

(1)       a listing of all potential subcontractors contacted for a quotation on that work item;

 

(2)       prices quoted for the subcontract in question by all such potential subcontractors for that work item.

 

b.                         Other documentation that demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Contract Compliance Administrator that the DBE proposals are excessively costly, even though not in excess of 15 percent higher than the average price quoted.

 

c.                          The City reserves the right to modify this procedure when deemed appropriate.

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

C.                       Administrative Reconsideration

 

1.                           The Contract Compliance Administrator makes the initial determination regarding a concessionaire’s good faith efforts based upon his or her review of the documentation that the concessionaire has timely submitted in response to the City’s submittal schedule. Within five days of being informed by the City that it is not responsive because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts, a concessionaire may request administrative reconsideration. The concessionaire should make this request in writing to the following reconsideration official:

 

Chief Procurement Officer
Department of Procurement Services
City Hall
Room 403
121 N. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60602

 

with a copy to:

 

Deputy Procurement Officer
Office of Business Development
City Hall
Room 403
121N. LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60602

 

The Chief Procurement Officer will not have played any role in the Contract Compliance Administrator’s determination that the concessionaire did not make or timely document sufficient good faith efforts.

 

2.                           As part of this reconsideration, the concessionaire will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the DBE Concession Goal and/or the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so. The concessionaire will have the opportunity to meet in person with the Chief Procurement Officer to discuss whether it did so. The City will send the concessionaire a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the concessionaire did or did not meet the DBE Concession Goal and/or the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so.

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

VI.                    REPORTING

 

A.                       Concessions Operations:

 

1.        The concessionaire must, within five working days of receiving the awarded concession agreement, execute a written agreement with all DBE subconcessionaires.

 

2.        The concessionaire must file monthly DBE utilization reports, together with its monthly concession license fee payment, delineating the DBE contribution to concessionaires gross receipts for the month and cumulatively for the year-to-date. Each DBE utilization report must be signed by an authorized officer or representative of the concessionaire and notarized.

 

B.                       Supplemental Concession Contracting and Procurement:

 

1.        The concessionaire must, within the time specified by the Contract Compliance Administrator after receiving the awarded concession agreement, depending on the circumstances of the particular subcontract or purchase order, execute a formal subcontract or purchase order with the DBEs that were proposed all in accordance with the terms of the concessionaire’s proposal and DBE assurances, and must promptly submit to the City at that time a copy of the DBE subcontracts or purchase orders, each showing acceptance of the subcontract or purchase order by the DBE.

 

2.        During the term of the concession agreement, whenever construction is performed, the concessionaire must submit partial and final waivers of lien, when appropriate, from DBE subcontractors, which are drawn up to show the true, cumulative dollar amount of subcontractor payments made to date.

 

3.        The concessionaire must file regular DBE utilization reports, on Procurement Services Form DBE Status -I entitled “Status Report of DBE (Sub)Contract Payments.” The concessionaire must present the notarized DBE status form executed to reflect the current status of effective and projected payments to DBEs

 

VII.                DBE SUBSTITUTIONS

 

A.                      Arbitrary changes by the concessionaire of the commitments earlier certified in the Schedule D are prohibited. Further, after once entering into each approved DBE sub- agreement, the concessionaire must thereafter neither terminate the sub-agreement, nor reduce fee scope of the work to be performed by the DBE, nor decrease the price to or the level of participation of the DBE, without in each instance receiving the prior written approval of the City. In some cases, however, it may become necessary to substitute a new DBE in order actually to fulfill the DBE requirements. In such cases, the City must be given reasons justifying the release by the City of prior specific DBE commitments established in the concessionaire’s DBE proposal, and will need to review the eligibility of the DBE presented as a substitute. The substitution procedure will be as follows:

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

1.                           The concessionaire must notify the Contract Compliance Administrator immediately in writing of an apparent necessity to reduce or terminate a DBE subcontract or joint venture and to propose a substitute firm for some phase of the operation or the work, goods or services, if needed in order to sustain the fulfillment of the DBE Concessions Goal or the DBE Contracting and Procurement Goal.

 

2.                           The concessionaire’s notification should include the specific reasons for the proposed substitution. Stated reasons that would be acceptable include any of the following examples: A previously committed DBE was found not to be able to perform or not to be able to perform on time; a committed DBE was found not to be able to produce acceptable work; a committed DBE was discovered later to be not bona fide; a DBE previously committed at a given price later demands an unreasonable escalation of price.

 

3.                           The concessionaire’s position in these cases must be fully explained and supported with adequate documentation. Stated reasons which will NOT be acceptable include: A replacement firm has been recruited to perform the same work under terms more advantageous to the concessionaire; issues about performance by the committed DBE were disputed (unless every reasonable effort has already been taken to have the issues resolved or mediated satisfactorily); and a DBE has requested reasonable price escalation which may be justified due to unforeseen circumstances.

 

4.                           The concessionaire’s notification should include the name, address, and principal official of any proposed substitute DBE and the dollar value and scope of work of the proposed subcontract. Attached should be all the same DBE affidavits, documents, and Letter of Intent that are required of concessionaires, as enumerated above in Section IV, Concessionaire’s DBE Proposal.

 

5.                           The City will evaluate the submitted documentation, and respond within fifteen working days to the request for approval of a substitution. The response may be in the form of requesting more information, or requesting an interview to clarify or mediate the problem. In the case of an expressed emergency need to receive the necessary decision for the sake of job progress or operation of the concession, the City will instead respond as soon as practicable.

 

6.                           Actual substitution of a replacement DBE should not be made before City approval is given of the acceptability of the substitute DBE. A subcontract with the substitute DBE must be executed within the time specified by the Contract Compliance Administrator, and a copy of the DBE subcontract with signatures of both parties to the agreement should be submitted immediately to the City.

 

B.                        In a case in which a firm under contract was previously considered to be a DBE but is later found not to be, or whose work is found not to be creditable toward DBE goals fully as planned, the City will consider the following special criteria in evaluating a

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

substitution:

 

1.                           Whether the concessionaire was reasonable in believing the enterprise was a DBE or that eligibility or “counting” standards were not being violated.

 

2.                           The adequacy of unsuccessful efforts taken to obtain a substitute DBE as outlined in Section V, Good Faith Efforts.

 

C.                        The Contract Compliance Administrator solely will determine all matters of DBE compliance.

 

VIII.            NON-COMPLIANCE AND DAMAGES

 

Each of the following constitute a material breach of any concession agreement entered into of which these special conditions form a part and will entitle the City to declare a default, terminate the contract and exercise those remedies provided for in the agreement, at law or in equity:

 

A.                      Failure to satisfy the DBE percentages required by the concession agreement;

 

B.                        The concessionaire, joint venturer or subcontractor is decertified as a DBE, such status was a factor in the concession award, and was misrepresented by the concessionaire.

 

Payments due to the concessionaire, if any, may be withheld until corrective action is taken. If the concessionaire has not complied with the contractual DBE percentages, underutilization of identified DBEs will entitle the affected DBEs to recover from the concessionaire damages suffered by these DBEs as a result of such underutilization. Therefore, the concessionaire consents to have any disputes between the concessionaire and such affected DBEs regarding damages resolved by binding arbitration before an independent arbitrator other than the City, with reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, being recoverable by a prevailing DBE in accordance with applicable City regulations. This provision is intended for the benefit of all DBEs affected by underutilization and grants them specific third party beneficiary rights. In cases deemed appropriate by the Contract Compliance Administrator, notification of a dispute by the affected DBE or the concessionaire may lead to the withholding of sums that the City may owe the concessionaire until the City receives a copy of the final arbitration decision, but in no event will the concessionaire be excused from making any payments due to the City during the pendency of a dispute. Noncompliance or non-cooperation with the City may affect continued eligibility to enter into Future contracting arrangements with the City.

 

If the concessionaire is determined not to have been involved in any misrepresentation of the status of the disqualified joint venturer or subcontractor or supplier, the concessionaire must discharge the disqualified subcontractor or supplier and, if possible, identify and engage a qualified DBE as its replacement.

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

IX.                    RECORD KEEPING

 

The concessionaire must maintain records of all relevant data with respect to the utilization of DBEs, retaining these records for a period of at least three years after termination or expiration of the concession agreement. Concessionaire grants full access to these records to the City of Chicago, Federal or State authorities, the U.S. Department of Justice, or their duly authorized representatives.

 

X.                        ASSISTANCE AGENCIES

 

The following agencies are available to the concessionaires for assistance:

 

Small business guaranteed loans: surety bond guarantees: 8 (a) certification:

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

S.B.A. - Bond Guarantee Program

500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1250

 

Surety Bonds

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

300 South Riverside Plaza

Attention: Robert Conner

 

Room 1975-S

(312) 353-4528

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606-6611

 

 

Attention: Tony Zanetello

 

 

(312) 353-7331

 

S.B.A. - Procurement Assistance
300 South Riverside Plaza
Room 1975-S
Chicago, Illinois 60606-6611
Attention: Robert P. Murphy, Assistant Regional Administrator
(312) 353-4503

 

Project information; general DBE information; Directory of local and out-of-state construction and design DBEs:

 

City of Chicago
Office of Business Development
City Hall - Room 403
Chicago, Illinois 60602
(312) 744-4900

 

Directory of Certified Disadvantaged, Minority and Women Business Enterprises is available at the address above.

 

Information on DBE availability in the manufacturing, sales or supplies, and related fields (direct assistance from 42 regional affiliates located throughout the U.S.):

 

National Minority Suppliers

 

Chicago Minority Business

Development Council, Inc.

 

Development Council

15 W. 29th Street - 9th Floor

 

36 South Wabash - Suite 725

New York, New York 10018

 

Chicago, Illinois 60603

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Attention: Harriet R. Mitchell

 

Attention: Maye Foster-Thompson

(212) 944-2430

 

(312) 263-0105

 

XI.                    CONCESSIONAIRE ASSISTANCE

 

Concessionaires must themselves assist DBEs in overcoming harriers to program participation. The following instruments of assistance, for example, should he used as applicable:

 

A.                      Developing solicitations of subcontract proposals so as to increase potential DBE participation. This can take the form of breaking down large subcontracts into smaller ones, and of issuing notice of solicitations in a timely manner,

 

B.                        Providing technical assistance and guidance in the proposing, estimating, and scheduling processes;

 

C.                        Considering purchasing supplies and/or leasing the required equipment for a job, then subcontracting only for the expertise required to perform the work,

 

D.                       Providing accelerated payments or establishing prorated payment and delivery schedules so as to minimize cash flow problems faced by small firms;

 

E.                         Providing, waiving, or reducing subcontract bonding requirements, allowing stage bonding (bonding carried over from one project state to the next); and

 

F.                         Providing a prebid conference for potential subcontractors,

 

In addition to employing DBEs for construction work and materials, and goods and services directly used for the concession, the concessionaire should consider the utilization of DBEs in fields indirectly related to management and concession contracts: banking, office equipment sales, vehicle sales, mechanical repair, legal and accounting services, building security, graphics and advertising, etc.

 

XII.                EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

 

Compliance with DBE requirements will not diminish or supplant the concessionaire’s obligations to comply with non-discrimination laws as required elsewhere in the concession agreement.

 

16




Exhibit 10.10

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Agreement No. AX - 713

 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK ACCESS AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

THE PORT AUTHORITY OF
NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY

 

and

 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section 1.

 

Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.

 

Scope of Agreement-Permittee’s Rights of User

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.

 

Permittee’s Permitted Activities and Certain Obligations

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.

 

Term

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.

 

Fees

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.

 

Leases of Facilities

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.

 

Installation Work

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.

 

Initial System Capital Cost

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.

 

Governmental Requirements

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.

 

Prohibited Acts

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.

 

Maintenance and Repair

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

Section 12.

 

Casualty

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

Section 13.

 

Indemnity

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

Section 14.

 

Consequential Damages

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

Section 15.

 

Port Authority’s Right of Relocation

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

Section 16.

 

In-Kind Services

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

Section 17.

 

Limitation on Service by Others

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

Section 18.

 

Condemnation

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

Section 19.

 

Assignment and Sublease

 

54

 

i



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 20.

 

Termination

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

Section 21.

 

Right of Use Upon Termination

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

Section 22.

 

Waiver of Redemption

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

Section 23.

 

Remedies to be Non-exclusive

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

Section 24.

 

Surrender

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

Section 25.

 

Project Financing

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

Section 26.

 

Disputes

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

Section 27.

 

Carrier Agreement

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

Section 28.

 

Payments

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

Section 29.

 

Recording

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

Section 30.

 

Quiet Enjoyment

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

Section 31.

 

Headings

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

Section 32.

 

Performance of Permittee’s Obligations

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

Section 33.

 

Publicity and Advertising

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

Section 34.

 

Renewal Term

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

Section 35.

 

Manner of Operation

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

Section 36.

 

Termination Without Cause - Renewal Term

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Section 37.

 

Late Charges

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

Section 38.

 

Other Construction by the Lessee

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

Section 39.

 

Force Majeure

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

Section 40.

 

Liability Insurance

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

Section 41.

 

Non-Discrimination

 

83

 

ii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 42.

 

Affirmative Action

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

Section 43.

 

Permittee’s Additional Ongoing Affirmative Action- Equal Opportunity Commitment

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

Section 44.

 

Electricity

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

Section 45.

 

Suitability of Port Authority Facilities

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Section 46.

 

Objectionable Interference

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Section 47.

 

Non-Liability of Individuals

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

Section 48.

 

Existing Wireless Agreements

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

Section 49.

 

Non-Disturbance

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Section 50.

 

Labor Harmony Obligation

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

Section 51.

 

Brokerage

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Section 52.

 

Notices

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

Section 53.

 

Severability

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Section 54.

 

Counterparts

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Section 55.

 

Rules of Interpretation

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Section 56.

 

Third Party Beneficiaries

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

Section 57.

 

Governing Law

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

Section 58.

 

Entire Agreement

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits A, B, C, D and E

 

 

Schedule E

 

 

 

iii


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

AGREEMENT

 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK ACCESS SYSTEM

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the 26th day of August, 1999, by and between THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY (hereinafter called the “Port Authority”) a body corporate and politic created by Compact between the States of New York and New Jersey, with the consent of the Congress of the United States of America and having an office at One World Trade Center, in the City, County and State of New York, and NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, having an office and place of business at 158 Third Street, Mineola, New York 11501, (herein-after called the “Permittee”) whose representative is Richard J. DiGeronimo.

 

WITNESSETH, THAT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing, and of the covenants and agreements herein contained, the Port Authority and the Permittee hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions

 

“Additional Port Authority Facilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Adjusted Gross Receipts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Airports” shall mean the John F. Kennedy International Airport, LaGuardia Airport and Newark International Airport, collectively.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Ancillary Towers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Annual Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Base Net Present Value Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.

 

“Base Unamortized Capital Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.

 

“Basic Port Authority Facilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of: (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which the Port Authority has delivered certificates as provided for in Section 7 (g) (i), with respect to all of the Basic Port Authority Facilities, or (ii) the date the System at each of the Basic Port Authority Facilities has been tested and accepted by at least one Cellular Carrier User and one PCS Carrier User.

 

“Billing Periods” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 44.

 

“Business Days” shall mean Mondays to Fridays, inclusive, legal holidays excepted.

 

“Carrier Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Carrier Users” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Causes or conditions beyond the control of the Port Authority,” shall mean and include acts of God, the elements, weather conditions, tides, earthquakes, settlements, fire, acts of Governmental authority, war, shortage or labor or materials, acts of third parties for which the Port Authority is not responsible, injunctions, strikes, boycotts, picketing,

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

slowdowns, work stoppages, labor troubles or disputes of every kind (including all those affecting the Port Authority, its contractors, suppliers or subcontractors) or any other condition or circumstances, whether similar to or different from the foregoing (it being agreed that the foregoing enumeration shall not limit or be characteristic of such conditions or circumstances) which is beyond the control of the Port Authority or which could not be prevented or remedied by reasonable effort and at reasonable expense.

 

“Cellular Carrier Users” shall mean a Carrier User that provides “Commercial Mobile Service” using frequencies assigned by the Federal Communications Commission for cellular telecommunications use prior to the designation of frequencies for use by “PCS Carrier Users” (as hereinafter defined).

 

“Chief Engineer” shall mean the Chief Engineer of the Port Authority.

 

“Commencement Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

 

“Commercial Mobile Service” shall have the meaning set forth in 47 U.S.C.. §332 (d) (1), as the same may hereafter be amended from time-to-time.

 

“Consumption and Demand” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 44.

 

“Covered Facilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Default Available Cash” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

“Facility” shall mean one or more facilities owned by or leased to the Port Authority.

 

“Governmental Authority” or “Governmental Authorities” shall mean federal, state, municipal and other governmental authorities, boards and agencies, except that neither term shall be construed to include The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey.

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Gross Receipts” shall have the meaning in Section 5.

 

“Gross Receipts Fee Component” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Hazardous Substances” shall include, without limitation, any pollutant, contaminant, toxic or hazardous waste, dangerous substance, potentially dangerous substance, noxious substance, toxic substance, flammable, explosive, radioactive material, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, petroleum and petroleum products and other substances declared to be hazardous or toxic, or the removal of which is required, or the manufacture, preparation, production, generation, use maintenance, treatment, storage, transfer, handling or ownership of which is restricted, prohibited, regulated or penalized by any Laws.

 

“In Kind Services” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.

 

“In Kind Services Budgeted Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.

 

“Initial System Capital Cost” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.

 

“Initial System Construction Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

“Initial Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

 

“Interim System Operator” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

“Laws” shall mean all laws, ordinances, orders, enactments, resolutions, rules, requirements, directives and regulations of any Governmental Authority now or at any time hereafter in effect as the same may be amended or supplemented.

 

“Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Loan Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

“Local Multipoint Distribution Service” shall have the meaning set forth in 47 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 1 and 101, as the same may hereafter be amended from time-to-time.

 

“Minimum Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Minimum Carrier User Annual Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Minimum Paging Carrier User Annual Contribution” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“NYUCC” shall mean the New York Uniform Commercial Code (McKinney’s Consolidated Laws).

 

“Objectionable Interference” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 46.

 

“PCS Carrier Users” shall mean a Carrier User providing Commercial Mobile Services for which a license from the Federal Communications Commission is required in a personal communications service established pursuant to the proceeding entitled “Amendment to the Commission’s Rules to Establish New Personal Communications Services” or any successor proceeding, as described in 47 U.S.C. Sec. 153 (27).

 

“Partial Use Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

“Paging Only Carrier Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Paging Carrier User” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Person” shall mean not only a natural person, corporation or other legal entity, but shall also include two or more natural persons, corporations or other legal entities acting jointly as a firm, partnership, unincorporated association, consortium, joint venture or otherwise.

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Personal Wireless Service” shall have the meaning set forth in 47 U.S.C. §332(c) (7) (C), as the same may hereafter be amended from time-to-time.

 

“Port Authority Facility” shall mean one or more facilities owned by or leased to the Port Authority.

 

“Port of New York District” shall have the meaning set forth in N.Y. Unconsolidated Laws §6403 (McKinney).

 

“Project Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

“Prudent Engineering and Operating Practice” shall mean the practices, methods and acts (including those engaged in or approved by engineers and operators generally with respect to systems the same as or similar to the System) that in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time a decision is made or an action is taken, would be expected to accomplish the desired result in a workmanlike manner and in compliance with applicable laws and reliability and safety standards.

 

“Renewal Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 34.

 

“Replacement Project Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25.

 

“Satellite-based Communications. Service” shall mean the services currently regulated under 47 Code of Federal Regulations Part 25, as the same may be amended from time-to-time.

 

“System” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“System Operations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

“Taking or Conveyance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.

 

“Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Tenant Alteration Application” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.

 

“Termination Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.

 

“Tower Gross Receipts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Variable Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  5.

 

Section 2.  Scope of Agreement - Permittee’s Rights of User

 

(a) (i) The Permittee shall have the right to install, operate and maintain a wireless telecommunications network access system (the “System”) at the Port Authority Facilities specified in Exhibit A annexed hereto and hereby made a part hereof for shared use by those wireless communications carriers (“Carrier Users”) that have entered into, or subsequent to this date of this Agreement enter into, a certain “Carrier Agreement” with the Permittee, in form satisfactory to the Port Authority, providing for the use of the System solely for the purposes set forth in paragraph (c), below, and as more fully described in the Carrier Agreement. Certain matters with respect to the Carrier Agreement are set forth in Section 27, below. The Permittee shall furnish the Port Authority with a true copy of each fully-executed Carrier Agreement it enters into with any Carrier User. The Permittee shall be obligated to install, operate and maintain the System in those Port Authority Facilities listed on Exhibit A and designated as “Basic Port Authority Facilities” whether or not any Carrier User or Paging Carrier User has agreed to use the System at such Basic Port Authority Facilities. The Permittee shall be obligated to install, operate and maintain the System in one or more additional Port Authority Facilities listed on Exhibit A and designated as “Additional Port Authority Facilities,” provided however that the Permittee shall only be obligated to install the System, or any components thereof, at an Additional Port Authority Facility when one or more Cellular Carrier Users and one or more PCS Carrier Users have each requested to use the System at such Additional Port Authority Facility pursuant to the

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

terms of its Carrier Agreement, provided however that the Permittee shall only be obligated to install the System, or any components thereof, (x) at the Port Authority Bus Terminal (“PABT”) when one or more Cellular Carrier Users (not including Bell Atlantic Mobile) and one or more PCS Carrier Users have each requested to use the System at the PABT, and (y) in the Port Authority Trans-Hudson Corporation’s (“PATH”) subterranean or enclosed ground rail transit tubes (as distinguished from its rail transit lines running in open areas at ground level and all portions of its passenger stations) when one or more Carrier Users: (i) have requested to use the System in all or part of the aforesaid PATH facilities and (ii) have agreed to pay or provide for the payment of all of the costs of constructing the System in all or the portion of the aforesaid PATH facilities in which the System is to be constructed. Such obligation to install shall pertain only to that part of the PATH facilities requested by such Carrier Users. The Basic Port Authority Facilities, together with the Additional Port Authority Facilities in which the System is installed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as “Covered Facilities.” Paging Carrier Users using the System only in connection with the operation of paging devices shall enter into a “Paging Only Carrier Agreement” with the Permittee with the consent of the Port Authority.

 

(ii) The “Summary Basis of Design” of the System, including the technical standards therefor, is contained in Exhibit B, annexed hereto and hereby made a part hereof. The installation, operation and maintenance of the System are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “System Operations.”

 

(b) In addition to System Operations, the Permittee shall have the non-exclusive right to install radio transmission towers (“Ancillary Towers”) at locations at Port Authority Facilities as and to the extent approved by the Port Authority in its sole and absolute discretion. The Permittee may mount exterior antennas on Ancillary Towers, other existing towers or towers otherwise constructed by the Permittee as components of the System as and to the extent approved by the Port Authority in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(c) The System shall be installed, operated and maintained by the Permittee for the transmission or reception of

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

wireless telecommunications signals to or from end-user customers of Carrier Users using mobile or portable devices located at the Covered Facilities. All radio signals received or transmitted to or by such end-user customers shall be only in the portion of the electromagnetic radio frequency spectrum (i) described in Exhibit C, annexed hereto and hereby made a part hereof, or (ii) now or hereafter allocated or assigned under federal law to a Commercial Mobile Service, Personal Wireless Radio Service, Local Multipoint Distribution Service or a Satellite-Based Communications Service. In no event shall the Permittee be afforded any rights with respect to any rooftop areas, facilities, structures or installations at the World Trade Center and elsewhere at the World Trade Center, except (i) such point-to-point microwave transmitters, receivers and other equipment installed by the Permittee that are necessary for, and are used only in connection with the System and (ii) at the shopping concourse and PATH Station levels.

 

(d) The Permittee may install, operate and maintain as a part of the System an equal access in-building backbone facility, on a non-exclusive basis, for use by all interested specialized wireless telecommunications service carriers offering telecommunications services to end user customers using mobile, portable or fixed wireless devices in offices and nearby areas at the Port Authority World Trade Center towers and in the terminal buildings at the Airports, subject to the consent of the operators of such terminals. Such in-building backbone facility shall be used only to connect equipment utilizing the portion of the electromagnetic radio frequency spectrum (i) identified in Exhibit C, or (ii) now or hereafter allocated or assigned under Federal Law to a Commercial Mobile Service, Personal Wireless Radio Service, Local Multipoint Distribution Service or a Satellite-Based Communications Service. Construction of such backbone facility must be completed on or before the date set forth in subparagraph (c)(ii) of Section 7 for the completion of the installation of the System in such Port Authority Facility.

 

Section 3. Permittee’s Permitted Activities and Certain Obligations

 

(a) The Permittee shall operate the System so as to accommodate all interested Carrier Users and Paging Carrier Users on a non-discriminatory basis (to the extent provided in Section

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

3.3 of the Carrier Agreement) up to the design capacity of the System at the locations specified in Exhibit A. The limitation on service by Persons other than the Permittee, as set forth in Section 17, shall be applicable throughout the Term.

 

(b) The Permittee shall not conduct any other form of business activity than System Operations and shall not own or control any other Person or own any equity interest in any other Person. The aforesaid restriction shall not be applicable to the Project Lender, a Replacement Project Lender or a Qualified System Operator in connection with the performance of System Operations by any such party, provided that in no event shall any such party also be a Carrier User.

 

(c) Senior representatives of the Permittee shall meet with Port Authority representatives monthly during the construction of the System and quarterly thereafter (or at such other times as may be specified by the Port Authority) to discuss the financial and operational performance of the System. At such meetings, the Permittee’s representatives shall discuss (i) the impact of any changes in the wireless communications industry, (ii) the financial and operational performance of the System, and (iii) any steps the Permittee is taking to assure that all appropriate technological developments are incorporated into the System on an on-going basis and in order to comply with the provisions of paragraph (a), above.

 

Section 4. Term

 

(a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date first set forth on the first page hereof (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Commencement Date”) and shall, unless sooner terminated, expire on the day preceding the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).

 

(b) The Permittee shall have the right to extend the term of this Agreement (the “Renewal Term”) in accordance with Section 34.

 

(c) The “Term” shall mean the term of the Agreement in effect at any particular time.

 

10


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 5. Fees

 

I. MINIMUM FEE

 

(a) (i) The Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority a Minimum Fee separately for each Annual Period during the Term for the privileges described in this Agreement at the annual rates set forth below, payable as follows:

 

(1) With respect to the portion of the Term from the “Commencement Date” to the day preceding the “Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date,” in advance, in quarterly installments on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each October, January, April and July thereafter, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter during which such date occurs, including any part of such calendar quarter that occurs during the Term and on or before the day preceding the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date.

 

(2) With respect to the portion of the Term from and after the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date to the expiration date of this Agreement, in arrears, in quarterly installments commencing on the first to, occur of the last day of January, April, July and October, as the case may be, in the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter during which the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date occurs and on the last day of the first month of each calendar quarter thereafter, including the first said date following the expiration date of this Agreement, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the preceding month. For example, if the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date occurs on January 15, the next quarterly installment of the Minimum Fee shall be payable on July 31.

 

(ii) If the Commencement Date occurs on a day which is other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the Minimum Fee for the portion of the calendar quarter during which the

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Commencement Date occurs following such date shall be the amount of the quarterly installment described in this paragraph (a) prorated on a daily basis and shall be payable on the Commencement Date. The quarterly installment of the Minimum Fee payable during the calendar quarter in which the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work Completion Date occurs shall not be prorated. If the Initial Term expires on a date which is other than the day immediately prior to the first day of a calendar quarter, the Minimum Fee for the portion of the calendar quarter during which the expiration date of the Initial Term occurs, to and including such date, shall be the amount of the quarterly installment described in this paragraph (a) prorated on a daily basis. If this Agreement expires on a date which is other than a day immediately prior to the first day of a calendar quarter, the Minimum Fee for the portion of the calendar quarter during which the expiration date occurs, to and including such date, shall be the amount of the quarterly installment described in this paragraph (a) prorated on a daily basis.

 

[*]

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

[*]

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(c) If the Permittee exercises its right to extend this Agreement pursuant to Section 34, below, the ‘Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority a Minimum Fee for the privileges described in this Agreement, separately for each Annual Period during the Renewal Term, at the annual rates set forth below, in arrears, in quarterly installments on January 31, 2015 and on the last day of each April, July, October and January thereafter, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the preceding month:

 

(i) For the portion of the Sixteenth Annual Period which shall fall during the Renewal Term, the sum of Seven Hundred Thirty-six Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-eight Dollars and Forty Cents ($736,438.40), without any proration thereof pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(ii) For the Seventeenth Annual Period the sum of Two Million One Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,100,000.00).

 

(iii) For the Eighteenth Annual Period the sum of Two Million Two Hundred Five Thousand Two Hundred Five Dollars and Forty-two Cents ($2,205,205.42).

 

(iv) For the Nineteenth Annual Period the sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,400,000.00), for the Twentieth Annual Period the sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,400,000.00) and for the Twenty-first Annual Period  the sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,400,000.00).

 

(v) For the Twenty-second Annual Period the sum of Two Million Four Hundred Thirty-five Thousand Sixty- eight Dollars and Forty-two Cents ($2,435,068.42).

 

(vi) For the Twenty-third Annual Period the sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,500,000.00) and for the Twenty-fourth Annual Period the sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($2,500,000.00).

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(vii) For the Twenty-fifth Annual Period the sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thirty-five Thousand Sixty-eight Dollars and Forty-one Cents ($2,535,068.41).

 

(viii) For the Twenty-sixth Annual Period the sum of one Million Six Hundred Eighty-eight Thousand Two Hundred Nineteen Dollars and Eighteen Cents ($1,688,219.18), without any proration thereof pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(d) In the event the Permittee seeks to install portions of the System at one or more Port Authority Facilities, or major portions thereof (such as individual airport terminals), during an Annual Period, and the Port Authority has not made arrangements with the lessees or other occupants thereof to permit the Permittee to install the System at such locations, the Minimum Fee for such Annual Period shall be equitably adjusted.

 

II. VARIABLE FEE

 

(a) The Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority a Variable Fee for each Annual Period during the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as the case may be. The Variable Fee shall be determined by ascertaining separately for each Annual Period the amount which is the greater of (i) the Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component or (ii) the Gross Receipts Fee Component and subtracting from the amount thus determined the Minimum Fee payable for such Annual Period, including, without limitation, any applicable proration or equitable adjustment of such Minimum Fee. No other proration of the Variable Fee shall be applicable.

 

(b) (i) The Variable Fee shall be payable in quarterly installments and computed, at the percentage rates set forth below, based on the reasonably determined projection of the amount to be due for the entire Annual Period prepared by the Permittee and approved by the Port Authority, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of each Annual Period. The Variable Fee shall be payable for each Annual Period in equal quarterly installments on the last day of January, April, July and October, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month (for

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

example, the Variable Fee shall be payable on July 31 for the calendar quarter April 1 to June 30) and for every calendar quarter or part thereof thereafter in any Annual Period during the Initial Term or the Renewal Term as the case may be.

 

(ii) Within sixty (60) days following the end of each Annual Period the Permittee shall compute the actual amount of the Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component and the Gross Receipts Fee Component for the Annual Period and compute the Variable Fee based on the greater of the Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component or the Gross Receipts Fee Components. In the event the actual Variable Fee shall exceed the total of the quarterly installments actually paid by the Permittee with respect to such Annual Period, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority the difference between the actual Variable Fee for the preceding Annual Period and the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee. In the event the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee to the Port Authority shall exceed the actual Variable Fee for the preceding Annual Period, the Port Authority shall pay the amount of such excess to the Permittee. In either such case, the required payment shall be made not later than ten (10) business days following the date of the notice from the Permittee to the Port Authority setting forth its computation of the actual Variable Fee for the immediately preceding Annual Period.

 

III. ADDITIONAL FEES

 

(a) In addition to all other fees payable under this Agreement, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority an Additional Fee which shall be determined by ascertaining separately for each Annual Period the amount determined in accordance with paragraph (c) below. No proration of the Additional Fee shall be applicable.

 

(b) The Additional Fee shall be payable, in quarterly installments and computed at the percentage rates set forth below, based on the reasonably determined projection of the amount to be due for the entire Annual Period prepared by the Permittee and approved by the Port Authority, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, on the last day of each January, April, July and October in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the immediately preceding

 

16



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

calendar month (for example, the Additional Fee shall be payable on July 31 for the calendar quarter April 1 to June 30) and for every such calendar quarter or part thereof thereafter occurring during the Initial Term or the Renewal Term as the case may be. In the event the actual Additional Fee shall exceed the total of the quarterly installments actually paid by the Permittee with respect to such Annual Period, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority the difference between the actual Additional Fee for the preceding Annual Period and the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee. In the event the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee to the Port Authority shall exceed the actual Additional Fee for the preceding Annual Period, the Port Authority shall pay the amount of such excess to the Permittee. In either such case, the required payment shall be made not later than ten (10) business days following the date of the notice from the Permittee to the Port Authority setting forth its computation of the actual Additional Fee for the immediately preceding Annual Period.

 

(c) The Additional Fee for each Annual Period shall be the sum of:

 

(i) [*] of World Trade Center Towers and Airports Adjusted Gross Receipts, plus

 

(ii) [*] of Tower Gross Receipts.

 

IV. MINUTES OF USE (“MOU’S) CHARGES BY THE PERMITTEE

 

The Permittee shall, in addition to charging Carrier Users fixed fees for usage of portions of the System, charge each Carrier User a fee based upon its usage of the System in excess of a threshold amount, such fee initially to be established on an MOU basis, it being understood that such methodology may be modified with the prior written consent of the Port Authority. The said fee shall be within the range set forth in the form of Carrier Agreement attached hereto, hereby made a part hereof and marked “Exhibit D,” unless the Port Authority shall consent to a modification thereof. The Permittee may, on a fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory basis, offer Carrier Users an opportunity to obtain a discounted rate for such MOU’S on a pre-paid, “use it

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

17



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

or lose it,” basis, subject to the prior written approval of the Port Authority of a range and structure of discounts, to be proposed by the Permittee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

V. FEE RELATED DEFINITIONS

 

“Adjusted Gross Receipts” for each Annual Period shall mean Gross Receipts less the sum of the following:

 

(i) For a management fee:

 

For the [*] and the [*] the sum of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($300,000.00);

 

For the [*] and each Annual Period thereafter during the Initial Term, the sum set forth above, plus an additional amount equal to the greater of: (x) an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the sum set forth above by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of points, or major fraction thereof, that the Consumer Price Index published for the December immediately preceding such Annual Period has increased over the Consumer Price Index published for December, 1999, and the denominator of which shall be the Consumer Price Index published for December, 1999 (the “CPI Adjustment Amount”) or (y) the CPI Adjustment Amount determined in accordance with this subparagraph for the preceding Annual Period.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Consumer Price Index” shall mean the Revised Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island (NY-NJ-CT), All Items, unadjusted 1982-1984 =100 published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department, of Labor. In the event that: (a) the base period of 1982-1984 for the Consumer Price Index is at any time hereafter changed to any other period, then the Consumer Price Index for any calendar month of December used for purposes of this Agreement shall be recomputed accordingly; or (b) the Consumer Price Index is not in

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

18



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

publication at a time when its use is required hereunder, then the Port Authority shall select and apply a similarly comparable index in determining the additional amounts payable pursuant to this subparagraph (i) and pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) and (iii), below.

 

(ii) For an administrative and professional fee to cover (1) customary accounting and legal services, (2) administrative services, including any expenses associated with a trustee providing the independent auditing of minutes of use by Carrier Users, and (3) other miscellaneous expenses, including office expenses such as rent, computers and other supplies:

 

For the [*] and the [*] the sum of Two Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($225,000.00);

 

For the [*] and each Annual Period thereafter during the Initial Term, the sum set forth above, plus an additional amount equal to the greater of: (x) the CPI Adjustment Amount or (y) the CPI Adjustment Amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (i), above, for the preceding Annual Period.

 

(iii) For a replacement reserve:

 

For the [*] and the [*] the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($100,000.00),

 

For the [*] and each Annual Period thereafter during the Initial Term, the sum set forth above, plus an additional amount equal to the greater of: (x) the CPI Adjustment Amount or (y) the CPI Adjustment Amount determined in accordance with subparagraph (i), above, for the preceding Annual Period. Any unexpended replacement reserve shall constitute Gross Receipts during the Annual Period in which this Agreement expires or is sooner terminated.

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

19


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(iv) The annual amortization, over the Initial Term, of amounts paid by the Permittee in connection with its acquisition of rights of access and use, as approved by the Port Authority, pursuant to Section 6 (b) of this Agreement.

 

(v) Amounts paid by the Permittee in each Annual Period for debt service (but not including debt service on any “Non-Recurring Capital Amounts,” as hereinafter defined), provided however that in no event shall the total amount of the principal of the debt on which the debt service qualifies for a deduction under this clause (v) exceed the sum of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($3,500,000.00) and the interest rate on such debt shall be not greater than twelve percent (12%) per annum or such lower annual rate obtained by the Permittee.

 

(vi) Amounts paid by the Permittee in each Annual Period to unaffiliated third parties (unless otherwise consented to by the Port Authority) for engineering services in connection with the Initial System Construction Work (during the First and Second Annual Periods only), System maintenance, monitoring, fiber optic carriage and insurance, all to parties and under agreements approved by the Port Authority.

 

(vii) For transaction costs associated with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, for the First Annual Period, only, the sum of One Million Dollars and No Cents ($1,000,000.00).

 

In the event the expiration of the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, as the case may be, shall occur on a day other than last day of an Annual Period, the amounts to be deducted from Gross Receipts in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), above, shall be prorated on a daily basis.

 

“Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component” shall mean:

 

(1) For each Annual Period during the Initial Term: [*] of Adjusted Gross Receipts.

 

(2) For the Fifteenth Annual Period (the Annual

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

20



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Period during which the Renewal Term occurs): [*] of Adjusted Gross Receipts.

 

(3) For each Annual Period thereafter occurring during the Renewal Term: [*] of Adjusted Gross Receipts.

 

“Annual Period” shall mean one calendar year commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31. The period from the Commencement Date to the next occurring December 31 shall be the First Annual Period and the next Annual Period from January 1 to December 31 shall be the Second Annual Period and so forth.

 

“Gross Receipts’’ shall mean all monies received or receivable (unless and until any amount is deemed to be uncollectible in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) by the Permittee for sales made or services rendered through the System including without limitation for the transmission of communications signals originating on, terminating on or carried through any portion of the System. Gross Receipts shall include all revenues (but not debt incurred by the Permittee) except for any sums collected and paid out for any sales tax, direct excise tax or other similar tax or any governmental or regulatory fees or any other pass-through or ancillary fees that the Permittee is required by law to collect and upon which the Permittee derives no revenue or profit. Gross Receipts shall not include Tower Gross Receipts or World Trade Center Towers and Airports Gross Receipts, nor shall Gross Receipts include (a) “entrance fees” paid by Carrier Users in an amount not to exceed $500,000.00 per Carrier User, or (b) any other non-recurring payments made by Carrier Users to the Permittee that are (i) properly allocable, with the concurrence of the Port Authority, to the capital construction of portions of the System, (ii) are in addition to sums otherwise due to the Permittee from the Carrier Users for the use of the System and (iii) are expended by the Permittee prior to the end of the second Annual Period following the Annual Period in which such payments are made (such amounts being herein referred to as “Non-Recurring Capital Amounts”). Any such payments to the Permittee not so expended by the Permittee shall be deemed Gross Receipts in the Annual Period immediately following the expiration of such second Annual Period.

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

21



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Gross Receipts Fee Component” shall mean:

 

[*]

 

(ii) For each Annual Period during the Renewal Term:

 

(1) For the Sixteenth Annual Period, the Seventeenth Annual Period and the Eighteenth Annual Period: Twenty-five Percent (25%) of Gross Receipts.

 

(2) For the Nineteenth Annual Period, the Twentieth Annual Period, the Twenty-first Annual Period, the Twenty-second Annual Period, the Twenty-third Annual Period, the Twenty-fourth Annual Period the Twenty-fifth Annual Period, the Twenty-sixth Annual Period and each Annual Period thereafter through the expiration date of this Agreement: Thirty Percent (30%) of Gross Receipts.

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

22



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Tower Gross Receipts” shall mean all monies received or receivable (unless and until any amount is deemed to be uncollectible in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) by the Permittee for the mounting or use of antennas which do not comprise any part of the System on Ancillary Towers or existing towers. Tower Gross Receipts shall include all revenues from the mounting or use of antennas as aforesaid except for any sums collected and paid out for any sales tax, direct excise tax, real estate tax, personal property tax or other similar tax or any governmental or regulatory fees or any other pass-through or ancillary fees that the Permittee is required by law to collect and upon which the Permittee derives no revenue or profit. Tower Gross Receipts shall not include monies received by the Permittee at any time in connection with antennas which are installed on a tower within thirty (30) days after the completion of construction of such tower by the Permittee; monies received in connection with such antennas shall instead be Gross Receipts.

 

“World Trade Center Towers and Airports Gross Receipts” shall mean all monies received or receivable in an Annual Period (unless and until any amount is deemed to be uncollectible in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) by the Permittee for the use, by all specialized wireless telecommunications service carriers offering telecommunications services to end user customers using mobile, portable or fixed wireless devices in offices and nearby areas at the Port Authority World Trade Center Towers and in the terminals at the Airports, of the in-building fiber optic backbone facility to be installed by the Permittee, pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (d) of Section 2, in the World Trade Center Towers (excluding the shopping concourse and PATH Station levels) and in the terminals at the Airports. World Trade Center Towers and Airports Gross Receipts shall include all revenues from the use of the in-building fiber optic backbone facility as aforesaid except for any sums collected and paid out for any sales tax, direct excise tax, real estate tax, personal property tax or other similar tax or any governmental or regulatory fees or any other pass-through or ancillary fees that the Permittee is required by law to collect and upon which the Permittee derives no revenue or profit.

 

23



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“World Trade Center Towers and Airports Adjusted Gross Receipts” shall mean, for each Annual Period, World Trade Center Towers and Airports Gross Receipts reduced by the sum of: (i) Five Percent (5%) of World Trade Center Towers and Airports Gross Receipts for such Annual Period (which represents an allowance for administrative costs), (ii) the annual amortization, over the remainder of the Initial Term, of capital expenditures not financed by debt and made by the Permittee for the purposes set forth in clause (iii), below, and (iii) the amounts of principal and interest due and payable by the Permittee during such Annual Period that are properly allocable to debt incurred by the Permittee for the installation by the Permittee of an in-building fiber optic backbone facility in the World Trade Center Towers and in the terminals at the Airports, for use by all specialized wireless telecommunications service carriers offering telecommunications services to end user customers using mobile, portable or fixed wireless devices in offices and nearby areas at the Port Authority World Trade Center Towers (excluding the shopping concourse and PATH Station levels) and in the terminals at the Airports.

 

Section 6. Leases of Facilities

 

(a) The Permittee hereby acknowledges that certain of the Facilities operated by the Port Authority are leased by the Port Authority from third parties and that the permission granted hereunder with respect to any such Facility shall in any event terminate with the expiration or termination of the Port Authority’s lease for such Facility. The Port Authority has delivered to the Permittee true and correct copies of an agreement with the City of New York for the lease of John F. Kennedy International Airport and an agreement with the City of Newark for the lease of Newark International Airport.

 

(b) In the event the lease or other agreement pursuant to which the Port Authority operates one or more of the Port Authority Facilities is terminated or expires, title, to and ownership of the portion or portions of the System located at such Port Authority Facility shall thereupon vest in the Permittee without any further act or deed by the Permittee. Upon such termination or expiration, the Minimum Fee shall be equitably abated. If the Port Authority reacquires a leasehold interest in, a right to operate or manage, or title to or

 

24



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

ownership of such Port Authority Facility after such termination or expiration, and provided the System is then operable or can be made operable by the Permittee within twelve (12) months after such reacquisition, then this Agreement, and the Permittee’s and the Port Authority’s rights and obligations thereunder, shall be reinstated with respect to such Port Authority Facility for the balance of the Term without any further action or deed by the Permittee.

 

(c) (i) The Permittee hereby further acknowledges that portions of the Facilities where System Operations may occur are now or in the future may be under lease or permit from the Port Authority to third parties for their occupancy and use and that the Permittee, by independent arrangement with such third parties, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to acquire the right or rights of access and use in such areas as are necessary for System Operations in instances in which such rights of access and use are not reserved to the Port Authority under the terms of such leases or permits, and as a component of such independent arrangements, the Permittee must use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange with such third parties for the supply to the Permittee of the facilities, utilities and services it may require for use in connection with System Operations, including without limitation and without limiting the applicability of Section 7, below, the installation of any telecommunications, electrical or other wires, conduits, ducts and pipes.

 

(ii) The Port Authority has made and hereby makes no representation or warranty as to the location, size, adequacy, suitability or availability of any facilities, utilities or services to be used by the Permittee in the exercise of its privileges under this Agreement. To the best of the Port Authority’s knowledge as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, no material restrictions on the Permittee’s access to or use of those portions of the Port Authority Facilities where the System is proposed to be installed by the Permittee, as described in the Summary Basis of Design attached hereto as Exhibit B, are contained in any lease or permit from the Port Authority to any third party except for the interior and the exterior of the passenger terminals at each Airport (it being understood and agreed that for purposes hereof, the Port Authority’s knowledge consists solely of the actual knowledge following due inquiry, of those Port Authority employees having

 

25



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

primary responsibility for the implementation of the Port Authority’s obligations under this Agreement). Upon the request of the Permittee, the Port Authority will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify to the Permittee representatives of third parties with whom the Permittee may discuss independent arrangements for the rights of access to and use of those portions of the Port Authority Facilities where System Operations may occur that are under lease or permit to such third parties. The Port Authority will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Permittee in the Permittee’s efforts to obtain the rights of access and use as described above, and in connection therewith and as an accommodation to the Permittee, will not require, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such third parties will not require, the Permittee to pay any fees or charges to such third parties as a condition to obtaining such rights of access and use. The Port Authority shall reimburse the Permittee for any such fees or charges that are reasonably paid by the Permittee following consultation with the Port Authority.

 

(iii) In the event of the expiration or earlier termination of any independent arrangement between the Permittee and a third party providing for rights of access and use to those portions of Port Authority Facilities where System Operations may occur, the privilege granted under this Agreement shall be suspended with respect to the areas covered by such independent arrangement until a new independent arrangement can be established and the Minimum Fee shall be equitably adjusted as provided in Section 5 I. (d). In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of any such independent arrangement with a third party, as aforesaid, and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. The Port Authority shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reserve to itself for the benefit of the Permittee any right of access or use under the terms of any lease entered into with, or permit issued to, any third party.

 

Section 7. Installation Work

 

(a) The Permittee shall perform, at its sole cost and expense, all installation work required to prepare each Port Authority Facility where the Permittee is to conduct System Operations for the Permittee’s operations, including installing

 

26



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

all transmitters, receivers, cables and other equipment and the construction of all associated improvements appurtenant to the operation of the System, provided however that the Permittee shall have no obligations with respect to the installation of proprietary base station equipment for the exclusive use of individual Carrier Users, as provided in the Carrier Agreement (the work described in this Section being hereinafter referred to, separately with respect to each Port Authority Facility, as the “Initial System Construction Work”).

 

(b) (i) The Permittee shall be responsible at its sole expense for retaining all architectural, engineering and other technical consultants and services as may be directed by the Port Authority and for developing, completing and submitting procedures for the installation of all equipment and the construction of all improvements appurtenant to the operation of the System. Prior to retaining any architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant in connection with the Initial System Construction Work the name or names of said architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant shall be submitted to the Port Authority for its approval. The Port Authority shall have the right to disapprove any architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant who may be unacceptable to it. The Port Authority shall approve in advance the Permittee’s contract with each such architect,” professional engineer or other technical consultant. The Port Authority hereby approves any retention by the Permittee of Andrew Corporation, RCC Consultants, LGC Wireless and Allen Telecom.

 

(ii) (1) Prior to the commencement of any Initial System Construction Work at any Port Authority Facility, the Permittee shall submit to the Port Authority for its approval a Tenant Alteration Application (hereinafter, “Construction Application”), in the form supplied by the Port Authority, and containing such terms and conditions as the Port Authority may include, setting forth in detail by appropriate plans and specifications System Construction Work the Permittee proposes to perform at such Port Authority Facility and the manner of and time periods for performing such work. The data to be supplied by the Permittee shall identify separately each of the items constituting the Initial System Construction Work and shall describe in detail the improvements, fixtures, equipment, and systems to be installed by the Permittee. The plans and

 

27



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

specifications to be submitted by the Permittee shall be in sufficient detail for a contractor to perform the Initial System Construction Work and shall bear the seal of a qualified architect or professional engineer who shall be responsible for the administration of the Initial System Construction Work in accordance with the Port Authority’s requirements. The Permittee may submit a single Construction Application for each Port Authority Facility. Alternatively, the Permittee may submit one or more separate Construction Applications comprising only a portion of the Initial System Construction Work at such Port Authority Facility. All Construction Applications shall be submitted in compliance with the requirements set forth above in this paragraph. Any Construction Application that covers less than an entire Port Authority Facility shall cover an integrated functional portion of the Initial System Construction Work at such Port Authority Facility which, when complete, will function to provide service to Carrier Users and the public without being dependent on any other portion of the Initial System Construction Work not yet completed. The Permittee may submit a Construction Application covering a portion of the Initial System Construction Work which the Port Authority shall have approved by prior written notice to the Permittee as eligible for inclusion in a separate Construction Application. In connection with the review by the Port Authority of the Permittee’s submissions under this Section, the Permittee shall submit to the Port Authority, at the Port Authority’s request, such additional data, detail or information as the Port Authority may require for such review. Following the Port Authority’s receipt of the Permittee’s Construction Application, the Port Authority shall give its written approval or rejection thereof, or shall request such modifications thereto as the Port Authority may find necessary or appropriate. The Permittee shall not engage any contractor or permit the use of any subcontractor unless and until each such contractor or subcontractor, and the contract such contractor or subcontractor is operating under, have been approved by the Port Authority. The Permittee shall include in any such contract or subcontract such provisions as are required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Construction Application approved by the Port Authority, including, without limitation thereto, provisions regarding labor harmony. The Permittee has engaged Andrew Corporation and LGC Wireless Inc. as its contractors, and the Port Authority hereby approves such engagement. The Port Authority hereby approves for retention by such contractors, as subcontractors, the following firms: None Listed).

 

28



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(2) The Port Authority shall review each Construction Application and all plans and specifications submitted by the Permittee therewith and will furnish its comments regarding the same to the Permittee within twenty (20) business days after its receipt thereof. The Port Authority will review and comment on any corrected, modified or amended plans and specifications resubmitted to the Port Authority by the Permittee within fifteen (l5) business days after receipt of any such resubmission. The total of the number of business days actually required by the Port Authority for the review of all submissions and resubmissions of the Permittee’s Construction Applications and plans and specifications for the Initial System Construction Work and the total of the number of business days allocated in the first two sentences of this paragraph to each separate Construction Application computed for all such reviews of the Permittee’s submissions and resubmissions of all Construction Applications and plans and specifications for the Initial System Construction Work shall be separately ascertained and each of such total number of business days shall be used in determining whether the Permittee is entitled to a credit against its payment obligations under this Agreement, as provided for in subparagraph (g) (iii), below.

 

(iii) (1) The Permittee hereby assumes the risk of loss or damage to all of the Initial System Construction Work prior to the completion thereof and the risk of loss or damage to all property of the Port Authority, its lessees and permittees arising out of or in connection with the Initial System Construction Work. In the event of any such loss or damage, the Permittee shall forthwith repair, replace and make good the Initial System Construction Work and the property of the Port Authority, its lessees and permittees. The Permittee shall, and shall require each of its contractors to indemnify the Port Authority and its Commissioners, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims and demands, just or unjust, by third persons (including the Commissioners, officers, agents and employees of the Port Authority) against the Port Authority and its Commissioners, officers, agents and employees, arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of the Initial System Construction Work or based upon any of the risks assumed by the Permittee in this Agreement or any breach hereof, and for all loss and expense incurred by it and by them in the defense,

 

29



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

settlement or satisfaction thereof, including without limitation thereto, claims and demands for death, for personal injury or for property damage, direct or consequential, whether they arise from acts or omissions of the Permittee, any contractors of the Permittee, the Port Authority, third persons, or from acts of God or the public enemy, or otherwise, excepting only claims and demands which result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority subsequent to commencement of the Initial System Construction Work; provided however, the Permittee shall not be required to indemnify the Port Authority where indemnity would be precluded by Section 5-322.1 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York. The Permittee shall cause each such contractor and subcontractor to obtain and maintain in force such insurance coverage and performance bonds as the Port Authority may specify, including, without limitation, a contractual liability endorsement to cover the indemnity obligations assumed by the Permittee pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

 

(2) If so directed, the Permittee shall at its own expense defend any suit based upon any claim or demand described in subparagraph (1) above (even if such suit, claim or demand is groundless, false or fraudulent), and in handling such it shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority, raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port Authority, the immunity of the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provision of any statutes respecting suits against the Port Authority. The Permittee shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of separate counsel representing the Port Authority, other than the reasonable costs of investigation. The Permittee shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, proceeding or suit, which settlement is effected by the Port Authority without the prior written consent of the Permittee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Permittee shall not grant its consent as provided above, such action, proceeding or suit shall thereafter be defended by the Permittee, at its sole cost and expense, subject to the limitations set forth above in this subparagraph (2).

 

30



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(iv) The Initial System Construction Work shall be performed by the Permittee in accordance with the Construction Application and final plans and specifications approved by the Port Authority, shall be subject to inspection by the Port Authority during the progress of the Initial System Construction Work and after the completion thereof, and the Permittee shall upon direction from the Port Authority to do so, stop the performance of any portion of the Initial System Construction Work which is not being performed in accordance with the above and redo or replace at its own expense any Initial System Construction Work not done in accordance therewith. The Permittee shall also supply the Port Authority with “as-built” drawings in such form and number as are reasonably requested by the Port Authority and the Permittee shall keep said drawings current during the Term. No changes or modifications to any Initial System Construction Work shall be made without the prior consent of the Port Authority.

 

(v) Any dispute between the Port Authority and the Permittee regarding whether or not any Construction Application submitted by the Permittee should be approved by the Port Authority, shall be handled pursuant to Section 26 of this Agreement.

 

(vi) The Permittee shall pay or cause to be paid all claims lawfully made against it by its contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and workers, and all claims lawfully made against it by other third persons arising out of or in connection with or because of the performance of the Initial System Construction Work, and shall cause its contractors and subcontractors to pay all such claims lawfully made against them, provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit the right of the Permittee to contest any claim of a contractor, subcontractor, material supplier or worker or other person and no such claim shall be considered to be an obligation of the Permittee within the meaning of this Section unless and until the same shall have been finally adjudicated. The Permittee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such claims and shall keep the Port Authority fully informed of its actions with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all of the Permittee’s construction contracts shall provide as follows: “If (1) the Contractor fails to perform any of its obligations under this

 

31


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Contract, including its obligation to pay any claims lawfully made against it by any material supplier, subcontractor, worker or any other third person which arises out of or in connection with the performance of this Contract, (2) any claim (just or unjust) which arises out of or in connection with this Contract is made against the Permittee, or (3) any subcontractor under this Contract fails to pay any claims lawfully made against it by any material supplier, subcontractor, worker or any other third person which arise out of or in connection with this Contract or if in the Permittee’s opinion any of the aforesaid contingencies is likely to arise, then the Permittee shall have the right, in its discretion, to withhold out of any payment (final or otherwise and even though such payments have already been certified as due) such sums as the Permittee may deem ample to protect it against delay or loss or to assume the payment of just claims of third persons, and to apply such sums as the Permittee may deem proper to secure such protection or to satisfy such claims. All sums so applied shall be deducted from the Contractor’s compensation. Omission by the Permittee to withhold out of any payment, final or otherwise, a sum for any of the above contingencies, even though such contingency has occurred at the time of payment, shall not be deemed to indicate that the Permittee does not intend to exercise its right with respect to such contingency. Neither the above provisions for the rights of the Permittee to withhold and apply monies nor any exercise or attempted exercise of, or omission to exercise, such right by the Permittee shall create any obligation of any kind to such material suppliers, subcontractors, workers or other third persons. Until actual payment is made to the Contractor, its right to any amount to be paid under this Contract (even though such payments have already been certified as due) shall be subordinate to the rights of the Permittee under this provision.”

 

(c) (i) The Permittee shall not commence any Initial System Construction Work prior to the Commencement Date and until the Construction Application and plans and specifications covering such work, have been finally approved by the Port Authority. The Permittee recognizes that its obligation to pay fees, including, without limitation, the Minimum Fee, provided for in this Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date even though the Initial System Construction Work has not yet then been commenced or completed.

 

32



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(ii) Construction Application(s) for the Initial System Construction Work at each of the Holland and Lincoln tunnels shall be submitted to the Port Authority within sixty (60) days following execution of this Agreement. Construction Application(s) for the Initial System Construction Work at each of John F. Kennedy International Airport, LaGuardia Airport and Newark International Airport shall be submitted to the Port Authority within twelve (12) months following execution of this Agreement. The Permittee shall commence the performance of the Initial System Construction Work at each Basic Port Authority Facility within thirty (30) days following the approval of the Construction Application with respect to each such Basic Port Authority Facility and shall diligently pursue the completion of such Initial System Construction Work. The Initial System Construction Work at the Basic Port Authority Facilities shall be completed as follows (subject to extension for causes or conditions beyond the control of the Permittee): (A) with respect to the Holland and Lincoln tunnels, the Initial System Construction Work shall be completed within six (6) months following execution of this Agreement, (B) with respect to John F. Kennedy International Airport, LaGuardia Airport and Newark International Airport, the Initial System Construction Work shall be completed within eighteen (18) months following execution of this Agreement, subject to the Permittee’s inability to obtain such access to the Basic Port Authority Facilities as is necessary to perform the Basic Port Authority Facilities Construction Work and to major airport terminal construction plans, and (C) with respect to construction work performed at any Additional Port Authority Facilities, within two (2) years following a bona fide commitment by one Cellular Carrier User and one PCS Carrier User with respect to any such Additional Port Authority Facility, provided however that the Permittee shall install the System in all or part of PATH’s subterranean or enclosed rail transit tubes (as distinguished from its rail transit lines running in open areas at ground level and all portions of its passenger stations) within two (2) years following the date when one or more Carrier Users: (i) have requested to use the System in all or part of the aforesaid PATH facilities and (ii) have agreed to pay or provide for the payment of all of the costs of constructing the System in all or the portion of the aforesaid PATH facilities in which the System is to be constructed, such installation obligation to pertain only to that part of the PATH facilities requested by such Carrier Users.

 

33



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(d) The Permittee shall be solely responsible for the plans and specifications used by it and for the adequacy or sufficiency of such plans and specifications, and all the improvements, fixtures, and equipment depicted thereon or covered thereby, regardless of the consent thereto or approval thereof by the Port Authority or the incorporation therein of any Port Authority requirements or recommendations. Nothing contained in any approval hereunder shall constitute a determination or indication by the Port Authority that the Permittee has complied with the applicable governmental rules, ordinances, enactments, resolutions, rules and orders, including but not limited to, those of the City of New York or the City of Newark which may pertain to the work to be performed. The Port Authority shall have no obligation or liability in connection with the performance of any of the Initial System Construction Work or for the contracts for the performance thereof entered into by the Permittee. The Permittee hereby releases and discharges the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, representatives and employees of and from any and all liability, claims for damages or losses of any kind, whether legal or equitable, or from any action or cause of action arising out of or in connection with the performance of any of the Initial System Construction Work pursuant to the contracts between the Permittee and its contractors except for any of the foregoing caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority. The Permittee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make arrangements for the extension of all warranties extended or available to the Permittee in connection with the aforesaid work to the Port Authority as well.

 

(e) As between the Permittee and the Port Authority, the Port Authority shall be and remain responsible for the clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation of any and all Hazardous Substances which were not placed at a Port Authority Facility by the Permittee or its officers, employees, guests, invitees and other representatives which could subject any Person to liability for costs of cleanup, removal, response or remediation under any Environmental Laws; provided however, the Port Authority shall have the right to direct the Permittee to alter the location of any Initial System Construction Work or otherwise modify the plans and specifications for any Initial System Construction Work in order to investigate the need for any clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation. The

 

34



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Permittee shall consult with the Port Authority prior to preparing its plans and specifications to minimize any disturbance to any Hazardous Substance.

 

(ii) The Permittee shall promptly advise the Port Authority of any environmental findings by the Permittee during the performance of the Initial System Construction Work which suggest that any Hazardous Substance has been or may be disturbed by the performance of the Initial System Construction Work. The Port Authority shall have the right to direct the Permittee to stop the performance of the Initial System Construction Work at any location where it is reasonably expected such work will disturb any Hazardous Substance. The Port Authority shall thereafter promptly commence the performance of any appropriate environmental testing at such location. The Port Authority and the Permittee shall promptly discuss appropriate modifications to the Initial System Construction Work as provided in subparagraph (i), above.

 

(iii) As between the Permittee and the Port Authority, the Permittee shall be responsible for the clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation of any and all Hazardous Substances which could subject any Person to liability for costs of clean-up, removal, response or remediation under any Environmental Laws and which arise out of or result from (1) the use or occupancy of the System by the Permittee or its officers, employees, guests, invitees, contractors and other representatives, or (2) any acts or omissions of the Permittee or any of the aforesaid in connection with the System; provided that the Permittee shall not be responsible under this subparagraph (iii) with respect to any Hazardous Substances to the extent the Port Authority is responsible for such Hazardous Substances under subparagraph (i) above.

 

(f) The Permittee understands that there may be other communications and utility lines and conduits located on or under portions of one or more Port Authority Facilities where the Permittee will operate the System. The Port Authority will use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Permittee its records to the extent the same are available in an effort to identify to the Permittee the location of such communication and utility lines which may interfere with the Initial System Construction Work proposed by the Permittee. The

 

35



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority hereby disclaims any warranty or representation to the Permittee that such records are accurate. The Permittee agrees to design the Initial System Construction Work so as to eliminate or minimize the need for relocation of any such communications and utility lines. If such design cannot be performed in accordance with Prudent Engineering and Operating Practice, the Permittee shall relocate and reinstall such communications and utility lines and conduits as necessary in connection with the Initial System Construction Work and restore all affected areas in accordance with all the terms and provisions of this Section.

 

(g) (i) Upon completion of the Initial System Construction Work at each Port Authority Facility, the Permittee shall supply the Port Authority with a certificate signed by a responsible officer of the Permittee and by the architect or engineer who sealed the Permittee’s plans pursuant to the provisions of this Section, certifying that all of the Initial System Construction Work has been performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications covering such work, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, governmental rules, regulations and orders. The Port Authority will inspect the Initial System Construction Work at such Port Authority Facility and if the same has been completed as certified by the Permittee and the Permittee’s architect or engineer, the Port Authority shall deliver a certificate to such effect to the Permittee within twenty (20) business days following the Port Authority’s receipt of such certification, subject to the condition that all risks thereafter with respect to the construction and installation of the Initial System Construction Work and any liability therefor for negligence or other reason shall be borne by the Permittee. The Permittee shall not use or permit the use of the Initial System Construction Work for the purposes set forth in this Agreement until such certificate is received from Port Authority.

 

(ii) The Permittee may wish to utilize a portion or portions of the System at a Port Authority Facility prior to the issuance by the Port Authority of the certificate referred to in subparagraph (i) above. In addition to, and without affecting the obligations of the Permittee under the aforesaid subparagraph, when a portion of the Initial System Construction

 

36



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Work at a Port Authority Facility covered by a Construction Application pursuant to subparagraph (b) (iii), above, is substantially completed and is properly, usable, the Permittee may advise the Port Authority to such effect and may deliver to the Port Authority a certificate of an authorized officer of the Permittee and of the Permittee’s architect or engineer certifying that such portion of the Initial System Construction Work at a Port Authority Facility has been constructed strictly in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and the provisions of this Agreement and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations and orders and specifying that such portion of the Initial System Construction Work at such Port Authority Facility can be properly used and that the Permittee desires such use even though the Initial System Construction Work has not been completed. Thereafter, said portion of the Initial System Construction Work will be inspected by the Port Authority and if the same has been completed as specified by the Permittee, the Port Authority will, within fifteen (15) business days following its receipt of the certificates of the Permittee and the Permittee’s architect or engineer, deliver a certificate of the Port Authority to the Permittee with respect to each such portion of the Initial System Construction Work permitting the use of such portion of the System for the purposes set forth in this Agreement, subject to the condition that all risks thereafter in connection with the construction and installation of the same and any liability therefor for negligence or other reason shall be borne by the Permittee.

 

(iii) The total number of business days actually required by the Port Authority for the inspection of the completed Initial System Construction Work at each Port Authority Facility and the delivery of its certificate, as described in subparagraphs (g) (i) and (g) (ii), above, shall be added to the total number of business days actually required by the Port Authority, for the review of all submissions and resubmissions of all Construction Applications and plans and specifications as ascertained in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (b) (ii) (2) of this Section 7. The total number of business days allocated to all reviews of the Permittee’s submissions and resubmissions of all Construction Applications and plans and specifications shall be added to the twenty (20) business days provided for all the Port Authority’s inspections of the

 

37



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

completed Initial System Construction Work and the delivery of its certificate. In the event the total number of business days actually required by the Port Authority for all of the review, inspection and certification obligations described in subparagraphs (b)(ii) (2) and (g) (i) and (g)(ii), above, exceeds the total number of business days allocated for the performance of all such obligations, then the Permittee shall be entitled to a credit against its payment obligations next becoming due under this Agreement at the rate of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars and No Cents ($3,500.00) for each such excess business day.

 

(iv) The determination provided for in subparagraph (g) (iii), above, shall be made once, only, effective as of the fifth anniversary of the date of execution of this Agreement, and delays thereafter occurring shall not be taken into consideration in making such determination.

 

(h) Except as otherwise provided in the Carrier Agreement, with respect to equipment owned by Carrier Users, title to all fixtures and equipment (as defined in the NYUCC) forming a part of the System shall immediately vest in the Port Authority upon the first to occur of affixation to any Port Authority Facility or the first use of such items in System Operations. The Permittee shall have the right to install replacements for, and to modify or repair, any or all of the foregoing fixtures and equipment forming a part of the System. Title to such replacements shall vest in the Port Authority in the manner provided above. Title to the fixtures and equipment so replaced shall pass to the Permittee. Title to System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts, to the extent the terms under which the Permittee has obtained the same permit title therein to be transferred to the Port Authority, shall vest in the Port Authority upon the execution thereof or at the first possible time thereafter as title thereto may vest in, the Port Authority. Title to all other assets forming a part of the System, including all intangible assets, shall remain vested in the Permittee. The Permittee shall promptly execute and deliver bills of sale and all other documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence the transfer of title to the Port Authority of all the items mentioned in this paragraph. The Port Authority hereby grants to the Permittee an exclusive right to use all parts of the System to which title is being conveyed to the Port Authority pursuant

 

38



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to this paragraph, which use shall be in the manner permitted by this Agreement. This right to use shall commence upon the vesting of title to the Port Authority as hereinabove provided and shall continue throughout the Term.

 

(i) Without limiting any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Permittee understands and agrees that it shall put into effect prior to the commencement of any Initial System Construction Work (i) an affirmative action program and Minority Business Enterprise (“MBE”) program and (ii) a Women owned Business Enterprise (“WBE”) program in accordance with the provisions of Schedule E, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof. The provisions of said Schedule E shall be applicable to the Permittee’s contractor or contractors and any subcontractors at any tier of construction as well as the Permittee and the Permittee shall include the provisions of said Schedule E within all of its construction contracts so as to make said provisions and undertakings the direct obligation of the Permittee’s contractor or contractors and any subcontractors at any tier of construction. The Permittee shall and shall require its contractor or contractors and any subcontractors at any tier of construction to furnish to the Port Authority such data, including but not limited to, compliance reports relating to the operation and implementation of the affirmative action MBE and WBE programs called for hereunder as the Port Authority may request at any time and from time to time regarding the affirmative action, MBE and WBE programs of the Permittee and its contractor or contractors and subcontractors at any tier of construction, and the Permittee shall and shall also require that its contractor or contractors and any subcontractors at any tier of construction mike and put into effect such modifications and additions thereto as may be directed by the Port Authority pursuant to the provisions hereof and said Schedule E to effectuate the goals of the affirmative action, MBE and WBE programs.

 

Section 8. Initial System Capital Cost

 

Within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter during which any part of the performance of the Permittee’s Initial System Construction Work as set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement shall have occurred, the Permittee shall submit a certificate certified by a responsible fiscal

 

39



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

officer of the Permittee in the format specified by the Port Authority setting forth in reasonable detail amounts actually paid by the Permittee to independent contractors and amounts properly allocated by Port Authority Facility in accordance with such additional categories as may be established by the Port Authority from time to time by notice to the Permittee and having attached thereto reproduction copies of invoices of third parties (the total of such amounts, with respect to each Port Authority Facility, is hereinafter referred to as the “Initial System Capital Cost”.) The Permittee shall also furnish to the Port Authority such further information with respect to expenditures related to the Permittee’s Initial System Construction Work as the Port Authority may require which shall be given on such forms, if any, as may be adopted by the Port Authority.

 

Section 9. Governmental Requirements

 

(a) The Permittee shall procure from all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the operations of the Permittee all licenses, certificates, permits or other authorization which may be necessary for the conduct of its operations. The Port Authority shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Permittee in fulfilling such obligation and shall cooperate with the Permittee in obtaining all approvals that may be required to be obtained by the Permittee from the Federal Aviation Administration to operate and maintain the System at the Airports.

 

(b) The Permittee shall pay all taxes, license, certification, permit and examination fees and excises which may be assessed, levied, exacted or imposed by a Governmental Authority on its property, or operation hereunder or on the gross receipts or income therefrom, and shall make all applications, reports and returns required in connection therewith. If any bond or other undertaking shall be required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the operation of the System, the Permittee shall furnish the same and pay all other expenses in connection therewith. The Port Authority shall not itself impose on the Permittee any taxes or license, certification, permit, or examination fees or charges.

 

(c) The Permittee shall promptly observe, comply with and execute, at its sole cost and expense, the provisions of any

 

40


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Laws which may pertain or apply to the installation, operation and maintenance of the System or which would be applicable if the Port Authority were a private corporation (including, without limitation, any Laws relating to electromagnetic radiation) and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, shall make any and all non-structural improvements, alterations or repairs that may be required at any time hereinafter by any such Laws. Subject to the provisions of Section 12, any structural repairs or replacements shall be made or done by the Port Authority at its expense, provided however, that if such structural repairs would not be necessary except for the installation of the System, such structural repairs shall be made at the expense of the Permittee, the cost thereof to be determined on statements rendered by the Port Authority to the Permittee and the sum so determined to be paid to the Port Authority by the Permittee.

 

(d) If any Laws which relate to the physical health or safety of persons, including, without limitation, any Laws relating to electromagnetic radiation (which the Permittee acknowledges in all instances relate to the physical health or safety of persons), shall be enacted, made, given or promulgated, causing or requiring alterations or changes (i) in the System, or limitations on the use thereof, or (ii) in any Port Authority Facility, when the necessity therefor shall be due to an act, omission or violation on the part of the Permittee or any Carrier User, then, in any such event, after consulting with and obtaining the consent of the Port Authority, the Permittee shall expeditiously perform the work or take any action necessary to effect such alterations, changes or limitations, at the cost and expense of the Permittee.

 

(e) The obligation of the Permittee to comply with governmental requirements is not to be construed as a submission by the Port Authority to the application to itself of such requirements or any of them.

 

Section 10. Prohibited Acts

 

The Permittee shall not: (i) do or permit to be done anything which, in the opinion of the Port Authority, acting in a non-arbitrary and non-capricious manner, may be or become dangerous or injurious to any portion of any Port Authority Facility, or to the traveling public or any other persons, or may

 

41



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

interfere with the operations of any persons lawfully using any portion of any Port Authority Facility or any other property of the Port Authority; (ii) do or permit to be done any act or thing at any Port Authority Facility which will invalidate or conflict with any insurance policies covering such Port Authority Facility or any part thereof or which, in the non-arbitrary and non- capricious opinion of the Port Authority; may constitute an extra-hazardous condition, so as to increase the risks normally attendant upon the operations contemplated by Section 2 hereof and the Permittee shall promptly observe, comply with and execute at its sole cost and expense the provisions of, any and all present and future rules and regulations, requirements, orders and directions of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the Fire Insurance Rating Organization of New Jersey and any other board or organization exercising or which may exercise similar functions, which may pertain or apply to the operations of the Permittee at any Port Authority Facility including without limitation, and subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the making of any and all improvements, alterations or repairs at such Port Authority Facility that may be required at any time hereafter by any such present or future rule, regulation, requirement, order or direction, and if by reason of any failure on the part of the Permittee to comply with the provisions of this Section, any insurance rate at any Port Authority Facility, shall at any time be higher than it otherwise would be, then the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority on demand that part of all insurance premiums paid by the Port Authority which shall have been charged because of such violation or failure by the Permittee; (iii) use the System in any manner which will, in the non-arbitrary and non-capricious opinion of the Port Authority, endanger, hamper or be harmful to the operation of any Port Authority Facility, including any operation of the signals, communication facilities and other appurtenant equipment of the Port Authority. Upon notice to the Permittee by the Port Authority that any of its operations interferes with the operations of any Port Authority Facility, the Permittee shall forthwith cease such operations or otherwise cure such interference.

 

Section 11. Maintenance and Repair

 

(a) Without limiting or affecting any other term or

 

42



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

provision of this Agreement, the Permittee shall be solely responsible for the design, adequacy and operation of all utility, mechanical, electrical, communications and other systems comprising the System and shall do all preventive maintenance and make all repairs, replacements, rebuilding (ordinary or extraordinary, structural or non-structural) and painting necessary to keep such systems and all other improvements, additions, fixtures, finishes, decorations and equipment made or installed by the Permittee (whether the same involves structural or non-structural work) in the condition they were in when made or installed except for reasonable wear which does not adversely affect the functioning of the System or the efficient or proper utilization of any part of any Port Authority Facility, provided however that any such maintenance, repairs, replacements, rebuilding, or painting necessitated by a casualty shall be governed solely by the provisions of Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

(b) As between the Permittee and the Port Authority, responsibility for the clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation of any Hazardous Substances discovered by the Permittee at a Port Authority Facility during the course of performing its maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to this Section subsequent to the completion of the Initial System Construction Work shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (e) of Section 7 of this Agreement. The Permittee shall promptly comply with the provisions of subparagraph (e) (ii) of said Section 7 in the event that during the performance of its maintenance and repair obligations at a Port Authority Facility pursuant to this Section it discovers or has reason to suspect the presence of any Hazardous Substance.

 

(c) The Permittee shall be liable for the cost of repairing, replacing, rebuilding, and painting all or any part of any Port Authority Facility, including but not limited to Port Authority property located at such Port Authority Facility, which may be damaged or destroyed by the acts or omissions of the Permittee, any Carrier User or the officers, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, or invitees of the Permittee or any Carrier User. The Permittee shall expeditiously effectuate any such repairs to the property of the Port Authority the Permittee is required to undertake hereunder, at the direction of the Port Authority and in accordance with all the requirements and

 

43



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

procedures of this Agreement.

 

(d) The Permittee shall have a right of access to and through each Port Authority Facility where any portion of the System is installed, subject to whatever limitations may be imposed upon the Port Authority in any lease, permit or other agreement entered into with any lessee, permittee or other occupant at such Port Authority Facility, for the purpose of inspecting, repairing and maintaining the Permittee’s cables, wires, connections and equipment, provided however that, except in cases of emergency, such inspecting, repairing and maintaining shall be performed by the Permittee and its agents or employees only under the supervision or with the consent of a duly authorized representative of the Port Authority and any other affected lessee, permittee or other occupant unless otherwise approved by the Port Authority and any such affected lessee, permittee or other occupant and only at such times and in such manner as will not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Port Authority Facility. Where consistent with the regular operating schedules of Port Authority Facilities in which the System is installed, the Permittee may have access to such Port Authority Facilities on a twenty-four (24) -hour per day, three hundred sixty-five (365)-day per year basis. Such inspection, repair and maintenance work performed by the Permittee shall be at all times subject to the rules and regulations of the Port Authority including those governing access to and security measures at such Port Authority Facility. The Permittee shall give the Manager of the Port Authority Facility at least three (3) days’ advance notice of its intention to perform any inspection, maintenance, or repair work, except in cases of emergency. Such notice shall be given to the Manager of the Port Authority Facility in the manner reasonably specified from time-to-time by such Facility Manager. In the exercise of its rights of access to a Port Authority Facility at which tolls are charged, the Permittee shall not be required to pay tolls at such Port Authority Facility.

 

(e) To the extent consistent with its other priorities, the Port Authority will respond in a commercially reasonable manner to reasonable requests made by the Permittee for assistance in performing the Permittee’s maintenance and repair obligations. Such requests shall be made in writing to the Manager of the Facility.

 

44



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 12. Casualty

 

(a) In the event that, as a result of any casualty, the System or any other part of any one or more Port Authority Facilities is damaged so as to render the System inoperable at such Port Authority Facility or Facilities, then the Port Authority shall advise the Permittee within twenty (20) days after the occurrence of such casualty of the anticipated time necessary to complete the repairs and rebuilding of the Port Authority Facility in question, and:

 

(i) if the Port Authority, acting in good faith, finds that the necessary repairs or rebuilding can be completed within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the damage, the Port Authority shall repair or rebuild with due diligence to a condition substantially equivalent to the condition existing immediately prior to the fire or other casualty, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this Section 12, the Minimum Fee payable under this Agreement shall be equitably abated only for the period from the occurrence of the damage to the earlier of: (i) ten (10) days after the date of completion of the repairs or rebuilding, or (ii) the resumption of System Operations by the Permittee in the Port Authority Facility in question, or the damaged portion thereof, as the case may be;

 

(ii) if the Port Authority, acting in good faith, finds that such repairs and rebuilding cannot be completed within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the damage, then the Port Authority shall at its option: (1) proceed with due diligence to repair or to rebuild the Port Authority Facility in question to a condition substantially equivalent to the condition existing immediately prior to the fire or other casualty, in which case the Minimum Fee payable under this Agreement shall be equitably abated only for the period from the occurrence of the damage to the earlier of (x) ten (10) days after the completion of the repairs or rebuilding or (y) the resumption of System Operations by the Permittee in the Port Authority Facility in question, or the damaged portion thereof,

 

45



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

as the case may be or (2) terminate this Agreement only with respect to the Port Authority Facility in question, with the same force and effect as if the effective date of termination were the original expiration date provided in this Agreement, except as provided in paragraph (c), below.

 

(b) In the event a Port Authority Facility is damaged by fire or other casualty under the circumstances described under subparagraph (a) (ii), above, and provided the Port Authority has not elected to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Port Authority Facility as provided in clause (2) of subparagraph (a) (ii), above, then the Permittee shall have the right to terminate with the same force and effect as if the effective date of termination were the original expiration date set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Port Authority Facility in question, provided that within ten (10) days after receipt of the Port Authority’s statement of the anticipated repair and rebuilding completion date, the Permittee shall give to the Port Authority a notice of termination to be effective ten (10) days after the date of the giving of such notice, provided further however , that the Permittee shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement with respect to such Port Authority Facility, or Facilities as are affected by the casualty if the Permittee is under notice of default from the Port Authority as to which any applicable period to cure has passed, or under notice of termination from the Port Authority either on the date of the giving of its notice of termination pursuant to this Section to the Port Authority or on the effective date thereof.

 

(c) In the event of termination pursuant to this Section with respect to one or more, but less than all, Port Authority Facilities in which the Permittee operates the System, this Agreement shall be terminated only with respect to such Port Authority Facilities and the Minimum Fee payable under this Agreement shall be equitably abated. After any such termination, if the Port Authority has made a formal determination to repair or replace such Port Authority Facility within two (2) years following the occurrence of the casualty, the Permittee’s rights to operate the System in such Port Authority Facility shall be reinstated as if the termination of this Agreement with respect to such Port Authority Facility had not occurred, provided that the Permittee shall advise the Port Authority in writing of its

 

46



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

desire to have its rights to operate the System in such Port Authority Facility reinstated within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice from the Port Authority that the Port Authority has made such formal determination to repair or replace such Port Authority Facility. If the Permittee does not so notify the Port Authority of its desire to have its rights reinstated, then, the Port Authority shall be free to implement any kind of telecommunications network access system it may desire at such Port Authority Facilities either by itself or through an agreement with one or more contractors or permittees. Except as provided above in this paragraph (c) with respect to one or more but less than all Port Authority Facilities, in the event of termination with respect to all Port Authority Facilities in which the Permittee operates the System, this Agreement shall cease and expire as if the effective date of termination stated in the notice were the date originally stated herein for the expiration of this Agreement, and the Port Authority shall be free to implement any kind of telecommunications network access system it may desire. Termination of this Agreement in whole or in part shall not relieve the Permittee of any obligations or liabilities which shall have accrued on or before the effective date of termination stated in the notice of termination, or which shall mature on such date.

 

(d) The parties hereby stipulate that as to any Port Authority Facility located in the State of New Jersey (or the portion of any bi-state Port Authority Facility located in the State of New Jersey) neither the provisions of Titles 46:8-6 and 46:8-7 of the Revised Statutes of New Jersey nor those of any other similar statute shall extend or apply to this Agreement, and as to any Port Authority Facility located in the State of New York (or the portion of any bi-state Port Authority Facility located in the State of New York) neither the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law of New York, nor those of any other similar statute shall extend or apply to this Agreement.

 

(e) In the event the damage to the Port Authority Facility resulting from a casualty caused by the fault of the Permittee, any Carrier User or the officers, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, or invitees of the Permittee or any Carrier User or other persons doing business with the Permittee or any Carrier User, then, notwithstanding the provisions of

 

47



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

paragraph (a), above, the Permittee shall not be entitled to an abatement of the Minimum Fee payable under this Agreement.

 

Section 13. Indemnity

 

(a) The Permittee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, representatives and employees from all claims and demands of third persons, including but not limited to those due to death or personal injuries or for property damage arising: (i) out of any default of the Permittee in performing or observing any term or provision of this Agreement, (ii) out of the use of any Port Authority Facility by the Permittee or by others with its consent, (iii) out of any of the acts or omissions of the Permittee, any Carrier User or Paging Carrier User or the officers, employees, agents, representatives or contractors of the Permittee or any Carrier User or Pager Carrier User other than the officers, employees, agents, representatives, and contractors of the Port Authority, unless such employees, agents, representatives or contractors of the Port Authority are engaged in the performance of an act or obligation which the Permittee has agreed to pay for, or (iv) out of the installation, maintenance, operation, repair, existence or removal of any part of the System. Nothing herein set forth is intended to require the Permittee to indemnify the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, contractors, representatives and employees from any claims or demands of third persons arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, contractors, representatives and employees.

 

(b) If so directed, the Permittee shall at its own expense defend any suit based upon any such claim or demand (even if such suit, claim or demand is groundless, false or fraudulent), and in handling such it shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port Authority, the immunity of the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provision of any statuses respecting suits against the Port Authority. The Permittee shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of separate counsel representing the

 

48



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority, other than the reasonable costs of investigation. The Permittee shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, proceeding or suit, which settlement is effected by the Port Authority without the prior written consent of the Permittee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Permittee shall not grant its consent as provided above, such action, proceeding or suit shall thereafter be defended by the Permittee at its sole cost and expense, subject to the limitations set forth above in this paragraph (b).

 

Section 14. Consequential Damages

 

Neither the Port Authority nor the Permittee shall in any event be liable to the other party hereto for consequential damages suffered by (i) the Permittee or any Carrier User or the officers, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, or invitees of the Permittee or any Carrier User or other persons doing business with the Permittee or any Carrier User, or (ii) the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, on account of the interruption of the Permittee’s services or the services of any Carrier User from any cause whatsoever.

 

Section 15. Port Authority’s Right of Relocation

 

(a) The Port Authority shall have the right to require the Permittee to relocate all or any portion of the System installed at any one or more of the Port Authority Facilities in the event (i) any portion of the System constructed by the Permittee shall obstruct the access of the Port Authority, its officers, employees, agents, representatives or contractors, to portions of the Port Authority Facility in question or shall substantially interfere with the conduct by the Port Authority of the regular operations of the said Port Authority Facility or (ii) the Port Authority, and/or any lessee, permittee or other occupant at any Port Authority Facility, shall determine that demolition, reconstruction, rebuilding, enlargement or addition to any Port Authority Facility shall be required or shall be desirable in its or their own interest or in the interest of the general public.

 

(b) In the exercise of its right under paragraph (a),

 

49



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

above, the Port Authority shall:

 

(i) deliver to the Permittee a detailed plan for the relocation work the Port Authority proposes to require the Permittee to perform (including, but not limited to specifying an alternative location for the portion, or all, of the System to be relocated) not later than sixty (60) days prior to the date on which the Port Authority requires the Permittee to commence such relocation work (or, with respect to any such relocation work that is required to prevent imminent injury to any person, loss of life, or damage to property having a significant monetary value, such shorter period that is reasonable under the circumstances then existing) or, with respect to work to be performed of a minor, non-structural nature, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the required relocation work commencement date);

 

(ii) consult with the Permittee during the applicable period with respect to any changes or modifications proposed by the Permittee to improve the technological feasibility of the relocation and the suitability of the proposed alternative location, and during the aforesaid period, permit the Permittee to conduct any reasonably required tests in order to determine the most efficient technologically feasible means of performing such relocation, any such tests to be conducted by the Permittee so as to minimize interference with the regular operations of the Port Authority Facility in question; and

 

(iii) permit the Permittee to remove any affected portions of the System in the event the Port Authority intends to perform demolition work.

 

(c) The relocation work shall be commenced by the Permittee not later than the expiration of the aforesaid sixty (60)-day period, as the same may be extended as provided above in subparagraph (b) (ii), and shall be performed expeditiously by the Permittee and its agents and Port Authority-approved contractors (i) at the sole cost and expense of the Port Authority, (ii) in accordance with a Tenant Alteration Application and plans and

 

50


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

specifications prepared or approved by the Port Authority covering all phases of the relocation work and (iii) using Prudent Engineering and Operating Practices so as not to cause any permanent physical damage to, or unreasonable disruption or interference with the regular operations of, the Port Authority Facility in question.

 

(d) In the event the Port Authority exercises its right of relocation under this Section at any Port Authority Facility, the Minimum Fee payable by the Permittee under this Agreement shall be equitably abated based on the pro rata portion of System Operations conducted at such Port Authority Facility only for the period of any cessation of System Operations attributable solely to the performance of the relocation work.

 

(e) The provisions of subparagraph (b) (iii) of Section 7 of this Agreement shall be applicable with respect to the Permittee’s performance of any relocation work and in performing any such relation work, the Permittee shall be required to comply with all requirements and obligations set forth in said subparagraph (b) (iii).

 

(f) The sixty (60)-day period and the thirty (30)- day period referred to above in subparagraph (b) (i) may be extended by an additional thirty (30) days upon the request of the Permittee and upon a reasonable showing of need therefor.

 

Section 16. In-Kind Services

 

(a) During the Term, the Permittee shall furnish to the Port Authority equipment and services (the “In-Kind Services”) valued at Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($500,000.00) (the “In-Kind Services Budgeted Amount”) to the extent the same are requested in writing by the Port Authority. The In-Kind Services shall consist either of equipment which is of a kind utilized in connection with the System or services which are furnished through use of the System and shall be subject to any limitations, conditions or restrictions imposed by any Laws. The cost of the In-Kind Services to be applied to the In-Kind Services Budgeted Amount shall be based on the actual out-of-pocket costs payable by the Permittee to unaffiliated third parties on an incremental cost basis but may include amounts representing the Permittee’s internal overhead costs not

 

51



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

exceeding ten percent (10%) of the amount of the Permittee’s actual out-of-pocket costs.

 

(b) The Permittee shall submit to the Port Authority on a quarterly basis, or more often if requested by the Port Authority in writing, a written report stating the cost of In-Kind Services expended to date in accordance with paragraph (a), above, setting forth in reasonable detail amounts actually paid to independent contractors and amounts properly allocated to In-Kind Services in accordance with such categories as may be established by the Port Authority from time-to-time by notice to the Permittee and having attached thereto reproduction copies of invoices of third parties and evidence of payment of said invoices.

 

Section 17. Limitation on Service by Others

 

Except as and to the extent the Port Authority has otherwise agreed, prior to June 30, 1998, with any lessee, permittee or other occupant at any Port Authority Facility, the Port Authority shall not permit the installation of any equipment which permits the transmission or reception, in the portions of any Port Authority Facility where any portion of the System is or may be installed pursuant to this Agreement, of voice, data or video by members of the public (but excluding therefrom any transmission or reception of voice, data or video among employees, contractors and agents of a lessee or permittee of the Port Authority) having customer relationships with any provider of Commercial Mobile Service, Personal Wireless Service, Local Multipoint Distribution Service or any Satellite-based Communications Service. The limitation contained in the foregoing sentence shall only be applicable in instances in which the final delivery to the end user at a Port Authority Facility is made on a wireless basis. The only radio spectra to which this limitation shall be applicable are those: (i) identified in Exhibit C or (ii) now or hereafter allocated or assigned under Federal Law to a Commercial Mobile Service, Personal Wireless Radio Service, Local Multipoint Distribution Service, or Satellite-based Communications Service. In no event shall the Permittee be afforded any rights to any rooftop areas, facilities, structures or installations at the World Trade Center and elsewhere at the World Trade Center, except (i) such point-to-point microwave transmitters, receivers and other equipment

 

52



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

installed by the Permittee that are necessary for, and used only in connection with the System and (ii) at the shopping concourse and PATH Station levels.

 

Section 18. Condemnation

 

(a) In any action or proceeding instituted by any governmental or other authorized agency or agencies for the taking for a public use of any interest, temporary or permanent, in all or any part of any Port Authority Facility in which a portion of the System is located, or in case of any deed, lease or other conveyance in lieu thereof (all of which are in this Section referred to as a “Taking or Conveyance”) the Permittee shall not be entitled to assert any claim to any compensation, award or part thereof made or to be made therein or therefor or any claim to any consideration paid therefor, or to institute any action or proceeding or to assert any claim against such agency or agencies or against the Port Authority for or on account of any such Taking or Conveyance, except for the possible claim to an award for trade fixtures constituting a portion of the System owned and installed by the Permittee and/or an award for moving expenses if (i) such claim is then allowed by law and (ii) such award is made separate and apart from the award made or to be made to the Port Authority in such proceeding and any such award to the Permittee will not directly or indirectly reduce the amount of any compensation payable to the Port Authority, it being understood and agreed between the Port Authority and the Permittee that the Port Authority shall be entitled to any and all other compensation or award made or to be made or paid, free of any claim or right of the Permittee. No taking by or delivery to any Governmental Authority under this paragraph (a) shall be or be construed to be an eviction of the Permittee or be the basis for any claim by the Permittee for damages, consequential or otherwise.

 

(b) In the event of a Taking or Conveyance by any governmental or other authorized agency or agencies which renders the System unusable at the Port Authority Facility where the Talking or Conveyance has occurred, then this Agreement as of the date possession is taken from the Port Authority by such agency or agencies, cease and terminate with respect to such Port Authority Facility in the same manner and with the same effect as if the Term had on that date expired and the Minimum Fees under

 

53



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

this Agreement shall be equitably abated, unless the Permittee shall within thirty (30) days of the aforesaid effective date of such Taking or Conveyance notify the Port Authority that it intends to restore the System at the portion of such Port Authority Facility not subject to a taking or conveyance in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 38 below and thereafter promptly commences and pursues to completion the installation of all equipment necessary. There shall be no adjustment of the fee payable under this Agreement in the event the Permittee elects to so restore the System.

 

(c) It is understood and agreed that the reference in this Section to a “governmental or other authorized agency or agencies” shall not be deemed to include or refer to the Port Authority.

 

Section 19. Assignment and Sublease

 

(a) During the Term, the Permittee covenants and agrees that it will not sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or in any way convey or dispose of the System, or this Agreement or any part thereof, or any rights created thereby, or any part thereof, or any license or other interest of the Permittee therein, except as provided in subparagraph (a) (v) of Section 20 and in Section 25, without the prior written consent of the Port Authority.

 

(b) The Permittee may, in the course of its business and the conduct of its operations hereunder permit the use of portions of the System by Carrier Users. All Carrier Users shall use the System for the purpose set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement and its Carrier User Agreement. Whether or not expressly set forth therein, all Carrier User Agreements shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(c) Without in any way affecting the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement, all acts and omissions of the Carrier Users and Paging Carrier Users shall be deemed acts and omissions of the Permittee hereunder, but notwithstanding the foregoing, the Permittee shall not be or be deemed to be in default to the extent that any of the foregoing shall constitute a breach hereof if the causes thereof are beyond the control of

 

54



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the Permittee, or if the Permittee shall have commenced to remedy said default within twenty (20) days after receipt of notice thereof from the Port Authority and continues diligently to pursue such remedy without interruption.

 

(d) Except in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Permittee shall not sublet or otherwise make available to any third party any of its rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 20. Termination

 

(a) If any one or more of the following events shall occur:

 

(i) The Permittee shall become insolvent, or shall take the benefit of any present or future insolvency statute, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking an arrangement or its reorganization or the readjustment of its indebtedness under the federal bankruptcy laws or under any other law or statute of the United States or of any State thereof, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or substantially all its property; or

 

(ii) By order or decree of a court the Permittee shall be adjudged bankrupt or an order shall be made approving a petition filed by any of the creditors or, if the Permittee is a corporation, by any of the stockholders of the Permittee, seeking its reorganization or the readjustment of its indebtedness under the federal bankruptcy laws or under any law or statute of the United States or of any State thereof; or

 

(iii) A petition under any part of the Federal bankruptcy laws or an action under any present or future insolvency law or statute shall be filed against the Permittee and shall not be dismissed or vacated within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or

 

(iv) Except to the extent permitted under Section 19 of this Agreement, the interest or estate of the Permittee under this Agreement shall be transferred to, pass to, or

 

55



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

devolve upon, by operation of law or otherwise, any other person, firm or corporation; or

 

(v) The Permittee, if a corporation, shall, without the prior consent of the Port Authority become a possessor or merged corporation in a merger, a constituent corporation in a consolidation, or a corporation in dissolution unless the corporation resulting from a merger or dissolution has a financial standing as of the date of the merger or consolidation at least as good as that of the Permittee, by which is meant that its ratio of current assets to current liabilities, its ratio of fixed assets to fixed liabilities and its tangible net worth shall each be at least as favorable as that of the Permittee, or

 

(vi) By or pursuant to, or under authority of any legislative act, resolution or rule, or any order or decree of any court or government board, agency or officer, a receiver, trustee, or liquidator shall take possession or control of all or substantially all the property of the Permittee, or any execution or attachment shall be issued against the Permittee or any of its property, whereupon possession of any part of the System shall be taken by someone other than the Permittee, and any such possession or control shall continue in effect for a period of at least thirty (30) days; or

 

(vii) Any lien is filed against the System or any part thereof because of any act or omission of the Permittee and is not bonded or discharged within thirty (30) days; or

 

(viii) The Permittee shall fail, duly and punctually to pay the fees or to make any other payment required hereunder when due to the Port Authority and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after the Permittee’s actual receipt of a notice of default thereof from the Port Authority; or

 

(ix) The Permittee shall fail to keep, perform and observe each and every other promise, covenant and agreement set forth in this Agreement on its part to be kept, performed, or observed, which failure has a material adverse, effect on the System or the ability of the Port Authority to

 

56



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

operate the Port Authority Facilities and is not cured by the Permittee within thirty (30) days after actual receipt of notice of default thereof from the Port Authority (except where fulfillment of its obligation requires activity over a period of time, and the Permittee shall have commenced to perform whatever may be required for fulfillment within ten (10) days after receipt of notice and diligently continues such performance without interruption except for causes beyond its control);

 

then upon the occurrence of any such event or at any time thereafter during the continuance thereof, the Port Authority may by twenty (20) days’ notice terminate this Agreement, such, termination under this Section to be effective upon the date specified in such notice.

 

(b) No acceptance by the Port Authority of fees or other payments in whole or in part for any period or periods after a default in any of the terms, covenants and conditions to be performed, kept or observed by the Permittee shall be deemed a waiver of any right on the part of the Port Authority to terminate this Agreement.

 

(c) No waiver by the Port Authority of any default on the part of the Permittee in performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof to be performed, kept or observed by the Permittee shall be or be construed to be a waiver by the Port Authority of any other or subsequent default in performance of any of the said terms, covenants and conditions.

 

(d) The rights of termination described above shall be in addition to any other rights of termination provided in this Agreement and in addition to any rights and remedies that the Port Authority would have at law or in equity consequent upon any breach of this Agreement by the Permittee, and the exercise by the Port Authority of any right of termination shall be without prejudice to any other such rights and remedies.

 

Section 21. Right of Use Upon Termination

 

(a) Subject to Section 25, in the event the Port Authority terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 20 hereof during either the Initial Term or the Renewal Term, the Port

 

57



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Authority shall, at no cost or expense to the Port Authority, either: (1) direct the Permittee to remove the System or the portions thereof designated by, the Port Authority, or (2) operate the System or any portion or portions thereof as are not so removed free and clear of any claim of ownership by the Permittee including all the Permittee’s rights to all Carrier Agreements, System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts.

 

(b) (i) The rights of the Port Authority under paragraph (a), above, to use the System shall not in any manner affect, alter or diminish any of the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement, and shall in no event constitute an acceptance of surrender of this Agreement.

 

(ii) The rights of the Port Authority under paragraph (a), above, to use the System shall include the right of the Port Authority to use and\or operate the System or any portion thereof and the right to continue in effect the terms and provisions of the Carrier Agreements or to enter into a new agreement with any Person to use and\or operate the System or any portion thereof for a period of time the same as or different from the balance of the Term (including the Renewal Term) remaining under this Agreement, and on terms and conditions the same as or different from those set forth in this Agreement. The Port Authority shall also, upon termination pursuant to the said Section 20, or otherwise upon the exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section, have the right to repair or to make physical or other changes in the System, including changes which alter its wireless telecommunications and other electronic characteristics, without affecting, altering or diminishing the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement.

 

Section 22. Waiver of Redemption

 

The Permittee hereby waives any and all rights of redemption, granted by or under any present or future law, arising in the event the Port Authority obtains or retains possession of the System in any lawful manner.

 

Section 23. Remedies to be Non-exclusive

 

All remedies provided in this Agreement shall be deemed

 

58



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

cumulative and additional and not in lieu of or exclusive of each other or of any other remedy available to the Port Authority at law or in equity.

 

Section 24. Surrender

 

(a) Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Permittee covenants and agrees to yield and deliver the System peaceably to the Port Authority free and clear of any claim of ownership by the Permittee, including the rights to all Carrier Agreements, System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts, without any further act or deed by the Permittee. The Permittee shall promptly execute and deliver assignments, bills of sale and all other documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence the rights of the Port Authority therein, including title to all System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts. Such right to use the System shall not in any manner affect, alter or diminish any of the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Permittee shall deliver the System to the Port Authority promptly and in good condition, such reasonable wear excepted as would not adversely affect or interfere with its proper operation under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Permittee shall have the right at any time during the Term to remove a portion or portions of the System consisting of its equipment or other personal property from the Port Authority Facility where the same has been installed provided that the Permittee shall install suitable replacements therefor as is necessary for System Operations. Furthermore, except as may otherwise be provided in Section 6(b), upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement the Permittee shall promptly remove the System, if so directed by the Port Authority, and title thereto shall thereupon vest in the Permittee, including the rights to all System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts, without any further act or deed by the Permittee. The Port Authority shall promptly execute and deliver bills of sale and all other documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence any such transfer of title to the Permittee.

 

59


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(c) If the Permittee shall fail to remove the System within 60 days after receiving written direction to do so from the Port Authority pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Port Authority may remove the System or a portion or portions thereof to a public warehouse for deposit or retain the same in its own possession, and, in either event, may dispose of the same as waste material or sell the same at public auction, the proceeds of which shall be applied first to the expenses of removal, storage and sale, second to any sums owed by the Permittee to the Port Authority, with any balance remaining to be paid to the Permittee; if the expenses of such removal, storage and sale shall exceed the proceeds of sale, the Permittee shall pay such excess to the Port Authority on demand. Without limiting any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Permittee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, employees and contractors from all claims of third persons arising out of the Port Authority’s removal and disposition of property pursuant to this Section, including claims for conversion, claims for loss of or damage to property, claims for injury to persons (including death), and claims for any other damages, consequential or otherwise.

 

Section 25. Project Financing

 

For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Default Available Cash” shall mean, during any period commencing on the date on which the Project Lender gives a Project Lender Election Notice to the Port Authority and ending on the date on which all past due fees payable to the Port Authority shall have been paid in full, all Gross Receipts received or controlled by the Project Lender in lieu of their receipt by the Permittee with respect to the System or this Agreement, less the costs of operating the System and maintaining the System in good operating condition.

 

“Interim System Operator” shall mean any Person selected by the Project Lender and engaged under binding contract with the Project Lender to operate and maintain the System at the cost and expense of the Project Lender as provided in this Agreement,

 

60



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

provided, however, any Interim System Operator shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Port Authority, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In determining whether to issue such approval, the Port Authority shall only consider whether such Person has sufficient experience in operating and maintaining equipment similar to that utilized in the System on a basis consistent with the standards set forth in this Agreement, whether the scope of work of the engagement, including sufficiency of staffing levels, is reasonably appropriate and whether such Person has a reputation for honesty and integrity.

 

“Loan Agreement” shall mean a single agreement between the Permittee and the Project Lender for the borrowing of funds by the Permittee from the Project Lender for the purposes of financing the installation and operation of the System, the terms of which shall be on a commercially reasonable basis.

 

“Loan Amount” shall mean an amount not in excess of Seventeen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($17,500,000.00) unless otherwise consented to by the Port Authority.

 

“Project Lender” shall mean any Person consisting of one or more of the following:

 

(i) Concourse Communications Group, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, which, on or prior to the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, loans to or invests in the Permittee an amount not greater than the Loan Amount at an interest rate not in excess of Twelve Percent (12%) annually; or

 

(ii) SpectraSite Communications, Inc.; or

 

(iii) Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce; or

 

(iv) any other Person consented to in advance by the Port Authority, including any Replacement Project Lender.

 

The Project Lender shall include with respect to any Person described above in clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), (x) any purchaser of all or substantially all its assets or (y) any successor by merger or consolidation to such Person provided that such successor succeeds to all or substantially all of the assets of such Person.

 

61



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

“Qualified System Operator’’ shall mean any Person selected by the Project Lender to be an assignee of the Permittee under this Agreement, provided, however, any Qualified System Operator shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Port Authority, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In determining whether to issue such approval, the Port Authority shall only consider whether such Person has: (i) sufficient experience in operating and maintaining equipment similar to that utilized in the System on a basis consistent with the standards set forth in this Agreement, (ii) a reputation for honesty and integrity and (iii) the financial capability to operate and maintain the System on a basis consistent with the standards set forth in this Agreement, with such Person being deemed to have such requisite financial capability if such Person has or is projected to have sufficient capital (or access to capital), whether by virtue of cash on hand, sponsor support commitments, projected revenues, any combination thereof, or otherwise, to meet all of such Person’s operations and maintenance expenses and obligations to make fee and other payments to the Port Authority in respect of the System for the one (1) year period following the date on which such Person would become a Qualified System Operator.

 

(a) (i) (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 19 hereof, and without otherwise limiting the generality thereof, the Permittee may assign to a single Project Lender all of its right, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement pursuant to an assignment (the “Security Assignment”) as security for the Permittee’s obligations to the Project Lender under the Loan Agreement. Concourse Communications Group, LLC may assign to SpectraSite Communications, Inc. all of its right, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement as security for its obligations to Spectrasite Communications, Inc. The Loan Agreement shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Port Authority and shall not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Port Authority. The amount borrowed under the Loan Agreement shall not exceed the Loan Amount.

 

(2) The parties acknowledge and agree that it is the intent of the provisions of this Section and the Security Assignment to allow the Project Lender, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, to effectuate, pursuant to a future assignment (the “Future Assignment”), the assignment of the

 

62



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Permittee’s interest under this Agreement in accordance with the Security Assignment and pursuant to the terms thereof and of this Agreement.

 

(3) The parties acknowledge and agree that it is the intent of the provisions of the Security Assignment and this Section to assure that this Agreement and the rights of the Permittee and its successors and assigns hereunder shall not be deemed terminated in the event that the Permittee shall cease to be entitled to use the System hereunder. Thereafter, at the election of the Project Lender in accordance with this Agreement, a successor or assignee of the Permittee shall be appointed for whose benefit this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. The Port Authority agrees for the benefit of the Project Lender and any such successor or assignee of the Permittee’s rights under this Agreement to enter into any document, instrument or other agreement as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence the continuation of this Agreement and any modification of the terms of this Agreement that are necessary to implement or reflect the provisions of this Section 25. Such provisions are a material inducement to the Project Lender to assure it that, at its election, the Permittee shall not terminate or cause the termination of this Agreement so as to make impossible the continuation of the rights of the Project Lender under the Security Assignment.

 

(ii) (1) If an assignee (the “Assignee”) under any Future Assignment shall become the Permittee under this Agreement, such Permittee shall be subject to all the provisions of the Security Assignment and shall be bound (except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement) by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement including the provisions (x) concerning the payment of fees, (y) respecting the rights and obligations of the Assignee set forth in paragraph (j) below to, among other things, cure the defaults of the Permittee, and (z) restricting the right of the Permittee to transfer, sell or assign this Agreement and its rights to operate the System including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 19 and this Section 25.

 

(2) Upon the consummation of any Future Assignment, the Assignee shall execute in favor of the Project

 

63



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Lender a subsequent security assignment substantially in the form of the Security Assignment entered into. Any security assignment in the form of the Security Assignment initially entered into which is entered into in substitution for the original Security Assignment shall for all purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be the Security Assignment. In no event shall a subsequent Security Assignment be entered into on more than two (2) occasions.

 

(iii) (A) The Project Lender may effectuate any Future Assignment upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event upon the occurrence of which the Project Lender may effectuate the Security Assignment in accordance with its terms (a “Trigger Event”) by giving to the Permittee and the Port Authority an Assignment Notice (as defined in the Security Assignment) in accordance with the Security Assignment. Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event and the giving of an Assignment Notice and without further action on the part of the Project Lender, the parties agree that as between the Port Authority and either (x) the Project Lender or (y) a Qualified System Operator, the Permittee shall be deemed irrevocably to have assigned its rights hereunder to the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator, the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator shall be deemed to have assumed the Permittee’s obligations hereunder as set forth in this Section and, except as modified or waived to the extent provided below, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as between the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator and the Port Authority. Upon the Project Lender’s election pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) (as evidenced by the giving of the Assignment Notice), the Port Authority, in any action seeking enforcement of the termination provisions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 20, shall, instead, seek a judgment compelling the assignment of the Permittee’s rights hereunder to the Project Lender or such Qualified System operator, and any rejection or deemed rejection of this Agreement under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code shall not constitute a termination of this Agreement as between the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator and the Port Authority, and the Permittee shall for all purposes be deemed to have assigned its rights hereunder to the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator without any need of any further instrument of assignment or transfer from the Permittee. At the

 

64



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

option of the Port Authority, or of the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator, the Project Lender and the Port Authority shall confirm such Future Assignment by the execution of a written assignment and assumption agreement and the Port Authority and the Project Lender or such Qualified System Operator shall enter into any document or instrument that may be appropriate to amend, supplement, or otherwise effectuate the continuation of this Agreement and any appropriate modifications of the terms hereof to implement such assignment.

 

(B) Any action that the Project Lender may take under this Section 25 may be taken by the Project Lender or a nominee designated by the Project Lender, provided the Project Lender enters into an agreement with the Port Authority, in form satisfactory to the Port Authority, pursuant to which the Project Lender agrees that during the period of such nominee’s interest in this Agreement it will make available to such nominee sufficient funds as to enable such nominee to comply with all of the obligations to be undertaken by the Project Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Section 25. No designation of a nominee shall afford the Project Lender any greater rights under this Agreement with respect to Interim System Operators or Qualified System Operators than otherwise provided in this Agreement with respect to the Project Lender itself.

 

(iv) (1) In the event of the transfer of the interest of the Permittee under this Agreement under any Future Assignment to any Qualified System Operator pursuant to the exercise of remedies by the Project Lender in accordance with the Security Assignment and this Agreement, provided that any assignment of the character of the Future Assignment shall have previously occurred on not more than two prior occasions, such Qualified System Operator shall have the right to assign as collateral its interest as the Permittee under this Agreement to any “Qualified Institutional Buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) which lends funds to such Qualified System Operator (any such lender being herein referred to as the “Replacement Project Lender”) as may reasonably be approved by the Port Authority. Such assignment shall be in form and substance substantially equivalent to the Security Assignment. Such Replacement Project Lender shall have substantially the same rights and benefits relating to the exercise of remedies,

 

65



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

including cure periods and notice provisions with respect to defaults, which are afforded to the Project Lender under this Agreement and the Security Assignment.

 

(2) Any such new security assignment referred to in clause (1) above, shall constitute the “Security Assignment” for purposes of this Agreement. If two (2) Security Assignments in addition to the initial Security Assignment under this Agreement (to Concourse Communications Group, LLC, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce) shall have occurred, no subsequent Future Assignment or exercise of similar rights under such Security Assignment by the Replacement Project Lender shall entitle any subsequent lender to another Security Assignment.

 

(b) (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Security Assignment, it is understood and agreed that as between the Project Lender and the Port Authority, all rights of the Project Lender under the Loan Agreement and the Security Assignment shall be subject and subordinate to the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Security Assignment to the contrary, the Permittee shall be deemed to be the only party under this Agreement other than the Port Authority unless and until termination of the interest of the Permittee pursuant to a Notice of Termination hereunder or the effectuation of a Future Assignment.

 

(ii) (1) The Permittee shall have full and complete control of the operation and use of the System, and, except as set forth in this Agreement, the Security Assignment or as otherwise agreed by the Permittee in writing with the consent of the Port Authority, the Permittee shall have full power and authority to give waivers of, and to consent to variations from, the rights of the Permittee under this Agreement and to negotiate and enter into supplements and amendments to this Agreement, and except as aforesaid, the Port Authority may deal directly with the Permittee in the negotiation and procurement of such waivers, variations, supplements and amendments and in all other matters involving the Permittee under this Agreement or the operation and use of the System, without any consultation with or approval by the Project Lender.

 

66



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(2) Nothing contained in this Agreement, or the Security Assignment shall require the Port Authority to exercise any remedy or restrict the Port Authority from waiving any default or alleged default of the Permittee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(c) The Loan Agreement shall require the Project Lender to send to the Port Authority a copy of each notice of default or termination under the Security Assignment within five (5) business days following the date any such notice of default or termination shall have been sent to the Permittee. The Loan Agreement shall also require the Permittee to send to the Project Lender a copy of each such notice of default or termination given to the Permittee by the Port Authority, within five (5) business days following the date any such notice of default or termination shall have been sent by the Port Authority to the Permittee.

 

(d) (i) Subject to subparagraph (ii) hereof, notwithstanding any other term or provision, hereof or of the Security Assignment, no Person, other than a Qualified System Operator, Project Lender or Replacement Project Lender (provided that the Project Lender or Replacement Project Lender shall be itself qualified as an Interim System Operator or shall have at all times retained an Interim System Operator from and after any Future Assignment) shall be entitled to acquire the interest of the Permittee in this Agreement as the Assignee. The foregoing provision is of the essence of this Agreement and the Security Assignment and it is only upon this basis that the Port Authority has agreed to enter into this Agreement and to consent to the Security Assignment.

 

(ii) Nothing herein shall be deemed to preclude either the Port Authority or the Project Lender (provided that the Project Lender shall have at all times qualified as an Interim System Operator or retained an Interim System Operator from and after any failure by the Permittee to perform the operations and maintenance obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement) from bidding for or from becoming, at any foreclosure sale or proceeding similar thereto, the owner of the Permittee’s rights under this Agreement free from any claims, equities or rights of redemption of the Permittee. The Port Authority and the Project Lender shall have the right to bid for

 

67



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the Permittee’s rights under this Agreement at any sale, public or private, whether held pursuant to a judgment of assignment or otherwise.

 

(e) (i) If the Port Authority shall elect to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement, then, at the time of service of a Notice of Termination upon the Permittee, the Port Authority shall give a copy of such Notice of Termination to the Project Lender. The Project Lender shall have the right to extend the effective date of termination specified in any such Notice of Termination, for a period of sixty (60) days or such lesser period as may be specified by the Project Lender (the “Initial Project Lender Extension Period”), provided the Project Lender shall give notice (the “Project Lender Extension Notice”) of such extension to the Port Authority at any time on and after the date of the Notice of Termination but not later than the effective date of termination stated in the Notice of Termination.

 

(ii) The Project Lender shall exercise all reasonably available legal remedies to permit the Project Lender, by itself, provided the Project Lender is itself qualified as an Interim System Operator, or through the retention of an Interim System Operator, during the Initial Project Lender Extension Period referred to above in subparagraph (g) (i) and any Second Project Lender Extension Period referred to below in subparagraph (g)(iii)(1) to keep the System operational and in a state of good repair.

 

(iii) (1) At the end of the sixty (60) day period following receipt by the Port Authority of a Project Lender Extension Notice, this Agreement and the rights of the Permittee hereunder shall be terminated unless within such time the Project Lender shall have given the Port Authority notice (the “Project Lender Election Notice”) of its intention to seek or effectuate a Future Assignment, in which case the Port Authority shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement so long as the Project Lender is in compliance with the terms set forth below. During the Initial Project Lender Extension Period, and any further period (the “Second Project Lender Extension Period”) up to the Future Assignment, the Project Lender, for the purposes of protecting and preserving its security under the

 

68



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Security Assignment and for meeting the obligations of the Permittee for the operation, care and maintenance of the System to the extent provided below, shall (x) continue to perform its obligations to the Port Authority in accordance with subparagraph (g) (ii) above, and (y) shall perform, provided the Project Lender is itself qualified as an Interim System Operator, or shall appoint an Interim System Operator to perform the operating responsibilities of the Permittee for the operation, care and maintenance of the System to the extent the Permittee shall fail to do so, but only to the extent of Default Available Cash and to the extent that the Project Lender or the Interim System Operator has access to the System.

 

(2) Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Project Lender to take any action that would constitute breach of peace or otherwise be unlawful, and the Project Lender’s obligations hereunder which require access to or possession of the System shall be suspended and relieved to the extent that the Project Lender shall not be lawfully granted the right of access or possession for such purposes.

 

(f) If the Permittee defaults under this Agreement and fails to cure the same within the time allotted therefor, if any, then the Permittee directs that the Port Authority accept and permit, and the Port Authority agrees to accept and permit, the curing of any default under this Agreement by the Project Lender as if and with the same force and effect as though cured by the Permittee.

 

(g) No sale, transfer or assignment by the Permittee of its interest in this Agreement to the Port Authority or the Project Lender (or its designee) shall create a merger between the interests of the Port Authority and the Permittee or that of the Permittee and the Project Lender unless the Port Authority, the Permittee and the Project Lender shall specifically consent to such merger in writing.

 

(h) In the event of a Future Assignment to a Qualified System Operator, such Qualified System Operator shall assume all of the Permittee’s obligations hereunder arising from and after the date of such Future Assignment (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement). In addition, such

 

69



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Qualified System Operator shall agree to cure, within ten (10) days, any defaults that would constitute grounds for termination by the Port Authority pursuant to Section 20 (except when fulfillment of such obligation requires activity over a period of time and the Qualified System Operator shall have commenced to perform whatever may be required for fulfillment within ten (10) days after receipt of notice and diligently continues such performance without interruption except for causes beyond its control) and, in addition, the Qualified System Operator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure any failure by the Permittee to keep, perform and observe each and every other promise, covenant and agreement on its part to be kept, performed and observed under this Agreement.

 

(i) In the event the Project Lender requests that the Port Authority approve any Person as a Qualified System Operator or an Interim System Operator, the Port Authority shall within ten (10) days following its receipt of such request (together with appropriate supporting information) notify the Project Lender as to whether the Person is acceptable as a Qualified System Operator or an Interim System Operator. In the event the Port Authority notifies the Project Lender that the Person does not qualify as a Qualified System Operator or an Interim System Operator, the Project Lender shall be given a reasonable additional time to either resolve any differences with the Port Authority or to locate a different Person to be a Qualified System Operator or an Interim System Operator.

 

(j) The Project Lender shall have the right to be a Qualified System Operator under a Future Assignment provided that it shall at all times during such period be or otherwise engage an Interim System Operator to operate the System and the parties further acknowledge and agree that the Project Lender shall have the right to continue to remain as the Permittee as provided in paragraph (j) above throughout the balance of the Term, it being understood that the Project Lender shall be obligated to perform all the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement until such time as it shall have assigned this Agreement to a Qualified System Operator.

 

(k) From time-to-time during the Term, the Permittee shall have the right to refinance the then-outstanding principal

 

70



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

balance of the loan as set forth in loan agreements entered into between the Permittee and Concourse Communications Group, LLC and between Concourse Communications Group, LLC and SpectraSite Communications, Inc., respectively, (the “Outstanding Balance”) only in accordance with the following requirements:

 

(i) The Permittee may at any time refinance the Outstanding Balance with a new Project Lender with the prior written approval of the Port Authority, such refinancing to include the assignment of a Security Assignment to such Project Lender;

 

(ii) From and after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Permittee may refinance the Outstanding Balance with a new Project Lender, including the assignment of a Security Assignment to such Project Lender, that is a Qualified Institutional Buyer and under a Loan Agreement as both may reasonably be approved by the Port Authority; and

 

(iii) Both on the date of notification of the Port Authority that the Permittee intends to refinance the Outstanding Balance and on the effective date thereof, the Permittee shall not be under notice of default or notice of termination from the Port Authority.

 

71


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The Permittee, at least thirty (30) business days prior to the proposed effective date of a proposed refinancing of the Outstanding Balance, shall notify the Port Authority, in writing, of the identity of the proposed new Project Lender and shall submit to the Port Authority for its approval a copy of the form of the proposed Loan Agreement and accompanying note or bond. The Port Authority will advise the Permittee in writing within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such notification and submission whether or not the Port Authority will consent to such proposed Project Lender and such proposed note or bond. On the date of its execution, or within five (5) days thereafter, the Permittee shall deliver to the Port Authority a true copy of the executed Loan Agreement and accompanying executed note or bond.

 

Section 26. Disputes

 

(a) In the event of any dispute between the Port Authority and the Permittee regarding any matter related to this Agreement, either the Permittee or the Port Authority may request that a meeting be held between the parties to discuss the matter. The parties shall each send at least two (2) representatives to such meeting, one individual who is fully familiar with the issue in dispute and the other who is a member of senior management authorized either to settle the matters in dispute or to make recommendations for the settlement thereof.

 

(b) If the dispute is as to whether or not any Construction Application submitted by the Permittee should be approved by the Port Authority, and the parties cannot achieve a settlement of the matter following the meeting described in subparagraph (a) above, the matter shall be submitted for resolution to the Chief Engineer of the Port Authority, acting personally and in accordance with Prudent Engineering and Operating Practice.

 

(c) If the issue in dispute is not an issue covered by subparagraph (b), above, and the parties cannot achieve a settlement of the matter following the meeting described in subparagraph (a), above, the parties shall each be free to pursue any available legal or equitable remedies.

 

72



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 27. Carrier Agreement

 

The Port Authority shall act in a commercially reasonable manner with respect to Carrier Users’ requests pursuant to the Carrier Agreement, as follows:

 

(a) Any request for its approval of the Carrier User’s corporate guarantee or surety bond pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Carrier Agreement;

 

(b) Any request for its approval of the Carrier User’s general liability insurance coverage amounts pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Carrier Agreement;

 

(c) Any requested approval of an assignment of a Carrier Agreement to a successor to the business operations of the Carrier User; and

 

(d) Any request made in accordance with Section 33 of this Agreement with respect to approval of advertising, sales promotion, press releases and other publicity materials submitted by the Carrier User under Section 14.9 (a) of the Carrier Agreement.

 

Section 28. Payments

 

(a) All payments required of the Permittee by this Agreement shall be mailed to the Port Authority, P.O. Box 17309, Newark, New Jersey 07194, or to such other office or address as may be substituted therefor by the Port Authority.

 

(b) No payment by the Permittee or receipt by the Port Authority of a lesser fee payment amount than that which is due and payable under the provisions of this Agreement at the time of such payment shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest fee payment then due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or in any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and the Port Authority may accept such check or payment without prejudicing in any way its right to recover the balance of such fee or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Agreement or by law.

 

73



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 29. Recording

 

The Permittee may, at its sole cost and expense, record a memorandum of this Agreement, prepared by it at its sole cost and expense, reasonably satisfactory to the Port Authority, and the Port Authority agrees to execute such memorandum within fifteen (15) business days after request therefor. If the Permittee so records such memorandum, it shall, at its sole cost and expense, record in timely fashion a memorandum satisfactory to the Port Authority of each and every modification, extension, supplement, assignment, surrender, or other amendatory agreement relating thereto, which memorandum shall be prepared by and at the sole cost and expense of the Permittee.

 

Section 30. Quiet Enjoyment

 

The Port Authority covenants and agrees that as long as it is owner or lessee of the particular Port Authority Facility where a portion or portions of the System is installed and operated, the Permittee, upon paying all fees hereunder and performing, in all material respects, all the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Agreement on its part to be performed, shall and may peaceably and quietly conduct System Operations free of any act or acts of the Port Authority except as expressly permitted in this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 30 shall not be deemed to modify the rights expressly granted to the Port Authority under this Agreement including, without limitation, the rights under Section 20 to terminate this Agreement and/or exercise any other remedies which it may have in the event of a default by the Permittee in its obligations hereunder following the giving of any required notice by the Port Authority and the expiration of any applicable cure period.

 

Section 31. Headings

 

The section headings and the paragraph headings, if any, are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision hereof.

 

Section 32. Performance of Permittee’s Obligations

 

(a) Whenever in this Agreement the Permittee is placed

 

74



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

under an obligation or covenants to do or to refrain from or is prohibited from doing, or is entitled or privileged to do any act or thing, the Permittee’s obligations shall be performed or its rights or privileges shall be exercised only by its officers and employees. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not in any way be taken to alter, amend or diminish any obligation of the Permittee assumed in relation to its invitees, customers, agents, representatives, contractors or other persons, firms or corporations doing business with it.

 

(b) The Permittee’s representative, hereinbefore specified in this Agreement (or such substitute as the Permittee may hereafter designate in writing), shall have full authority to act for the Permittee in connection with this Agreement and any things done or to be done hereunder, and to execute on the Permittee’s behalf any amendments or supplements to this Agreement or any extension thereof.

 

(c) This Agreement does not constitute the Permittee the agent or representative of the Port Authority for any purpose whatsoever, nor does it constitute the Port Authority the agent or representative of the Permittee for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(d) No greater rights or privileges with respect to the use of the System or any portion or portions thereof or with respect to any Port Authority Facility are granted or intended to be granted to the Permittee by this Agreement, or by any provision thereof, than the rights and privileges expressly granted hereby.

 

Section 33. Publicity and Advertising

 

The Permittee shall not issue or permit to be issued any press or publicity release, advertisement, or literature of any kind which refers to the Port Authority or the System or any portion thereof installed at any Port Authority Facility pursuant to this Agreement, without first obtaining the written approval of the Port Authority. Such approval shall be granted unless the Port Authority reasonably believes, in good faith, that the publication of such information would be harmful to its interests or to the public interest or would not be in compliance with contemporary advertising and marketing standards for the telecommunications industry.

 

75



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 34. Renewal Term

 

Upon the condition that the Permittee shall not be in default under any term or provision of this Agreement or under any notice of default from the Port Authority, the Permittee, by notice given to the Port Authority at least one (1) year but not more than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration date of the Initial Term, may extend the Term of this Agreement for a period commencing on the day following the expiration date of the Initial Term and continuing through the date preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the expiration date of the Initial Term (such extended period, the “Renewal Term”).

 

Section 35. Manner of Operation

 

In connection with the exercise of the privilege granted hereunder, the Permittee shall:

 

(i) Use commercially reasonable efforts in every proper manner to develop and increase the business conducted by it hereunder;

 

(ii) Not divert, and use commercially reasonable efforts not to cause or allow to be diverted, any business from any Port Authority Facility where System Operations are conducted, it being acknowledged that the Permittee shall not be deemed to be in violation of this subparagraph (ii) with respect to wireless communications services provided by Carrier Users through telecommunications systems other than the System, provided that neither the Permittee nor any affiliate of the Permittee has any ownership interest in such other systems;

 

(iii) To the extent available technology permits at a commercially reasonable cost, periodically monitor existing wireless base stations operated by Carrier Users at locations other than Covered Facilities which may provide such Carrier Users with coverage in or otherwise overlap areas of Covered Facilities to ensure that a Carrier User does not intentionally avoid the System through additions to such User’s existing system;

 

76



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(iv) Maintain, in accordance with accepted accounting practice, during the Term and for one (1) year after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, and for a further period extending until the Permittee shall receive written permission from the Port Authority to do otherwise, records and books of account regarding all transactions of the Permittee at, through or in any way connected with any Port Authority Facility, which records and books of account shall be kept at all times within the Port of New York District;

 

(v) Permit, upon reasonable prior notice, in ordinary business hours during the Term of this Agreement, and for one (1) year thereafter, and during the further period described in subparagraph (iii), above, the examination and audit by the officers, employees and representatives of the Port Authority of such record and books of account and also any records and books of account of any Person which is owned or controlled by the Permittee, or which owns or controls the Permittee, if said Person performs services, similar to those performed by the Permittee, anywhere in the Port of New York District;

 

(vi) Install and use all equipment reasonably available and necessary to accurately determine Gross Receipts;

 

(vii) Permit the inspection, upon reasonable prior notice, by the officers, employees and representatives of the Port Authority of all equipment used by the Permittee to collect data to determine Gross Receipts;

 

(viii) Require each Carrier User, including each Paging Carrier User, to permit the officers, employees and representatives of the Port Authority, upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect and copy all books and records of such Carrier Users relating to the determination of payments by such Carrier User to the Permittee and all equipment owned or controlled by such Carrier Users and used by the Permittee or such Carrier User to collect data to determine Gross Receipts, it being understood that the obligations hereunder imposed on the Permittee shall be applicable only as and to the extent that the Permittee itself has such rights of inspection and copying in a particular Carrier User agreement; and

 

77



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(ix) Subject to the prior approval of the Port Authority, use its best efforts to establish and implement a methodology for the measurement of wireless telecommunications traffic volume on the System, whether on a MOU or “per bit” basis or otherwise, throughout the Term of this Agreement.

 

Section 36. Termination Without Cause - Renewal Term

 

(a) At any time during the Renewal Term, and without limiting any other rights of the Port Authority under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the rights set forth in Section 20, the Port Authority shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause on ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Permittee. Upon the effective date of such termination this Agreement shall be terminated with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally set for its expiration, except as provided in paragraph (b), below.

 

(b) Within ten (10) days following the effective date of termination without cause as provided in paragraph (a), above, the Port Authority shall pay a “Termination Amount” to the Permittee, to be determined as follows:

 

(i) The sum of the Adjusted Gross Receipts plus the Tower Gross Receipts and the World Trade Center Towers and Airports Adjusted Gross Receipts, less the sum of the Minimum Fee plus the Variable Fee payable to the Port Authority, in each case, for the last full Annual Period prior to the effective date of termination without cause shall be calculated, such calculation to take into account only those Port Authority Facilities which comprise facilities owned by or leased to the Port Authority as of the effective date of termination.

 

(ii) The sum calculated in subparagraph (i), above, shall be divided into four (4) equal payments which shall be deemed to be made on a quarterly basis on the last day of each January, April, July and October, with respect to the immediately preceding calendar quarter, in each Annual Period or portion thereof which would have occurred prior to the expiration date of this Agreement if this Agreement had not been terminated without cause. In the event the expiration date of this Agreement in effect prior to its termination without cause was not scheduled

 

78



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to occur on the last day of a calendar quarter, the last such imputed payment shall be appropriately prorated based on a ninety-one (91) day calendar quarter.

 

(iii) The present value of the stream of payments described in subparagraph (ii), above, on the date of termination without cause by the Port Authority shall be determined using a discount rate of ten percent (10%) per year (the “Base Net Present Value Amount”).

 

(iv) The portion of the Initial System Capital Cost plus the capital cost of any additions to the System approved by the Port Authority as constituting an additional capital investment in the System which in each case constituted actual payments to unaffiliated third parties for the acquisition and installation of the System (less any part of this Initial System Capital Cost incurred with respect to the construction and installation of any portions of the System installed at Port Authority Facilities which no longer comprise facilities owned by or leased to the Port Authority as of the effective date of termination) shall be determined and the amount so determined shall be multiplied by a fraction the denominator of which is the number of days in the Term (including the Renewal Term) originally contemplated under this Agreement but for its termination without cause by the Port Authority and the numerator of which is the number of days from the date of the termination of this Agreement without cause by the Port Authority to the expiration date originally contemplated under this Agreement (the “Base Unamortized Capital Amount”).

 

(v) The “Termination Amount” shall be the greater of (1) the Base Net Present Value Amount (as defined in subparagraph (iii), above) or (ii) the sum of Seventy-five percent (75%) of the Base Net Present Value Amount plus the Base Unamortized Capital Amount (as defined in subparagraph (iv), above).

 

(c) In the event the Port Authority terminates this Agreement during the Renewal Term pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Port Authority shall, upon payment of the Termination Amount, have the right to (1) direct the Permittee to remove the System or the portions thereof designated by the Port Authority, at the Port Authority’s expense, and (2) to use the

 

79



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

System or any portion or portions thereof as are not so removed free and clear of any claim of ownership by the Permittee including all the Permittee’s rights to all System software licenses, equipment warranties and Service contracts. Title to the portion or portions of the System as are not so removed shall thereupon vest in the Port Authority without any further act or deed by the Permittee if title thereto is not already in the Port Authority.

 

Section 37. Late Charges

 

If the Permittee should fail to pay any amount required under this Agreement when due to the Port Authority including without limit any payment of any Minimum Fee or Variable Fee or any payment of utility or other charges or if any such amount is found to be due as the result of ah audit, then, in such event, the Port Authority may impose (by statement, bill or otherwise) a late charge with respect to each such unpaid amount for each late charge period (described below) during the entirety of which such amount remains unpaid, each such late charge not to exceed an amount equal to eight-tenths of one percent of such unpaid amount for each late charge period. There shall be twenty-four late charge periods on a calendar year basis; each late charge period shall be for a period of at least fifteen (I5) calendar days except one late charge period each calendar year may be for a period of less than fifteen (but not less than thirteen) calendar days. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, late charge periods in the case of amounts found to have been owing to the Port Authority as the result of Port Authority audit findings shall consist of each late charge period following the date any unpaid amount should have been paid under this Agreement. Each late charge shall be payable immediately upon demand made at any time therefor by the Port Authority. No acceptance by the Port Authority of payment of any unpaid amount or of any unpaid late charge amount shall be deemed a waiver of the right of the Port Authority to payment of any late charge or late charges payable under the provisions of this Section with respect to such unpaid amount. Each late charge shall be recoverable by the Port Authority in the same manner and with like remedies as if it were originally a part of the fee payments set forth in Section 4. Nothing in this Section is intended to, or shall be deem to, affect, alter, modify or diminish in any way (i) any rights of the Port Authority under this Agreement, including without

 

80



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

limitation, the Port Authority’s rights set forth in Section 17 or (ii) any obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement. In the event that any late charge imposed pursuant to this Section shall exceed a legal maximum applicable to such late charge, then, in such event, each such late charge payable under this Agreement shall be payable instead at such legal maximum.

 

Section 38. Other Construction by the Lessee

 

Following the completion of the Initial System Construction Work by the Permittee, and except as may otherwise provided under this Agreement, the Permittee shall not significantly alter the System, do any construction or modify or make any additions or improvements at any Port Authority Facility without the prior written approval of the Port Authority, and in the event any alteration, construction, modification, addition, or improvement is performed without such approval, then upon reasonable notice to do so, the Permittee will remove the same, or at the option of the Port Authority, will cause the same to be changed to the satisfaction of the Port Authority. In case of any failure by the Permittee to comply with such notice, the Port Authority may effect the removal or change and the Permittee shall pay the cost thereof to the Port Authority.

 

Section 39. Force Majeure

 

Neither the Port Authority nor the Permittee shall be liable for any failure, delay or interruption in performing its obligations hereunder due to causes or conditions beyond its control. Further, neither the Port Authority nor the Permittee shall be liable unless the said failure, delay or interruption shall result from the failure, on the part of such party to use reasonable care to prevent such failure, delay or interruption or reasonable efforts to cure such failure, delay or interruption.

 

Section 40. Liability Insurance

 

(a) The Permittee, in its own name as assured and at its sole cost and expense, shall secure and keep in full force and effect throughout the Term, a policy of commercial general liability insurance for such coverage as may reasonably be required from time-to-time by the Port Authority covering the Permittee’s operations hereunder, including but not limited to

 

81


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Premises-Operations, Products-Completed Operations and broad form property damage coverage, and further including a contractual liability indemnity endorsement covering the Permittee’s obligations under this Agreement, which shall initially be in a combined single limit of $2,000,000 for liability for bodily injury, for wrongful death and for property damage arising from any one occurrence.

 

(b) The Permittee, in its own name as assured and at its sole cost and expense, shall secure and keep in full force and effect throughout the Term of this Agreement, a policy of comprehensive automobile liability insurance for such coverage as may reasonably be stipulated by the Port Authority, covering all of the Permittee’s owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, which shall be in a combined single limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability.

 

(c) The Port Authority shall be named as an additional insured in each policy of liability insurance required by this Section. The Port Authority, in its sole discretion, may impose increased insurance requirements as to coverage limits or types of coverage, or both, with respect to any System Operation which requires the Permittee to gain access to or utilize in any manner any portion of the aircraft ramps at any Port Authority airport.

 

(d) As to any insurance required by this Section, a certified copy of each of the policies or a certificate or certificate evidencing the existence thereof, or binders, shall be delivered to the Port Authority Manager, Risk Management within twenty (20) days prior to the commencement date of this Agreement. In the event any binder is delivered, it shall be replaced within thirty (30) days by a certified copy of the policy or certificate. Each such copy or certificate shall contain a valid provision or endorsement that the policy may not be canceled, terminated, changed or modified, without giving thirty (30) days’ written advance notice thereof to the Port Authority Manager, Risk Management. A renewal policy or certificate or certificates evidencing the existence thereof shall be delivered to the Port Authority at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy. If at any time any of policies shall be or become unsatisfactory to the Port Authority as to form or substance, acting in a non-arbitrary and non-capricious manner, or if the Port Authority shall

 

82



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

determine that any of the carriers issuing such policies shall be or become unsatisfactory to the Port Authority, acting in a non- arbitrary and non-capricious manner, the Permittee shall promptly obtain a new and satisfactory policy in replacement.

 

(e) Each policy of insurance required by this Section shall contain a provision that the insurer shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority, raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port Authority, the immunity of the Port Authority or its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provisions of any statutes respecting suits against the Port Authority.

 

Section 41. Non-Discrimination

 

(a) Without limiting the generality of any of the provisions of the Agreement, the Permittee, for itself, its successors in interest, and assigns, as a part of the consideration hereof, does hereby covenant and agree that (i) no person, on the grounds of race, creed, color, sex or national origin, shall be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of the System by the Permittee, (ii) in the construction of the System and the furnishing of services thereon by the Permittee, no person, on the ground of race, creed, color, sex or national origin, shall be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subject to discrimination, (iii) the Permittee shall use the System in compliance with all other requirements imposed by or pursuant to Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Non-discrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation-Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and as said Regulations may be amended, and any other present or future laws, rules, regulations, orders or directions of the United States of America with respect thereto which from time-to-time may be applicable to the Permittee’s operations at any Port Authority Airport, whether by reason of agreement between the Port Authority and the United States Government or otherwise.

 

83



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(b) The Permittee shall include the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section in every agreement it may make pursuant to which any Person, other than the Permittee, operates any facility at any Port Authority airport providing services to the public and shall also include therein a provision granting the Port Authority a right to take such action as the United States may direct to enforce such covenant.

 

(c) The Permittee’s non-compliance with the provisions of this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of the breach by the Permittee of any of the above non-discrimination provisions, the Port Authority may take appropriate action to enforce compliance; or in the event such noncompliance shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice from the Port Authority, the Port Authority shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with the same force and effect as a termination under the Section 20, or may pursue such other remedies as may be provided by law; and as to any or all the foregoing, the Port Authority may take such action as the United States may direct.

 

(d) The Permittee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Port Authority from any claims and demands of third persons, including the United States of America, resulting from the Permittee’s noncompliance with any of the provisions of this Section, and the Permittee shall reimburse the Port Authority for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such noncompliance.

 

(e) Nothing contained in this Section shall grant or shall be deemed to grant to the Permittee the right to transfer or assign this Agreement, to make any agreement or concession of the type mentioned in paragraph (b) hereof, or any right to perform any construction at any Port Authority Facility.

 

Section 42. Affirmative Action

 

In addition to and without limiting any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Permittee assures that it will undertake an affirmative action program as required by 14 CFR Part 152, Subpart E, to insure that no person shall on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, or sex be excluded from participating in any employment activities covered in 14 CFR Part 152, Subpart E. The Permittee assures that no

 

84



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

person shall be excluded on these grounds from participating in or receiving the services or benefits of any program or activity covered by this Subpart. The Permittee assures that it will require that its covered suborganizations provide assurances to the Permittee that they similarly will undertake affirmative action programs and that they will require assurances from their suborganizations, as required by 14 CFR Part 152, Subpart E, to the same effect.

 

Section 43. Permittee’s Additional Ongoing Affirmative Action - Equal Opportunity Commitment

 

(a) In addition to and without limiting any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Permittee shall not discriminate against employees or applicants for employment because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, disability or marital status, and shall undertake or continue existing programs of affirmative action to ensure that minority group persons and women are afforded equal employment opportunity without discrimination. Such programs shall include, but not be limited to, recruitment, employment, job assignment, promotion, upgrading, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selections for training or retraining, including apprenticeship and on-the-job training.

 

(b) In addition to and without limiting the foregoing, and without limiting the provisions of Sections 41 and 42, the Permittee, in connection with its continuing operation, maintenance and repair of the System, or any portion thereof, as provided in this Agreement, shall throughout the Term, commit itself to and use good faith efforts to implement an extensive program of affirmative action, including specific affirmative action steps to be taken by the Permittee, to ensure maximum opportunities for employment and contracting by minorities and women, and by Minority Business Enterprises and Women-owned Business Enterprises. In meeting the said commitment, the Permittee agrees to submit to the Port Authority for its review and approval the Permittee’s said extensive affirmative action program, including the specific affirmative action steps to be taken by the Permittee to meet the aforesaid commitment, within sixty (60) days after the execution of this Agreement. The Permittee shall incorporate in its said program such revisions and changes which the Port Authority initially or from time-to-

 

85



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

time may reasonably require. Throughout the Term, the Permittee shall document its efforts in implementing the said program, shall keep the Port Authority fully advised of the Permittee’s progress in implementing the said program and shall supply to the Port Authority such information, data and documentation with respect thereto as the Port Authority may from time-to-time and at any time request, including but not limited to annual reports.

 

(c) (i) “Minority” as used in this Section includes:

 

(1) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin);

 

(2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Dominican, Cuban, Central or South American culture or origin, regardless of race);

 

(3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and

 

(4) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification).

 

(ii) “Minority Business Enterprise” (MBE) as used herein shall mean any business enterprise which is at least fifty-one percent owned by, or in the case of a publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percent of the stock of which is owned by citizens or permanent resident aliens who are minorities and such ownership is real, substantial and continuing.

 

(iii) “Women-owned Business Enterprise” (WBE) as used herein shall mean any business enterprise which is at least fifty-one percent owned by, or in the case of a publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percent of the stock of which is owned by women and such ownership is real, substantial and continuing.

 

86



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(iv) Good faith efforts to include meaningful participation by MBEs and WBEs shall include at least the following:

 

(1) Dividing the work to be subcontracted into smaller portions where feasible.

 

(2) Actively and affirmatively soliciting bids for subcontracts from MBEs and WBEs, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations. The Permittee shall maintain records detailing the efforts made to provide for meaningful MBE and WBE participation as called for in paragraph (b), above, including the names and addresses of all MBEs and WBEs contacted and, if any such MBE or WBE is not selected as a joint venturer or subcontractor, the reason for such decision.

 

(3) Making plans and specifications for prospective work available to MBEs and WBEs in sufficient time for review.

 

(4) Utilizing the list of eligible MBEs and WBEs maintained by the Port Authority or seeking minorities and women from other sources for the purpose of soliciting bids for subcontractors.

 

(5) Encouraging the formation of joint ventures, partnerships or other similar arrangements among subcontractors, where appropriate, to insure that the Permittee will meet its obligations hereunder.

 

(6) Insuring that provision is made to provide progress payments to MBEs and WBEs on a timely basis.

 

(7) Submitting quarterly reports to the Port Authority (Office of Business and Job Opportunity) detailing its compliance with the provisions hereof.

 

(d) The Permittee’s non-compliance with the provisions of this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of the breach by the Permittee of any of

 

87



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the above provisions the Port Authority may take any appropriate action to enforce compliance; or in the event such non-compliance shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice from the Port Authority, the Port Authority shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with the same force and effect as a termination under the provisions of Section 20, or may pursue such other remedies as may be provided by law.

 

(e) In the implementation of this Section, the Port Authority may consider compliance by the Permittee with the provisions of any federal, state or local law concerning affirmative action-equal employment opportunity which are at least equal to the requirements of this Section, as effectuating the provisions of this Section. If the Port Authority determines that by virtue of such compliance with the provisions of any such federal, state or local law, the provisions hereof duplicate or conflict with such law, the Port Authority may waive the applicability of the provisions of this Section to the extent that such duplication or conflict exists.

 

(f) Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of any laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents.

 

Section 44. Electricity

 

(a) Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 6 with respect to portions of Port Authority Facilities leased to or otherwise made available to lessees or permittees, the Port Authority will furnish electricity to the Permittee for System Operation, the quantity of such electricity supplied to the Permittee to be in accordance with the design criteria and capacity of each of the Port Authority Facilities and to be paid for by the Permittee as follows:

 

(i) With respect to Port Authority Facilities or portions thereof that are located in the State of New York, the Port Authority shall periodically throughout the Term, at such times as the Port Authority may elect, arrange for a survey of the Permittee’s equipment by the Port Authority’s Engineering Department or by an independent utility consultant to be selected

 

88



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

by the Port Authority for the purpose of establishing the Permittee’s annual consumption of and demand for electricity (such consumption of and demand for electricity being hereinafter referred to as “Consumption and Demand”). Such Consumption and Demand shall be based on the Permittee’s electrical equipment and the frequency and duration of the use thereof by the Permittee. The Permittee’s annual Consumption and Demand shall be divided by the number of “Billing Periods” per year established by the public utility company supplying electricity in the vicinity of the Port Authority Facility so as to determine the Permittee’s Consumption and Demand per Billing Period. The Port Authority shall compute the cost of such Consumption and Demand as determined by the survey based on the greater of: (1) the rates (including the fuel or other adjustment factor if any) which the Permittee at the time of such purchase and under the service classification then applicable to it would have to pay for the same quantity of electricity to be used for the same purposes under the same conditions if it received the electricity directly from the public utility supplying the same to commercial buildings in the vicinity, or (2) the Port Authority’s cost of obtaining and supplying the same quantity of electricity. The Permittee shall pay the cost of such Consumption and Demand for each such billing period to the Port Authority at the time the next fee payment following the close of such Billing Period is due and the same shall be deemed fees collectible in the same manner and with like remedies as if it were a part of the Minimum Fee hereunder. The determination of Consumption and Demand by survey shall be effective until the next succeeding survey and shall be binding and conclusive on both the Permittee and the Port Authority as to all matters, including but not limited to the frequency and duration of use of the Permittee’s electrical equipment at the Port Authority Facility by the Permittee. The cost of each such survey shall be borne by the Port Authority, provided that if the Permittee makes any alterations or improvements at the Port Authority Facility in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise which may result in greater Consumption or Demand, the Port Authority may direct a new survey to establish the Permittee’s Consumption and Demand for electricity at the Port Authority Facility in question and the cost thereof shall be borne by the Permittee. Any method of measurement used herein shall not preclude the Port Authority from reverting to the use of any prior method. In lieu of a determination of Consumption and Demand by survey, the same may

 

89



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

be measured by meter which the Port Authority may install at its option, exercised at any time during the Term, and if for any reason any meter fails to record the consumption of electricity, the consumption of electricity during any such period that the meter is out of service will be considered to be the same as the consumption for a like period either immediately before or immediately after the interruption as selected by the Port Authority”.

 

(ii) With respect to Port Authority Facilities or portions thereof that are located in the State of New Jersey, the Port Authority shall periodically throughout the Term, at such times as the Port Authority may elect, arrange for a survey of the Permittee’s equipment by the Port Authority’s Engineering Department or by an independent utility consultant to be selected by the Port Authority for the purpose of establishing the Permittee’s annual Consumption and Demand. The Port Authority shall divide the total cost of electricity consumption and demand furnished to the Port Authority Facility for each Billing Period, as billed by the public utility supplying electricity to the Port Authority Facility, by the total number of kilowatt hours shown on the statement for the Port Authority Facility for that Billing Period in order to arrive at the cost per kilowatt hour charged by the public utility supplying electricity to the Port Authority Facility for consumption and demand at the Port Authority Facility. The Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority at the time the next fee payment following the close of such Billing Period is due, as and for the Permittee’s Consumption and Demand, an amount determined by multiplying the cost per kilowatt hour charged by the public utility supplying electricity to the Port Authority Facility for consumption and demand at the Port Authority Facility by the number of kilowatt hours of electrical consumption by the Permittee for that Billing Period as determined by the electrical survey of the Permittee’s equipment conducted by the Port Authority. Such amount as is determined to be due to the Port Authority for each such Billing Period shall be deemed fees collectible in the same manner and with like remedies as if it were a part of the Minimum Fee hereunder. In the event the laws of the State of New Jersey hereafter provide that the Port Authority may resell or submeter electricity to the Permittee, the Port Authority hereby reserves the right at its option exercised at any time during the Term, and at its cost and expense, to install meters to measure the Permittee’s Consumption

 

90



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

and Demand and, in such event, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority for each Billing Period the cost of such Consumption and Demand as measured by meter based on the greater of (1) the rates (including the fuel or other adjustment factor if any) which would be charged to the Permittee by the public utility company supplying electricity in the vicinity at the time of such purchase and under the service classification then applicable to the Permittee for the same quantity of electricity to be used for the same purposes under the same conditions if the Permittee purchased such electricity directly from such public utility company, or (2) the Port Authority’s cost of obtaining and supplying the same quantity of electricity, and if for any reason any meter fails to record the consumption of electricity, the consumption thereof during any such period that the meter is out of service will be considered to be the same as the consumption for a like period either immediately before or immediately after the interruption as selected by the Port Authority.

 

(b) Notwithstanding that the Port Authority has agreed to supply electricity to the Permittee, the Port Authority shall be under no obligation to provide or continue such service if the Port Authority is prevented by law, agreement or otherwise from metering or measuring electrical consumption as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section, or elects not to so meter or measure consumption of the same, and in any such event, the Permittee shall make all arrangements and conversions necessary to obtain electricity directly from the public utility. Also in such event, the Permittee shall perform the construction necessary for conversion and if any lines or equipment of the Port Authority are with the consent of the Port Authority used therefor, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority its pro rata share of the reasonable costs and expenses for the said lines and equipment.

 

(c) The supply of electricity shall be made by the Port Authority to the Permittee at such points as are designated on the final plans covering the Permittee’s Initial System Construction Work approved by the Port Authority for connection of the electrical distribution systems to be installed by the Permittee with the Port Authority’s lines and conduits, and the Port Authority shall have no responsibility for the distribution of electrical current beyond the points of connection to the System.

 

91


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(d) If any federal, state, municipal or other governmental body, authority or agency or any public utility assesses, levies, imposes, make or increases any charge, fee or rent on the Port Authority for any service, system or utility now or in the future supplied to the Permittee or to any of its Carrier Users, then, at the option of the Port Authority exercised at any time and from time-to-time by notice to the Permittee, the Permittee shall pay, in accordance With said notice, such charge, fee or rent or increase thereof (or the portion thereof equitably allocated by the Port Authority to the Permittee’s operations hereunder) either directly to the governmental body, authority or agency or to the public utility or directly to the Port Authority.

 

(e) The Port Authority shall have the right to discontinue temporarily the supply of any of the above services when necessary or desirable in the reasonable opinion of the Port Authority in order to make any repairs, alterations, changes or improvements in the premises or elsewhere at the Port Authority Facility including but not limited to all systems for the supply of services. Except in cases of emergency, the Port Authority shall give the Permittee reasonable prior notice before discontinuing the supply of services pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(f) No failure, delay, interruption or reduction in any service or services shall be or shall be construed to be an eviction of the Permittee, shall be grounds for any diminution or abatement of the fees payable hereunder, or shall constitute grounds for any claim by the Permittee for damages, consequential or otherwise, unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority, its employees or agents.

 

(g) The Port Authority shall be under no obligation to supply any service or services if and to the extent and during any period that the supplying of any such service or services or the use of any component necessary therefor shall be prohibited or rationed by any federal, state or municipal law, rule, regulation, requirement, order or direction and if the Port Authority deems it in the public interest to comply therewith, even though such law, rule, regulation, requirement, order or direction may not be mandatory on the Port Authority as a public agency.

 

92



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 45. Suitability of Port Authority Facilities

 

The Permittee acknowledges that it has not relied upon any representation or statement of the Port Authority or its Directors, officers, employees or agents as to the suitability of any Port Authority Facilities to be utilized by the Permittee for System Operations. Without limiting any obligation of the Permittee to commence operations hereunder at the time and in the manner stated elsewhere in this Agreement, the Permittee agrees that no portion of any Port Authority Facilities to be utilized by the Permittee for System Operations will be used initially or at any time during the Term which is in a condition unsafe or improper for the conduct of System Operations so that there is possibility of injury or damage to life or property. Except as expressly provided in Section 44, the Port Authority shall have no responsibility with respect to the furnishing or supplying of any utilities whatsoever.

 

Section 46. Objectionable Interference

 

(a) In the event that the operation of any of the Permittee’s or a Carrier User’s or a Paging Carrier User’s transmitting and receiving equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires causes Objectionable Interference, as defined in paragraph (d) below, to any communications activity conducted as of the date of this Agreement at any Port Authority Facility by the Port Authority or a third party pursuant to agreement between such third party and the Port Authority, the Permittee shall take all steps necessary to remove the cause of the Objectionable Interference.

 

(b) If such Objectionable Interference relates to a communications activity at such Port Authority Facility conducted by the Port Authority or a third party pursuant to agreement between such third party and the Port Authority which commences after the commencement of the Permittee’s operations at the Port Authority Facility pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Permittee shall cooperate with the Port Authority and any such third party in a commercially reasonable effort to remove the cause of the Objectionable Interference. If such communication activity conducted by the Port Authority or such third party causes Objectionable Interference to Carrier Users or to Paging Carrier Users, the Port Authority shall take commercially

 

93



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

reasonable steps, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require the third party to take commercially reasonable steps, to remove the cause of the Objectionable Interference.

 

(c) If the Permittee believes that the cause of such Objectionable Interference does not relate to the operation of its transmitting and receiving equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires, the matter shall be submitted to an engineering committee consisting of one engineer selected by the Permittee, one engineer selected by the Port Authority, and a third engineer selected by the two engineers previously selected. If such engineers can not agree on a third engineer, then the third engineer shall be selected by an officer of the American Arbitration Association. It shall be the duty of the members of the engineering committee to determine whether in their opinion the Objectionable Interference results from the operation of the Permittee’s transmitting and receiving equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires. If a majority of the committee shall so determine, and such Objectionable Interference relates to an existing communications activity at such Port Authority Facility, the Permittee shall remove the cause of the Objectionable Interference.

 

(d) Objectionable Interference to a communications activity shall be deemed to exist for the purposes of this Section if:

 

(i) The construction or operation, maintenance, or repair of a Person’s transmitting and receiving equipment or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires causes a condition to exist which would constitute interference within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission at the time then in effect; or

 

(ii) The construction, operation, maintenance, or repair of a Person’s transmitting and receiving equipment or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires causes a material impairment of the quality of either sound or picture signals of a communications activity being conducted at a Port Authority Facility during the period of operation of such communications activity, as compared with that which would be obtained if such transmitting and receiving equipment or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires were not in operation, or under construction, maintenance, or repair; or

 

94



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(iii) The construction, operation, maintenance, or repair of a Person’s transmitting and receiving equipment or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires prevents a third party conducting a communication activity at such Port Authority Facility from using or having access to its equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires at reasonable and usual times to an extent which interferes to a material degree with the construction, operation, maintenance, or repair thereof, it being understood that a reasonable temporary interference which does not materially interfere with the construction, operation, maintenance, or repair of such third party’s equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires and which is occasioned by construction, operation, maintenance, or repair of or to such equipment, or associated antennas, lines, cables, and wires shall not be considered Objectionable Interference.

 

(e) All agreements to which the Port Authority shall hereafter become a party and pursuant to which the Port Authority shall grant or otherwise provide rights, licenses or permission to engage in communications activities at any Port Authority Facilities shall contain the agreement of the other party to such agreement, expressed to be for the benefit of and enforceable by the Port Authority and the Permittee, to accept and be bound by the provisions of this Section 46, unless, in the reasonable opinion of the Port Authority, such communications activities would not cause Objectionable Interference to System Operations.

 

Section 47. N on-Liability of Individuals

 

Neither the Commissioners of the Port Authority nor the Members of the Permittee, nor any of them, nor any officer, agent or employee of the Port Authority or of the Permittee shall be charged personally by either party hereto with any liability or shall be held personally liable to the other party under any term or provision of this Agreement or because of its execution or attempted execution, or because of any breach or attempted or alleged breach thereof.

 

Section 48. Existing Wireless Agreements

 

The Port Authority hereby assigns to the Permittee all of the Port Authority’s right, title and interest in its existing

 

95



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

lease and permit agreements with wireless carriers at Covered Facilities, including but not limited to those lease and permit agreements listed on Schedule A attached to Exhibit E, described below. The Permittee shall pay any costs incurred by it or by the Port Authority in connection with any termination or revocation of such agreements. Total payments by the Permittee to the Carrier Users pursuant to this Section shall not exceed One Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($1,600,000.00) in the aggregate. Any such payments made by the Permittee to the Carrier Users shall comprise a portion of the Initial System Capital Cost. The assignment by the Port Authority to the Permittee provided for above shall be further evidenced by execution and acknowledgment of an “Assignment and Assumption Agreement” in the form attached hereto, hereby made a part hereof and marked “Exhibit E” and by the transmittal by the Port Authority and the Permittee of a letter notifying such wireless carrier under any such existing agreement of the assignment of same.

 

Section 49. Non-Disturbance

 

So long as this Agreement has not been terminated on account of a default by the Permittee that has continued beyond any applicable cure period, no mortgagee or assignee of, or successor to, the Port Authority, or any Person holding any liens on or security interests in any equipment or fixtures owned by the Port Authority that form a part of the System (a “Successor”), upon taking title to any such fixtures or equipment shall terminate or disturb the Permittee’s use and operation of such equipment and fixtures in connection with the operation of the System pursuant to this Agreement, except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. A Successor shall be bound to the Permittee under the terms of this Section 49.

 

Section 50. Labor Harmony Obligation

 

The Permittee shall use reasonable efforts, taking all measure and means, to insure labor harmony in its operations at the Facility all to the end of avoiding and preventing strikes, walkouts, work stoppages, slowdowns, boycotts and other labor trouble and discord. The Permittee recognizes the essential necessity of the continued and full operation of each Port Authority Facility.

 

96



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 51. Brokerage

 

The Permittee represents and warrants that it has not had any contacts, dealings, acts or conversations with any broker except TREGA Securities, LLC or BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. (assuming, but without acknowledging, that either of said entities is a “broker”) in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or in connection with the rights and permissions granted to the Permittee hereunder. The Permittee shall indemnify and save harmless the Port Authority from any and all claims for brokerage or commission made by any Person, including but not limited to TREGA Securities, LLC and BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., for services in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or in connection with the rights and permissions granted to the Permittee hereunder arising out of the contacts, dealings, acts or conversations of the Permittee, except for claims arising solely out of any contacts, dealings, acts or conversations of the Port Authority.

 

Section 52. Notices

 

(a) All notices, permissions, requests, consents and approvals given or required to be given to or by either party shall be in writing, and all such notices and requests shall be personally delivered to the party or to the duly designated officer or representative of such party at the location provided pursuant to this Section or forwarded to such party, officer or representative at the location provided pursuant to this Section, by a nationally-recognized overnight courier service or sent by registered or certified mail. The Port Authority and the Permittee shall designate an office within the Port of New York District and an officer or representative whose regular place of business is at such office. Until further notice, the Port Authority hereby designates its Executive Director and the Permittee designates the person whose name appears on the first page of this Agreement as their respective officers or representatives upon whom notices and requests may be served, and the Port Authority designates its office at One World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and the Permittee designates its office, the address of which is set forth on the first page of this Agreement, as their respective offices where notices and requests may be served.

 

97



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(b) If any notice is mailed or delivered, the giving of such notice shall be complete upon receipt or, upon the event of a refusal by the addressee, upon the first tender of the notice to the addressee or at the designated address.

 

Section 53. Severability

 

In the event that any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof or the application of any such term, covenant or condition shall be held invalid as to any party or circumstance by any court or regulatory body having jurisdiction, the remainder of such terms, covenants or conditions shall not be affected thereby and shall remain if full force and effect, and the parties shall negotiate in good faith to substitute a term or condition in this Agreement to replace the one held invalid.

 

Section 54. Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

Section 55. Rules of Interpretation

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein: the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular; “or” is not exclusive; “include” and “including” are not limiting; a reference to any agreement or other contract includes permitted supplement and amendments; a reference to a law includes only such law as in effect on the date of execution and delivery hereof and any rules or regulations issued thereunder and in effect on the date of the execution and delivery hereof; a reference to a Person includes its permitted successors and assigns; a reference to a Section or any Exhibit is to the Section or Exhibit which constitutes a part of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; in case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any Exhibit, the provisions of this Agreement shall take precedence; any right may be exercised at any time and from time to time; all obligations under this Agreement of any party are continuing obligations throughout the Term and the fact that counsel to any party shall have drafted this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation

 

98



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

of any provision of this Agreement in a manner adverse to any party or otherwise prejudice or impair the rights of any such party.

 

Section 56. Third Party Beneficiaries

 

It is not intended that this Agreement make any Person a third party beneficiary hereof, notwithstanding the fact that Persons other than the Permittee and the Port Authority may be benefitted hereby.

 

Section 57. Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 58. Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement consists of the following: pages 1 through 98, inclusive, and Exhibits A, B, C, D and E and Schedule E. It constitutes the entire agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and may not be changed, modified discharged or extended except by written instrument duly executed by Port Authority and the Permittee. The Permittee agrees that no representations or warranties shall be binding upon the Port Authority unless expressed in writing in this Agreement.

 

99



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these presents as of the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:

 

THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK  AND NEW JERSEY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [Illegible]

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

Secretary

 

Title:

Chief Technology Officer

 

 

ATTEST:

 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip E. Deck

 

By:

/s/ Richard J. DiGeronimo

Name:

Philip E. Deck

 

Name:

Richard J. DiGeronimo

Title:

Technical Director

 

Title:

President

 

100



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PORT AUTHORITY FACILITIES

 

I.                             Basic Port Authority Facilities

 

A. Holland Tunnel

 

B. Lincoln Tunnel

 

C. John F. Kennedy International Airport

 

D. Newark International Airport

 

E. LaGuardia Airport

 

II.                         Additional Port Authority Facilities

 

A. PATH Stations and tubes

 

B. Port Authority Bus Terminal

 

C. World Trade Center Concourse

 

(Other Port Authority Facilities, such as the George Washington Bridge Bus Station, may be added to the System upon the request of the Permittee and with the written consent of the Port Authority in its sole and absolute discretion.)

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

TNAS Descriptive Summaries

 

Exhibit B

 

SUMMARY BASIS OF DESIGN

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Purpose

 

This exhibit provides a general overview of tie wireless communications system known, as the Telecommunications Network Access System (TNAS), designed specifically for the Port Authority (PA) facilities listed in Exhibit A, to extend the services listed in. Exhibit C to the patrons, tenants, and visitors of those facilities, The Stage 1 TNAS was previously described in tie Technical Plan of the “Proposal for the Development of Port Authority Properties with Wireless Telecommunications Facilities” submitted to the PA by NYTP in October 1997. That Stage 1 design has evolved toward a Stage 2 design described herein.

 

1.2 General TNAS Description

 

The TNAS is designed to provide a single, comprehensive, wireless-communications access system for the PA and commercial service providers to better serve tenants, patrons, commuters, and visitors as they inhabit, roam or are transported through the PA facilities. The TNAS is a multi-service system capable of supporting the services listed in Exhibit C and initially accommodating cellular, PCS, extended specialized mobile radio (ESMR), and public safety land mobile radio (LMR) services using state-of-the-art and proven technology.

 

In addition to the requirement to provide for public safety, the essential system requirement is to achieve commercial subscriber and user satisfaction while maximizing revenue potential for the service providers and the PA. The TNAS meets this requirement by providing a broadband, technology-neutral, RF distribution backbone that offers equal access to local service providers, clear communications and seamless hand-offs for users, and design features that allow future expansion to accommodate growth. The TNAS is designed to interface directly with defined wireless service providers’ equipment and distribute/collect wireless signals throughout defined enclosed areas of the PA’s facilities.

 

The TNAS extends radio frequency signals throughout the required coverage areas within the PA facilities in a substantially uniform manner. To accomplish this in the most cost effective way, the TNAS design incorporates a variety of engineering techniques and state-of-the-art products including dual-band and omni-directional antennas, radiating coaxial cable, non-radiating coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, fiber optic receivers, transmitters and combiners, RF amplifiers, and RF combiners.

 

A simplified block diagram of the TNAS configuration is provided as Figure 1.

 

15 August 1999

 

1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

 

Figure 1; TNAS Simplified Block Diagram.

 

The base station interface equipment combines and processes the service providers’ signals and distributes them either directly to a local RF radiating network or to the fiber optic feeder network. The base stations and interface units are installed in specially designed equipment spaces located in various PA facilities.

 

The fiber optic feeder network provides signals to remote radiating networks fox distribution within the PA’s facilities. To accommodate the diverse structural nature of the Authority’s facilities, the TNAS employs a variety of products and techniques in an overall system design combination that makes best use of each of their attributes for the specific facility application. For remote connectivity, the TNAS utilizes the existing optical fiber infrastructure where possible, supplemented with new optical fiber only when necessary. For local connectivity, coaxial cable, twisted pair copper cable, antennas, and radiating cable are employed for distribution into coverage areas. These building blocks are integrated into different configurations as required to optimize signal distribution within each of the PA’s facilities.

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

1.3 Coverage in Port Authority Facilities

 

From the list of PA facilities issued with the REP, the complement of facilities that have been selected by the Wireless Service Providers (“WSP”) for TNAS implementation are listed below (see also Exhibit A).

 

·                   LaGuardia Airport public terminal areas.

·                   JFK Airport: public terminal areas.

·                   Newark Airport: public terminal areas.

·                   Holland Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   Lincoln Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   Port Authority Bus Terminal: public areas.

·                   George Washington Bus Station: public areas

·                   PATH Train: underground public station areas and train tunnels.

 

·                              Phase I               Hoboken to WTC

·                              Phase II              Extension towards Newark (including Journal Square Transportation Center)

·                              Phase III             Extension to 33 rd  Street

 

·                   World Trade Center Concourse: public commercial areas.

 

1.4 Wireless Services Supported by the TNAS

 

The wireless services and service providers capable of bang supported by the TNAS are specified in the Technical Specification (see also Exhibit C). From those listed, initial implementation includes support of the following:

 

·    ESMR and LMR:

Conventional, Private Trunked, Public Safety

806MHz–940MHz

·    Cellular:

A & B Bands

824MHz–894MHz

·    PCS:

A, B, D&E Blocks

1850MHz– 1970MHz

 

1.5 TNAS integration

 

The TNAS is designed and integrated into the Authority’s facilities with knowledge of the existing radio systems, both essential and commercial services, that must continue to operate during and after the rollout phase. In addition, it is realized that an essential system design requirement is to transition all radio systems to a shared distribution while minimizing the risk of interference. Potential sources of interference include other mobiles in the same cell, other base stations operating in or too near the same frequency band, or any non-cellular system that inadvertently leaks energy into the frequency band. To mitigate potential interference, the TNAS is designed with the greatest possible tolerance to interference by employing filtering and physical downlink and uplink separation, where possible, to achieve sufficient isolation between frequency bands. At the same time, the TNAS generates the lowest possible interference to other radio systems.

 

The TNAS is designed to meet the system requirements in each facility as defined in the TNAS System Specification, NYTP SOW 9800201-99R1; dated 8/99.

 

The following Sections briefly describe the TNAS design for each defined PA facility.

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2. TNAS Descriptions for PA Facilities

 

2.1 General

 

For ease of reference, the Port Authority facilities involved in the TNAS have bead designated by Zone numbers as follows;

 

Zone 1

Lincoln Tunnel

Zone 2

Holland Tunnel

Zone 3

LaGuardia Airport

Zone 4

Newark Airport

Zone 5

JFK International Airport

Zone 6

Port Authority Bus Terminal

Zone 7

George Washington Bus Station

Zone 8

World Trade Center Concourse

Zone 9

Journal Square Transportation Center

Zone 10

PATH Subway Phase I

Hoboken to WTC

Zone 11

PATH Subway Phase II

Extension to Grove Station (NJ)

Zone 12

PATH Subway Phase III

Extension to 33 rd  Street Station (NY)

 

Further description of the TNAS Basis for Design is provided in the following paragraphs in the order of the Zone number designation.

 

2.1 Zone 1 and Zone 2 — Lincoln and Holland Tunnels

 

2.1.1 Overview

 

The Lincoln and Holland Tunnels currently have a distributed communications system, for portable and mobile radio, AM re-broadcast, and A-Band and B-Band cellular service. In addition to these existing services, the Andrew designed TNAS will support PCS, public safely LMR, and ESMR.

 

To provide telecommunications services in all five tunnel bores, service provider base stations (or equivalent), RF combining equipment, and feeder cable ports will be located in five vent buildings. This collection of equipment will transmit and receive RF signals to and from the tunnels over to two radiating cables, one existing and one new, located in each tunnel bore. The TNAS design utilizes the existing radiating cable to distribute cellular, LMR, and ESMR downlinks within the tunnels. The second and new radiating cable will distribute all uplinks (including PCS) and PCS downlinks throughout the tunnels.

 

Due to the length of the tunnels, amplifier units are required at strategic locations to increase signal levels. These amplifiers receive RF signals via fiber optic cables (not shown in the Figure) that are linked to the combining equipment located in the vent buildings. In the case of the Lincoln Tunnel, the amplifier and the fiber optic cable are located in the tunnel plenum. For the Holland tunnel, the amplifers are located in the vent buildings nearest the tunnel’s portals. The TNAS layout for the Lincoln and Holland tunnels is shown below.

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

 

Figure 3; TNAS Layout for Lincoln and Holland Tunnels

 

2.1.2 TNAS Lincoln and Holland Tunnel Design Features

 

TNAS design features for the Lincoln and Holland Tunnels are as follows:

 

1.                Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.                Supports PCS Blocks A,B, D and E;

3.                Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands;

4.                Provides 90% coverage for commercial services;

5.                Provides 95% coverage for public safety LMR service;

6.                BTSs located in the vent building(s);

7.                Utilizes single-mode fiber between the vent buildings and the amplifiers;

8.                Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone;

9.                Enhances existing communication services with new combining network

10.          Can be expanded to support other commimicatioris services.

 

5


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.2 Zone 3,4, & 5 - Port Authority Airports

 

2.2.1 Introduction

 

The LGC Wireless designed Zone 3, 4, and 5 TNAS solution is specifically designed to allow New York Telecom Partners (NYTP) to provide a flexible and highly scalable multi-carrier solution at the JFK International, Newark and LaGuardia Airports. The design utilizes a commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) non-developmental item (NDI) system building block named the LGCell. The LGCell was designed to provide a lower cost per antenna than traditional coax-based systems or single media (fiber-only) systems. This lower cost allows for greater freedom in designing a system with more antennas, lower power and more uniform coverage. Lower cost also means that more antennas can be used to create stronger differentiation between the indoor and outdoor signals, thereby reducing undesirable handovers and optimizing the call volume captured by the TNAS.

 

2.2.2 The LGCell

 

The LGCell is a distributed antenna system which uses the same materials and topology of a Local Area Network (TIA 568A standard) to distribute and receive RF signals within a building. The system consists of three components:

 

The Main Hub

·

Connects to the RF source

 

·

19” rackmount form factor/110 or 220 volt AC

 

·

0dB or +40dB amplification (1900 MHz product)

 

·

0dB amplification (800 MHz product)

 

 

 

The Expansion Hub

·

Up to four Expansion Hubs connect to a Main Huh

 

·

Connection to the Main Hub is via multi-mode fiber up to one kilometer in length

 

·

19” rackmount form factor /110 or 220 volt AC

 

 

 

The Remote Antenna Unit

·

Up to four RAU’s connect to each Expansion Hub / 16 total RAU’s per system

 

·

Connected to Expansion Hubs via CAT 5 OTP up to 100 meters in cable length

 

·

Powered via CAT 5 from Expansion Hubs

 

·

Antennas connect via SMA connector

 

·

System offers cable length independent unity gain as long as cable runs are under the maximum length per TIA 568A specification.

 

An LGCell system can be as simple as one Main Hub, one Expansion Hub and one RAU. The maximum LGCell configuration has one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs and 16 RAU’s. Multiple LGCells can be combined to create very .large antenna systems that operate as one cell Any LGCell can be used as an over the air repeater (with gain), or can connect to a repeater, micro / mini basestation or to a BTS.

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.2.3 System Attributes

 

The LGC Wireless designed Zone 3, 4, and 5 TNAS, utilizing multiple LGCells, has the following system attributes:

 

·                              Lower Cabling Cost — The LGCell’s ability to use existing multi-mode fiber for installation or expansion (when it is available) can greatly reduce the overall cost of implementation.

 

·                              Faster Deployment —In the typical LGCell implementation, the only cable infrastructure work is the installation of CAT 5 runs for each, antenna. Since this work can be performed by any LAN (TIA 568A) certified cabling contractor, turn around time and complexity is significantly reduced when compared with installing a coax or single mode fiber cable plant. In addition, no AC power is required at the RAU (antenna), greatly simplifying RF design, antenna placement and installation. Cable length independent design means that antenna placement locations can be chosen without having to calculate cable loss and balance the system.

 

·                              Centralized Equipment — An LGCell has a nominal “wingspan” of 2 kilometers. This large reach of the LGCell system allows all the main hubs to be co-located with other communications equipment in a central location. Since the LGCell is using the same TIA 568A standards as LANs, the Expansion Hubs can typically be co-located with data hubs and routers in existing dispersed equipment closets. The ability to centralize many of the components and co-locate with data equipment means easier planning, simplified maintenance and greater equipment security. Only the LGCell Bubs, located in the equipment rooms, need AC power. The RAU’s are powered by the CAT 5 and are easily and inexpensively installed and moved (if necessary).

 

·                              Double Star Topology — The first star in an LGCell design is the MMF cabling from the Main Hubs to the Expansion Hubs. The second star is the CAT 5 from the Expansion Hubs to the RAU’s. A single MMF pair will support 4 antennas, reducing the fiber runs required between buildings. When LGCell Hubs are co-located with LAN equipment, the fiber runs originate and terminate in the same locations as the LAN and that fiber can be utilized without jumpering (or running new fiber). Lastly, the use of Expansion Hubs as an RAU power source means that the antenna locations do not need to be wired for AC power.

 

·                              Add Capacity Easily — Once an LGCell is in place, it is relatively simple to add more capacity as demand increases. First, capacity can be increased by adding additional carriers. If demand requires even more capacity, it is easy to sectorize an existing LGCell by regrouping the fiber runs at the Main Hubs and establishing several cells where previously only one existed — without any modification to the Main Hubs, Expansion Hubs or RAU’s.

 

·                              One Antenna System — Since the LGCell is an independently balanced antenna system, it can accommodate a wide range of applications without modification or redeployment. For example, a system that is installed for coverage (re-radiation of the public signal) can easily be attached to a micro-basestation for a Capacity, Wireless Office or Wireless Centres application without re- engineering.

 

·                              System Alarming —The LGCel based system includes the LGC ARM The LGC ARM is a comprehensive administration, maintenance and alarming system that consists of two components, the Remote Unit, a 19” rackmount hub that connects with up to 8 LGC Wireless

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

products and the Element Manager Software. The software runs on any WIN 95-type personal computer and lias the capacity to monitor up to 255 sites (8 individual LGC systems constitute a site) via a dial-up connection.

 

2.2.3 System Overview

 

The multiple carrier TNAS for JFK International, Newark and LaGuardia Airports provides a combined 5,812,039 square feet of coverage. The Antenna and Expansion Hub configurations are:

 

JFK International Airport

 

 

 

 

 

Expansion

 

 

 

Area

 

Approximate
Square Footage

 

Fiber Hubs
Required

 

Antennas
Locations

 

International Arrivals

 

564,400

 

8

 

23

 

Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delta Terminal

 

554,288

 

8

 

23

 

Terminal 1A

 

142,600

 

2

 

6

 

Terminal One

 

437,500

 

6

 

18

 

Terminal Three

 

304,640

 

4

 

12

 

American Terminal

 

326,750

 

5

 

13

 

British Airways/ United

 

452,550

 

6

 

18

 

Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TWA Domestic

 

236,587

 

4

 

10

 

TWA International

 

220,848

 

3

 

9

 

TOTALS

 

3,240,163

 

46

 

132

 

 

Newark Airport

 

Area

 

Approximate Square
Footage

 

Expansion
Fiber Hubs
Required

 

Antenna
Locations

 

Terminal A

 

369,746

 

5

 

15

 

Terminal B

 

425,255

 

6

 

17

 

Terminal C

 

446,625

 

6

 

18

 

TOTALS

 

1,241,626

 

17

 

50

 

 

LaGuardia Airport

 

 

 

 

 

Expansion

 

 

 

Area

 

Approximate Square
Footage

 

Fiber Hubs
Required

 

Antenna
Locations

 

Central Terminal

 

652,250

 

9

 

26

 

Marine Air Terminal

 

81,750

 

1

 

3

 

USAir Terminal

 

371,250

 

5

 

15

 

Delta Terminal

 

225,000

 

3

 

9

 

TOTALS

 

1,330,250

 

18

 

53

 

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Equipment Configuration - The relationship, including cabliug, between wireless service provider (“WSP”) equipment (multiple channel BTS or equivalent) and the Main Hubs that support ihe Expansion Hubs and Remote Antenna Unit Locations indicated above, is depicted in the typical airport configuration shown below. Note that the WSP equipment and Main Hubs are co-located at central locations at each, aiiport and the Expansion Hubs and RAUs are dispersed throughout each aiiport to achieve the RF coverage as described on the following page.

 

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Coverage — In order to minimize the required number of antennas, while maximizing the system’s performance and preventing excessive bleeding outside of the facilities, the airport TNAS systems are expected to utilize 0 dBm downlink output power per carrier at each RAU and 3 dBi omnidirectional antennas. Although, the theoretical worst case Downlink design goals are -88 dBm at 1900 MHz and -86 dBm at 80.0 MHz, the antenna layout correlates to a -80 dBm design goal in order to overcome the macrocellular transmitters. These parameters correlate to an allowable path loss of 83 dB. Based oil a path loss of PL=25 Log [4 π f d / c ] (where PL=path loss, f= Frequency in MHz, d= Distance in meters and c=Speed of light or 3X10(8) meters/second) and evaluating the area to be covered, it is estimated that the system will provide a signal level of -80 dBm or greater for 90% coverage reliability over time and location assuming a Rayleigh Distribution. Although coverage performance is expected to be consistent with the values given, the calculations used cannot account for all building path losses and are therefore only approximations. Final coverage quality assessment can only be verified during an RF Site Survey. To achieve optimal coverage, some adjustment of antenna types, locations, numbers and/or orientations may be necessary.

 

Antennas — At each antenna location (as indicated previously) the antenna requirements will be consolidated as necessary to optimize performance and minimize impact on assort esthetics. At each location, the operating frequencies of the present complement of five service providers can be accommodated by five separate antennas, separate high band and low band antennas, or a single broadband antenna. The least obtrusive approach, preferable when the antennas will be viable, is either the single broadband antenna or, for locations where the low band does not require an antenna, a single high band antenna. The most efficient approach, preferred when the antennas can be hidden, from view (or in areas where the appearance is not a factor) is the five separate antenna choice.

 

Highlights — The overall highlights of the LGC Wireless design for the Zone 3, 4, and 5 (Airports) TNAS include:

 

·                              Utilizing the wide wingspan of the LGCell systems will enable a direct Multi-Mode Fiber connection back to POI locations within each of the three airports.

 

·                              The interface between the Carrier’s base station equipment and each LGCell will include a single connection port for the Downlink and a single connection port for the Uplink.

 

·                              The system will utilize 12 strand bundled multi-mode fiber running between the sets of Main and Expansion Hubs. Use of the bundled multi-mode fiber will enable very economical material and installation costs, as well as providing an additional fiber pair which can be utilized for future growth of the system.

 

·                             Multiple CAT 5 cabling runs to each RAU location will also facilitate reduced installation costs; as well as provide a common demarcation point for installation and maintenance activities.

 

·                              The ability to readily divide the system into multiple cellular coverage areas allows for seamless handover zones, both hard and soft for interior and exterior coverage regions.

 

2.3 Zone 6 — PA Bus Terminal

 

2.3.1 Overview

 

The Andrew designed TNAS for the Bus Terminal consists of four mam subsystems as shown in the Figure below. The service provider’s base stations will be linked to fiber optic (FO) interface units in

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the WTC equipment room. For downlink (base stations to Bus Terminal) signals, the FO interface unit will combine the carrier’s RF signals and covert them to light energy. The light energy will then be transmitted to the Bus Terminal FO repeater equipment via single-mode fiber optic cable.

 

The Bus Terminal FO repeater equipment will be installed in a vacant room on the 2 nd  level of the Bus Terminal building. This equipment will convert the light energy back to RF, combine the RF signals in a multi-service combining network, and distribute the RF signals throughout the facility over 1¼” fire retardant coaxial cable. The distributed coaxial cable is referred to as the RF distribution backbone. In multiple locations along the RF distribution backbone; dual-band antennas will be installed to provide communications coverage within the facility. The reverse path is followed for uplink (Bus Terminal to WTC) signals.

 

 

Figure 2; General TNAS Block Diagram for Bus Terminal

 

2.3.2 TNAS Bus Terminal Design Features

 

TNAS design features for the Bus Terminal are as follows:

 

1.             Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.             Supports PCS Blocks A, B, D & E;

3.             Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands;

4.             Provides 90% coverage for commercial services in public access areas;

5.             Provides 95% coverage for public safety LMR service throughout entire Bus Terminal building;

6.             BTSs located in the WTC building(s);

7.             Utilizes single-mode fiber between the WTC and the Bus Terminal;

8.             Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone to isolate uplink and downlink;

9.             Can be expanded to support other communications services.

 

2.4 Zone 7 — George Washington Bus Station

 

2.4.1 Overview

 

The three level George Washington Bus Station covers approximately two blocks between 178 th  and 179 th  Streets and Fort Washington and Wadsworth Avenues. The rectangular area has dimensions of approximately 190 feet (North-South) by 400 feet (East-West). From the Andrew TNAS design perspective, the George Washington Bus Station will be covered in the same conceptual fashion as

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

described for Journal Square and the Port Authority Bus Terminal with the exception that uplink and downlink signals will directly terminate at and originate from on-site base station equipment. Within the bus station, RF coverage will be accomplished passively via a dual distributed antenna backbone (one for the uplink and one for the downlink) consisting of coaxial cable and dual band omni-directional antennas placed appropriately to provide the desired coverage. The equipment, cables, and antennas utilized will be identical to that used in other TNAS buildings, including the airports, and as described previously.

 

2.4.2 George Washington Bus Station TNAS Design Features

 

TNAS design features for the George Washington Bus Station are as follows:

 

1.             Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.             Supports PCS Blocks A, B, D and E;

3.             Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands;

4.             Provides 90% coverage for commercial services in public access areas;

5.             BTS equipment centrally located on-site;

6.             Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone to isolate uplink and downlink;

7.             Can be expanded to support other communications services.

 

2.5 Zone 8 World Trade Center Concourse

 

2.5.1 Overview

 

The World Trade Center Concourse includes an area of approximately five acres underground beneath the World Trade Center Plaza with dimensions of approximately 765 feet (North-South) by 875 feet (East—West). The concourse includes one main level with lower levels for subway access. From the Andrew TNAS design perspective, the WTC Concourse will be covered in the same conceptual fashion as described for the Port Authority Bus Terminal. Uplink and downlink signals, over optical fiber, will terminate at and originate from the location of base station equipment that serves the PATH Phase I. At the concourse, the downlink signals will be converted from light to RF and the uplink signals will be converted from RF to light and coverage of the public areas will be accomplished passively via a dual distributed antenna backbone (one for the uplink and one for the downlink) consisting of coaxial cable and dual band omni-directional antennas placed to provide the desired coverage. The equipment, cables, and antennas utilized will be identical to that used in other TNAS buildings, including the airports, and as described previously.

 

2.5.2 WTC Concourse TNAS Design Features

 

TNAS design features for the WTC Concourse are as follows:

 

1.                           Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.                           Supports PCS Blocks A, B, D and E;

3.                           Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands;

4.                           Provides 90% coverage for commercial services in pubic access areas;

5.                           BTS equipment shared with PATH Phase I equipment located in the WTC;

6.                           Utilizes single-mode fiber between centrally located BTS equipment and remote in-building amplifiers;

7.                           Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone to isolate uplink and downlink;

8.                           Can be expanded to support other communications services.

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.6 Zone 9 — Journal Square Transportation Center

 

2.6.1 Overview

 

Journal Square Transportation Center is comprised of a PATH Station and Building planned to be provided with TNAS coverage coincident with Phase II of the PATH implementation. Treatment of Journal Square, from a TNAS design perspective, will be identical in concept to that of the Port Authority Bus Terminal as described previously. Rather than require a separate complement of Base Station equipment, the Journal Square TNAS will receive and send coverage signals over optical fiber to the BTS location that serves PATH Phase II extension toward Newark from Pavonia through Grove to the PATH tunnel portal. Within Journal Square, coverage will be accomplished via a dual distributed antenna backbone (one for the uplink and one for the downlink) consisting of coaxial cable and dual band omni-directional antennas placed appropriately for the desired coverage areas. The equipment, cables, and antennas utilized will be identical to that used in other TNAS buildings, including the airports, and as described previously.

 

2.6.2 Journal Square Transportation Center TNAS Design Features

 

TNAS design features for Journal Square Transportation Center are as follows:

 

1.                           Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.                           Supports PCS Blocks A, B, D and E;

3.                           Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands; Provides 90% coverage for commercial services in public access areas;

4.                           BTS equipment shared with PATH Phase II;

5.                           Utilizes single-mode fiber between BTS equipment and remote in-building amplifiers;

6.                           Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone to isolate uplink and downlink;

7.                           Can be expanded to support other communications services.

 

2.7 Zone 10, 11, & 12—Port Authority Trans-Hudson (PATH) Subway

 

2.7.1 Overview

 

The underground portion of the PATH Subway System is approximately seven miles in length and includes twin bore train tunnels with one track per bore and tea active stations. Andrew’s design for the PATH TNAS will support cellular A and B Bands, PCS A, B, D and E Blocks, ESMR, and LMR services.

 

Currently, no commercial wireless service is available in the PATH underground and, because of carrier concerns regarding implementing the PATH TNAS in its entirety before any telecommunications traffic experience is available, the implementation of the PATH TNAS is planned in three Phases. The most heavily used section, from a likely wireless service subscriber perspective, is the PATH line from Hoboken to the World Trade Center. That line has been identified as Phase I. When usage experience justifies further implementation, the next implementation phase will be the extension of the PATH TNAS from Exchange Place through Grove toward Newark. This Phase II would also include implementation of the TNAS within the Journal Square Transportation Center. Phase III, when usage experience justifies further implementation, will be the PATH TNAS extension from Pavonia and on to 33 rd  Street.

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

PATH TNAS Phase I service provider base station equipment is planned to be located in the area of the World Trade Center (WTC) PATH station. The RF signals to and from the base station equipment will be multiplexed, either directly or remotely, into a pair of Andrew Radiax® radiating cables for each tunnel bore. One cable carries downlink signals, and the other carries the uplink signals. The use of two cables in each bore is required to ensure compatibility between services. Signals from the base station downlinks are directly combined for local RF distribution and individually converted to light and fed over optical fiber to remote downlink injection amplifiers where the light is converted back to RF and the signals are combined for remote RF distribution. Note that the combining is passive in order to reduce the possibility of introducing non-linear distortion and interference. Signals from uplink cables are amplified and power divided for local feed to the base station receiving equipment and amplified and converted to light for remote base station feed. In the remote case, the light signals are locally converted back to RF, amplified, and power divided in the same manner as the direct local case. The overall (all three phases) PATH TNAS simplified block diagram is shown below in Figure 4 with the combiner and divider detail excluded. Note that two cable segments are connected (both uplink and downlink) at each remote amplifier location, one up-tunnel and one down-tunnel.

 

 

Figure 4; General TNAS Block Diagram for PATH

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.7.2 TNAS PATH Design Features

 

TNAS design features for PATH are as follows:

 

1.                           Supports cellular Bands A and B;

2.                           Supports PCS Blocks A, B, D and E;

3.                           Supports Conventional and Private Trunked mobile radio bands;

4.                           Provides 90% coverage for commercial services in public access areas;

5.                           BTS equipment located in the WTC station area;

6.                           Utilizes single-mode fiber between the BTS equipment and remote in-station and in-tunnel amplifiers;

7.                           Utilizes two-cable RF distribution backbone to isolate uplink and downlink;

8.                           Can be expanded to support other communications services.

 

3. TNAS Design Summary

 

Each Port Authority facility in which the TNAS will be installed can be thought of as an RF Coverage Zone. From a system design perspective, the TNAS includes basically two types of Coverage Zones — In-Tunnel and In-Building. In general, the in-tunnel areas are best served by the radiating coaxial cable form of distributed antenna and the in-building areas are best served by the combination of either non-radiating coaxial, fiberoptic, and/or twisted pair copper cable and point source antenna form of distributed antenna. It should be noted here that there are two more or less technically equal competing in-building techniques and, in the final analysis, implementation in certain Zones may differ from that previously described. In the TNAS, unless otherwise restricted, inter service isolation to minimize possible interference is enhanced by physically separating either services or uplink signals from downlink signals on either form of distributed antenna. Depending on the physical extent of the coverage zone, amplifiers may or may not be required to periodically restore signals to specified levels. The source of signals is the sole remaining variable and the choices are local or remote. If local, the signals can be directly injected into the local elements of the distributed antenna system, regardless of its form. If remote, the signals must be transported over distances where radiation is not desirable and the TNAS preferred medium for that purpose is optical fiber. If each of the Zone TNAS designs described previously is analyzed, it will be confirmed that all of them fit within the above design choices.

 

15


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FCC WIRELESS SERVICE FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS

 

 

 

Service

 

Based on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Extension

 

Downlink

 

Extension

 

 

Service

 

Band

 

Service

 

Access

 

From

 

To

 

From

 

To

 

From

 

To

 

From

 

To

 

Service

Type

 

Description

 

Standard

 

Method

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

MHz

 

Provider

Mobile

 

Conventional

 

Inc. ESMR

 

TDMA

 

806.00

 

809.75

 

 

 

 

 

851.00

 

854.75

 

 

 

 

 

Hexiel

Radio

 

Private Trunked

 

and SMRS

 

 

 

809.75

 

821.00

 

 

 

 

 

854.75

 

866.00

 

 

 

 

 

Hexiel

 

 

Public Safety

 

 

 

 

 

821.00

 

824.00

 

 

 

 

 

865.00

 

859.00

 

 

 

 

 

Port Authority

 

 

Aeronautical

 

 

 

 

 

849.00

 

851.00

 

 

 

 

 

894.00

 

896.00

 

 

 

 

 

AT&T/GTE

 

 

Private Land

 

 

 

 

 

896.00

 

901.00

 

 

 

 

 

935.00

 

940.00

 

 

 

 

 

Bell South

Paging

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929.00

 

930.00

 

 

 

 

 

Illegible

 

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929.00

 

930.00

 

 

 

 

 

Metrocall

 

 

Common Carrier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

931.00

 

932.00

 

 

 

 

 

Skytel

Cellular

 

A Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

 

 

 

 

IS-54/-136

 

TDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

Includes

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

Cellular

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

B Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

Packet

 

 

 

IS-54/-136

 

TDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

Data

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

ISM

 

Unlicensed

 

WTS/WLAN

 

Various

 

902.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

928.00

 

 

 

 

 

Metricom

PCS

 

A Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

Omnipoint

 

 

A Block PCS

 

IS-861

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

CDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

 

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint

 

 

B Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

Illegible

 

 

C Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Illegible

 

PWT Data

 

TDMA

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1920.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

 

 

Illegible

 

PWT Voice

 

TDMA

 

1920.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

 

 

D Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

Omnipoint

 

 

D Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

AT&T

 

 

E Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

Onts

 

Wireless LAN

 

IEEE 802.11

 

OSSS

 

2400.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2483.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

MSS

 

Mobile Satellite Service

 

L-Band

 

 

 

1000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2000.00

 

 

 

 

 

To Be

MSS

 

MSS, NASA, & Research

 

S-Band

 

 

 

2000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Determined

FSS

 

Fixed Sal & Microwave

 

C-Band

 

 

 

4000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8000.00

 

 

 

 

 

LED

 

 

National Information Infrastructure

 

Future IEEE

 

CDMA(P)

 

5150.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5350.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

 

 

National Information Infrastructure

 

Future IEEE

 

CDMA(P)

 

5750.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5875.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

FSS

 

Military, Earth Exp. & Mot.

 

X-Band

 

 

 

8000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12500.00

 

 

 

 

 

Satellite

FSS

 

FSS & Broadcast SS

 

Ku-Band

 

 

 

12500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage

BSS

 

BSS, FSS & Microwave

 

K-Band

 

 

 

18000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26500.00

 

 

 

 

 

Extension

FSS

 

FSS, Microwave & LMOS

 

Ka-Band

 

 

 

26500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Winster

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To

 

Band

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GHz

 

Total

 

 

LMDS

 

Block A

 

One 1.150 GHz

 

 

 

27.500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.350

 

850

 MHz

 

Winster

(Detail)

 

Local Multipoint

 

Bandwidth License

 

 

 

29.100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.250

 

150

 MHz

 

 

 

 

Distribution System

 

in each of 493 BTAs

 

 

 

31.075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.225

 

150

 MHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LMDS

 

Block B

 

One 150 MHz Bandwidth

 

 

 

31.000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.075

 

75

 MHz

 

NextBand

(Detail)

 

LMDS

 

License in each BTA

 

 

 

31.225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.300

 

75

 MHz

 

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT D  (48 Pages plus Exhibits A — E and Schedules 2.7(a) - 2.7(h))

 

CARRIER ACCESS AGREEMENT

 

THIS CARRIER ACCESS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this                 day of                 , 1999, by and between NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC (“NYTP”), a Delaware limited liability company with a principal office at                    World Trade Center* New York, New York 10048, and                  . (the “Carrier”), a                    corporation with a principal office at                      .

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey (the “Port Authority”) has selected NYTP to build and operate a Telecommunications Network Access System (“TNAS”), as described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, whereby providers of Personal Wireless Services (as hereinafter defined) may elect to have seamless wireless access to certain tunnels, concourses and buildings, airports and other facilities operated by the Port Authority;

 

WHEREAS, the Port Authority and NYTP have agreed upon the terms and conditions pursuant to which NYTP will build and operate the TNAS and, in connection therewith, the Port Authority and NYTP have entered into a TNAS Agreement dated                      1999 (the “TNAS Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, NYTP has agreed to mate the TNAS available to the Carrier in the Lincoln Tunnel and the Holland Tunnel (collectively, the “Tunnels”), as well as in any other Fort Authority Facility (hereinafter defined) in which the Carrier desires TNAS coverage, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Carrier has agreed to participate in and use the TNAS in the Tunnels and, if the Carrier desires, other Port Authority Facilities, and to make payments to NYTP, all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. DEFINITIONS , For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized words and phrases, in the absence of clear implication otherwise, shall be given the following respective meanings:

 

Access Fee ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 3.1.

 

Assignee ” shall mean a Person to whom rights hereunder have been assigned, including any trustee designated in connection with the Project Financing.

 

Baseline MOUs ” shall mean the MOUs for each Covered Facility set forth on the Schedule for .such Covered Facility, as increased by any additional Baseline MOUs purchased by the Carrier pursuant to Section 3.1(c).

 

Carrier Agreements ” shall mean this Agreement and all other similar agreements with Participating Carriers pursuant to which Participating Carriers and NYTP agree on the terms and conditions under which such Participating Carriers will have access to the TNAS.

 

Carrier L/C ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 3.6.

 

Carrier Equipment ” shall mean the Carrier’s equipment for the provision of telecommunications services.

 

Change in Law ” shall mean (i) any change in, or adoption of, any constitution, charter, act, statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation or order, or other legislative or administrative action of the United States of America, the State of New York,

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

or the State of Hew Jersey, or any agency, department, authority, political subdivision or other instrumentality of any of them (collectively, a “Law”), (ii) a final decree, judgment, or order of a court-of any such agency which is legally binding, and enforceable, or (iii) the suspension, termination, interruption, denial, failure to renew, or imposition of conditions not previously imposed with respect to the issuance of any permit, license, consent or authorization, or any change m judicial or administrative interpretation of any Law with which, in each case, in the mutual opinion of the parties, NYTP must at such time comply in connection with the design, construction or operation of the TNAS, having a material adverse effect on the performance of any of the obligations of NYTP hereunder or of any other obligation of a party pursuant to this Agreement, occurring subsequent to the date hereof, and which has not been principally caused by, nor significantly contributed to by, and is beyond the reasonable control of, the party relying thereon as justification for not performing an obligation or complying with any condition required of such party under this Agreement.

 

Contractor ” shall mean, collectively, the general contractors that NYTP selects to construct all or any portion of the TNAS.

 

Construction Contract ” shall mean, with respect to any Contractor, every agreement between NYTP and such Contractor with respect to the TNAS.

 

Construction Costs ” shall mean, with respect to any Covered Facility, all costs attributable solely to such Covered Facility that may be incurred by NYTP (including any such costs incurred by any of its contractors or agents) during the Construction Period with respect to the completion of the TNAS at such Covered Facility.

 

Construction Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Covered Facility, the date that construction of the TNAS commences in such Covered Facility.

 

Construction Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Covered Facility, the time period beginning on the Construction Date and ending on the date set forth.

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

in the Schedule 2.7 for such Covered Facility, or as may be further extended pursuant to Section 2.7(a).

 

Consulting Engineer ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.7

 

Contractor ” shall mean each general contractor that NYTP selects to construct the TNAS, or any portion thereof.

 

Covered Facility ” shall mean each Port Authority Facility with respect to which the Carrier has elected to participate in the TNAS and receive TNAS coverage pursuant to the procedures in Section 2.7.

 

Date of TNAS Operation * shall mean, with respect to each Covered Facility, the later to occur of (i) the end of the Construction Period, or (ii) the date on which the Carrier has complied with the terms of Sections 2.7(a), 3.1(a) and (b) and 3.2 with respect to such Covered Facility.

 

Entrance Fee ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 3.1.

 

Equivalent Measurement of Use” or “EMU” shall have the meaning given to that term under the definition of MOU.

 

Estimated Construction Costs ” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 3.6.

 

Excess MOUs ” shall mean, with respect to each Covered Facility, all MOUs sent or received by Carrier’s customers over the TNAS in an operating year in excess of Baseline MOUs.

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Existing Contracts ” shall mean the existing contracts regarding wireless services within Port Authority Facilities described on Exhibit “B” attached hereto.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

 

Initial Term ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 4.1.

 

MOU ” and, collectively, “ MOUs. ” shall mean a “Minute of Use,” which shall refer to each minute, or portion thereof, of airtime that a customer of a Participating Carrier sends or receives transmissions over the TNAS. In addition, the Carrier acknowledges that methods of measuring use or volume in the wireless communications industry are constantly evolving, and that NYTP may in the future use a different methodology for measuring use of the system by the Carrier and the other Participating Carriers (e.g., measurement based on bits through digital packet switch data). In the event that NYTP converts the methodology of measuring use of the TNAS from minutes of use to an equivalent measurement of digital information wireless traffic use (an “Equivalent Measurement of Use” or “EMU”), the defined term MOU used throughout this Agreement shall mean and refer to such EMU. The parties acknowledge that a change in the methodology used to measure use of the TNAS will require the consent of the Port Authority in accordance with the terms of the TNAS Agreement.

 

Operating Year ” means a calendar year during the term of this Agreement or, as applicable, and pro rated, the portion of the year beginning on the Date of TNAS Operation and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year or, in the case of the last Operating Year hereunder, the portion of the year beginning on January 1 thereof and ending on the Termination Date of this Agreement.

 

Overlay” means, with respect to certain Covered Facilities, access to structures or property on or at such Covered Facility by the Carrier for the installation of Carrier Equipment.

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Participating Carriers ” shall mean, with respect to each Covered Facility, the providers of Personal Wireless Services who have entered into or at any time hereafter enter into an agreement with NYTP allowing’ such provider access to the TNAS in such Covered Facility.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, association, institution, cooperative enterprise, trust, municipal authority, federal institution or agency, state institution or agency, municipality, other governmental agency or any other legal entity or any group of such persons whatsoever which is recognized by law as the subject of rights and duties.

 

Personal Wireless Services ” shall mean commercial mobile services, unlicensed wireless services, and common carrier wireless exchange access services.

 

Points of Interface with TNAS ” shall mean the locations at which the Carrier’s equipment interfaces with the TNAS.

 

Port Authority ” shall mean the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, a body corporate and politic created by Compact between the states of New York and New Jersey with the consent of the Congress of the United States of America.

 

Port Authority Facilities ” or “ Facilities ” shall mean those areas owned or controlled by the Port Authority as described on Exhibit “C” attached hereto.

 

Project ” shall mean the development, financing, construction, operating and maintaining of the TNAS, all as described in the TNAS Agreement and herein.

 

Project Financing ” shall mean the obligations of NYTP pursuant to the indebtedness incurred and all other funds raised by NYTP to finance the development, construction, equipping and operation of the TNAS and any payments made in connection with the Existing Contracts.

 

6


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Schedules ” shall mean the Schedules attached (or, with respect to subsequent Covered Facilities, to be attached) to this Agreement and made a part of this Agreement and containing the terms and conditions on which the Carrier shall have the right to use the TNAS in each Covered Facility. Each such Schedule is referred to and described in Section 2.7, and is designated Schedule 2.7. There shall be a separate Schedule 2.7 for each Covered Facility.

 

System Capacity ” shall mean the specifications and minimum system capacity described in Exhibit “D” attached hereto.

 

Technical Standards ” shall mean the technical standards for the TNAS for each Port Authority Facility as set forth on Exhibit “E” attached hereto.

 

Termination Fee ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 14.3.

 

TNAS ” shall mean each telecommunications network access system to be owned by NYTP and constructed by each Contractor on the Port Authority Facilities in accordance with the TNAS Agreement, whereby providers of Personal Wireless Services will gain seamless wireless access to certain Port Authority facilities, which network access system is fully described and detailed on Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

 

TNAS Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Port Authority and NYTP dated                   , 1999, pursuant to which NYTP and the Port Authority have agreed upon the terms and conditions under which NYTP will build and operate the TNAS.

 

Uncontrollable Circumstances ” shall mean acts, events, or conditions hereafter occurring or existing, whether affecting the TNAS or NYTP, having a material adverse effect on any obligation under this Agreement, if such act, event or condition has not been principally caused by, nor significantly contributed to by, and is beyond the reasonable

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

control of, the party relying thereon as justification for not performing an obligation or complying with any condition required of such party under this Agreement, of the following kinds:

 

(i) An act of God, war, embargo, insurrection, strike, riot, sabotage, fire, demonstrations, civil disturbance, national emergency, flood, explosion, earthquake, lightning or similar circumstances;

 

(ii) the entry of a valid and enforceable injunctive or restraining order or judgment of any federal or state, administrative agency or governmental officer or body, having jurisdiction thereof if such order or judgment is not the result of the negligent or willful act, or failure to act of the non-performing party. The contesting in good faith of any order or judgment shall not constitute or be construed as a willful or negligent act; or

 

(iii) Change in Law.

 

Underlay TNAS ” means, with respect to certain Covered Facilities, access by the Carrier to the NYTP internal building network coverage equipment at such Covered Facilities.

 

Usage Fee ” shall have the meaning given that term in Section 3.1.

 

2. ESTABLISHMENT OF TNAS

 

2.1 Obligation of NYTP To Establish TNAS . NYTP and the Port Authority have entered into the TNAS Agreement and NYTP shall use reasonable efforts to implement the TNAS Agreement, cause the TNAS to be constructed, and operate the TNAS, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the TNAS Agreement and the Carrier Agreements. On or before the Date of TNAS Operation in each Covered Facility, NYTP shall cause the TNAS to be fully operational in such Covered Facility in accordance with the

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

terms of the System Capacity and Technical Standards for that Covered Facility. NYTP, through its own personnel, the Contractor, and other Persons shall provide all labor and materials necessary to build, own, operate, repair and maintain the TNAS. The Carrier shall be solely responsible for the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and operation of the Carrier Equipment in the TNAS

 

2.2 Administration of TNAS . NYTP will administer and operate all aspects of the TNAS. Following the Date of TNAS Operation in each Covered Facility, NYTP shall keep the TNAS operating and available continuously in each Covered Facility seven days per week, 24 hours per day, every day of the year. NYTP shall maintain the TNAS in good operating condition, and shall manage the TNAS with sound engineering practices. Subject to the Carrier’s base station and customer unit specifications, NYTP shall, in accordance with the Technical Standards, cause to be accepted and/or delivered, in each Covered Facility, wireless communications signals within the TNAS originating from or to be delivered to customers of the Carrier. The Carrier shall develop a system, reasonably acceptable to NYTP and to the Port Authority, capable of measuring wireless communications signal volume in each Covered Facility in consultation with, and based on reasonable standards adopted by, NYTP (and approved by the Port Authority), and shall report such volume to NYTP on a monthly basis. The Port Authority, from time to time, may inspect the Carrier’s Equipment for measuring wireless communications signal volume. In the event that the Carrier refuses or is unable to develop a system capable of measuring its wireless communications signal volume in each Covered Facility, the parties acknowledge that NYTP may, at its discretion, develop, implement and install a system (on the Carrier’s equipment, if necessary) capable of measuring wireless communications signal volume originating or terminating on, or otherwise using, the TNAS; provided that any such system shall be developed in consultation with the Participating Carriers, and the costs to develop and implement such system shall be [                                ].

 

2.3 Carrier Commitment . Commencing on the Date of TNAS Operation and during the term of this Agreement, all Personal Wireless Services provided by the Carrier to its customers within each Covered Facility’s TNAS coverage area shall be

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

provided through NYTP and the TNAS, and the Carrier shall not use any other means or method of transmitting wireless communications signals in any Covered Facility. This Section 2.3 shall not prohibit the Carrier from using, and shall not restrict or limit the Carrier’s use of, those portions of the Carrier’s existing telecommunications system located outside the Covered Facilities that may provide coverage in or otherwise overlap areas of a Covered Facility serviced by the TNAS. The Carrier acknowledges that NYTP may measure baseline existing telecommunications signals levels to establish existing levels of overlap, and that NYTP may monitor future signals levels to ensure that the Carrier does not intentionally avoid the TNAS through additions to its existing system.

 

2.4 System Capacity . It is acknowledged and understood by the parties that the TNAS will be designed and constructed to handle, process and complete wireless transmission signals in accordance with the Technical Standards and the System Capacity.

 

2.5 Shutdown . On fourteen (14) days prior written notice to the Carrier, NYTP may partially or completely reduce the capacity of the TNAS for a scheduled overhaul, provided that no later than seven (7) days prior to any such reduction of capacity, NYTP shall present to the Carrier a contingency plan (a “Shutdown Contingency Plan”), acceptable to the Carrier in the Carrier’s reasonable discretion, to notify the Carrier’s customers of the anticipated shutdown and alternate means of providing service to such customers, which contingency plan shall include, but not be limited to, notices posted in the Covered Facility to be affected, and provided further that if the proposed Shutdown Contingency Plan is not acceptable to the Carrier, NYTP shall work with the Carrier to develop a revised Shutdown Contingency Plan acceptable to the Carrier in the Carrier’s reasonable discretion prior to any such reduction of capacity. NYTP shall select overhaul or shutdown periods when low call volume may be expected. Except in cases of emergency or Uncontrollable Circumstances, the TNAS shall not be shutdown for a period in excess of six (6) hours unless NYTP and the Carrier have agreed on a Shutdown Contingency Plan that provides for a greater shutdown period.

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.6 Equivalent Measurement of Use (EMU) . NYTP may, in its reasonable discretion, change the methodology used to measure wireless communications signal volume on the TNAS from MOU to an EMU, and the Carrier shall cooperate with NYTP and take all steps necessary to assist NYTP in completing any such change in methodology and to change the Carrier’s system of measuring its use of the TNAS to comport with such change; provided that any such conversion by NYTP shall not be implemented by NYTP until NYTP has received the consent of a majority of the Participating Carriers to such conversion, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

2.7 Carrier’s Participation in a Covered Facility .

 

(a) The Carrier and NYTP each acknowledge and agree that the Port Authority Facilities known as the Holland Tunnel and the Lincoln Tunnel are Covered Facilities. The Access Fee, Usage Fee, Baseline MOU, Construction Date, Construction Period and other information for, and applicable solely to, such Covered Facilities are set forth on Schedules 2.7(a) and 2.7(b), respectively. The Carrier shall not participate in the TNAS or otherwise receive TNAS coverage in any other Port Authority Facility and no other Port Authority Facility shall be subject to this Agreement, unless and until (i) the Carrier notifies NYTP in writing that it desires to participate in the TNAS in such Port Authority Facility, which notice shall include the specifications of the Carrier’s desired participation in such Facility; (ii) the Carrier agrees to pay all of NYTP’s costs to design and construct that portion of the TNAS that is necessary in order to permit the Carrier’s desired use of such Facility (the “Construction Costs”); (iii) if all or any portion of the Construction Costs have been paid for by another Participating Carrier or NYTP, the Carrier pays to such Participating Carrier or NYTP, as the ease may be, the Carrier’s pro rata share of such Construction Costs (based on the number of Participating Carriers using such constructed portion as of the date of such payment); (iv) prior to commencement of construction, the Carrier pays to NYTP the Estimated Construction Costs for such Facility; (v) the Carrier executes the Schedule 2.7 for such new Covered Facility in

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the form required by NYTP, which Schedule 2.7 shall be deemed incorporated in, and a part of, this Agreement; and (vi) the Carrier pays the Access Fee due for such Facility. Upon the Carrier’s written request, NYTP may, in its sole discretion and in lieu of requiring the Carrier to pay to NYTP the Estimated Construction Costs for any such Facility under clause (a)(iv) above, finance the Construction Costs for such Facility, in which case the Carrier shall, prior to the commencement of the construction of the TNAS in such Facility, (A) pay a portion (determined by NYTP) of the Estimated Construction Costs for such Facility, (B) promise to pay the remaining Construction Costs over time, on terms and with interest at a rate determined by NYTP in its reasonable discretion, and (C) execute any and all promissory notes and other documents to evidence the foregoing that NYTP deems necessary in its reasonable discretion. The Carrier acknowledges that NYTP intends to construct the TNAS in JFK, LaGuardia and Newark Airports, and that the Carrier, if it elects to obtain use of the TNAS in such Facilities, will be responsible for payment of the Construction Costs for such Facilities in accordance with clause (a)(iii) above.

 

(b) Within thirty (30) days after receipt by NYTP of the notice specified in clause 2.7(a)(i) above, NYTP shall deliver to the Carrier the Schedule 2.7 for such Facility. Such Schedule 2.7 shall set forth, among other things, the Construction Date and the Construction Period, and shall be accompanied by the information relating to Estimated Construction Costs and amounts payable by the Carrier as described in Section 3.6. Upon completion of construction of the TNAS in such Facility, the Carrier shall be permitted to inspect and test the TNAS in the Facility for a period of ten (10) days after the Carrier has completed the installation of its equipment in the Facility; provided that the Carrier covenants and agrees to adhere to NYTP’s requirements with respect to the scheduling for and installing of the Carrier’s equipment at the Facility. Such testing shall be performed at the Carrier’s expense to confirm compliance with the Technical Standards for such Facility. The Carrier agrees that no construction and installation work may be performed by the Carrier or NYTP without the prior written approval of the Port

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Authority. If the TNAS in such Facility is not reasonably satisfactory to the Carrier, the Carrier shall notify NYTP in writing prior to the end of the Construction Period, which notice shall set forth any deficiencies in the TNAS with reasonable specificity, and the Construction Period shall be extended by NYTP so as to permit NYTP to correct such deficiencies. NYTP shall promptly notify the Carrier in writing as to the revised Construction Period, and the Carrier shall be permitted to inspect and test the TNAS in the Facility during the last ten (10) days of the revised Construction Period. If prior to the completion of the revised Construction Period, the Carrier notifies NYTP in writing that the deficiencies in the TNAS in such Facility have not been remedied so as to make the TNAS reasonably satisfactory for its intended use, NYTP shall be permitted to further remedy such deficiencies in accordance with the foregoing procedures unless (i) the Carrier states in such notice that the Carrier believes that such deficiencies cannot be remedied by NYTP, or (ii) NYTP notifies the Carrier in writing that NYTP believes that such deficiencies have been remedied so as to make the TNAS in the Facility reasonably satisfactory for its intended use. If events (i) or (ii) occur, the parties agree that the matter will be submitted to the Chief Engineer of the Port Authority to assist the parties in resolving the matters in dispute, if the Chief Engineer is willing to act in such capacity. If the parties are unable to resolve the matter in accordance with the foregoing, the matter shall be submitted to a reputable engineering firm with specific expertise in telecommunications matters mutually selected by the parties or, if the parties are unable to agree, selected by the Chief Engineer of the Port Authority, or, if the Chief Engineer is unwilling to make such selection, by the American Arbitration Association, for review and resolution by such engineering firm (the “Consulting Engineer”). The parties agree to each pay one-half of any costs or expenses of the Port Authority’s Chief Engineer, the American Arbitration Association and the Consulting Engineer. If the Consulting Engineer determines that such deficiencies cannot be remedied by NYTP, all amounts paid by the Carrier to NYTP as Estimated Construction Costs (and any other sums paid to NYTP by the Carrier with respect to such Facility, if any) shall be refunded by NYTP to the Carrier. If the Consulting Engineer determines that such deficiencies can be remedied, NYTP shall proceed to remedy such deficiencies immediately in

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(b). If the Consulting Engineer determines that such deficiencies have been remedied so as to make the TNAS in the Facility reasonably satisfactory for its intended use, the Carrier shall immediately comply with its obligations under Section 2.7(a).

 

(c) NYTP and the Carrier expressly acknowledge and agree that the Carrier is not required to participate in the TNAS at all Port Authority Facilities.

 

(d) The Carrier acknowledges that NYTP may impose, and the Carrier will be responsible for paying, a surcharge to cover (without limitation) increased administration costs and fees, implementation costs and fees, and interest if the Carrier (i) signs this Agreement after the Construction Date for the TNAS in the Holland and Lincoln Tunnels, or (ii) elects to participate in a Covered Facility after the Construction Date of the TNAS in such Covered Facility.

 

3.         CHARGES AND PAYMENTS

 

3.1 Fees Generally . The Carrier will be responsible for payment of three (3) separate types of fees, as set forth below, in exchange for participation in theTNAS or any Covered Facility or Facilities: an Entrance Fee, Access Fees, and a Usage Fee.

 

(a) The Entrance Fee shall be Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and shall be payable on or before the date of execution of this Agreement by the Carrier. Payment of the Entrance Fee shall cover part of the initial development start-up costs and the Port Authority Fees payable during the Construction Period. The Carrier shall be required to pay only one Entrance Fee during the term of this Agreement.

 

14


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(b) An Access Fee for each Covered Facility will be payable quarterly in advance beginning on the Date of TNAS Operation for such Covered Facility (pro rated, if necessary) and continuing on each January. 1, April l, July 1, and October 1 thereafter for the entire term of this Agreement. The Access Fee for each Covered Facility will be set forth on the Schedule 2.7 for such Covered Facility. Each Access Fee set forth in the Schedules shall increase by three percent (3%) on January 1 of each year.

 

(c) The Usage Fee will be a per MOU charge payable by the Carrier only after the Carrier’s use of the TNAS in any Covered Facility during an Operating Year has exceeded the Baseline MOUs for such Covered Facility. The Usage Fee for all Excess MOUs during any month shall be payable within forty-five (45) days from the last day of such month. The amount of the initial Usage Fee for each Covered Facility is set forth on the Schedule 2.7 for such Covered Facility. The Carrier’s Usage Fee per excess MOU for each Covered Facility shall be adjusted on January 1 of each year so that it equals twenty-five percent (25%) of the average converted flat rate charged by all Participating Carriers to end-users during the immediately preceding year (as determined in good faith by NYTP), per Excess MOU; provided, however, that the Usage Fee per Excess MOU shall not be less than $0.015 nor greater than $0.05. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Carrier and NYTP may agree at any time on a fixed rate per MOU for the Usage Fee, which fixed rate shall remain effective with respect to the Carrier for such period as the parties shall agree.

 

(d) The Carrier shall be offered an opportunity to purchase additional Baseline MOUs annually in advance at a price to be determined by NYTP and the Port Authority which, on a per Excess MOU basis, will be less than the Usage Fee per Excess MOU. These additional Baseline MOUs may be used by the Carrier to increase, for the year in which they are used, the Baseline MOUs established for any Covered Facility in the Schedule therefor, thereby reducing the number of Excess MOUs for such Covered Facility in such year. The Carrier must

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

purchase separate additional MOUs for each Covered Facility, and additional Baseline MOUs may not be reused (i.e., after use, the Baseline MOUs for the Covered Facility in question automatically reduce to the amount set forth in the Schedule 2.7 for such Covered Facility unless new additional Baseline MOUs are purchased and used for such Covered Facility by the Carrier).

 

(e) The Carrier shall not be responsible for paying a Usage Fee in any Calendar Year until the amount of the Usage Fee for such Calendar Year, calculated as set forth in Section 3.1(c) above, exceeds the dollar amount of the three percent (3%) increase in the Access Fee for such Calendar Year provided for in Section 3(b) above, and the Carrier shall only be responsible for that portion of the Usage Fee in excess of such dollar amount.

 

[3.2 Letter of Credit [or other Collateral Security — to be discussed] . To secure its obligations to pay the Usage Fee and Access Fee as provided herein, the Carrier shall provide to NYTP a letter of credit or similar credit enhancement acceptable to NYTP (which similar credit enhancement may include a corporate guaranty or surety bond as long as such guaranty or surety bond is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to NYTP and the Port Authority), which letter of credit or similar credit enhancement shall be in an amount not less than five (5) times the amount of the parties’ good faith estimate of the sum of the annual Usage Fees and Access Fees payable under this Agreement (the “Carrier L/C”). Each time the Carrier elects to make a Port Authority Facility a Covered Facility, the face amount of the Carrier L/C shall be increased by the Carrier, in accordance with the formula set forth in the previous sentence, to cover the estimated Usage Fees and Access Fees for such new Covered Facility. The Carrier L/C shall be assignable by NYTP to NYTP’s institutional lender or lenders.]

 

3.3 [Keep as Section 3.3] Uniformity . The Entrance Fee, Access Fees and Usage Fees as determined by NYTP pursuant to this Agreement and the fees payable under agreements with other Participating Carriers shall be based on the same criteria for each Participating Carrier. All Carrier Access Agreements shall contain

 

16



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

substantially similar terms and conditions, and if any Participating Carrier obtains access to the TNAS on terms more favorable than those contained in this Agreement, the Carrier shall be entitled to the benefit of such favorable terms granted to such other Participating Carrier (provided that the Carrier acknowledges that (a) certain payments and obligations of the Participating Carriers are based on usage of the TNAS and choices made by the Participating Carriers, which may result in different obligations and rights of the Participating Carriers, and (b) NYTP may impose a surcharge on Participating Carriers as described in Section 2.7(d).

 

3.4 Interest . In the event that any payment required under the terms of this Agreement is not paid by the date specified hereunder and such failure continues for  five (5) days after written notice from NYTP, interest shall be charged by NYTP on such unpaid amount at an interest rate equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month until such payment is received by NYTP.

 

3.5 Usage Fee Calculation Records .

 

(a) NYTP shall maintain all books, records and accounts necessary to record all matters affecting the amounts payable by the Carrier. All such books, records and accounts will be maintained in accordance with GAAP, shall accurately, fairly and in reasonable detail reflect all of NYTP’s dealings and transactions under this Agreement, and shall be sufficient to enable such dealings and transactions to be audited in accordance with GAAP. All such books, records and accounts (other than books, records and accounts relating solely to another Participating Carrier) will be available for inspection and photocopying by the Carrier, at the Carrier’s cost, on reasonable notice, and shall be maintained by NYTP for at least seven (7) years.

 

(b) The Carrier shall maintain all books, records and accounts necessary to record all matters affecting or relating to the Carrier’s use of the TNAS. All such books, records and accounts will be maintained in accordance

 

17



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

with GAAP, shall accurately, fairly and in reasonable detail reflect all of the Carrier’s dealings and transactions under this Agreement, and shall be sufficient to enable such dealings and “transactions to be audited in accordance with GAAP. All such books, records, and accounts will be available for inspection and photocopying by NYTP and the Port Authority, at NYTP’s cost or at the Port Authority’s cost, as the case may be, on reasonable notice, and shall be maintained by the Carrier for at least seven (7) years.

 

(c) Each party shall treat all information relating to the other party and obtained under the provisions of this Section 3 as confidential information and each party shall not use or disseminate any such information except for the purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Carrier acknowledges and agrees that all such information may be provided to the Port Authority in accordance with the TNAS Agreement.

 

3.6 Estimated and Actual Construction Costs . Within thirty (30) days after the Carrier delivers to NYTP a notice under Section 2.7 that Carrier desires to participate in any Covered Facility, NYTP shall deliver to the Carrier in writing (i) a good faith estimate of the Construction Costs to be incurred by NYTP for such Covered Facility and described in Section 2.7 (the “Estimated Construction Costs”) and (ii) a full accounting of (A) all Construction Costs in connection with such Covered Facility incurred prior to the date of such notice, (B) all amounts paid to or owed to NYTP by any other Participating Carrier in connection with such Covered Facility; and (C) the amount the Carrier owed to any other Participating Carriers or NYTP, if any, representing the Carrier’s pro rata share of any previously incurred Construction Costs, as described in Section 2.7. In accordance with Section 2.7, the Carrier must, among other things, pay such amounts prior to participating in the TNAS in such Facility and, in the case of Estimated Construction Costs, prior to the commencement of construction (unless NYTP and the Carrier agree that NYTP will finance such Construction Costs In accordance with Section 2.7). The Estimated Construction Costs shall not be binding on NYTP and NYTP’s delivery of the Estimated Construction Costs shall not affect or alter the Carrier’s obligation to pay all of NYTP’s actual Construction

 

18



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Costs in accordance with Section 2.7. NYTP shall allow the Carrier the opportunity to participate in and make recommendations with respect to the TNAS and the Estimated Construction Costs’ for a Covered Facility. Further, the Carrier shall-be-allowed the right to review and comment upon estimates, bids, work orders, and other documentation relating to the Estimated Construction Costs and the actual Construction Costs to be incurred in connection with a Covered Facility and the design, construction and implementation of the TNAS in such Covered Facility, and the Carrier shall have the right to approve the Estimated Construction Costs for such Covered Facility, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding such approval, the Carrier acknowledges that the actual Construction Costs with respect to a Covered Facility may exceed the Estimated Construction Costs (including, without limitation, for reasons based on Uncontrollable Circumstances), and that the Carrier shall nevertheless remain liable for payment of all sums due under Section 2.7.

 

4. TERM

 

4.1 Initial Term . The initial term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be from the date hereof until August 25, 2014, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

 

4.2 Renewal . This Agreement shall automatically extend for an for an additional five (5) year period the “First Renewal Term”), commencing at the end of the Initial Term, upon the same terms and conditions as set forth herein, and this Agreement also shall automatically renew for an additional five (5) year period (the “Second Renewal Term”), commencing at the end of the First Renewal Term, unless either party, by notice delivered in writing to the other party at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the First Renewal Term, as applicable, notifies the other party of its intention to terminate this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term or the First Renewal Term, as applicable. In the event of such renewal, the Termination Fee determined by reference to Section 13.3 shall continue in effect for the renewal term in question, and shall , be calculated based on the number of years remaining in such renewal term.

 

19



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

5. CONDITIONS TO PARTIES’ OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1 Conditions . The obligations of the parties hereunder .are subject to satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

 

(a) NYTP’s receipt of all necessary or appropriate building and construction permits and all licenses, permits approvals and consents from all applicable governmental authorities necessary or appropriate for NYTP to operate the TNAS in the Initial Covered Facilities and for the Carrier to install its Carrier Equipment in, have access to, and use the initial Covered Facilities; and

 

(b) Acceptance by NYTP of the TNAS in the initial Covered Facilities in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract between NYTP and the Contractor for such Covered Facility.

 

5.2 Failure of Conditions . In the event that the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 above are not met and NYTP terminates this Agreement, or the Carrier terminates this Agreement based on such failure (but subject to the cure rights in favor of NYTP set forth in Section 13.3) prior to the Carrier obtaining use of the TNAS, all amounts paid by the Carrier to NYTP under this Agreement shall be refunded by NYTP to the Carrier.

 

6. COVENANTS OF THE CARRIER

 

6.1 Commitment . Provided that the TNAS is ready and available to service the Carrier’s customers on the Date of TNAS Operation, the Carrier’s obligations to make the payments called for under this Agreement to NYTP, in the amounts stated and when due, are absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to any delay or diminution by right of any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or any other right which the Carrier may have against NYTP, the Port Authority or any other Person whatsoever. The Carrier recognizes that the current structure of the TNAS includes a risk of Uncontrollable

 

20



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Circumstances, including but not limited to, a Change in Law, resulting in the shutdown or cessation of operations of the TNAS after completion. The Carrier’s obligations under this Agreement shall continue unabated notwithstanding such event; provided, however, that the parties acknowledge and agree that to the extent a complete shutdown or cessation of operations of the TNAS in any Covered Facility would constitute an NYTP Event of Default, the Carrier shall have the rights and remedies provided in Section 13 of this Agreement. The Carrier acknowledges and agrees that the Carrier will not use any technology or system, whether now existing or hereafter developed, other than the TNAS, that will enable the Carrier to provide Personal Wireless Services to its customers at or on any Covered Facilities, subject, however, to the penultimate sentence of Section 2.3 of this Agreement, which acknowledges that the Carrier Is not prohibited, restricted or limited in using the Carrier’s existing telecommunications system located outside the Covered Facilities even if such use may overlap with coverage areas within the TNAS.

 

6.2 Existing Contracts . The Carrier shall cooperate with NYTP in assigning to NYTP or terminating any Existing Contracts between the Carrier and the Port Authority relating to the Carrier’s use of transmission equipment and/or services within any Covered Facilities, and, in connection therewith, the Carrier shall at the request of NYTP deliver, transfer and convey to NYTP all rights and interests of the Carrier under any Existing Contract. Upon termination of any Existing Contracts between the Carrier and the Port Authority, all remaining obligations of the Carrier under such Existing Contracts shall also terminate (including non-monetary duties and obligations).

 

6.3 Disclosure of Information . The Carrier agrees that, in connection with the Project Financing, (a) the Carrier will furnish such information regarding the Carrier as NYTP may reasonably request, and (b) the Carrier will furnish such certificates with respect to organization, authorization and capacity of its officers as NYTP or the Person providing the Project Financing may reasonably request; provided that NYTP acknowledges that the Carrier shall not be obligated to furnish financial information that is not otherwise disclosed or disseminated to the public by the Carrier.

 

21


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

6.4 Status . The Carrier shall at all times maintain its status and rights as a bona fide provider of Personal Wireless Services and shall maintain its ability and authority to engage in business in the States of New York and New Jersey.

 

6.5 Compliance with Laws . The Carrier covenants and agrees to comply with all applicable present and future governmental laws, rules, regulations and orders respecting the Covered Facilities and the TNAS and its use thereof, including but not limited to those of the Port Authority, the Federal Communications Commission, the United States Environmental Protection Agency, state environmental agencies, and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

 

6.6 Environmental Indemnity . The Carrier will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless NYTP and the Port Authority from and against all claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, losses, penalties, costs, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, sustained or incurred by NYTP or the Port Authority pursuant to any federal, state or local laws, implementing regulations, common law or otherwise dealing with matters relating to the environment, hazardous substances, toxic substances and/or contamination of any type whatsoever brought by the Carrier to, in, upon or beneath any Covered Facilities or released or disturbed by the Carrier in connection with its activities at any Covered Facility if the Carrier was provided written notice of the existence of hazardous or toxic substances within such Covered Facility.

 

6.7 Liens . The Carrier shall keep all Covered Facilities and the TNAS therein free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of the Carrier and shall indemnify, defend and hold NYTP and the Port Authority harmless from all claims, costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, in connection with or arising out of any such lien or claim of lien. The Carrier shall cause any such lien imposed on any Covered Facilities or the TNAS therein to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond within thirty (30) days after written request by NYTP. Nothing in this Section 6.7 shall be deemed

 

22



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

an acknowledgement by the Port Authority that any Covered Facilities are subject to the placement of any such liens.

 

6.8 Insurance .

 

(a) The Carrier shall carry or cause to be carried general liability insurance and comprehensive automobile liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,500,000 from an insurance company with an “A” rating or greater from A.M. Best and a deductible not greater than $100,000, which insurance shall name NYTP and the Port Authority as additional insureds and shall affirmatively hold harmless NYTP and the Port Authority for any activity by the Carrier in any Covered Facility or anyone acting on behalf of the Carrier in connection with the TNAS in any Covered Facility, and shall submit evidence thereof to NYTP and the Port Authority. In lieu of the foregoing, the Carrier shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to NYTP of general liability insurance coverage and comprehensive automobile liability insurance in amounts and with carriers reasonably acceptable to NYTP and the Port Authority, which insurance shall name NYTP and the Port Authority as additional insureds and shall affirmatively hold NYTP and the Port Authority harmless for any activity by the Carrier in any Covered Facility or anyone acting on behalf of the Carrier in connection with the TNAS in any Covered Facility.

 

(b) The said policy or policies of insurance shall also provide or contain an endorsement providing that the protections afforded the Carrier thereunder with respect to any claim or action against the Carrier by a third person shall pertain and apply with like effect to (i) any claim or action against the Carrier by the Port Authority and (ii) any claim or action against the Port Authority by the Carrier, in each case as though the Port Authority were a named insured, but such endorsement shall not limit, vary, change or effect the protection afforded the Port Authority thereunder as an additional insured.

 

23



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(c) Each policy of insurance required by this Section shall contain a provision that the insurer shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority, raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port Authority, the immunity of the Port Authority or its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provisions of any statutes respecting suits against the Port Authority.

 

6.9 Indemnification .

 

(a) The Carrier shall protect, indemnify and hold NYTP, the Assignee and the Port Authority harmless from and against all liabilities, actions, damages, claims, demands, judgments, losses, costs, expenses suits or actions and attorneys’ fees, and will defend NYTP, the Port Authority and the Assignee in any suit, including appeals, arising out of information regarding and supplied by the Carrier which is furnished in connection with the Project Financing. This indemnification provision is for the protection of NYTP, the Port Authority and the Assignee, and shall not establish any liability to any other third parties.

 

(b) If so directed by the Port Authority, the Carrier shall at its own expense defend any suit based upon any such claim or demand (even if such suit, claim or demand is groundless, false or fraudulent), and in handling such it shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority, raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port Authority, the immunity of the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provisions of any statutes respecting suits against the Port Authority.

 

6.10 Dealings With Third Parties . The Carrier shall not have any dealings with any other Person with respect to the TNAS other than NYTP, and all contacts, communications, requests, demands, and other matters regarding the TNAS and the Carrier

 

24



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

shall be solely with NYTP shall all go through NYTP, Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Carrier has made a written request or demand of NYTP and NYTP fails to respond to such written request within thirty (30) days of additional written notice from the Carrier asserting that NYTP has failed to respond to such request, the Carrier shall have the right to communicate with a third party to the extent required to obtain the information, rights or relief requested or demanded in such notice.

 

7. COVENANTS OF NYTP

 

7.1 Interference . NYTP will not permit or suffer the installation and existence of any improvement, equipment, and antenna or broadcast facility (including, without limitation, transmission or reception devices) upon any Covered Facility and/or the TNAS therein, if such Improvement interferes with the use of the TNAS by the Carrier in a Covered Facility. The Carrier agrees to promptly resolve any interference problem which its individual equipment or personalty shall cause to any other users of the Covered Facilities and/or the TNAS therein. NYTP shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any interference problems suffered by the Carrier in any Covered Facility as a result of (a) any Participating Carrier’s change in its individual equipment or personalty; (b) any Participating Carrier’s failure to adhere to the Technical Standards, or (c) subsequent additions to the TNAS in the Covered Facilities. The Carrier shall not be responsible for resolving interference problems caused by its individual equipment or personalty as long as such interference problems (i) relate to a Participating Carrier that obtains access to the TNAS in such Covered Facility after the Carrier obtained access, and (ii) the Carrier is operating its equipment in accordance with the Technical Standards.

 

7.2 Deliveries . Within (30) days following the last date of execution of this Agreement, NYTP shall, to the extent available, deliver, to the Carrier an accurate copy of all current engineering reports, audits, surveys, plats, plans, blueprints and other drawings relating to the Covered Facilities and/or the TNAS therein.

 

25



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

7.3 Compliance . NYTP covenants that all operations conducted by NYTP in connection with the TNAS in all Covered Facilities will materially comply in all material respects with all applicable state, federal, county and local laws, codes, rules, regulations, orders and directions. NYTP covenants and agrees that it will conduct its operations in the future materially in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations, orders and directions.

 

7.4 Uniformity of Payments . NYTP shall not accept payments in kind or any other non-cash payments from any Participating Carriers with respect to the fees payable by such Participating Carriers. NYTP shall deal with the Carrier and the Participating Carriers in good faith and on an arm’s-length basis, and shall not provide discounts, allowances, credits or other non-cash benefits to the Participating Carriers on a discriminatory basis.

 

7.5 Enjoyment . The Carrier, upon payment of all fees payable hereunder and the performance of all of the covenants and provisions of this Agreement, shall and may peaceably have, hold and enjoy its rights to use of the TNAS in the Covered Facilities under this Agreement free of any act or claim of NYTP or anyone claiming by or through NYTP.

 

7.6 Equipment . NYTP covenants and agrees that title to all of the Carrier’s equipment installed at Points of Interface with TNAS in the Covered Facilities shall be and remain in the Carrier. Within thirty (30) days of expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the Carrier shall, under the supervision of NYTP, remove all of the Carrier’s equipment from such Points of Interface with TNAS in the Covered Facilities at its own cost and expense and shall restore any area affected by such removal to its pre-existing condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Carrier shall not remove any equipment, the removal of which would, in NYTP’s reasonable opinion, damage or adversely interfere with or affect any Participating Carrier’s participation in the TNAS.

 

26



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

7.7 Environmental Indemnity . NYTP will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Carrier from and against all claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, losses, penalties, costs, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, sustained or incurred by the Carrier pursuant to any federal, state or local laws, implementing regulations, common law or otherwise dealing with matters relating to the environment, hazardous substances, toxic substances and/or contamination of any type whatsoever released, disturbed or brought by NYTP to, in, upon or beneath the Covered Facilities.

 

7.8 Insurance . NYTP shall carry or cause to be carried general liability insurance in an amount not less than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) from an insurance company with an “A” rating or greater from A.M. Best and a deductible not greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

7.9 Maintenance of TNAS . NYTP covenants and agrees that it will maintain the TNAS in each Covered Facility in accordance with the Technical Standards and with Section 2.2 of this Agreement. Prior to the Date of TNAS Operation in each Covered Facility, NYTP shall provide the Carrier with a schedule of routine maintenance and repair with respect to the TNAS in such Covered Facility. NYTP shall schedule future maintenance of the TNAS between the hours of 1:00 a.m. and 5:00 a.m. In the event that NYTP fails to adhere to the maintenance and repair schedule provided to the Carrier, the Carrier shall be entitled to perform, subject to the prior approval of the Port Authority, routine maintenance and repair with respect to the TNAS, at the Carrier’s sole cost and expense.

 

8. ACCESS AND UTILITIES

 

8.1 Access at All Times . The Carrier and its employees, agents, and contractors shall have access to the Carrier’s equipment located at or on the TNAS in the Covered Facilities twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, subject, however, to the rules and regulations of the Port Authority.

 

27



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

8.2 Utilities . [remainder of this line is illegible]

promptly pay all charges for gas, electricity [remainder of this line is illegible]

used by the Carrier in connection with the [remainder of this line is illegible]

NYTP, the Carrier will have a meter (or [remainder of this line is illegible]

the Covered Facilities for the Carrier’s [remainder of this line is illegible]

of installation, maintenance, and repair [remainder of this line is illegible]

 

8.3 Installation [remainder of this line is illegible]

the installation and maintenance of equipment [remainder of this line is illegible]

Covered Facilities. NYTP shall provide [remainder of this line is illegible]

sufficient to allow for the installation, [remainder of this line is illegible]

may be necessary in connection with the [remainder of this line is illegible]

 

8.4 Relocation .

Carrier shall relocate the Carrier’s equipment [remainder of this line is illegible]

use the area on which the Carrier’s equipment [remainder of this line is illegible]

the Carrier shall be provided with a [remainder of this line is illegible]

NYTP shall not request relocation of the [remainder of this line is illegible]

Participating Carrier, except upon the [remainder of this line is illegible]

relocation shall be by mutual agreement [remainder of this line is illegible]

exercise its rights to relocate the Carrier’s [remainder of this line is illegible]

term of this Agreement unless such [remainder of this line is illegible]

Uncontrollable Circumstances.

 

9. REPRESENTATION [remainder of this line is illegible]

 

9.1 Mutual [remainder of this line is illegible]

represent and warrant as to itself and to [remainder of this line is illegible]

 

28



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(a) Each has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to engage in the transactions contemplated hereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it has been duly authorized by all necessary action, and its undersigned representatives or officers have been authorized by all necessary action to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

 

(c) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(d) There are no legal or arbitral proceedings or any proceedings by or before any governmental body, now pending or threatened against it which, if adversely determined, could have a material effect on its financial condition or operations, or could reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(e) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of any person or entity which has not been duly obtained, (ii) violate any provision of any statute, regulation or rule presently in effect having applicability to it, (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected, or (iv) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by it.

 

(f) The financial statements provided by each party to the other party are true, correct and accurate in all material respects, fairly present each party’s properties, assets, liabilities, financial position and results of operation as of

 

29



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the respective dates and for the respective periods then ended, and have been prepared pursuant, to and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to normal recurring year-end adjustments applied on a consistent basis.

 

9.2 Representations and Warranties of the Carrier . The Carrier represents and warrants to NYTP that except as disclosed on Exhibit “B”, the Carrier is not a party to any agreements, written or oral, with the Port Authority relating to or concerning the providing of Personal Wireless Services by the Carrier.

 

10. CHANGES TO TNAS

 

10.1 Proposals . Either party .may propose changes in the design or construction of the TNAS in any Covered Facilities by written notice to the other party. Implementation of any change proposed by NYTP shall not require the prior approval of the Carrier unless such change would have a material adverse effect on the Carrier, the compatibility of its equipment with the TNAS, or its use of the TNAS in the Covered Facilities, in which event such change shall not be implemented without the prior consent of the Carrier (and the Carrier shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent). Upon receipt of a proposed change order from a Carrier, NYTP shall assess the cost and feasibility of implementing the proposed change. If the cost and feasibility are acceptable to NYTP and the Carrier, then upon execution of an agreement providing for such change and for the payment by the Carrier of capital and operating costs associated with the proposed change order, NYTP shall, upon receipt of a notice to proceed from the Carrier, perform or supervise the agreed upon change in accordance with the plans, specifications and schedule approved by the Carrier and NYTP. NYTP shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any change proposed by the Carrier. The parties acknowledge that all such proposed changes to the TNAS will require the prior consent of the Port Authority in accordance with the TNAS Agreement, and NYTP shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Carrier in obtaining the consent of the Port Authority with respect to any such requested change.

 

30


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

11. CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES

 

If any governmental, public body or other condemning authority takes, or if NYTP transfers in lieu of such taking, all of the Covered Facilities and/or the TNAS therein making it physically or financially infeasible for the Covered Facilities and/or the TNAS therein to be used in the manner intended by this Agreement, the Carrier shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective as of the date of the taking by the condemning party and the fees required hereunder shall be prorated appropriately. If only a portion of the Covered Facilities and/or the TNAS therein is taken, then this Agreement shall continue and the fees required under this Agreement shall be equitably adjusted.

 

12. LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

 

12.1 NYTP Indemnity . NYTP shall indemnify and save the Carrier harmless from all claims (including costs or expenses of defending against such claims) arising from any breach of this Agreement by NYTP or any negligent act, negligent omission or intentional tort of NYTP or NYTP’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees occurring during the term of this Agreement.

 

12.2 Carrier Indemnity . The Carrier shall indemnify and save NYTP and the Port Authority harmless from all claims (including costs and expenses of defending against such claims) arising from any breach of this Agreement by the Carrier, or any negligent act, negligent omission or intentional tort of the Carrier or the Carrier’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees occurring during the term of this Agreement.

 

12.3 TNAS Liability . NYTP’s sole and exclusive obligation with respect to the TNAS in the Covered Facilities shall be to repair or replace any defective portion or component of such TNAS. NYTP shall, use commercially reasonable efforts to repair or replace any defective portion or component “of the TNAS within twenty-four (24) hours of notice from the Carrier. NYTP’s obligation with respect to the TNAS shall not extend to defects or damages caused by Uncontrollable Circumstances, and NYTP’s

 

31



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

obligation to repair or replace any defective components or portions is in lieu of any and all warranties, written or oral, statutory, express or implied, including without limitation any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. In no event shall NYTP be liable to the Carrier under this Agreement (including under Section 12 and this Section 12.3) for incidental, special or consequential damages from any cause whatsoever unless such damages are directly and solely caused by the willful and intentional misconduct of NYTP.

 

12.4 Survival . The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration or termination of this. Agreement.

 

13. DEFAULT

 

13.1 Effect of Breach by the Carrier .

 

(a) The Carrier specifically recognizes that NYTP is entitled to bring suit for injunctive relief or specific performance or to exercise other legal or equitable remedies to enforce the obligations and covenants of the Carrier. It Is recognized that it is important to the successful operation of the TNAS in the Covered Facilities that the Carrier fully comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(b) In addition to, and without limitation of the rights of NYTP under clause (a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Carrier Event of Default (as defined below), NYTP may, by notice to the Carrier, terminate this Agreement and declare all amounts payable by the Carrier under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind (except as expressly provided in Section 13.1(c) below), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Carrier. [Upon such termination by NYTP, NYTP may draw upon the full amount of the Carrier L/C, it being understood by the parties that termination of this Agreement by NYTP following an Event of Default will not relieve the Carrier of its obligations hereunder, and NYTP

 

32



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

shall be entitled to draw upon and retain the full amount of the Carrier L/C as partial compensation for the damages suffered by NYTP as a result of the Carrier’s breach of this Agreement. The Carrier expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Carrier shall have no right, claim or interest in or to the funds, if any, received by NYTP under the Carrier L/C and that, notwithstanding NYTP’s receipt of funds under the Carrier L/C, the Carrier shall remain liable for its remaining obligations under this Agreement and for the damages suffered by NYTP as a result of the Carrier’s breach of this Agreement.]

 

(c) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default (“Carrier Event of Default”) on the part of the Carrier:

 

(i) The persistent or repeated failure or refusal by the Carrier to fulfill, substantially in accordance with this Agreement, all or any of its obligations, except payments of money, under this Agreement, provided:

 

(A) NYTP shall have given written notice to the Carrier specifying such failure or refusal to fulfill such obligations; and

 

(B) the Carrier shall not have remedied such failure within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, or if such failure is not capable of being remedied within such thirty (30) day period, the Carrier shall not have commenced such remedy within such period and diligently pursued such remedy until such obligation or obligations have been fulfilled but, in any case, such failure shall become a Carrier Event of Default within ninety (90) days after such notice; or

 

33



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(ii) Failure on the part of the Carrier to pay any amount required to be paid to NYTP under this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt of notice from NYTP that such amount is due and payable; or

 

(iii) (A) the Carrier’s being or becoming bankrupt or ceasing to pay its debts as they mature or making an arrangement with or for the benefit of its creditors or consenting to or acquiescing in the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator for a substantial part of its property; or

 

(B) a bankruptcy, winding-up, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement or similar proceeding instituted by or against the Carrier under the laws of any jurisdiction, which proceeding has not been dismissed within ninety (90) days, or

 

(C) any action or answer by the Carrier approving of, consenting to, or acquiescing in, any such proceeding.

 

13.2 Effect of Breach by NYTP .

 

(a) NYTP specifically recognizes that the Carrier is entitled to bring suit for injunctive relief or specific performance or to exercise other legal or equitable remedies to enforce the obligations and covenants of NYTP. It is recognized that it is important to the successful operation of the TNAS in the Covered Facilities that NYTP fully comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(b) In addition to, and without limitation of the rights of the Carrier under clause (a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an NYTP Event of Default (as defined below), the Carrier shall be entitled to take any actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to cause NYTP to become in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

34



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(c) Each of the following, events shall constitute an event of default (“NYTP Event of Default”) on the part of NYTP:

 

(i) The persistent or repeated failure or refusal by NYTP to fulfill, substantially in accordance with this Agreement, all or any of its obligations under this Agreement, provided:

 

(A) The Carrier shall have given written notice to the NYTP specifying such failure or refusal to fulfill such obligations; and

 

(B) NYTP shall not have remedied such failure within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, or if such failure is not capable of being remedied within such thirty (30) day period, NYTP shall not have commenced such remedy within such period and diligently pursued such remedy until such obligation or obligations have been fulfilled; or

 

(ii) (A) NYTP’s being or becoming bankrupt or ceasing to pay its debts as they mature or making an arrangement with or for the benefit of its creditors or consenting to or acquiescing in the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator for a substantial part of its property; or

 

(B) a bankruptcy, winding-up, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement or similar proceeding instituted by or against NYTP under the laws of any jurisdiction, which proceeding has not been dismissed within ninety (90) days, or

 

(C) any action or answer by NYTP approving of, consenting to, or acquiescing in, any such proceeding.

 

35


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

13.3 Termination Rights .

 

(a) The Carrier may, upon not less than ninety (90) days written notice to NYTP and the Port Authority, terminate this Agreement following an NYTP Event of Default (provided that all applicable notice requirements have been met, and all applicable cure periods have expired without cure, as set forth in Section 13.2(c) above), effective as of the date specified in such notice. Upon termination by the Carrier, all obligations and liabilities of the parties under this Agreement shall cease and terminate, and neither party shall have any further duty, obligation or liability under this Agreement, provided, however, that NYTP shall have a continuing obligation to insure that the Carrier can recover its equipment from each of the Covered Facilities within ninety (90) days of termination by the Carrier.

 

(b) At any time during the term of this Agreement, the Carrier shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without regard to whether an NYTP Event of Default has occurred, on not less than one hundred eighty (180) days prior written notice to NYTP and the Port Authority. Upon such termination without cause, the Carrier shall pay to NYTP a termination fee (the “Termination Fee”), calculated as follows:

 

(i) All fees payable by the Carrier under this Agreement during the prior twelve (12) month period shall be added together (or, if this Agreement has not been in effect for more than twelve (12) months, such amount shall be fixed at               ).

 

(ii) The amount determined in accordance with (b)(i) above shall be multiplied by the number of years remaining in the Initial Term of this Agreement (and pro-rated for any partial years).

 

(iii) The sum determined in accordance with (b)(ii) above shall be considered to be a series of equal payments to be made on a

 

36



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

quarterly basis on the last day of each January, April, July and September (and, in the event the expiration date of this Agreement in effect prior to its termination without cause is not scheduled to occur on the last day of one of the foregoing calendar quarters, the last such payment shall be appropriately pro-rated based on a ninety-one (91) day calendar quarter), and the present value of the series of payments shall be determined using a discount rate of five percent (5%) per year. The amount of the Termination Fee shall be a lump sum payment equal to the present value of such stream of payments.

 

(c) Within thirty (30) days of any termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the Carrier shall remove any of its equipment in any Covered Facilities pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof. Further, as of 5:00 p.m. on the date this Agreement is terminated, the Carrier shall not be permitted to participate in or offer Personal Wireless Services through the TNAS. Upon any violation of this provision by the Carrier, NYTP shall be entitled to liquidated damages in the amount of $0.20 per each MOU accruing after such time on the TNAS by a customer of the Carrier.

 

14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 Settlement of Disputes . The parties will attempt in good faith to resolve any and all controversies of every kind and nature between the parties to this Agreement arising out of or in connection with the existence, construction, validity, interpretation or meaning, performance, non-performance, enforcement, operation, breach, continuance or termination of this Agreement (each, a “Dispute”) promptly by negotiations between senior executives of the parties who have authority to settle the Dispute (and who do not have direct responsibility for administration of this Agreement). The disputing party shall give the other party written Notice of the Dispute. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of said Notice, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response. The Notice and response shall include (a) a statement of each party’s position and a summary of the evidence and arguments supporting its position, and (b) the name and title of the

 

37



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

executive who will represent that party. The executives shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place within thirty (30) days of the date of the disputing party’s Notice and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the Dispute. If the matter has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of the disputing party’s Notice, or if the party receiving said Notice will not meet within thirty (30) days, either party may initiate mediation of the controversy or claim in accordance with the Center for Public Resources Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes. If the Dispute has not been resolved pursuant to the mediation procedure within sixty (60) days of the initiation of such procedure, or if either party will not participate in a mediation, the Dispute shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The parties further agree that any arbitration conducted pursuant to this Section 14.1 shall be held in New York, New York before a panel of three arbitrators, one selected by NYTP, one selected by the Carrier and the third selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. Each such arbitrator shall be involved in and familiar with the telecommunications industry. Notwithstanding the above, the Carrier’s obligations shall continue to be paid and the prohibition of the right of offset will continue to be in force. All deadlines specified in this Section 14.1 may be extended by mutual agreement. The prevailing party in any Dispute shall be entitled to reimbursement for its costs, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses. The parties shall allow the Port Authority, at the Port Authority’s option, to participate in any Dispute resolution proceeding, but the Port Authority shall not be a party to any such proceeding and shall not be bound by any decision rendered. Notwithstanding the preceding binding arbitration provisions, the parties acknowledge and agree that either party shall have the right to proceed in any court of proper jurisdiction to exercise or prosecute equitable rights and remedies including injunctive relief, temporary restraining orders, and other remedies of an equitable nature.

 

14.2 Assignability and Transferability .

 

(a) No assignment of this Agreement for the purpose of administering the TNAS and no transfer of the obligations of any party shall be authorized or permitted, except that:

 

38



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(i) NYTP, with the prior written consent of the Port Authority, may assign or pledge this Agreement to any Assignee in relation to the Project Financing and any such Assignee may assign or pledge the same in connection therewith;

 

(ii) NYTP may assign any or all of its rights and transfer any or all of its obligations hereunder to any Person who succeeds to the business operations of NYTP (provided that such assignment may not be to another Participating Carrier unless the Carrier has consented to such assignment); and

 

(iii) In accordance with Section 14.2(e) below, the Carrier may assign its rights under this Agreement, and, in addition, for collateral security purposes only, Carrier’s primary secured lender, provided that any such assignment, and the exercise of any rights by such secured lender, shall not relieve the Carrier of any of its obligations under this Agreement, and all rights of and actions taken by such secured lender shall in all respects be under and subject to the TNAS Agreement, the rights of the Port Authority, and the rights of the provider(s) of the Project Financing.

 

(b) The Carrier hereby consents to (i) the assignment of this Agreement by NYTP to any Assignee, and by any Assignee to any other Assignee, as security in connection with the Project Financing and (ii) any subsequent assignment or transfer of this Agreement by any Assignee upon and after the exercise of its rights and enforcement of its remedies under any documents evidencing such Project Financing, at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

(c) In the event of any such assignment, the Carrier agrees that, following written notice from any Assignee that an event of default by NYTP shall have occurred and be continuing under the documents evidencing the Project Financing, the Carrier (i) shall make all payments, if any, due and to become due

 

39



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

from it to NYTP, under or in connection with this Agreement directly to such Assignee at such address as may be specified in writing by such Assignee, (ii) shall perform all terms and conditions of this Agreement for the benefit of such Assignee, (iii) agrees that such Assignee shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights of NYTP, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Carrier shall comply in all respects with such exercise and (iv) agrees that all representations made by the Carrier are for the benefit of, and may be relied upon by, such Assignee; provided that the foregoing obligations of the Carrier are conditioned and contingent upon any such Assignee agreeing to recognize and not disturb the Carrier’s rights under this Agreement as long as the Carrier complies with its obligations and duties hereunder. In addition, in such an event of default under the project financing documents, the Carrier and NYTP agree that (x) this Agreement shall not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Assignee and (y) any matter requiring the consent of NYTP under this Agreement shall also require the consent of the Assignee.

 

(d) Promptly at NYTP’s request, the Carrier shall execute and deliver, and shall assist in facilitating the execution and delivery of, all documents reasonably requested by NYTP or any of its lenders, including but not limited to estoppel certificates and subordination and nondisturbance agreements.

 

(e) The Carrier shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of the Carrier’s rights, duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of NYTP and the Port Authority, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that the Carrier shall be permitted to assign this Agreement to any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate under common control, or to any entity that acquires fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Carrier’s outstanding capital stock or of the Carrier’s assets, as long as the Carrier remains bound by all of the Carrier’s duties and obligations under this Agreement following such assignment Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an assignment of this Agreement to a successor to the business operations of the Carrier,

 

40



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the Carrier shall be released from further liability under this Agreement at the end of the three (3) year period following assignment of this Agreement as long as (i) the assignee has been approved by NYTP and the Port Authority (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (ii) such assignee has complied with all of its duties, obligations and liabilities under this Agreement during the three (3) year period following such assignment. The Carrier acknowledges and agrees that any fundamental transaction involving the Carrier, including a merger, consolidation or similar transaction, will not operate to affect in any way the Carrier’s obligations under this Agreement, regardless of the entity surviving such transaction. The Carrier further acknowledges and agrees that any fundamental transaction involving the Carrier and another Participating Carrier, including a merger, consolidation or similar transaction, likewise will not affect or impair in any manner the Carrier’s duties and obligations under this Agreement, nor will it affect or impair, any similar agreement to which such other Participating Carrier is a party.

 

14.3 Waiver Not to be Construed . No waiver by NYTP or the Carrier of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as a waiver of any other term or condition, whether the same or of a different section, subsection, paragraph, clause or other provision of this Agreement. The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances, upon strict performance of any of the terms, covenants, agreements or conditions in this Agreement shall not be considered to be a waiver or relinquishment of such term, covenant, agreement or condition, but the same shall continue in full force and effect.

 

14.4 Amendments. This writing represents the entire agreement between the parties. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, supplemented, modified or waived, except by an instrument in writing, authorized and executed by NYTP and the Carrier and consented to by the Port Authority. Any such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver entered into, executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be binding upon the parties to this Agreement.

 

41



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

copy. If clearly marked as confidential, and unless such Information was previously known to the recipient to be free from any obligation to keep it confidential or until it has been or is subsequently made public by the supplier or a third party, without breach of any obligation of confidentiality, it shall be treated as confidential by the recipient, and shall be used by the recipient only in connection with fulfilling the obligations of the recipient that arise pursuant to this Agreement, unless the prior written consent of the supplier is obtained. Orally disclosed Information shall be reduced to writing within twenty (20) days of disclosure and marked as confidential. Such Information shall only be distributed to those employees who have a need to know. Each party shall treat the other’s Information in accordance with a standard of care reasonably calculated to prevent inadvertent or accidental disclosure and consistent with the level of care provided by the recipient with respect to its own confidential information. Each party shall promptly notify the other party upon receipt of any subpoena, order, or other judicial notice with respect to any Information and shall allow the other party to become involved in any proceeding relating to the disclosure of any such Information. Nothing herein shall be construed as waiving the right of any party to require the other party to execute a written non-disclosure agreement, containing reasonable additional terms and conditions, prior to the supplying of particular confidential Information from time-to-time. The parties acknowledge that Information furnished to the Port Authority in connection with this Agreement or the TNAS Agreement may be subject to disclosure under the Port Authority’s freedom of information policy.

 

14.9 Publicity .

 

(a) The Carrier agrees to submit to NYTP and to the Port Authority for written approval all advertising, sales promotion, press releases and other publicity matters relating to the products furnished or the services performed by the Carrier pursuant to this Agreement or relating to the Carrier’s participation in the TNAS or the Carrier’s offering of Personal Wireless Service to its customers in the Covered Facilities, or whereby NYTP’s name or marks are mentioned or language from which the connection of said name or marks may be inferred, or implied, and the Carrier further agrees not to publish or use such advertising, sales promotions, press

 

43



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

14.12 Non-Discrimination .

 

(a) Without limiting the generality of any of the provisions of the Agreement, the Carrier, for itself, its successors in interest, and assigns, as a part of the consideration hereof, does hereby covenant and agree that (i) no person, on the grounds of race, creed, color, sex or national origin, shall be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of the System by the Carrier, (ii) in the construction of the System and the furnishing of services thereon by the Carrier, no person, on the grounds of race, creed, color, sex or national origin, shall be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subject to discrimination, (iii) the Carrier shall use the System in compliance with all other requirements imposed by or pursuant to Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Non-discrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation-Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and as said Regulations may be amended, and any other present or future laws, rules, regulations, orders or directions of the United States of America with respect thereto which from time-to-time may be applicable to the Permittee’s operations at any Port Authority airport, whether by reason of agreement between the Port Authority and the United States Government or otherwise.

 

(b) The Carrier shall include the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section in every agreement it may make pursuant to which any Person, other than the Carrier, operates any facility at any Port Authority airport providing services to the public and shall also include therein a provision granting the Port Authority a right to take such action as the United States may direct to enforce such covenant.

 

(c) The Carrier’s non-compliance with the provisions of this Section shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In the event of the breach by the Carrier of any of the above non-discrimination provisions, the Port Authority may take appropriate action to enforce compliance; or in the event such noncompliance shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice from the Port Authority, the

 

45


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Description of TNAS

 

Telecommunications Network Access System (TNA5) Description

 

Introduction

 

In response to a Port Authority request for proposals (“RFP”) to develop their wireless rights-of-way, NYTP has proposed a wireless Telecommunications Network Access System. The TNAS has been designed to serve wireless communications services currently in use and emerging wireless services planned for use in the areas of New York and New Jersey served by the Port Authority. In the process of implementation, the TNAS will enhance certain existing wireless services and provide a platform for the introduction of new services, as well as providing the opportunity to facilitate in-kind services to the benefit of the Port Authority. The TNAS is designed to provide a single, comprehensive wireless-communications access system, for the Port Authority and commercial service providers to better serve tenants, patrons and visitors as they inhabit, roam or are transported through the Port Authority facilities.

 

The Essential Requirements

 

Subscriber satisfaction is the fundamental and essential requirement. Above ground, meeting that requirement is the sole responsibility of the service providers where they coexist in and share the same natural RF environment, i.e. the service providers have a “level playing field”. The essential requirement of the provider of the artificially created RF environment required to serve the underground and enclosed areas of the Port Authority’s facilities is to maintain that level playing field. To do that, the distribution backbone for the Port Authority’s enclosed areas must be broadband and wireless communications technology neutral.

 

This distribution backbone must provide cost effective, equal access to multiple service providers of current and emerging RF technologies, and also must be able to accommodate usage growth projections (capacity). In addition, the artificial creation of a broadband RF environment that will support multiple services in confined areas requires RF isolation between services to avoid generating unwanted inter-service interference. Furthermore, service users must be able to traverse the Port Authority’s facilities without interruption of communications service (hand off).

 

The elements of technology neutral, service isolation, and seamless hand off combined with being broadband and capable of adding capacity are the resulting essential requirements for the TNAS. Satisfying those requirements will yield customer satisfaction at both the service provider and user levels, resulting in the optimization of revenue potential. The bottom line is that better service leads to more customers that yield greater revenue.

 

Confidential

NYTP

 

Exh A-1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

System Overview

 

The Andrew designed TNAS network uses a technology-neutral broadband, wireless communications signal distribution “backbone” that extends radio frequency signals throughout the required coverage areas in a substantially uniform manner. To accomplish this in the most cost effective way, the TNAS design incorporates a variety of engineering-techniques and state-of-the-art products including point source antennas, coaxial cable, radiating cable, fiber optic cable, fiber optic receivers/transmitters, RF distribution amplifiers, and combiners. A simplified block diagram of a hypothetical Zone of the TNAS using all of these elements and served by a single Point of Interface (“POI”) is provided as Figure 1.

 

Figure 1 — Simplified Hypothetical TNAS Zone Block Diagram

 

 

Each Zone of the TNAS requires one or more sets of service provider supplied base station equipment, to be co-located in Point of Interface (POI) equipment rooms wherein they are connected to TNAS base station interface equipment. The base station interface equipment combines and processes the service providers signals and distributes them either directly to a local RF radiating network, to the fiber optic feeder network, or both. The fiber optic feeder network provides signals to distribution networks that are remote from the Zone POL.

 

System Design Components

 

The TNAS employs a variety of products in an overall system combination that makes best use of each of their attributes for the specific facility application. For remote connectivity, the TNAS utilizes existing fiber where possible, and new fiber only when necessary. For local connectivity, coaxial cable, antennas, and radiating cable are employed for RF distribution into coverage areas. These building blocks are integrated into different configurations as required to optimize signal distribution within each of the Port Authority’s facilities while meeting or exceeding all essential requirements.

 

Exh A-2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Coverage in Port Authority Facilities

 

Commercial wireless service providers, serving the geographical areas that include Port Authority facilities, were surveyed to determine the areas within those facilities where their current and anticipated subscribers were not well served (or served at all). The combined coverage requirements from the survey are listed by facility immediately following the pictorial of those facilities shown below in Figure 2.

 

Figure 2 — Port Authority Facilities Requiring Improved Wireless Coverage

 

 

Exh A-3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Survey List of Facilities Requiring Improved Wireless Coverage:

 

·                   LaGuardia Airport: public terminal areas.

·                   JFK Airport: public terminal areas.

·                   Newark Airport: public terminal areas.

·                   Holland Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   Lincoln Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   GW Bridge Bus Station: public terminal areas.

·                   Port Authority Bus Station: public terminal areas.

·                   PATH Train: underground public station areas and train interiors (in tunnel).

·                   World Trade Center Concourse: public commercial areas.

 

Since the survey, coverage in additional areas has been requested by both service providers and the Port Authority. Currently, this includes the Port Authority’s Heliport, Journal Square Transportation Center, and additional coverage in the World Trade Center buildings. The Stage 2 TNAS design will include these areas in addition to the areas identified in the survey, if cost effective coverage can be attained.

 

Facility Characteristics and Traffic

 

The general characteristics and traffic through the listed facilities are presented in Exhibit “E” along with a listing of the major facility structures within which the TNAS will provide coverage in selected areas.

 

Exh A-4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT B

 

1. Space Permit, made as of May 1993, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Permit No. WT-TC-P-88-C 000, granting a privilege to use and occupy space in the World Trade Center.

 

2. Agreement of Lease, made as of June       , 1994, by and between the Port Authority and Cellular Telephone Company d/b/a Cellular One, predecessor-in-interest to AT&T Wireless Services, bearing Port Authority Lease No. LT-211, for premises in the Lincoln Tunnel.

 

3. Agreement of Lease, made as of September 30, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Lease No. LT-212 for premises in the Lincoln Tunnel.

 

4. Agreement of Lease, made as of December 29, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and Cellular Telephone Company d/b/a Cellular One, predecessor-in-interest to AT&T wireless Services, bearing Port Authority Lease No. L-CM-118, for premises in the Holland Tunnel.

 

5. Agreement of Lease, made as of December 31, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Lease No. L-CM-118 for premises in the Holland Tunnel.

 

6. Agreement of Lease, made as of September 25, 1995, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile, bearing Port Authority Lease No. LBT-543 for premises in the Port Authority Bus Terminal.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Port Authority Facilities

 

Survey List of Facilities Requiring  Improved Wireless Coverage

 

·                   LaGuardia Airport public terminal areas.

·                   JFK Airport public terminal areas.

·                   Newark Airport public terminal areas.

·                   Holland Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   Lincoln Tunnel: road tunnels.

·                   GW Bridge Bus Station: public terminal areas.

·                   Port Authority Bus Station: public terminal areas.

·                   PATH Train: underground public station areas and train interiors (in tunnel).

·                   World Trade Center: Buildings, Concourse and public commercial areas.

 

Confidential

NYIP

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Road Tunnels and Bus Terminals

 

PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ FACILITY CHARACTERISTICS

 

Holland Tunnel

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

2

 

Tubes

 

43,327

 

Eastbound Weekday Average

20

 

Foot Roadway (each tube)

 

43,923

 

Eastbound Saturday Average

8,500

 

Feet Long

 

41,450

 

Eastbound Sunday Average

 

Structures

 

Length

 

Cross Section

 

 

 

(Feet)

 

(Sq. Feet)

 

Eastbound Tube

 

8,500

 

531

 

Westbound Tube

 

8,500

 

531

 

Total Length

 

17,000

 

Feet

 

 

Lincoln Tunnel

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

3

 

Tubes

 

55,545

 

Eastbound Weekday Average

21

 

Foot Roadway (each tube)

 

53,405

 

Eastbound Saturday Average

7,900

 

Feet Long

 

48,045

 

Eastbound Sunday Average

 

Structures

 

Length

 

Cross Section

 

 

 

(Feet)

 

(Sq. Feet)

 

Eastbound Tube

 

7.900

 

616

 

Westbound Tube

 

7,900

 

616

 

Center Tube

 

7,900

 

616

 

Total Length

 

23,700

 

Feet

 

 

George Washington Bridge & Bus Station

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

2

 

Bridge Levels

 

129,509

 

Eastbound Weekday Average

1,019

 

Bridge Width (Feet)

 

121,222

 

Eastbound Saturday Average

4,760

 

Bridge Length (Feet)

 

119,124

 

Eastbound Sunday Average

 

 

Bus Station

 

12,500

 

Typical Weekday Bus Passengers

 

Structures

 

Length

 

Width

 

Shape

 

Area

 

 

 

 

(Feet)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Sq. Feet)

Bridge Upper Level

 

4,760

 

12 Lanes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bridge Lower Level

 

4,760

 

12 Lanes

 

 

 

 

 

Bus Station

 

400

 

185 Feet

 

3 Level

 

222,000

 

 

 

Port Authority Bus Terminal

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

8

 

Terminal Levels

 

178,000

 

Typical Weekday Bus Passengers

800

 

Feet Long

 

1,300,000

 

Annual Outbound Telephone Calls

450

 

Feet Wide

 

2,000,000

 

Annual Bus Movements

30

 

Retail, Eating, Public Services

 

188,000

 

Annual Automobile Parking

 

 

24 Hour Closed Circuit TV

 

 

 

 

 

Levels

 

Length

 

Width

 

Shape

 

Area

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Feet)

 

(Feet)

 

 

 

 

 

(Sq. Feet)

3

 

Parking (1080 Spaces)

 

800

 

450

 

 

 

1,080,000

 

 

2

 

Passenger Mixing

 

800

 

450

 

 

 

720,000

 

 

3

 

Bus Operating

 

800

 

450

 

 

 

1,080,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Area

 

 

 

2,880,000

 

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Airports

 

PORT AUTHORITY OF NY   & NJ FACILITY CHARACTERISTICS

 

LaGuardia Airport

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

Traffic

650

 

Acres

 

 

 

20,730,000

 

1994 Passenger Traffic (Entire Year)

2

 

7000 Ft. Runways

 

=>

 

56,795

 

Average Passenger Trips Daily (In & Out)

6

 

Hangers

 

+

 

20,000

 

Visitor Trips Daily (In & Out)

135

 

Tenants

 

+

 

10,000

 

Employees (In & Out)

70

 

Consumer Services

 

=

 

86,795

 

Total Daily Traffic (In & Out)

 

Structures

 

Area (SF)

 

Location

 

Shape

 

Serves

 

Gates

 

 

Central Terminal

 

750,000

 

South (Central)

 

6 Blocks Long

 

Most Domestic

 

37

 

 

Air Shuttle Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Air

 

8

 

 

Air Shuttle Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delta

 

6

 

 

Delta Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

U.S. Air Terminal

 

 

 

East End

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Marine Air Terminal

 

 

 

West End

 

2 Story Building

 

Commuter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Air Taxi

 

 

 

 

Parking

 

3000 Spaces in a 5 Level Structure

 

 

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delta

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gates

 

79

 

JFK International Airport

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

Traffic

880

 

Acres

 

 

 

28,810,000

 

1994 Passenger Traffic (Entire Year) [16M Int’n’l]

4

 

Major Runways

 

=>

 

78,932

 

Average Passenger Trips Daily (In & Out)

16

 

Hangers

 

+

 

50,000

 

Visitor Trips Daily (In & Out)

300

 

Tenants

 

+

 

35,000

 

Employees (In & Out)

125

 

Consumer Services

 

=

 

163,932

 

Total Daily Traffic (In & Out)

 

 

 

Structures

 

Area (SF)

 

Location

 

Shape

 

Serves

 

Gates

#1

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

^

#2

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|

#3

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|

#4

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133

#5

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|

#6

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|

#7

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|

#8

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

v

IAB

 

International Arrivals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40 Int’n’l Flag

 

45

New

 

IAB

 

 

 

Same Location

 

3 Level

 

 

 

3

New

 

Passenger Terminal

 

 

 

Old Eastern Terminal

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gates

 

181

 

Parking

Existing
New

 

1400 Spaces
Garage

 

Near IAB
TBD

 

Newark Airport

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

Traffic

425

 

Acres

 

 

 

28,020,000

 

1994 Passenger Traffic (Entire Year)

3

 

Runways

 

=>

 

76,767

 

Average Passenger Trips Daily (In & Out)

3

 

Hangers

 

+

 

40,000

 

Visitor Trips Daily (In & Out)

165

 

Tenants

 

+

 

17,000

 

Employees (In & Out)

70

 

Consumer Services

 

=

 

133,757

 

Total Daily Traffic (In & Out)

 

 

 

Structures

 

Area (SF)

 

Location

 

Shape

 

Serves

 

Gates

 

 

Terminal A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

^

 

 

Terminal B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

Terminal C

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

v

New

 

Int’n’l Airlines Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gates

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

PATH & Journal Square

 

PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ FACILITY CHARACTERISTICS

 

Port Authority Trans Hudson (PATH) Rapid Transit System

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

 

 

Traffic

22.2

 

km Route (11.9 km in Tunnel

 

59,236,000

 

1994 Journies

4

 

Lines

 

 

 

 

13

 

Stations (10 in Tunnel)

 

206,900

 

Passenger Weekday Average

342

 

Passenger Rail Cars

 

50,338

 

Passenger Weekend Daily Average

93

 

Member PA Police Unit

 

 

 

 

152

 

Video Station Monitoring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structures

 

Length

 

Area

 

Track

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

(Feet)

 

(Sq. Feet)

 

 

 

 

Tunnel

 

Newark - WTC Line

 

 

 

 

 

Single

 

Concrete &

Tunnel

 

Hoboken -WTC Line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cast Iron

Tunnel

 

Journal Square - 33rd St. Line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tunnel

 

Hoboken - 33rd St. Line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Penn Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Harrison Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Journal Square Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Grove Street Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Exchange Place Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Pavonia Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Hoboken Station (NJ)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

World Trade Center Station (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Christopher Street Station (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

9th Street Station (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

14th Street Station (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

23rd Street Station (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Station

 

Penn Station at 33rd Street (NY)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Length

 

39,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Journal Square Transportation Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

Hudson County Transportation Hub

 

22,000

 

PATH weekday Ridership

Heart of the PATH Rail Transit System

 

9,000,000

 

Annual Bus Passengers

 

 

75,000

 

Weekday Rail & Bus Trips made

 

Facilities

 

Length

 

Width

 

Shape

 

 

(Feet)

 

(Feet)

 

 

 

 

PATH Rapid Transit Station

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Bus Station

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-Level Parking (600 Spaces)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PATH Headquarters

 

 

 

 

 

10 Story Building

 

 

PATH’ s Operations Control Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Retail Shops

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Area

 

 

 

Square Feet

 

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

World Trade Center

 

PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ FACILITY CHARACTERISTICS

 

World Trade Center

 

General

 

 

 

Traffic

Seven Building Complex including

 

70,000

 

Daily Visitors

12,000,000 Square Feet Leased Space

 

50,000

 

WTC Tenant Employees

Housing 500 Businesses & Government

 

 

 

 

Agencies from 60 Countries and the

 

 

 

 

Port Authority of NY & NJ Administrative

 

 

 

 

Headquarters

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structures

 

Stories

 

Area

 

Us

 

 

 

 

 

(Sq. Feet)

 

 

 

WTC PATH Rapid Transit Station

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WTC Concourse (Under Plaza)

 

 

 

5 Acres

 

60 Shop Mall

 

One WTC

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Two WTC

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Three WTC

 

2

 

 

 

825 Room Hotel

 

Four WTC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Five WTC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six WTC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seven WTC

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Area

 

12,000,00 Square Feet

 

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT D

 

System Capacity

 

The TNAS passive components that, comprise and feed the distributed antenna system (point source antennas, coaxial cable, radiating cable, optical fiber) arc, in combination, broad band and will support delivery of all the allocated bandwidth for services listed in Table 1 of Exhibit I The active components (amplifiers) and combining equipment however, will be designed or chosen to support each participating service provider’s stated capacity needs. Capacity requirements are typically stated in number of carrier frequencies required, for a given multiple access method (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA), to enable a particular Grade of Service (GOS). GOS is a measure of the likelihood that a subscriber desiring to make a call will find all circuits busy. Typically, service providers desire a GOS of 1% or 2% and that requirement can be currently satisfied if the multiple access method, with its associated bandwidth, requirement combined with a number of carrier frequencies, will allow in the neighborhood of 16 simultaneous users to be making calls at the same time from within the same TNAS zone. Bandwidths required for the different multiple access methods vary from 25 kHz through 30 kHz, to 200 kHz for GSM and 125 MHz for CDMA, and the number of simultaneous voice circuits that a single carrier frequency will support, utilizing each method, varies. Subsequent to TNAS becoming operational, as each service provider approaches total utilization of their initial capacity requirements, the TNAS can be modified to increase that capacity. The broadband backbone is not affected, only the active equipment. In as much as each service providers projections of needed capacity in the TNAS is proprietary, there is no combined listing associated with this Exhibit Rather, the specific capacity requirement for each service provider, along with, proprietary technical information pertaining to the BTS and hand held equipment, is provided on the following two pages.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.                                                                                                              SERVICE PROVIDER SPECIFIC

 

1.0                                  Service Provider Name

 

Bell Atlantic Mobile

 

Telephone:

(914) 365-7723

2000 Corporate Drive

 

Facsimile:

(914) 365-3610

Orangeburg, New York 10962

 

 

 

 

2.0                                  Technical Contact

Tom Cataldo

 

R.E./Zoning Manager

 

3.0                                  Service Band

 

 

 

Service

 

Based
on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Extension

 

Downlink

 

Extension

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

Cellular

 

B Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

Includes

 

 

 

IS-54/-136

 

TDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

CDPD

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

4.0           Capacity Required in each TNAS Zone

 

Twenty (20) Carriers per Base Station

 

5.0           Service Provider Equipment

 

(Assumed Lucent)

 

 

 

Base Station Tx Output:

 

1 Watt (+30 dBm) per Carrier at POI Input

Mobile Tx Output:

 

0.5 Watt (+27 dBm)

Base Station Rx Sensitivity:

 

-113 dBm

Mobile Rx Sensitivity:

 

-103 dBm

 

 

 

Base Station Form Factor:

 

24” x 21”x 79” Cabinets
2 Cabinets per Base Station (884 Microcell)
Room for 4 Cabinets for Expansion

 

 

 

Power Consumption:

 

1 kW at 120 VAC (indoor cabinet)
4 kW at 120 VAC (outdoor cabinet)

 

6.0

Other Information

 

See Following Pages

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority of NY & N J
Wireless Telecommunications Network Access System

Original Response

Technical Survey Form
Summary

 

Service Provider

Bell Atlantic Nynex Mobile

 

 

 

 

Service

B-Band Cellular

“Digital Ready”

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

Base Rx

835-845

and

846.5-849

 

(Uplink)

   MHz

 

   MHz

Frequency Band

Base Tx

880-890

and

891.5-894

 

(Downlink)

   MHz

 

   MHz

 

Port Authority
Facility

 

Lincoln
Tunnel

 

Holland
Tunnel

 

PATH
Metro

 

LaGuardia
Airport

 

JFK
Airport

 

Newark
Airport

 

WTC

 

PA Bus
Terminal

 

GW Bus
Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Coverage Required ?

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Capacity

No. of Channels

 

 

 

 

 

416 *

 

 

 

416 *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Channel Bandwidth

 

 

 

 

 

30 kHz

 

 

 

30 kHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level

 

 

 

 

 

>-75 dBm

 

 

 

>-75 dBm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage Requirment

Time

 

 

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location

 

 

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System Availability

 

 

 

 

 

98%

 

 

 

98%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Hand-Off Time Required

 

 

 

 

 

8 Sec.

 

 

 

8 Sec.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Their actual requirement is for “15 - 20 radios” In simultaneous use.

 

“Digital Ready” implies CDMA at “Cellular” frequencies [like Hutchison’s use of CDMA as their USDC service in Hong Kong] VERIFY THIS

 

Confidential

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.            SERVICE PROVIDER SPECIFIC

 

1.0           Service Provider

 

Name

 

 

Nextel Communications, Inc.

Telephone:

(914) 421-2600

One North Broadway

Facsimile:

(914) 421-0952

2nd. Floor

 

 

White Plains, New York 10601

 

 

 

2.0           Technical Contact

 

Robert Nichols

Senior Manager, Site Development

 

3.0           Service Band

 

 

 

Service 

 

Based on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Downlink

 

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

Mobil Radio

 

Conventional Private Trunked

 

Inc. ESMR and SMRS

 

TDMA

 

806.00 809.75

 

809.75 821.00

 

851.00 854.75

 

854.75 866.00

 

 

4.0           Capacity Required in each TNAS Zone

 

Four (4) Channels with 25kHz Channel Bandwidth

 

5.0           Service Provider Equipment (Motorola iDen)

 

Base Station Tx Output:

+32 dBm per Carrier at POI Input

Mobile Tx Output:

+27

 

dBm

Base Station Rx Sensitivity:

-108 dBm

Mobile Rx Sensitivity:

-115 dBm

 

 

Base Station Form Factor:

W” x D” x H” Cabinets

 

N Cabinets per Base Station

 

Room for M Cabinets for

 

Expansion

 

 

Power Consumption:

P kW at 120 VAC per Base Station

 

Q kW at 120 VAC for Expansion

 

6.0           Other Information

 

See Following Page

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority of NY & NJ

Wireless Telecommunications Network Access System

Original Response

Technical Survey Form
Summary

 

Service Provider

NEXTEL

 

 

Service

ESMR

 

 

 

Operating

Base Rx

806 - 821

 

Frequency

(Uplink)

MHz

 

Band

Base Tx

851 - 866

 

 

(Downlink)

MHz

 

 

Port Authority
Facility

 

Lincoln
Tunnel

 

Holland
Tunnel

 

PATH
Metro

 

LaGuardia
Airport

 

JFK
Airport

 

Newark
Airport

 

WTC

 

PA Bus
Terminal

 

GW Bus
Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Coverage Required ?

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial

No. of Channels

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13 *

 

A

 

 

Capacity

Channel Bandwidth

 

25 kHz

 

25 kHz

 

25 kHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 kHz

 

25 kHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level

 

>-86 dBm

 

>-86 dBm

 

>-86 dBm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

>-93 dBm

 

>-86 dBm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage

Time

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90%

 

90%

 

 

Requirement

Location

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90%

 

90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System Availability

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99%

 

99%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Hand-Off Time Required

 

15 Sec.

 

15 Sec.

 

15 Sec.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 Sec.

 

15 Sec.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 4 in each Tower (8) + 1 in each other bldg (5) = 13

 

 

 

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.            SERVICE PROVIDER SPECIFIC

 

1.0           Service Provider Name

 

Omnipoint Communications, Inc.

Telephone:

(973) 872-5144

11 Highpoint Drive

Facsimile:

(973) 872-5191

Wayne, New Jersey 07470

 

 

 

2.0                                  Technical
Contact

 

Oscar McKee

Director of Operations & Optimization

(973) 686-6513

 

3.0                                  Service Band

 

 

 

Service

 

Based on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Downlink

 

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS

 

A Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

A Block PCS

 

IS-661

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

A Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

A Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1850.00

 

1865.00

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

4.0                     Capacity Required in each TNAS Zone

 

Two (2) GSM Carriers each with 200 kHz Bandwidth

 

5.0                     Service Provider Equipment (Nortel S2000L Micro BTS)

 

Base Station Tx Output:

+33dBm per Carrier at POI Input

Mobile Tx Output:

+30 dBm

Base Station Rx Sensitivity:

-104 dBm

Diversity Gain

5 dB

Mobile Rx Sensitivity

-102 dBm

Capacity

2 GSM Radios

Base Station Form Factor:

26” x 21 “ x 7.5” Base Module

 

(Less than 100 lbs. with mounting hardware)

 

Maximum Installation Weight 46 lbs

Power Consumption:

 

 

6.0           Other Information

 

See Following Pages

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority of NY & NJ
Wireless Telecommunications Network Access System
Technical Survey Form
Summary

 

Service Provider

Omnipoint

 

 

 

 

Service

A Block PCS

GSM

 

Port Authority
Facility

 

Lincoln
Tunnel

 

Holland
Tunnel

 

PATH
Metro

 

LaGuardia
Airport

 

JFK
Airport

 

Newark
Airport

 

WTC

 

PA Bus
Terminal

 

GW Bus
Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Coverage Required ?

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Capacity

No. of Carriers

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level (Median)

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

-75dBm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Carrier/Noise Ratio

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

20 dB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage

Time

 

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

Requirment

Location

 

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System Availability

 

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Hand-Off Time Required

 

5-10 Sec

 

5 -10 Sec

 

5 - 10 Sec

 

5 -10 Sec

 

5-10 Sec

 

5 -10 Sec

 

5 - 10 Sec

 

5 - 10 Sec

 

5 - 10 Sec

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Priority

 

1st

 

1st

 

 

 

2nd

 

2nd

 

2nd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level is downlink at the portable antenna.

Comments

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.            SERVICE PROVIDER SPECIFIC

 

1.0           Service Provider Name

 

Sprint Spectrum, L.P.

Telephone:

(201) 512-4720

Cross Roads Corporate Center

Facsimile:

(201) 512-4713

1 International

 

 

Boulevard

 

 

Mahwah, New Jersey 07495

 

 

 

2.0           Technical Contact

 

Michael Hughes

RF Design Manager

(201) 512-4722

 

3.0           Service Band

 

 

 

Service

 

Based on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Downlink

 

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

PCS

 

B Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

B Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-136

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

B Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

4.0           Capacity Required in each TNAS Zone

 

One (1) Channel with 1.25 MHz Channel Bandwidth

 

5.0           Service Provider Equipment

 

Base Station Tx Output:

 

 

Mobile Tx Output:

 

 

Base Station Tx Sensitivity:

 

 

Mobile Rx Sensitivity:

 

 

 

 

 

Base Station Form Factor:

 

 

Primary Cabinet

30” x 30” x 60”

830 lbs.

Growth Cabinet

22” x 30” x 60”

625 lbs.

Primary Power

31” x 30” x 60”

1100 lbs

Battery Backup

31” x 30” x 60”

3500 lbs

Generator Backup

31” x 30” x 60”

500 lbs

Power Consumption:

 

 

 

6.0           Other Information

 

See Following Pages

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority of NY & NJ
Wireless Telecommunications Network Access System
Technical Survey Form 
Summary

 

Service Provider

SPRINT SPECTRUM

 

 

 

 

Service

B Block PCS

CDMA

 

Port Authority
Facility

 

Lincoln
Tunnel

 

Holland
Tunnel

 

PATH
Metro

 

LaGuardia
Airport

 

JFK
Airport

 

Newark
Airport

 

WTC

 

PA Bus
Terminal

 

GW Bus
Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Coverage Required ?

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Capacity

No. of Carriers

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Eb/No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

Coverage Requirement

Time

 

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

90

%

 

Location

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System Availability

 

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Hand-Off Time Required

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Priority

 

1st

 

1st

 

3rd

 

3rd

 

3rd

 

3rd

 

2nd

 

?

 

?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comments

Mike Hughes commented that Eb/No of 7db gives good voice with CDMA versus a GSM requirement of 12db. Also commented that 10 db better margin implies 1.8 times the coverage area.

28-Oct-96

 

Exhibit — 3

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

B.            SERVICE PROVIDER SPECIFIC

 

1.0           Service Provider Name

 

AT & T Wireless

Telephone:

(201) 967-3000

Services

 

 

15 East Midland Avenue

Facsimile:

(201) 291-8074

 

 

 

Paramus, New Jersey 07652

 

 

 

2.0           Technical Contact

 

Terry Armant

Director, System

(201) 986-2410

 

Implementation

 

 

3.0           Service Band

 

 

 

Service

 

Based
on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Extension

 

Downlink

 

Extension

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To MHz

Cellular

 

A Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

Includes

 

 

 

1S-54/-136

 

TDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

CDPD

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

859.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

4.0           Capacity Required in each TNAS Zone

 

Twenty (20) Carriers per Base Station (884 Microcell)

 

5.0           Service Provider Equipment

 

Base Station Tx Output:

1 Watt (+30 dBm) per Carrier at POI Input

Mobile Tx Output:

0.5 Watt (+27 dBm)

Base Station Rx Sensitivity:

-113 dBm

Mobile Rx Sensitivity:

-103 dBm

 

 

Base Station Form Factor:

24” x 21” x 79” Cabinets

 

2 Cabinets per Base Station (884 Microcell)

 

Room for 4 Cabinets for Expansion

 

 

Power Consumption:

1 kW at 120 VAC (indoor cabinet)

 

4 kW at 120 VAC (outdoor cabinet)

 

6.0           Other Information

 

See Following Pages.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Port Authority of NY & NJ
Wireless Telecommunications Network Access System
Technical Survey Form 
Summary

 

Service Provider

AT & T Wireless Services

 

 

 

 

Service

A Band Cellular

Analog and Digital

 

Port Authority
Facility

 

Lincoln
Tunnel

 

Holland
Tunnel

 

PATH
Metro

 

LaGuardia
Airport

 

JFK
Airport

 

Newark
Airport

 

WTC

 

PA Bus
Terminal

 

GW Bus
Terminal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal Coverage Required ?

 

Existing

 

Existing

 

Yes

 

Yes*

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Capacity

No. of Carriers

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3 Locations)

 

(3 Locations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Signal Level

 

-85 dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

-85dBm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Carrier/Noise Ratio

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

20dB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage

Time

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

Requirment

Location

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

System Availability

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

99%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Hand-Off Time Required

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec.

 

5 Sec

 

5 Sec.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Priority

 

Existing

 

Existing

 

7

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

 


 

Expected Signal Level is downlink at the portable antenna
* Existing Microcell operating In the US Air Terminal at LaGuardia

Comments:

Coverage should be strong near windows to prevent handoffs to outside servers while minimizing spill-over outside the building/airport/bus terminal.

 

Confidential

ExhD-3

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Technical Standards

 

1.0           Supported Wireless Services

 

The wireless services supported by the TNAS are identified in Table 1 along with the the Technical Service Standards and Service Providers for the New York and New Jersey areas encompassing the Port Authority’s facilities. Additional Standards upon which the TNAS is designed are defined in Section 2 - Applicable Documents.

 

2.0           TNAS Performance Specifications & Requirements

 

Applicable Documents

 

·                              TIA/EIA/IS - 95A Cellular CDMA Standard

·                              TSB — 74

·                              ANSI J-STD-008 1.8 — 2.0GHZ Compatibility Standard

·                              TIA/EIA — Proposal NO. 3383 Recommended Minimum Performance Requirements for Base Stations Supporting 1.8 TO 2.0 GHz Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Personal Stations

·                              TIA/EIA — 712 Recommended Minimum Standards for 800 MHz Cellular Base Stations

·                              TIA/EIA/IS-137-A TDMA Cellular/PCS — Radio Interface — Minimum Performance Standard for Mobile Stations

·                              TIA/EIA/IS-138-A TDMA Cellular/PCS — Radio Interface — Minimum Performance Standard for Base Stations

·                              TIA/EIA/IS-97 Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for Base Stations Supporting Dual-Mode Wideband Spread Spectrum Cellular Mobile Stations

 

Service Provider Responsibilities

 

Each service provider is responsible for the supply, installation, and commissioning of their base station equipment at each TNAS Point of Interface (POI) location. The base station equipment will comply with the applicable standards referenced above (Applicable Documents) and other regulatory guidelines and specifications. Each service provider is responsible for the monitoring and maintenance of their base station equipment, provision of special cooling and power requirements for their equipment, and establishing data and other connections which may or may not be required by the TNAS. A single connection port for transmit and a single connection port for receive will be provided by each service operator at each point of interface (POI). To support handovers, each service provider is responsible for providing external signal levels at tunnel portals and building entrance/exit ways equivalent to those specified in this document for their service type.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

TNAS Support Services

 

The FCC wireless service frequency allocations and their Commercial Service Providers applicable to the Port Authority’s facilities are shown below. The licensed and unlicensed service providers shown are current as of 1 June 1998 and it is those services that the Stage 2 TNAS design will support.

 

 

 

Service

 

Based on

 

Multiple

 

Uplink

 

Extension

 

Downlink

 

Extension

 

Commercial

 

Service
Type

 

Band
Description

 

Service
Standard

 

Access
Method

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

From
MHz

 

To
MHz

 

Service
Provider

 

Mobile Radio

 

Conventional

 

Inc.ESMR

 

 

 

Illegible

 

Illegible

 

 

 

 

 

Illegible

 

Illegible

 

 

 

 

 

Nextel

 

 

 

Private Trunked

 

and SMRS

 

IDMA

 

Illegible

 

Illegible

 

 

 

 

 

Illegible

 

Illegible

 

 

 

 

 

Nextel

 

 

 

Public Safety

 

 

 

 

 

821.00

 

824.00

 

 

 

 

 

865.00

 

869.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aeronautical

 

 

 

 

 

849.00

 

851.00

 

 

 

 

 

894.00

 

896.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private Land

 

 

 

 

 

896.00

 

901.00

 

 

 

 

 

935.00

 

940.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paging

 

Private

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929.00

 

930.00

 

 

 

 

 

PageNet

 

 

 

Common Carrier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

931.00

 

932.00

 

 

 

 

 

Skytel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cellular

 

A Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

845.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

 

 

 

 

 

IS-SN-138

 

TDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

845.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

 

Includes

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

824.00

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

845.50

 

869.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

AT&T

 

Cellular

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

B Band

 

AMPS

 

FDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

 

Packet

 

 

 

IS-SN-138

 

TDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

 

Data

 

 

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

835.00

 

845.00

 

846.50

 

849.00

 

880.00

 

890.00

 

891.50

 

894.00

 

BAM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISM

 

Unlicensed

 

WTS/WLAN

 

Various

 

902.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

928.00

 

 

 

 

 

Metricom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS

 

A Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

Omnipoint

 

 

 

A Block PCS

 

IS-851

 

 

 

1850.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

Omnipoint

 

 

 

A Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1850.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1850.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

1945.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1870.00

 

1885.00

 

 

 

 

 

1950.00

 

1965.00

 

 

 

 

 

Sprint

 

 

 

C Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1895.00

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

1975.00

 

1990.00

 

 

 

 

 

Nextwave

 

 

 

Unlic. Asynchronous

 

WLAN

 

Various

 

1910.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1920.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

 

 

 

Unlic. Isochronous

 

WTS

 

Various

 

1920.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1930.00

 

 

 

 

 

PCS World

 

 

 

D Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1865.00

 

1870.00

 

 

 

 

 

1945.00

 

1950.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1885.00

 

1890.00

 

 

 

 

 

1965.00

 

1970.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS 1900

 

GSM

 

TDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS TDMA

 

IS-138

 

TDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F Block PCS CDMA

 

IS-95

 

CDMA

 

1890.00

 

1895.00

 

 

 

 

 

1970.00

 

1975.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data

 

Wireless LAN

 

IEEE 802.11

 

CSMA

 

2400.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2483.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MSS

 

Mobile Satellite Service

 

L-Band

 

 

 

1000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2000.00

 

 

 

 

 

To Be

 

MSS

 

MSS, NASA & Research

 

S-Band

 

 

 

2000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Determined

 

FSS

 

Fixed Sat & Microwave

 

C-Band

 

 

 

4000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8000.00

 

 

 

 

 

LED

 

FSS

 

Military, Earth Exp. & Met.

 

X-Band

 

 

 

8000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12500.00

 

 

 

 

 

Satellite

 

FSS

 

FSS & Broadcast SS

 

Ku-Band

 

 

 

12500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage

 

BSS

 

BSS, FSS & Microwave

 

K-Band

 

 

 

18000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26500.00

 

 

 

 

 

Extension

 

FSS

 

FSS, Microwave, & LMDS

 

Ka-Band

 

 

 

26500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40000.00

 

 

 

 

 

In-Building

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From
GHZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To
GHz

 

Band
Total

 

 

 

LMDS (Detail)

 

Block A Local Multipoint Distribution System

 

One 1.150 GHz Bandwidth License in each of 493 BTAs

 

 

 

27,500
29,100
31,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.250
29.250
31.225

 

850 MHz
150 MHz
150 MHz

 

Winstar

 

LMDS (Detail)

 

Block B LMDS

 

One 150 MHz Bandwidth License in each BTA

 

 

 

31,000
31,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.075
31.300

 

75 MHz
75 MHz

 

NextBand

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

POI Physical Interface

 

The physical interface between the TNAS and service provider base station equipment at each POI will conform to the following:

 

·                              Each service provider shall supply a combined transmitter output port (downlink) in the form of an N type female connector.

 

·                              Each service provider shall supply a combined receiver input port (uplink) in the form of an N type male connector.

 

·                              Each POI port shall have a VSWR < 1.5:1 in the operational band and 2:1 at the band edges.

 

·                              The isolation between any two transmitter POI ports will be > 20 dB

 

·                              The isolation between any transmit port and receive port will be >60 dB

 

·                              Each service provider shall ensure that the installed base station equipment produces in-band spurious emissions that are <-36dBm at the POI.

 

·                              Each service provider shall ensure installed base station spurious emissions are <-60dBm within the frequency range 806-849MHz and 1850-1910MHz at the POI.

 

Hand Held (HH) or Mobile Equipment Requirements

 

TNAS performance can be adversely affected by poor quality or poorly maintained hand held or mobile equipment that users or subscribers may utilize. To reduce the likelihood of inter-service or intra-service interference in the enclosed multiple wireless service environment of the TNAS, it is important that spurious emissions are controlled to the following levels:

 

·                              The subscriber’s or user’s hand held or mobile unit’s in-band spurious emissions shall be less than - 21dBm.

 

·                              The subscriber’s or user’s hand held or mobile unit’s spurious emissions outside the provider bands shall be less than -21dBm in the frequency range from 806-1990MHz.

 

Signal Level Requirements

 

For the service types listed, Table 2 (below) identifies the BTS and Hand Held Tx levels, Rx sensitivities, design margins and handover gain values that have guided the TNAS design in the top portion, and the resulting TNAS performance specifications in the lower portion. Following Table 2 are explanatory and clarifying notes and definitions.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

 

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

Wireless

 

Tx

 

Rx

 

 

 

Tx

 

Rx

 

Fast

 

SV

 

Car

 

Wide

 

Tunnels

 

Buildings

 

Service Type

 

dBm

 

dBm

 

 

 

dBm

 

dBm

 

Fading

 

& SF

 

Block

 

Tunnel

 

dB

 

dB

 

ESMR

 

30

 

-105

 

 

 

30

 

-103

 

8.3

 

9

 

6

 

3

 

-3

 

0

 

LMR

 

30

 

-105

 

 

 

35

 

-103

 

8.3

 

9

 

6

 

3

 

-3

 

0

 

Cellular

 

30

 

-105

 

 

 

28

 

-103

 

8.3

 

9

 

6

 

3

 

-3

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS GSM

 

30

 

-108

 

 

 

30

 

-102

 

8.3

 

9

 

6

 

3

 

0

 

3

 

PCS CDMA

 

30

 

-109

 

 

 

23

 

-104

 

8.3

 

9

 

6

 

3

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

 

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

[Illegible]

 

Wireless
Service Type

 

HH Rx

 

BTS Rx

 

Forward
dB

 

Reverse
dB

 

HH Rx
dBm

 

BTS Rx
dBm

 

Forward
dB

 

Reverse
dB

 

ESMR

 

-74 dBm

 

-76 dBm

 

104

 

106

 

-86

 

-88

 

116

 

118

 

LMR

 

-74 dBm

 

-76 dBm

 

104

 

111

 

-86

 

-88

 

116

 

123

 

Cellular

 

-74 dBm

 

-76 dBm

 

104

 

104

 

-86

 

-88

 

116

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PCS GSM

 

-76 dBm

 

-82 dBm

 

106

 

106

 

-88

 

-94

 

118

 

124

 

PCS CDMA

 

-83 dBm

 

-88 dBm

 

113

 

106

 

-92

 

-97

 

122

 

120

 

 

Table 2

 

BTS Tx

 

All BTS Tx Levels are normalized to 30 dBm at the POI

 

 

 

Fast Fading

 

Fast Fading Margin for 90% of time and location assuming Rayleigh distribution

 

 

 

SV ÷ SF

 

Margin for Statistical Variance and Slow Fading

 

 

 

Car Block

 

Margin for automotive or train vehicle penetration loss

 

 

 

Wide Tunnel

 

Additional margin for wide tunnel areas (two lanes or two tracks in the same tunnel bare)

 

 

 

Handover Gain

 

Allowance/Margin applied to different service types as defined for moving vehicle and pedestrian traffic coverage handover

 

 

 

Required Level

 

Received signal level after adding appropriate margins

 

 

 

Allowable Path Loss

 

Allowable path loss for forward and reverse links before signal amplification is required

 

Explanatory and Clarifying Notes

 

a.                           Down-link coverage is measured at a reference dipole, 1.2m above ground level and free from effects of body and crowd losses.

 

b.                          The down-link Carrier to Inter-Modulation Ratio will be better than 24 dB as radiated into the enclosed or underground environment, provided that the per carrier power delivered to the point of interface at the base station (BTS) sites conforms to the designed Interface Specification.

 

c.                           The up-link Carrier to Noise plus Inter-modulation ratio at the point of interface at the BTS sites will be better than 18 dB, for 90% of the time and location at the worst case, when measured at the nominal carrier bandwidth.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

d.                          Exterior signal Illumination of portals and exit/entrance ways (carrier responsibility) is to be at a minimum -80 dBm, as measured by a reference dipole.

 

e.                           The maximum signal level will be -10 dBm for 90% of the time and location.

 

f.                             Receive Diversity is not assumed but can be accommodated.

 

3.0                                  Common Requirements

 

The Wireless TNAS Network is divided into zones with operator provided dedicated BTS (or RBS) equipment to be co-located at designated POI sites. From those sites, the TNAS Network architecture includes direct and fiberoptic fed repeater links to other injection sites, and in-line repeaters for signal restoration where required Because of the co-location of a significant number of different service’s equipment, it is incumbent on both the TNAS provider and all service providers to recognize certain common requirements and comply with them so that the system can perform to the benefit of all.

 

a.                           Provision will be made for the Service Providers’ equipment to be powered by the Port Authority’s normal power supply without battery back up. The Service Providers will provide their own battery back up, if required, subject to the agreement from the Port Authority on the type, size and location of the batteries.

 

b.                          The TNAS Network will run on the Port Authority’s normal power supply without battery back up. The TNAS Network will resume operation automatically after power interruption.

 

c.                           The TNAS is designed to accommodate the capacity requirements of all service providers. However, because of the variety and number of services that must coexist (see Table 1 in Part A, Section 1), some care must be taken in channel selection to minimize the probability of mutual interference and the associated cost Frequency management (specific channel selection) will be the cooperative responsibility of the Service Providers. Subsequent to initial agreement and commissioning of the system, the Service Providers will inform NYTP of any changes to frequencies used on the Network. Resolving mutual interference problems between Service Providers will be the responsibility of the Service Provider who last changed his operating parameters. NYTP will assist in resolving these problems if necessary.

 

d.                          Tunnel portal and building exit/entrance handovers will be achieved by the TNAS extending the assigned frequencies into the handover region outside the portal or exit/entrance.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

4.0                                  Handovers

 

Wireless communications is synonymous with user mobility. As mobile wireless users enter or leave Authority facilities within the TNAS coverage environment, they will experience seamless handoffs between service cells. For example, the mobile station user is able to maintain in-progress call quality whether he is walking into the WTC concourse from Church St, or riding the PATH system from station to station. Because the TNAS supports numerous frequency bands and multiple access techniques, special consideration was given to the handoff design. A proven handover concept that has been used by Andrew at the portals of Bay Area Rapid Transit [BART; San Francisco] tunnels is illustrated below in Figure 3.

 

Figure 3 — Typical Handover, Tunnel Portal

 

 

The TNAS design provides road and rail tunnel handover within 120 feet of the portal opening and building entrance/exit handover outside and within 7 to 10 feet of the doorway. This assumes the service providers illumination of the exterior handover areas with signals no less than -80 dBm.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

5.0                                  Network Monitoring & System Availability

 

A comprehensive TNAS network health status monitoring and reporting system is essential to assure achieving the 99% TNAS system availability specification. The TNAS monitoring system is a single integrated system, including all Zones, and utilizes the wireless, wireline, and optical fiber network for system operation, monitoring, and maintenance. The system has centralized fault reporting and maintenance dispatch around the clock to assure the highest possible level of system availability to users. The system will communicate with all active equipment via links [fiber or twisted-pair cable] brought back to the central processor at the control site. The user friendly interface is a desktop computer that can be located virtually anywhere and still be linked to the TNAS. The monitoring system makes use of available communications networks within TNAS to communicate directly with critical active TNAS units and electronic modules. Any faults or failures that occur in the TNAS are detected by the monitoring system which sends an alert message back to the operator for immediate attention. The system can also be configured to automatically send page messages to on-call technicians. A pictorial representation of the TNAS Monitoring System is provided as Figure 4. Similar monitoring systems were designed by Andrew for the BART and Hong Kong communications systems.

 

 

Figure 4 – TNAS Network Monitoring System

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(a)

 

Covered Facility:

 

Holland Tunnel

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

Option 1 : [*] annually (net\net\net). [ Option 2 : [*] in Year 1, [*] in year 2 , then increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2001 Payable quarterly in advance.]

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                    , 1999 to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs Per Carrier:

 

Option 1 : 0 (MOU charge is payable from inception). [Option 2 : Baseline MOUs of 1,200,000 in Year 1. Baseline MOUs increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year].

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                    per MOU [ Option 2 : $                    per Excess MOU] (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Conditions:

 

 

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                                dated June     , 1999.

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(b)

 

Covered Facility:

 

Lincoln Tunnel

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

Option 1 : [*] annually (net\net\net). Payable quarterly in advance. [ Option 2 : [*] in Year 1, [*] in Year 2, then increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2001].

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                              , 1999 to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs Per
Carrier:

 

Option 1 : 0 (MOU charge is payable from inception). [ Option 2 : Baseline MOUs of 1,200,000 in Year 1. Baseline MOUs increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year].

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                    per MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). [ Option 2 : $                    per Excess MOU]. Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                          dated June       , 1999.

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(c)

 

Covered Facility:

 

JFK Airport

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net) for both Overlay and Underlay, or [*] annually for either Overlay or Underlay. Payable quarterly in advance. Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                     to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

3,000,000 in Year 1, then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                  per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                      dated                     ,       .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7 (d)

 

Covered Facility:

 

LaGuardia Airport

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net) for both Overlay and Underlay, or [*] annually for either Overlay or Underlay. Payable quarterly in advance. Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                     to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

3,000,000 in Year 1, then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                    per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                               dated                               ,       .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7 (e)

 

Covered Facility:

 

Newark Airport

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net) for both Overlay and Underlay, or [*] annually for either Overlay or Underlay. Payable quarterly in advance. Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                     to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

3,000,000 in Year 1 , then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                    per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                                dated                               ,       .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(f)

 

Covered Facility:

 

World Trade Center Concourse

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net). Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                               to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

800,000 in Year 1, then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                              per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                                dated                               ,             .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(g)

 

Covered Facility:

 

Port Authority Bus Stations

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net). Payable quarterly in advance. Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                               to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

800,000 in Year 1, then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                              per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999) . Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                               dated                               ,               .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(h)

 

Covered Facility:

 

PATH Stations

 

 

 

Access Fee:

 

[*] annually (net\net\net) for all ten PATH Stations, or [*] annually (net/net/net) for each station if less than ten. Payable quarterly in advance. Amount increases by three percent (3%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

                               to December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Renewal Option:

 

See Section 4.2 of Carrier Access Agreement

 

 

 

Baseline MOUs per Carrier:

 

400,000 in Year 1, then increases by five percent (5%) (compounded) on January 1 of each Year, beginning January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Initial Usage Fee:

 

$                    per Excess MOU (for Year ending December 31, 1999). Fee is revised each Year in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Carrier Access Agreement.

 

 

 

Construction Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Construction Period:

 

 

 

 

 

Other Terms and Conditions:

 

 

 


*                                          CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that this Schedule shall be incorporated in, become part of and be governed by the Carrier Access Agreement between NYTP, Inc. and                                          dated                                       ,       .

 

 

 

NYTP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF CARRIER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

EXHIBIT E

 

ASSIGNMENT and ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 26th day of August, 1999 by THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY (hereinafter called the “Port Authority”), a body corporate and politic created by Compact between the States of New York and New Jersey, with the consent of the Congress of the United States of America, having an office for the transaction of business at One World Trade Center, in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City, County and State of New York, and NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC. a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with an office for the transaction of business at 158 Third Street, Mineola, New York 11501 (hereinafter called “NYTP”), the representative of which is Richard J. DiGeronimo,

 

WITNESSETH, THAT:

 

WHEREAS , the Port Authority and NYTP have entered into a certain Telecommunications Network Access Agreement (“TNAS”) contemporaneously herewith, providing for the installation, maintenance and operation of a wireless telecommunications network access system at specified Port Authority facilities; and

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the transaction contemplated under the TNAS, the Port Authority is willing to assign to NYTP, and NYTP is willing to undertake and assume the obligations and liabilities under, certain agreements heretofore entered into by the Port Authority with wireless telecommunications carriers for the furnishing of telecommunications services at the said specified Port Authority facilities and listed on the schedule attached hereto, hereby made a part hereof and marked “Schedule A” (hereinafter, the Existing Agreements”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and mutual agreements herein contained, the Port Authority and NYTP hereby agree as follows:

 

1.      Effective as of the date hereof, in accordance with Section 48 of the TNAS the Port Authority does hereby assign, transfer and convey all of its rights, title and interest in the Existing Agreements to NYTP, and its successors, to its and their own proper use and benefit, to have and hold the same for and during the duration of the terms under the Existing Agreements, subject nevertheless to all the covenants, conditions, terms and provisions contained in the Existing Agreements.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

2.      Effective as of the date hereof, NYTP does hereby assume the performance of and does hereby agree to perform, observe and be subject to all of the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Existing Agreements that are to be performed by or are applicable to the Port Authority thereunder as though NYTP were a signatory to the Existing Agreements. The execution of this instrument by the Port Authority does not constitute a representation by it that the Port Authority has performed or fulfilled every obligation required of it by the Existing Agreements.

 

3.      NYTP shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, representatives and employees, from any and all claims, demands, actions and liabilities accruing or arising after the effective date of this Agreement with respect to the Existing Agreements. The Port Authority shall defend, indemnify and hold NYTP harmless from any and all claims, demands, actions and liabilities accruing or arising prior to the effective date of this agreement with respect to the Existing Agreements.

 

4.      Neither the Commissioners of the Port Authority, nor the Members of NYTP, nor any of them, nor any officer, agent or employee of the Port Authority or of NYTP shall be charged personally by either party hereto with any liability or be shall held personally liable to the other party under any term or provision of this Agreement, or because of its execution or attempted execution, or because of any breach or attempted or alleged breach thereof.

 

5.      This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed these presents as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

3


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE A

 

1.              Space Permit, made as of May 1, 1993, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Permit No. WT-TC-P-88-C 000, granting a privilege to use and occupy space in the World Trade Center.

 

2.              Agreement of Lease, made as of June           , 1994, by and between the Port Authority and Cellular Telephone Company d/b/a Cellular One, predecessor-in-interest to AT&T Wireless Services, bearing Port Authority Lease No. LT-211, for premises in the Lincoln Tunnel.

 

3.              Agreement of Lease, made as of September 30, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Lease No. LT-212 for premises in the Lincoln Tunnel.

 

4.              Agreement of Lease, made as of December 29, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and Cellular Telephone Company d/b/a Cellular One, predecessor-in-interest to AT&T wireless Services, bearing Port Authority Lease No. L-CM-118, for premises in the Holland Tunnel.

 

5.              Agreement of Lease, made as of December 31, 1994, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile Inc., bearing Port Authority Lease No. L-CM-119 for premises in the Holland Tunnel.

 

6.              Agreement of Lease, made as of September 25, 1995, by and between the Port Authority and New York SMSA Limited Partnership, predecessor-in-interest to Bell Atlantic Mobile, bearing Port Authority Lease No. LBT-543 for premises in the Port Authority Bus Terminal.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(Port Authority Acknowledgment)

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)r

 

 

On the          day of August, 1999, before me personally came                                                   , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at                                                   ; that he is the                                                    of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Commissioners of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like order.

 

 

 

 

 

(notarial seal and stamp)

 

 

(Limited Liability Company Acknowledgment)

 

 

STATE OF

)

 

)ss.:

COUNTY OF

)

 

 

On the          day of August, 1999, before me personally came                                                   , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at                                                   ; that he is the                                                    of New York Telecom Partners, LLC, the limited liability company described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such company’s seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Managers of said company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order.

 

 

 

 

 

(notarial seal and stamp)

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

SCHEDULE E

 

AFFIRMATIVE ACTION-EQUAL OPPORTUNITY—MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES — WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES REQUIREMENTS

 

Part I.           Affirmative Action Guidelines - Equal Employment Opportunity

 

I.           As a matter of policy the Port Authority hereby requires the Permittee and the Permittee shall require the Contractor, as hereinafter defined, to comply with the provisions set forth hereinafter in this Schedule E and in Sections 7 and 43 of the Telecommunications Network Access Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1999, (herein called the “Agreement”), by and between the Port Authority and New York Telecom Partners, LLC (herein and in the Agreement called the “Permittee”). The provisions set forth in this Part I are similar to the conditions for bidding on federal government contract adopted by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance and effective May 8, 1978.

 

The Permittee as well as each bidder, contractor and subcontractor of the Permittee and each subcontractor of a contractor at any tier of construction (herein collectively referred to as the “Contractor”) must fully comply with the following conditions set forth herein as to each construction trade to be used on the construction work or any portion thereof (said conditions being herein called “Bid Conditions”) . The Permittee hereby commits itself to the goals for minority and female utilization set forth below and all other requirements, terms and conditions of the Bid Conditions. The Permittee shall likewise require the Contractor to commit itself to the said goals for minority and female utilization set forth below and all other requirements, terms and conditions of the Bid Conditions by submitting a properly signed bid.

 

II.          The Permittee and the Contractor shall each appoint an executive of its company to assume the responsibility for the implementation of the requirements, terms and conditions of the following Bid Conditions:

 

1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(a)         The goals for minority and female participation expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work are as follows:

 

(1)            Minority participation

 

 

Minority, except laborers

 

30

%

 

 

Minority, laborers

 

40

%

 

 

(2)            Female participation

 

 

Female, except laborers

 

6.9

%

 

 

Female, laborers

 

6.9

%

 

 

These goals are applicable to all the Contractor’s construction work performed in and for the System.

 

The Contractor’s specific affirmative action obligations required herein of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make good faith efforts to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s goals shall be a violation of the Contract. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.

 

(b)        The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Permittee and the Permittee shall provide written notification to the Manager of the Office of Business and Job Opportunity of the Port Authority within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.

 

(c)         As used in this Schedule E:

 

(1)         “Employer identification number” means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941:

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(2)         “Minority” includes:

 

(i)      Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin);

 

(ii)     Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Dominican, Cuban, Central or South American culture or origin, regardless of race);

 

(iii)    Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and

 

(iv)    American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification).

 

(d)        Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the construction work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 those provisions which include the applicable goals for minority and female participation.

 

(e)         The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in subparagraphs (1) through (16) of Paragraph (h) hereof. The goals set forth above are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in connection with the System. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period specified.

 

(f)         Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor’s obligations hereunder.

 

(g)        In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.

 

(h)        The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity (“EEO”).

 

The evaluation of the Contractor’s compliance with these provisions shall be based upon its good faith efforts to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following:

 

(1)         Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor’s employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each phase of the construction project. The Contractor, shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other supervisory personnel performing work in connection with the System are aware of and carry out the Contractor’s obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at the premises.

 

(2)         Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations’ responses.

 

(3)         Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone number of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in.the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(4)         Provide immediate written notification to the Permittee when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not ref erred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor’s efforts to meet its obligations.

 

(5)         Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and training programs relevant to the Contractor’s employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under subparagraph (2) above.

 

(6)         Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO Policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the Contractor’s newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the Contractor’s EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed.

 

(7)         Review, at least every six months the Contractor’s. EEO policy and affirmative action obligations hereunder with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decision including specific review of these items with on-premises supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work in connection with the System. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter.

 

(8)         Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media,

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor’s EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.

 

(9)         Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations and to State certified minority referral agencies serving the Contractor’s recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process.

 

(10)       Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the premises and in areas of a Contractor’s workforce.

 

(11)       Tests and other selection requirements shall comply with 41 CFR Part 60-3.

 

(12)       Conduct, at least every six months, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.

 

(13)       Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor’s obligations hereunder are being carried out.

 

(14)       Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(15)       Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations.

 

(16)       Conduct a review, at least every six months, of all supervisors’ adherence to and performance under the Contractors’ EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.

 

(i)          Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (subparagraphs (1)-(16) of Paragraph (h) above). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under Paragraph (h) hereof provided that: the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes good faith efforts to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor’s minority and female workforce participation, makes good faith efforts to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor’s and failure of such a group, to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor’s non-compliance.

 

(j)          A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation hereof if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation hereof if a specific minority group of women is underutilized).

 

(k)         The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

person because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

 

(l)          The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.

 

(m)        The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of this clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the Permittee. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation hereof.

 

(n)        The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations hereunder shall implement specific affirmative actions steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph (h) hereof so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of these provisions, the Permittee shall proceed accordingly.

 

(o)        The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g. mechanical apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and location at which the work is performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.

 

(p)        Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of any laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program).

 

8


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(q)       Without limiting any other obligation, term or provision under the Permit, the Contractor shall cooperate with all federal, state or local agencies established for the purpose of implementing affirmative action compliance programs and shall comply with all procedures and guidelines established or which may be established by the Port Authority.

 

PART II.                 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES /WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

 

As a matter of policy the Port Authority requires the Permittee and the Permittee shall itself and shall require the general contractor or other construction supervisor and each of the Permittee’s contractors to use every good faith effort to provide for meaningful participation by Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) and Women-owned Business Enterprises (WBEs) in the construction work pursuant to the provisions of this Schedule E. For purposes hereof, “Minority Business Enterprise” “(MBE)” shall mean any business enterprise which is at least fifty-one percentum owned by, or in the case of a publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percentum of the stock of which is owned by citizens or permanent resident aliens who are minorities and such ownership is real, substantial and continuing. For the purposes hereof, “Women-owned Business Enterprise” “(WBE)” shall mean any business enterprise which is at least fifty-one percentum owned by, or in the case of a publicly owned business, at least fifty-one percentum of the stock of which is owned by women and such ownership is real, substantial and continuing. A minority shall be as defined in paragraph II(c) of Part I of this Schedule E. “Meaningful participation” shall mean that at least seventeen percent (17%) of the total dollar value of the construction contracts (including subcontracts) covering the construction work are for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises and Women-owned Business Enterprises, of which at least twelve percent (12%) are for the participation of Minority Business Enterprises. Good faith efforts to include meaningful participation by MBEs and WBEs shall include at least the following:

 

(a)     Dividing the work to be subcontracted into smaller portions where feasible.

 

(b)     Actively and affirmatively soliciting bids for

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

subcontracts from MBEs and WBEs, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations. The Contractor shall maintain records detailing the efforts made to provide for meaningful MBE and WBE participation in the work, including the names and addresses of all MBEs and WBEs contacted and, if any such MBE or WBE is not selected as a joint venturer or subcontractor, the reason for such decision.

 

(c)     Making plans and specifications for prospective construction work available to MBEs and WBEs in sufficient time for review.

 

(d)     Utilizing the list of eligible MBEs and WBEs maintained by the Port Authority or seeking minorities and women from other sources for the purpose of soliciting bids for subcontractors.

 

(e)     Encouraging the formation of joint ventures, partnerships or other similar arrangements among subcontractors, where appropriate, to insure that the Permittee and Contractor will meet their obligations hereunder.

 

(f)      Insuring that provision is made to provide progress payments to MBEs and WBEs on a timely basis.

 

(g)     Not requiring bonds from and/or providing bonds and insurance for MBEs and WBEs, where appropriate.

 

Certification of MBEs and WBEs hereunder shall be made by the Office of Business and Job Opportunity of the Port Authority. If the Contractor wishes to utilize a firm not already certified by the Port Authority, it shall submit to the Port Authority a written request for a determination that the proposed firm is eligible for certification. This shall be done by completing and forwarding such form as may be then required by the Port Authority. All such requests shall be in writing addressed to the Office of Business and Job Opportunity, the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, One World Trade Center, 63 East, New York, New York 10048 or such other address as the Port Authority may specify by notice to the Permittee. Certification shall be effective only if made in writing by the Director in charge of the Office of Business and Job Opportunity of the Port Authority. The determination of the Port Authority shall be final and binding.

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

The Port Authority has compiled a list of the firms that the Port Authority has determined satisfy the criteria for MBE and WBE certification. This list may be supplemented and revised from time to time by the Port Authority. Such list shall be made available to the Contractor upon request. The Port Authority makes no representation as the financial responsibility of such, firms, their technical competence to perform, or any other performance-related qualifications.

 

Only MBE’s and WBE’s certified by the Port Authority will count toward the MBE and WBE goals.

 

Please note that only sixty percent (60%) of expenditures to MBE or WBE suppliers will count towards meeting the MBE and WBE goals. However, expenditures to MBE or WBE manufacturers (i.e. suppliers that produce goods from raw materials or substantially alter them before resale) are counted dollar for dollar.

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

)

ss.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

On the 24 th  day of August, 1999 before me personally came Gregory Burham to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did deposit and say that he resides in 100 Bayard Lane, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 that he is the Chief Technology Officer of The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Commissioners of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like order.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald M. Senio

 

 

(notarial seal and stamp)

 

 

RONALD M. SENIO

 

 

 

Notary Public, State of New York

 

 

 

No. 31-4636449

 

 

 

Qualified in New York County

 

 

 

Commission Expires 5/30/2000

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

)

ss.

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

On the 26 th  day of August, 1999, before me personally came Richard Digeronimo to me known, who, being duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides at 67 Townsend Drive, Syosset, New york 11791 that he is the President of New York Telecom Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the limited liability company described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he executed the same for and on behalf of said limited liability company; and that he is duly authorized and empowered to do so.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald M. Senio

 

 

(notarial seal and stamp)

 

 

 

RONALD M. SENIO

 

 

 

Notary Public, State of New York

 

 

 

No. 31-4636449

 

 

 

Qualified in New York County

 

 

 

Commission Expires 5/30/2000

 

 




Exhibit 10.10A

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Agreement No. AX-713 Supplement No. 1

 

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT , made as of March 28, 2001 by and between THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY (hereinafter called the “Port Authority”) and NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC (hereinafter called the “Permittee”),

 

WITNESSETH , That:

 

WHEREAS , the Port Authority and the Permittee heretofore and as of August 26, 1999 entered into an agreement identified by the Port Authority as Agreement Number AX-713 (which agreement, as the same may have heretofore been and hereby is supplemented and amended is hereinafter called the “TNAS Agreement”) covering certain privileges and obligations with respect to the installation, operation and maintenance of a wireless telecommunications network access system at Port Authority facilities as specified in the TNAS Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the TNAS Agreement grants the Permittee the right, on a non-exclusive basis, to install, operate and maintain an equal-access, in-building backbone facility in offices and nearby areas at the Port Authority World Trade Center towers (and elsewhere) for use by all interested wireless telecommunications service carriers (hereinafter, “Carrier Users”) offering telecommunications services to end user customers using mobile, portable or fixed wireless devices; and

 

WHEREAS , the Port Authority and the Permittee desire to amend the TNAS Agreement to further and more specifically provide for the Permittee’s implementation of the in-building backbone facility at the World Trade Center, to modify the permitted uses thereof and to otherwise amend the TNAS Agreement.

 

NOW , THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants and mutual agreements herein contained, and effective as of the date first set forth above, the Port Authority and the Permittee hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                             WTC Fiber Backbone System

 

(a) The description of the non-exclusive equal-access, in-building fiber optic backbone facility in paragraph (d) of Section 2 of the TNAS Agreement is hereby amended to cover the buildings in the Port Authority World Trade Center (the “World Trade Center”) known as One World Trade Center (sometimes identified as the North Tower Building), Two World Trade Center (sometimes identified as the South Tower Building), Four World Trade Center

 

1



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(sometimes identified as the Southeast Plaza Building) and Five World Trade Center (sometimes identified as the Northeast Plaza Building) (the said buildings herein referred to, collectively, as the “WTC Facility”) and shall further be amended to include the capability to provide telecommunications services, including, without limitation, local and long distance “telephone usage (including switched, and dedicated outbound and toll-free calls, international calls, calling card calls and video services), T-1 line, T-3 line and OC 3 usage, internet port services, point-to-point circuit connections, asynchronous transfer mode and frame relay network port and circuit services and web hosting services, and other similar or related telecommunication services to end user World Trade Center office customers either as “WTC End Users” (as such term is defined below) or through Carrier Users, in either case using wired devices (as so modified, the backbone facility, for purposes of this Agreement, shall be referred to hereinafter as the “WTC Fiber Backbone System”). For all purposes of the TNAS Agreement except as hereinafter expressly provided, effective from and after the date first set forth above, the “System,” described in subparagraph (a)(i) of the TNAS Agreement, shall be deemed to incorporate and include the WTC Fiber Backbone System, and the WTC Facility shall be deemed to be a Port Authority Facility. The installation, operation and maintenance of the In-Building System are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “In-Building System Operations.”

 

(b)                                  A “Summary Basis of Design” of the WTC Fiber Backbone System prepared by the Permittee and approved by the Port Authority describing the technical standards for and attributes and features of the WTC Fiber Backbone System is annexed to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement as Exhibit “D” thereto, and is hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof.

 

(c)                                   The WTC Fiber Backbone System will be installed, operated and maintained by BRAM WTC, LLC (hereinafter, “BRAM”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Eureka Broadband Corporation (“EurekaGGN”), for the Permittee pursuant to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement (the “WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement”) a true copy of which is annexed to this Agreement as Exhibit “A” and hereby made a part hereof. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the TNAS Agreement, or if not defined therein in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement. The Port Authority hereby consents to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement. The Permittee will not amend the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement without the prior written consent of the Port Authority. In the event the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms by either party thereto, the Port Authority shall have the right to terminate the TNAS Agreement solely with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System unless, in the case of any termination other than a termination pursuant to Section 19(g) thereof, within sixty (60) days following the effective date of the termination of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement the Port Authority shall have consented to either (i) the Permittee installing, operating and maintaining the WTC Fiber Backbone System itself or (ii) a replacement WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement between the Permittee and an entity which is technically and financially qualified to install, operate and maintain the WTC Fiber Backbone System, the Port Authority agreeing not to unreasonably withhold its consent to such a replacement WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement. The Port Authority acknowledges and agrees that the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement itself and BRAM’S operations and performance thereunder shall not constitute a breach or violation of Section 32 of the TNAS Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The consent of the Port Authority to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement is expressly conditioned on the provision by the Permittee and BRAM throughout the WTC Term of a contract of absolute and unconditional guaranty by EurekaGGN to the Port Authority

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

of (i) the due and punctual payment of the fees and other monetary obligations of BRAM to the Permittee under the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement and (ii) the full, faithful and prompt performance, observance and fulfillment of all the terms, covenants and conditions to be kept, observed, performed and fulfilled on the part of BRAM under the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement. Such a contract of guaranty, in the form annexed to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement as Exhibit “J”, shall be executed simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement by the Permittee and the execution of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement by BRAM.

 

(e)                                   The Port Authority will make available to the Permittee two equipment rooms consisting of one equipment room on the seventh floor of the North Tower Building and one equipment room on the seventh floor of the South Tower Building collectively constituting approximately One Thousand Two Hundred (1,200) square feet (collectively the “Space” which shall be deemed to comprise a part of the System) at the World Trade Center for use solely in connection with the installation and operation of equipment for the WTC Fiber Backbone System at no rental charge throughout the Term. The Permittee shall accept the Space in its “as is” condition and shall promptly repair any damages thereto or to any other Port Authority property therein caused by its operations. The Port Authority shall have the right, upon forty-eight (48) hours notice to the Permittee or at any time in the case of an emergency, and as often as it considers necessary, to inspect the Space and (without any obligation to do so) to make repairs, and in the event of emergency to take such action as may be required for the protection of persons or property.

 

(f)                                     The Port Authority, by its officers, employees, representatives, contractors, licensees, and their employees, shall have the right for the benefit of the Port Authority, or the Permittee and/or for the benefit of others than the Permittee to maintain existing and future heating, water, gas, electricity, sewerage, drainage, fire protection sprinkler, ventilating, refrigerating, fuel and communication systems and other such service systems including all tubes, pipes, lines, mains, wires, conduits and equipment on or about the Space and to enter upon the Space at all reasonable times and to make such repairs, replacements and alterations as may, in the reasonable opinion of the Port Authority, be deemed necessary or advisable, and, from time to time, to construct or install over, on, in or under the Space new tubes, pipes, lines, mains, wires conduits and equipment, provided, however, that the same shall be done so as to interfere as little as reasonably possible with the Permittee’s operations. Nothing in this Section shall or shall be construed to impose upon the Port Authority any obligations so to maintain or to make repairs, replacements, alterations or additions or any liability for failure so to do.

 

(g)                                  In addition to the Space, the Permittee shall have the right and the obligation to install vertical runs of Sumitomo “FutureFlex” conduit for fiber optic cables at locations to be reasonably designated by the Port Authority, as well as such horizontal runs as are appropriate to connect the aforesaid vertical runs, in the quantities generally designated in the Summary Basis of Design. The Permittee’s rights to the use of any area described in this paragraph (which areas are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “common use areas”) shall extend only to the space within such area as is actually physically occupied by such conduits of the Permittee as are installed therein. The Permittee’s rights with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System shall constitute a license only and not an interest in real property, but such license shall continue in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement and shall expire without notice upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement with respect to

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the WTC Fiber Backbone System. The Permittee shall have no other license to use any other portion of the World Trade Center (including, without limitation, the roofs thereof or any other vertical or horizontal pathways) except as specified in the TNAS Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Port Authority. The Permittee shall have all the same obligations and liabilities with respect to those portions of the common use area made available to it by the Port Authority hereunder as it has with respect to the Space hereunder.

 

(h)                                  The Port Authority shall use reasonable efforts to make its personnel available to assist the Permittee in gaining access to the common use areas of the WTC Facility made available by the Port Authority to the Permittee hereunder and the Port Authority shall not impose any charge to make such personnel available to the Permittee except that the Port Authority may impose a reasonable charge on the Permittee when it makes uniformed security guards available to the Permittee in connection with such access.

 

Section 2.                                             Use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System

 

(a)                                   The term “WTC System End-User” shall mean an entity who is not a Carrier User, having a lease, permit or other agreement with or consented to by the Port Authority for the occupancy of space or the exercise of privileges at the World Trade Center.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the obligations imposed on the Permittee to operate the System pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3 of the TNAS Agreement, the Permittee shall operate the WTC Fiber Backbone System so as to accommodate all interested Carrier Users and WTC System End-Users on a non-discriminatory basis up to the design capacity of the WTC Fiber Backbone System.

 

(c)                                   The limitation on the installation of voice, data or video transmission or reception equipment after June 30, 1998 set forth in the first sentence of Section 17 of the TNAS Agreement shall not be applicable to those portions of the World Trade Center served by the WTC Fiber Backbone System irrespective of whether any such third party telecommunications service provider furnishes telecommunications service through the use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System to WTC System End-Users on a wired or wireless basis.

 

(d)                                  In addition to the rights granted to the Permittee pursuant to paragraph (b) of Section 19 of the TNAS Agreement with respect to the use of the System, the Permittee may also, in the course of its business and the conduct of its operations under this Agreement, permit the use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System by Carrier Users and/or WTC System End-Users for the purposes described in paragraph (d) of Section 2 of the TNAS Agreement, as amended by the provisions of Section 1(a) hereof. Whether or not expressly set forth therein, all agreements between the Permittee and Carrier Users with respect to the use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System shall be (i) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) subject to the prior written approval of the Port Authority which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Permittee shall use its best efforts to make available to the Port Authority for inspection, upon its request made from time to time, copies of all existing agreements between a Carrier User and a WTC System End-User. To the extent commercially reasonable, the Permittee shall cause BRAM to install and use all equipment reasonably available and necessary to accurately determine each Carrier User’s gross receipts. It shall not be deemed discriminatory under the TNAS Agreement (i) to adjust the treatment of all Carrier Users prospectively, grandfathering the treatment of all Carriers Users who are parties to a Carrier Agreement at the time of such

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

adjustment or (ii) treat Carrier Users in accordance with the terms of the “most favored nations” provision in Section 7.6 of the Carrier Agreement dated the date hereof among the Permittee, BRAM and EurekaGGN.

 

(e)                                   Subject to the provisions of Section 9(b) hereof, upon notice to the Permittee by the Port Authority that any of BRAM’s operations unreasonably interferes with the operations of the WTC Facility, the Permittee shall cause BRAM to forthwith cease such operations or otherwise cure such interference.

 

Section 3.                                             Term

 

The term of the permission granted hereunder to the Permittee to operate the WTC Fiber Backbone System shall commence on the date the Port Authority issues final approval of the Permittee’s Construction Application and complete plans and specifications for the WTC Fiber Backbone System for the North Tower Building (the said date being hereinafter referred to as the “WTC Commencement Date”) and shall, unless sooner terminated, expire on the first to occur of (i) the day preceding the fifteen(15 th)  anniversary of the WTC Commencement Date or (ii) December 31, 2016 (the said term sometimes in this Agreement called the “WTC Term”). Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4 and 34 of the TNAS Agreement, the Permittee shall not have any right to extend the term of the permission granted to the Permittee under this Agreement with respect to WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations.

 

Section 4.                                             Fees

 

I.                                          ACCESS FEE

 

The Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority a WTC Access Fee of [*] [*] on the date of the full execution of this Agreement.

 

II.                                      MINIMUM FEES

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 12 hereof in the case of New Competition, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority minimum fees (the “WTC Minimum Fees”) separately for each Annual Period during the WTC Term for the privileges described in this Agreement at the annual rates set forth below, payable as follows:

 

(1)                                   With respect to the [*] Annual Period of the WTC Term, no WTC Minimum Fees shall be payable.

 

(2)                                   With respect to the portion of the WTC Term from and after the first anniversary of the WTC Commencement Date to the expiration date of this Agreement, in arrears, in quarterly installments commencing on the last day of the first month following the end of the calendar quarter in the calendar year 2002 during which quarter the first anniversary of the WTC Commencement Date occurs, and continuing on the last day of each January, April, July and October thereafter, including the first said date following the expiration date of this Agreement, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the preceding month. For example, the quarterly installment, if any, of the WTC Minimum Fees for the calendar quarter commencing January 1, 2003 and ending March 31, 2003 shall be payable on April 30, 2003. The TNAS Agreement is hereby amended to reflect that, solely with respect to the payment of the WTC Minimum Fee, it shall be an event under Section 20 of the TNAS

 


*              CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Agreement entitling the Port Authority to terminate same if the Permittee shall fail, duly and punctually to pay the WTC Minimum Fee when due to the Port Authority and such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days (rather than the 10 days set forth in the TNAS Agreement) after the Permittee’s actual receipt of a notice of default thereof from the Port Authority.

 

[*]

 

(c)                                   The Permittee shall not be personally liable for the payment of the WTC Minimum Fees and the Permittee’s liability under the TNAS Agreement for payment of the WTC Minimum Fees shall be limited to and shall be enforceable only out of the WTC Gross

 


*              CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Receipts actually in the possession and control of the Permittee, including without limitation WTC Gross Receipts received by the Permittee after the accrual of the obligation to remit the WTC Minimum Pee to the Port Authority, or receivable by the Permittee. The lien of any judgment against the Permittee in any proceeding instituted on, under or on connection with the failure to pay all or any portion of the WTC Minimum Fees shall not extend to any property owned by the Permittee other than WTC Gross Receipts actually in the possession and control of the Permittee at or after the commencement of such proceeding or receivable by the Permittee at or after such time, provided that with respect to each WTC Minimum Fee then due and owing to the Port Authority, the Permittee has remitted to the Port Authority all Gross Receipts received by the Permittee during the One Hundred Twenty (120) day period prior to the date such WTC Minimum Fee was due and payable to the Port Authority (whether such remittance was applied to that WTC Minimum Fee installment or any other.

 

III.                                  VARIABLE FEE

 

(a)                                   The Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority a WTC Variable Fee for each Annual Period during the WTC Term. The WTC Variable Fee shall be determined by ascertaining separately for each Annual Period the WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component and subtracting from the amount thus determined, the WTC Minimum Fees payable for such Annual Period, including, without limitation, any applicable proration or equitable adjustment of such WTC Minimum Fees. No other proration of the WTC Variable Fee shall be applicable.

 

(b)                                  (i)  The WTC Variable Fee shall be payable in quarterly installments and computed, at the percentage rates set forth below, based on the reasonably determined projection of the amount to be due for the entire Annual Period prepared by the Permittee and approved by the Port Authority, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of each Annual Period. The WTC Variable Fee shall be payable for each Annual Period in equal quarterly installments oh the last day of January, April, July and October, in each case with respect to the calendar quarter ending on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month (for example, the Variable Fee shall be payable on July 31 for the calendar quarter April 1 to June 30) and for every calendar quarter or part thereof thereafter in any Annual Period during the WTC Term. The TNAS Agreement is hereby amended to reflect that, solely with respect to the payment of the WTC Variable Fee, it shall be an event under Section 20 of the TNAS Agreement entitling the Port Authority to terminate same if the Permittee shall fail, duly and punctually to pay the WTC Variable Fee when due to the Port Authority and such failure continues for a period of fifteen (15) days (rather than the 10 days set forth in the TNAS Agreement) after the Permittee’s actual receipt of a notice of default thereof from the Port Authority.

 

(ii)           Within sixty (60) days following the end of each Annual Period, the Permittee shall compute the actual amount of the WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component for the Annual Period and compute the WTC Variable Fee. In the event the actual WTC Variable Fee shall exceed the total of the quarterly installments actually paid by the Permittee with respect to such Annual Period, the Permittee shall pay to the Port Authority the difference between the actual WTC Variable Fee for the preceding Annual Period and the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee. In the event the total of the said quarterly installments paid by the Permittee to the Port Authority shall exceed the actual WTC Variable Fee for the preceding Annual Period, the Port Authority shall credit the amount of such

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

excess to the Permittee. In either such case, the required payment shall be made not later than ten (10) business days following the date of the notice from the Permittee to the Port Authority setting forth its computation of the actual WTC Variable Fee for the immediately preceding Annual Period.

 

IV.                                  FEE RELATED DEFINITIONS

 

“Annual Period” shall mean as follows: the period from the WTC Commencement Date to the first anniversary thereof shall be the [*] Annual Period, the period from the first anniversary of the Commencement Date to the next occurring December 31 shall be the [*] Annual Period, the period from the next occurring January 1 to December 31 shall be the [*] Annual Period and the period from each next occurring January 1 to December 31 shall be the next occurring Annual Period.

 

“WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts” shall mean, for each Annual Period, Gross Receipts reduced by the sum of: (i) Five Percent (5%) of WTC Gross Receipts for such Annual Period (which represents an allowance for administrative costs), and (ii) the annual amortization (with an allowance for interest equal to 11% per annum), over the remainder of the WTC Term, of capital expenditures made by the Permittee or BRAM, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Million One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,100,000), which expenses shall be of the type and approximately within the estimated amounts set forth on the construction cost budget attached to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement as Exhibit “F”.

 

“WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component” shall mean:

 

(1)                                   For the [*] Annual Period to and including the [*] Annual Period: [*] of WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts.

 

(2)                                   For the [*] Annual Period, the [*] Annual Period and the [*] Annual Period, the [*] Annual Period and the [*] Annual Period: [*] of WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts.

 

“WTC Gross Receipts” shall mean all monies received or receivable in an Annual Period by the Permittee (unless and until any amount is deemed by BRAM to be uncollectible in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) for the use, as provided in Section 1 of this Agreement, of the WTC Fiber Backbone System to be installed by the Permittee, pursuant to the provisions of Section 2, in the WTC Facility, including, without limitation, any monies received or receivable by the Permittee or BRAM relating to the use of, entrance to, or access to the WTC Fiber Backbone System or the fiber optic cable installation related thereto, and the proceeds from any sale by the Permittee of the Warrant (as defined in Section 10) or the common stock underlying the Warrant less the applicable exercise price, sales commissions and related charges, but excluding the NYTP Minimum Fee and the BRAM Shortfall Payment, each as defined in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement WTC Gross Receipts shall include all revenues from the use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System as aforesaid except for (i) any fees received by BRAM or the Permittee from tenants at the WTC as payment for services rendered connecting such tenants to the In-Building System through the construction of horizontal runs, and (ii) any sums collected and paid out for any sales tax, direct excise tax, or any governmental or regulatory fees or any other pass-through or ancillary fees that the Permittee is required by law to collect and upon which it derives no revenue or profit.

 


*              CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

V.                                      ACCRUAL OF WTC MINIMUM FEE

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement including this Section 4, the Permittee shall not be obligated to make any quarterly payment of the WTC Minimum Fee to the extent such payment exceeds the WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts attributable to such quarter, provided, however, that the portion not paid shall accrue and bear interest at an annual floating rate equal to the prime rate (as published from time to time by the Citibank (NA.) or its successor) plus three percent (3%) (“Accrued Minimum Fees”). Accrued Minimum Fees shall be due and payable with each succeeding quarterly WTC Minimum Fee payment, but only to the extent that the WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts attributable to such later quarter exceed the greater of (i) the WTC Adjusted Gross Receipts Fee Component for such quarter or (ii) the WTC Minimum Fee for such quarter. The remaining portion of any Accrued Minimum Fees shall continue to be accrued but shall not become due and payable (even on termination) except to the extent set forth above, provided, however, that if at any time the Accrued Minimum Fees exceed an amount equal to (y) if prior to the expiration of the [*] Annual Period, the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), or (z) if after the expiration of the [*] Annual Period, the WTC Minimum Fee for the current Annual Period, the Port Authority shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, as and to the extent it applies to the World Trade Center (subject to the Permittee’s rights under Section 7(b) hereof), and the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement on 15 days written notice to BRAM and the Permittee, in which case the Permittee shall use its best efforts to cause BRAM to pay to the Port Authority the applicable amount described in (y) and (z) above (and only said amount) as a liquidated damage, as well as all other fees due hereunder for the quarterly period in which such termination occurs (pro rated through the termination date). After such termination, and subject to the Permittee’s rights under Section 7(b) hereof, the Permittee shall use its best efforts to cause BRAM to comply in full with its obligations under Sections 13 (solely with respect to actions or omissions occurring on or prior to the termination date), 23 (without exception for the BRAM Equipment), 30(iii) and 30(iv) of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement.

 

Section 5.                                             Installation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System

 

(a)                                   Section 7 of the TNAS Agreement shall not be applicable to the “WTC Fiber Construction Work” (as hereinafter defined) to be performed by the Permittee in connection with the WTC Fiber Backbone, System; in lieu thereof, the provisions of this Section 5 shall govern the WTC Fiber Construction Work in all respects. The Permittee shall perform, at its sole cost and expense, all installation work required to prepare the WTC Facility for the Permittee’s WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations in accordance with the Port Authority approved Construction Application (as hereinafter defined), including the installation of all transmitters, receivers, Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit, fiber optic cabling and other equipment in the WTC Facility and the construction of all associated improvements in the WTC Facility appurtenant to the operation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, except for the installation obligations of the Carrier Users under their Carrier Agreements (the work described in this Section 5 being hereinafter referred to as the “WTC Fiber Construction Work”). Installation of equipment by Carrier Users shall be subject to approval by the Port Authority in accordance with its usual procedures regarding the installation of such equipment.

 

(b)                                  (i)  The Permittee shall be responsible at its sole expense for retaining all architectural, engineering and other technical consultants and services as may be reasonably directed by the Port Authority for, and for developing, completing and submitting procedures for,

 


*              CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

the installation of all equipment and the construction of all improvements appurtenant to the operation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System. Prior to retaining any licensed architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant in connection with the WTC Fiber Contraction Work, the name or names of said licensed architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant shall be submitted to the Port Authority for its approval. The Port Authority shall have the right to disapprove, on a non-arbitrary and non-capricious basis, any licensed architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant who may be unacceptable to it and shall notify the Permittee of the basis for such disapproval, and shall approve in advance the Permittee’s contract with each such licensed architect, professional engineer or other technical consultant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Port Authority hereby approves the retention by the Permittee of BRAM in connection with the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work.

 

(ii)                                   (1) Prior to the commencement of any WTC Fiber Construction Work at any building of the WTC Facility, the Permittee shall submit to the Port Authority for its approval a Tenant Alteration Application (hereinafter called the “Construction Application”), in the form supplied by the Port Authority, and containing such terms and conditions as the Port Authority may include, setting forth in detail by appropriate plans and specifications the WTC Fiber Construction Work the Permittee proposes to perform at such WTC Facility building and the manner of and time periods for performing such work, as more particularly described in Section 5(c) below. The data to be supplied by the Permittee shall identify separately each of the items constituting the WTC Fiber Construction Work and shall describe in detail the improvements, fixtures, equipment, and systems to be installed by the Permittee. The plans and specifications to be submitted by the Permittee shall be in sufficient detail for a contractor to perform the WTC Fiber Construction Work and shall bear the seal of a licensed architect or professional engineer who shall be responsible for the administration of the WTC Fiber Construction Work in accordance with the Port Authority’s requirements. In connection with the review by the Port Authority of the Permittee’s submission under this Section 5, the Permittee shall submit to the Port Authority, at the Port Authority’s request, such additional data, detail or information as the Port Authority may require for such review. The Port Authority shall not impose a fee for its review of the Construction Application. Following the Port Authority’s receipt of the Permittee’s Construction Application, the Port Authority shall give its written approval or rejection thereof, or shall request such modifications thereto as the Port Authority may find necessary or appropriate. The Permittee shall not engage any contractor or permit the use of any subcontractor unless and until each such contractor or subcontractor, and the contract such contractor or subcontractor is operating under, have been approved by the Port Authority. The Permittee shall include in any such contract or subcontract such provisions as are required pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Construction Application approved by the Port Authority, including, without limitation thereto, provisions regarding labor harmony. If there is any conflict between the terms of the Construction Application and the TNAS Agreement, the terms of the TNAS Agreement shall control.

 

(2)                                   The Port Authority shall review the Construction Application and all plans and specifications submitted by the Permittee therewith and will furnish its comments regarding the same to the Permittee within fifteen (15) business days after its receipt thereof. The Port Authority will also review and comment on any corrected, modified or amended plans and specifications resubmitted to the Port Authority by the Permittee within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of any such resubmission. The Permittee hereby agrees that the Port Authority shall have no responsibility, liability or obligation to the Permittee in the event the Port Authority

 

10


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

fails to respond to any such submission or resubmission of the Construction Application by the Permittee within the time periods set forth above, including any obligation to provide a reimbursement, rent credit or other rent concession except as provided in subparagraph (3) below.

 

(3)                                   In the event the Port Authority does not furnish its comments upon the submission or resubmission of the first, and only the first, Construction Application (submitted by the Permittee) within the time periods set forth in subparagraph (ii) above, the Permittee may notify the Port Authority in writing that it proposes to terminate the TNAS Agreement with the effect of expiration solely with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System and if the Port Authority does not within ten (10) business days thereafter furnish its comments to the Permittee, then the Permittee may, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to the Port Authority, terminate the TNAS Agreement and the TNAS Agreement shall thereupon expire solely with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System as if it had expired on that date and the Port Authority shall refund the WTC Access Fee to the Permittee, and shall (as applicable) either refund the Security Deposit or return the letter of credit described in Section 13 below to BRAM.

 

(iii)                                (1) The Permittee hereby assumes the risk of loss or damage to all of the WTC Fiber Construction Work prior to the completion thereof and the risk of loss or damage to all property of the Port Authority, its lessees and permittees arising out of or in connection with the WTC Fiber Construction Work unless such loss or damage is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority, its employees or agents. In the event of any such loss or damage, the Permittee shall forthwith repair, replace and make good the WTC Fiber Construction Work and the property of the Port Authority, its lessees and permittees. The Permittee shall, and shall require each of its contractors to indemnify the Port Authority and its Commissioners, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims and demands, just or unjust, by third persons (including the Commissioners, officers, agents and employees of the Port Authority) against the Port Authority and its Commissioners, officers, agents and employees, arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work or based upon any of the risks assumed by the Permittee in this Agreement or any breach hereof, and for all loss and expense incurred by it and by them in the defense, settlement or satisfaction thereof, including without limitation thereto, claims and demands for death, for personal injury or for property damage, direct or consequential, whether they arise from acts or omissions of the Permittee, any contractors of the Permittee, the Port Authority, third persons, or from acts of God or the public enemy, or otherwise, excepting only claims and demands which result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority occurring subsequent to commencement of the WTC Fiber Construction Work; provided, however, the Permittee shall not be required to indemnify the Port Authority where indemnity would be precluded by Section 5-322.1 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York. The Permittee shall cause each such contractor and subcontractor to obtain and maintain in force such insurance coverage and performance bonds as the Port Authority may specify, including, without limitation, a contractual liability endorsement to cover the indemnity obligations assumed by the Permittee pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(2)                                   If so directed, the Permittee shall at its own expense defend any suit based upon any claim or demand described in subparagraph (1) above (even if such suit, claim or demand is groundless, false or fraudulent), and in handling such it shall not, without obtaining express advance permission from the General Counsel of the Port Authority, raise any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Port

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Authority, tie immunity of the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority or the provision of any statutes respecting suits against the Port Authority. The Permittee shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of separate counsel representing the Port Authority, other than the reasonable costs of investigation. The Permittee shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, proceeding or suit, which settlement is effected by the Port Authority without the prior written consent of the Permittee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Permittee shall not grant its consent as provided above, such action, proceeding or suit shall thereafter be defended by the Permittee, at its sole cost and expense, subject to the limitations set forth above in this subparagraph (2).

 

(iv)                               The WTC Fiber Construction Work shall be performed by the Permittee in accordance with the Construction Application and final plans and specifications approved by the Port Authority, shall be subject to inspection by the Port Authority during the progress of the WTC Fiber Construction Work and after the completion thereof, and the Permittee, upon direction from the Port Authority to do so, shall stop the performance of any portion of the WTC Fiber. Construction Work which is not being performed in accordance with the above and redo or replace at its own expense any WTC Fiber Construction Work not done in accordance therewith. The Permittee shall also supply the Port Authority with “as-built” drawings in such form and number as are reasonably requested by the Port Authority, and the Permittee shall keep said drawings current during the term of the permission granted under this Agreement. No changes or modifications to any WTC Fiber Construction Work shall be made without the prior consent of the Port Authority (other than routine, de minimus modifications that are consistent with Prudent Engineering and Operating Practice, notice of which is given to the Port Authority prior to the making of such modification).

 

(v)                                  Any dispute between the Port Authority and the Permittee regarding whether or not the Port Authority should approve any Construction Application submitted by the Permittee shall be handled pursuant to Section 26 of the TNAS Agreement.

 

(vi)                               The Permittee shall pay or cause to be paid all claims lawfully made against it by its contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and workers, and all claims lawfully made against it by other third persons arising out of or in connection with or because of the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work, and shall cause its contractors and subcontractors to pay all such claims lawfully made against them, provided however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit the right of the Permittee to contest any claim, of a contractor, subcontractor, material supplier or worker or other person, and no such claim shall be considered to be an obligation of the Permittee within the meaning of this paragraph unless and until the same shall have been finally adjudicated. The Permittee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such claims and shall keep the Port Authority fully informed of its actions with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Permittee shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that all of the Permittee’s construction contracts, (and for the purposes of this Agreement, the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement shall not constitute a construction contract), in accordance with all Laws, provide as follows: “If (1) the Contractor fails to perform any of its obligations under this Contract, including its obligation to pay any claims lawfully made against it by any material supplier, subcontractor, worker or any other third person which arises out of or in connection with the performance of this Contract, (2) any claim just or unjust) which arises out of or in connection with this Contract is made against the Permittee, or (3) any subcontractor under this Contract fails to pay any claims lawfully made against it by any material supplier, subcontractor, worker

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

or any other third person which arise out of or in connection with this Contract or if in the Permittee’s opinion any of the aforesaid contingencies is likely to arise, then the Permittee shall have the right, in its discretion, to withhold out of any payment (final or otherwise and even though such payments have already been certified as due) such sums as the Permittee may deem ample to protect it against delay or loss or to assume the payment of just claims of third persons, and to apply such sums as the Permittee may deem proper to secure such protection or to satisfy such claims. All sums so applied shall be deducted from the Contractor’s compensation. Omission by the Permittee to withhold out of any payment, final or otherwise, a sum for any of the above contingencies, even though such contingency has occurred at the time of payment, shall not be deemed to indicate that the Permittee does not intend to exercise its right with respect to such contingency. Neither the above provisions for the rights of the Permittee to withhold and apply monies nor any exercise or attempted exercise of, or omission to exercise, such right by the Permittee shall create any obligation of any kind to such material suppliers, subcontractors, workers or other third persons. Until actual payment is made to the Contractor, its right to any amount to be paid under this Contract (even though such payments have already been certified as due) shall be subordinate to the rights of the Permittee under this provision.”

 

(c)                                   (i)            The Permittee shall not commence any WTC Fiber Construction Work prior to the WTC Commencement Date and until the Construction Application and plans and specifications covering such work have been finally approved by the Port Authority. The Permittee recognizes that its obligation to pay fees, including, without limitation, the WTC Access Fee and the WTC Minimum Fee under this Agreement shall commence on the date of this Agreement even though the WTC Fiber Construction Work will not yet then have been commenced or completed.

 

(ii)                                   The Permittee shall submit a Construction Application for the WTC Fiber Construction Work at the North Tower Building within sixty (60) days following the execution of this Agreement and a Construction Application for the WTC Fiber Construction Work at the South Tower Building within one hundred fifty (150) days following the execution of this Agreement. In the alternative, the Permittee may, at its option, submit one Construction Application covering the WTC Fiber Construction Work to be performed at both the North Tower Building and the South Tower Building. The Permittee shall use its best efforts to commence the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work at the WTC Facility within fifteen (15) days following the approval of the Construction Application and shall diligently pursue the completion of the WTC Fiber Construction Work. The Permittee shall complete the installation of the WTC Fiber Construction Work in the North Tower Building on or before July 31, 2001 and in the South Tower Building on or before October 31, 2001. In the case of any WTC Fiber Construction Work at the Northeast Plaza Building or the Southeast Plaza Building, the Permittee shall be permitted to commence construction in either or both of such buildings until December 31, 2006, at which time its right and obligation to construct the In-Building System in such buildings shall expire. The Permittee may, at its option, submit a Construction Application covering the WTC Fiber Construction Work to be performed in the Northeast Plaza Building and/or a Construction Application covering the WTC Fiber Construction Work to be performed in the Southeast Plaza Building, or one application covering both. In addition, the Permittee shall be required to commence construction in each such building if either (i) at least ten percent (10%) of the tenants in such building, provided such tenants occupy at least fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable square feet of such building, have agreed to utilize the WTC Fiber Backbone System through Carrier Agreements with Carrier Users or otherwise; or (ii) tenants occupying at least twenty percent (20%) of the rentable square feet of such building have agreed

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to utilize the WTC Fiber Backbone System through Carrier Agreements with Carrier Users or otherwise. Any of the deadlines for completion of the WTC Fiber Construction Work set forth in this paragraph shall be subject to extension for causes or conditions beyond the control of Permittee, including without limitation any failure of the Port Authority to approve any Construction Application on a timely basis. With respect to the WTC Fiber Construction Work, the format of the certificate required pursuant to Section 8 of the TNAS Agreement shall be reasonably specified by the Port Authority in advance, and the categories required thereon shall be reasonably established by the Port Authority in advance.

 

(d)                                  The Permittee shall be solely responsible for the plans and specifications used by it and for the adequacy or sufficiency of such plans and specifications, and all the improvements, fixtures, and equipment depicted thereon or covered thereby, regardless of the consent thereto or approval thereof by the Port Authority or the incorporation therein of any Port Authority requirements or recommendations. The Port Authority shall have no obligation or liability in connection with the performance of any of the WTC Fiber Construction Work or for the contracts for the performance thereof entered into by the Permittee. The Permittee hereby releases and discharges the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, representatives and employees of and from any and all liability, claims for damages or losses of any kind, whether legal or equitable, or from any action or cause of action arising out of or in connection with the performance of any of the WTC Fiber Construction Work pursuant to the contracts between the Permittee and its contractors except for any of the foregoing caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority. The Permittee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make arrangements for the extension to the Port Authority of all warranties extended or available to the Permittee or BRAM in connection with the WTC Fiber Construction Work.

 

(e)                                   (i)  As between the Permittee and the Port Authority, the Port Authority shall be and remain responsible for the clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation of any and all Hazardous Substances which were not placed at the WTC Facility by the Permittee or its officers, employees, guests, invitees and other representatives which could subject any Person to liability for costs of cleanup, removal, response or remediation under any Environmental Laws; provided however, the Port Authority shall have the right to direct the Permittee to alter, in a commercially reasonable manner (i.e., if an alteration or modification is less expensive than performing a clean-up, removal and disposal or a remediation), the location of any WTC Fiber Construction Work or otherwise modify, in a commercially reasonable manner (i.e., if an alteration or modification is less expensive than performing a clean-up, removal and disposal or a remediation), the plans and specifications for any WTC Fiber Construction Work in order to investigate the need for any clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation. The Permittee shall consult with the Port Authority prior to preparing its plans and specifications to minimize any disturbance to any Hazardous Substance.

 

(ii)           The Permittee shall promptly advise the Port Authority of any environmental findings by the Permittee during the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work which suggest that any Hazardous Substance has been or may be disturbed by the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work. The Port Authority shall have the right to direct the Permittee to stop the performance of the WTC Fiber Construction Work at any location where it is reasonably expected such work will disturb any Hazardous Substance. The Port Authority shall thereafter promptly commence the performance of any appropriate or required environmental testing at such location. The Port Authority and the Permittee shall

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

promptly discuss appropriate modifications to the WTC Fiber Construction Work as provided in subparagraph (i), above.

 

(iii)                                As between the Permittee and the Port Authority, the Permittee shall be responsible for the clean-up, removal and disposal, response or remediation of any and all Hazardous Substances which could subject any Person to liability for costs of clean-up, removal, response or remediation under any Environmental Laws and which arise out of or result from (1) the use or occupancy of the WTC Fiber Backbone System by the Permittee or its officers, employees, guests, invitees, contractors and other representatives, of (2) any acts or omissions of the Permittee or any of the aforesaid in connection with the WTC Fiber Backbone System; provided that the Permittee shall not be responsible under this subparagraph (iii) with respect to any Hazardous Substances to the extent the Port Authority is responsible for such Hazardous Substances under subparagraph (i) above.

 

(f)                                     The Permittee understands that there may be other communications and utility lines and conduits located in portions of the WTC Facility where the Permittee will operate the WTC Backbone System. The Port Authority will use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) permit the Permittee to inspect the said portions of the WTC Facility prior to the commencement by the Permittee of the design of the WTC Fiber Backbone Facility and (ii) make available to the Permittee its records to the extent the same are available, in an effort to identify to the Permittee the location of such communication and utility lines which may interfere with the WTC Fiber Construction Work proposed by the Permittee. The Port Authority hereby disclaims any warranty or representation to the Permittee that such records are accurate. The Permittee agrees to design the Construction Work so as to eliminate or minimize the need for relocation of any such communications and utility lines.

 

(g)                                  Upon completion of the WTC Fiber Construction Work at (i) the WTC Facility, or (ii) separately with respect to (w) One World Trade Center, (x) Two World Trade Center, (y) the Northeast Plaza Building and (z) the Southeast Plaza Building, the Permittee shall supply the Port Authority with a certificate signed by a responsible officer of the Permittee and by the licensed architect or professional engineer who sealed the Permittee’s plans pursuant to the provisions of this Section certifying that all or one of the portions specified above, of the WTC Fiber Construction Work has been performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications covering such work, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, governmental rules, regulations and orders. The Port Authority will inspect the WTC Fiber Construction Work or a portion thereof as specified above at the WTC Facility and if the same has been completed as certified by the Permittee and the Permittee’s licensed architect or professional engineer, the Port Authority shall deliver a certificate to such effect to the Permittee within twenty (20) business days following the Port Authority’s receipt of such certification, subject to the condition that all risks thereafter with respect to the construction and installation of the WTC Fiber Construction Work or the portion thereof as specified above and any liability therefor for negligence or other reason shall be borne by the Permittee. The Permittee shall not use or permit the use of the WTC Fiber Backbone System or the portion thereof as specified above for the purposes set forth in this Agreement or conduct WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations until such certificate relating to all or a portion of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, as the case may be, is received from Port Authority.

 

(h)                                  Except as may otherwise be provided in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement with respect to equipment owned by BRAM and in agreements between the

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Permittee and Carrier Users and WTC System End-Users (subject in both cases to the consent of the Port Authority) with respect to equipment owned by Carrier Users or the WTC System End-Users as the case may be, title to all fixtures and equipment (as defined in the NYUCC) forming a part of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, including but not limited to the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit, shall immediately vest in the Port Authority upon the first to occur of affixation to the WTC Facility or the first use of such items in WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations. The Permittee or BRAM shall each have the right to install replacements for, and the right and the obligation to modify or repair, any or all of the foregoing fixtures and equipment forming a part of the WTC Fiber Backbone System. Title to such replacements shall vest in the Port Authority in the manner provided above. Title to the fixtures and equipment so replaced shall pass to the Permittee or to BRAM, as provided in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement. Title to WTC Fiber Backbone System software licenses, equipment warranties and service contracts, etc. to the extent the terms under which the Permittee or BRAM, as the case may be, has obtained the same, permit title therein to be transferred to the Port Authority, shall vest in the Port Authority upon the execution thereof or at the first possible time thereafter as title thereto may vest in the Port Authority. Title to all other assets forming a part of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, including all intangible assets, shall remain vested in the Permittee or BRAM, as provided in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement The Permittee shall promptly execute and deliver bills of sale and all other documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence the transfer of title to the Port Authority of all the items mentioned in this paragraph. The Port Authority hereby grants to the Permittee (and through the Permittee, to BRAM) an exclusive right to use all parts of the WTC Fiber Backbone System to which title is being conveyed to the Port Authority pursuant to this Section 5 (h), which use shall be in the manner permitted by this Agreement This right to use shall commence upon the vesting of title to the Port Authority as hereinabove provided and shall continue throughout the term of the permission granted to the Permittee to operate the WTC Fiber Backbone System.

 

(i)                                      The Port Authority shall provide to the Permittee and BRAM, promptly after the execution of this Agreement, a letter (i) stating that the Port Authority is a “public corporation” within the meaning of New York State Department of Taxation and Finance Regulation Section 529.2(a)(2) and New York Tax Law Section 1116(a)(1), and (ii) describing the proposed ownership and use of the equipment installed or to be installed pursuant to this Agreement and the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement as part of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, which letter may be used by each of the Permittee and BRAM in its efforts to obtain a sales tax exemption from New York State Division of Taxation and Finance with regard to its purchase of such equipment.

 

Section 6.                                             In-Kind Services

 

Upon the written request by the Port Authority therefor, from time-to-time the Permittee or BRAM shall, at no charge, install, operate and maintain for use by the Port Authority or one or more affiliated entities designated by it, but not by the Net Lessee (as defined in Section 16) or any other assignee, successor or lessee of the Port Authority (including any assignee of its rights under the TNAS Agreement) unless expressly and specifically agreed to in writing by the Port Authority, a total of two fiber optic cable strands per floor to serve each floor then occupied by the Port Authority in the WTC Facility, or such of the above-described floors as may then be specified by the Port Authority; provided, however, in no event shall the Permittee or BRAM (i) be required to provide more than five (5) fiber optic strands in the aggregate or (ii) be responsible for the electronic connections at the end of each of the fiber optic strands.

 

16



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 7.                                             Termination of WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, pursuant to Section 19(h) of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement, BRAM shall have the right at any time, upon at least thirty (30) days notice to the Permitee and the Port Authority to terminate the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement before the end of the Term, provided that before such termination is effective, BRAM satisfies the terms and conditions of such Section 19 (h), including without limitation, paying to the Port Authority on or prior to the date of termination, as liquidated damages, an amount (the “Port Authority Final Payment”) equal to the greater of (i) the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), or (ii) an amount equal to the WTC Minimum Fee for the entire Annual Period in which the termination date occurs plus an amount equal to the WTC Minimum Fee for the immediately preceding Annual Period (without taking into account or off-setting any amounts otherwise due or paid by BRAM under the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement prior to the date of such termination). Upon such termination and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in such Section 19(h) and this paragraph, or upon a termination of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement pursuant to Section 19(a) thereof and the full compliance by BRAM with the requirements of the last sentence of such Section 19(a), the Port Authority shall return to BRAM (as applicable) any remaining Security Deposit or the letter of credit described in Section 13 below, and BRAM and EurekaGGN shall not have any further rights against or obligations to the Port Authority under the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement (except as expressly set forth therein) and under the Nondisturbance Agreement. BRAM and EurekaGGN shall be entitled to rely on this Section 7(a) as third-party beneficiaries thereof.

 

(b)                                  If (i) BRAM exercises its right to terminate the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement pursuant to Section 19(h) thereof and on or prior to the date of termination thereof pays the Port Authority Final Payment to the Port Authority, (ii) the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 19(a) thereof and BRAM complies in full with the requirements of the last sentence of such Section 19(a), or (iii) the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 5(VII) thereof and BRAM complies in full with the requirements of the last two sentences of such Section 5(VII), then upon such termination and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions in this paragraph, (y) the Port Authority shall return to BRAM any remaining Security Deposit or the related letter of credit, and (z) the Permittee shall not have any further obligations with respect to the World Trade Center and the WTC Fiber Backbone System (including without limitation any obligation to pay the fees required hereunder) under this Supplemental Agreement; provided, however, that the Permittee may elect in writing, delivered to the Port Authority within 30 days after such termination, to continue to operate the WTC Fiber Backbone System for the uses set forth in this Agreement on reasonable and customary terms and conditions to be determined by the Permittee and the Port Authority based on market conditions at the time of such termination. The parties agree to negotiate such terms and conditions in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner and to set forth same in a written amendment or supplement to the TNAS Agreement to be entered into within 180 days after the date of such termination. If the parties hereto have complied with the provisions of this Section 7 but such amendment or supplement is not entered into within the aforementioned 180 day period, or if the Permittee does not elect to continue to operate the WTC Fiber Backbone System in accordance with the foregoing, then the Permittee shall comply with its obligations under Section 8(a) hereof (without exception for the BRAM Equipment).

 

17



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Section 8.                                             Surrender

 

(a)                                   Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Permittee covenants and agrees to yield and deliver the WTC Fiber Backbone System peaceably to the Port. Authority free and clear of any claim of ownership by the Permittee, including title to the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit and the rights to the Permittee’s agreement with BRAM, WTC Fiber Backbone System software licenses, equipment warranties, service contracts, etc., but excluding (i) all of the Permittee’s and BRAM’s equipment located in the Space, (ii) any equipment (but not fixtures or trade fixtures) connecting the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit with the equipment in the Space and (iii) any equipment owned by Carrier Users or WTC System End Users, all without any further act or deed by the Permittee. The Permittee shall promptly execute and deliver quitclaim assignments, bills of sale and all other equivalent documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence the rights of the Port Authority therein, including title to the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit, all WTC Fiber Backbone System software licenses, equipment warranties, service contracts, etc. Such right to use the WTC Fiber Backbone System shall not in any manner affect, alter or diminish any of the obligations of the Permittee under this Agreement. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Permittee shall deliver the WTC Fiber Backbone System to the Port Authority promptly and in good condition, such reasonable wear excepted as would not adversely affect or interfere with its proper operation under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Permittee shall have the right at any time during the WTC Term to remove a portion or portions of the WTC Fiber Backbone System consisting of equipment or other personal property from the WTC Facility, provided that the Permittee shall install suitable replacements therefor as is necessary for WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations. Furthermore, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement the Permittee shall promptly remove the WTC Fiber Backbone System, only if so directed by the Port Authority, and, only upon such removal, title to the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber conduit shall thereupon vest in the Permittee and title to the electronic equipment forming a part of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, software licenses, equipment warranties, service contracts, etc. shall thereupon vest in BRAM, except as may be otherwise provided in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement, without any further act or deed by the Permittee or by BRAM, as the case may be. The Port Authority shall promptly execute and deliver bills of sale and all other documents necessary or convenient in order to evidence any such transfer of title to the Permittee or BRAM, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If the Permittee shall fail to remove the WTC Fiber Backbone System within One Hundred Twenty (120) days after receiving a written direction to do so from the Port Authority pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Port Authority may remove the WTC Fiber Backbone System or a portion or portions thereof to a public warehouse for deposit or retain the same in its own possession, and, in either event, may dispose of the same as waste material or sell the same at public auction, the proceeds of which shall be applied first to the expenses of removal, storage and sale, and second to any sums owed by the Permittee to the Port Authority, with any balance remaining to be paid to the Permittee; if the expenses of such removal, storage and sale shall exceed the proceeds of sale, the Permittee shall pay such excess to the Port Authority on demand Without limiting any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Permittee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Port Authority, its Commissioners, officers, agents, employees and contractors from all claims of third persons arising out of the Port Authority’s removal and disposition of property pursuant to this

 

18



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

paragraph, including claims for conversion, claims for loss of or damage to property, claims for injury to persons (including death), and claims for any other damages, consequential or otherwise.

 

Section 9.                                             Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                   The following sections of the TNAS Agreement shall each be inapplicable to the WTC Fiber Backbone System and, to the extent its activities are limited solely to those set forth in the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement, BRAM: Section 41, “Non-Discrimination”, Section 42, “Affirmative Action” and Section 43 “Permittee’s Additional Ongoing Affirmative Action - Equal Opportunity Commitment”.

 

(b)                                  The Permittee recognizes that it is a special consideration for the Port Authority’s entering into this Agreement that the Permittee, without in any way limiting or modifying its obligations with respect to any other provision of the TNAS Agreement, hereby confirms that all the obligations assumed by the Permittee pursuant to Section 46 of the TNAS Agreement, including all references therein to objectionable interference, are fully applicable to WTC Fiber Backbone System Operations, provided, however that the obligation of the Port Authority contained in the second sentence of paragraph (b) of Section 46 shall not be applicable to any communications activity conducted by any Carrier Users or WTC System End Users on the WTC Fiber Backbone System. The Permittee understands that the Port Authority makes no representations with respect to the performance or operation of the WTC Fiber Network or any facilities installed by any entity in connection therewith and it makes no representation that installations or facilities of others at the World Trade Center will not interfere, electronically or otherwise, with such performance or operation. The Permittee understands that the Port Authority may install or may permit the installation by persons other than the Permittee of lines, cables, conduits and equipment in close proximity to cables, lines and equipment of the Permittee, Carrier Users and/or WTC End Users, and the Port Authority shall not be responsible or liable for any damage to or interference with the Permittee’s or BRAM’s wireless telecommunications installations caused by any of the Port Authority’s lines or other equipment, or by lines or other equipment of third parties. With respect to wired telecommunications installations, the Port Authority shall use its reasonable efforts not to interfere with the use and operation of the Permittee’s, Carrier Users’ or BRAM’s wired telecommunications services and equipment.

 

(c)                                   The Permittee hereby represents and warrants that the provisions of subparagraph (b)(ii)(l) of Section 25 of the TNAS Agreement are fully applicable with respect to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement as a supplement to the TNAS Agreement and that no approval by or consultation with the “Project Lender” (as such term is defined in said Section 25) shall be required in order to authorize or permit the Permittee to negotiate and enter into this Agreement with the Port Authority.

 

(d)                                  (i) Within thirty (30) days of the full execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Port Authority shall provide the Permittee with a list of the names, addresses and tenant contacts for each existing tenant in the WTC Facility, and shall send or permit the Permittee or BRAM to send to each such tenant a letter using the mailing list supplied by the Port Authority, in the form set forth on Exhibit “M” attached to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement (as the same may be modified (i) in the case of immaterial changes to correct grammar, tense, dates, names and similar matters, by 10 days’ notice to the Port Authority and

 

19



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(ii) in the case of all other modifications, by the mutual agreement of the Permittee, BRAM and the Port Authority), acknowledging the Permittee, BRAM and EurekaGGN and describing the WTC Fiber Backbone System. Upon the written request of the Permittee, the Port Authority shall also endeavor to promptly provide the Permittee with the name, address and tenant contact for each tenant who becomes a tenant in the WTC Facility in the future during the WTC Term. The Permittee and BRAM shall be permitted access to the WTC to solicit tenants of each WTC Facility in person during normal business hours.

 

(ii)                                   The Port Authority hereby consents to the following in connection with EurekaGGN’s promotional activities:

 

(1)                                   The Permittee, BRAM and EurekaGGN shall be entitled to state that the WTC Facility is a “EurekaGGN.GGN Lit Building,” and

 

(2)                                   The Permittee, BRAM and EurekaGGN shall be entitled to use either a rendering or a photograph of the WTC Facility in its promotional literature.

 

(e)                                   Any breach or default of the TNAS Agreement that would permit the termination of the TNAS Agreement pursuant to its terms by the non-breaching party shall not: (i) if such breach relates solely to the construction, operation, maintenance or use (or failure to properly perform same) of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, permit the non-breaching party to terminate the TNAS Agreement with respect to that portion of the System (the “Non-WTC System”) other than the WTC Fiber Backbone System and (ii) if such breach or default relates solely to the construction, operation, maintenance or use (or failure to properly perform same) of the Non-WTC System, permit the non-breaching party to terminate the TNAS Agreement with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System.

 

(f)                                     In the event of damage to the World Trade Center resulting from a casualty caused by the fault of any Carrier User or the officers, employees, agents, representatives, contractors, or invitees of any Carrier User or other persons doing business with any Carrier User, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12(e) of the TNAS Agreement, the Permittee shall be entitled to the abatement of the WTC Minimum Fees payable hereunder in the same manner as the Minimum Fees are abated under Subsections 12(a) through 12(d) of the TNAS Agreement and, as applicable, a pro rata portion of the Security Deposit shall be released to BRAM or the face amount of the letter of credit provided for in Section 13(b) hereof shall be reduced pro rata in each instance, only for the period of such abatement. In addition, clause (i) of Subsection 12(a)(i) of the TNAS Agreement shall be and hereby is amended, solely as it relates to the WTC, to provide that the repairs or rebuilding of the WTC Facility in question shall include the re-building of the In-Building System for such WTC Facility by the Permittee or BRAM, provided that BRAM has diligently pursued such re-building).

 

(g)                                  The Permittee’s indemnification obligations under Section 13 of the TNAS Agreement shall be limited with respect to the World Trade Center to the extent indemnification of the Port Authority and its commissioners, members, officers, agents, representatives and employees is provided by BRAM under the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement or a Carrier User under its Carrier Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 32 of the TNAS Agreement, the Permittee’s obligations under the TNAS Agreement may be performed and its

 

20


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

rights or privileges thereunder may be exercised by subcontractors unless the Port Authority objects thereto in writing.

 

(i)                                      Section 44(f) of the TNAS Agreement shall be and hereby is amended, solely as it relates to the WTC, to provide that no failure, delay, interruption reduction in any electrical service or services in the WTC for a continuous period of less than five days shall be or shall be construed to be an eviction of Permittee, shall be grounds for any diminution or abatement of the fees payable under the TNAS Agreement, or shall constitute grounds for any claim by the Permittee for damages, consequential or otherwise, unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Port Authority, its employees or agents.

 

(j)                                      Section 10 of the TNAS Agreement shall be and hereby is amended, solely as it relates to the WTC, to provide that the Permittee’s obligations under clause (ii) thereof arise only upon notice from the Port Authority of the prohibited act or thing, in the same manner as BRAM’s obligations under Section 10 of the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement.

 

Section 10.                                       Warrants

 

The WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement shall obligate BRAM to cause EurekaGGN to and EurekaGGN shall on the WTC Commencement Date enter into a Warrant Agreement with and issue to the Permittee a Warrant (the “Warrant”), both the Warrant Agreement and the Warrant being in the form attached to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement as “Exhibit E,” entitling the Permittee to purchase Two Hundred Eighteen Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-one (218,591) shares of the common stock of EurekaGGN at a purchase price of One Dollar and Twenty-Five Cents, ($1.25) per share.

 

Section 11.                                       Changes in Federal Regulation

 

If the laws, rules and regulations of the United States Government regarding the use and operation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System in effect as of the date of this Agreement are amended, supplemented, modified or repealed so as to grant to third parties rights of use and access to the WTC Fiber Backbone System, including the Sumitomo “FutureFlex” fiber optic conduit, other than through consensual agreements with the Permittee governing such use and operation, (each such amendment, modification or repeal being called in this Section an “Adverse Federal Regulatory Change”) then the Permittee shall be permitted to terminate the TNAS Agreement solely with respect to the WTC Fiber Backbone System upon Forty-five (45) days prior written notice to the Port Authority. This right of termination by the Permittee shall expire on the day preceding the second anniversary of such Adverse Federal Regulatory Change.

 

Section 12.                                       New Competition

 

(a)                                   New Competition shall mean any of the following:

 

(i)                                      Any Competitive Telecommunications Delivery System introduced by any Person for the first time into the WTC Facility after the WTC Commencement Date that is both:

 

(A)                               actively providing service to customers either (x) on forty (40) or more floors in the WTC Facility, or (y) to twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the tenants in the WTC Facility; and

 

21



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

(B)                                 competing with, the WTC Fiber Backbone System for the delivery of telecommunications services to tenants in the WTC Facility.

 

(ii)                                   Any change of Laws that has materially impaired the revenues generated from the WTC Fiber Backbone System.

 

(iii)                                Any mandate by a Governmental Authority which caused an involuntary (x) sale of all or a material portion of the WTC Fiber Backbone System, (y) lease of all or a material portion of the WTC Fiber Backbone System at less than fair market rates or (z) material reduction in rates charged by the Permittee for connectivity to the WTC Fiber Backbone System.

 

(b)                                  A “Competitive Telecommunications Delivery System” is characterized by a “shared” fiber infrastructure that delivers voice and/or data telecommunications products and services (such as local dial tone, long distance dial tone, internet access, frame relay, and virtual private network services) through the installation of a vertical fiber distribution infrastructure connecting, in the manner described below in this paragraph, more than eighty (80) floors in the WTC Facility. Such infrastructure as installed is capable of serving fifty percent (50%) or more of the tenants in the WTC Facility and consists of “Intermediate Distribution Frame Junction Boxes” (“IDFs”) on select floors of the building where the fiber is terminated. All the fiber running from the IDFs eventually traces back to one or more central locations within the building where it is cross-connected to voice and/or data equipment, such as switches, routers and voice aggregation devices. Such equipment is then connected to a central office for interconnection with the internet and/or the public switched telephone network.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, New Competition does not include the installation or operation of additional WTC Facility fiber riser cables by the Persons listed on Exhibit “L” attached to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement, including the successors or assigns of such Persons, having agreements, as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or replaced, with the Port Authority, in effect on the date of this Agreement, providing for the right to deliver telecommunications service to one or more WTC tenants.

 

(d)                                  In the event a Person seeks an agreement with the Port Authority providing inter alia for the installation and operation of building fiber riser cables to be used to provide telecommunications service to one or more third parties, the Port Authority hereby agrees that, at least thirty (30) days prior to authorizing the installation of any building fiber riser cables by such Person, it shall notify the Permittee of the identity of such Person and the general location of the proposed installation.

 

(e)                                   In the event there is New Competition, the WTC Minimum Fees shall be reduced for the balance of the Term by fifty percent (50%). This reduction in the WTC. Minimum Fees shall be triggered upon the first occurrence, and only upon the first occurrence, of New Competition.

 

Section 13.                                       Security Deposit or Letter of Credit

 

(a)                                   On the WTC Commencement Date, the Permittee shall cause BRAM to deposit with the Port Authority (and to keep deposited throughout the WTC Term) either (i) (x) until the expiration of the Fifth Annual Period, the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in cash, (y) until the expiration of the Tenth Annual Period, the sum of One Million

 

22



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

Dollars ($1,000,000) in cash and during each Annual Period thereafter, cash in the aggregate amount equal to the WTC Minimum Fees for such Annual Period plus the amount of the WTC Minimum Fees for the next Annual Period, or (ii) bonds of the United States of America, or of the State of New Jersey, or of the State of New York, having a market value of the amount specified in each category above, as security for the full, faithfull and prompt performance of and compliance with, on the part of the Permittee and BRAM, all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement on their part to be fulfilled, kept, performed or observed (the “Security Deposit”). Bonds qualifying for deposit hereunder shall be in bearer form but if bonds of that issue were offered only in registered form, then BRAM may deposit such bond or bonds in registered form, provided however, that the Port Authority shall be under no obligation to accept such deposit of a bond in registered form unless such bond has been re-registered in the name of the Port Authority (the expense of such re-registration to be borne by BRAM) in a manner satisfactory to the Port Authority in its reasonable discretion. BRAM may request the Port Authority to accept a registered bond in BRAM’s name and, if acceptable to the Port Authority, BRAM shall deposit such bond together with a bond power (and such other instruments or other documents as the Port Authority may require in its reasonable discretion) in form and substance satisfactory to the Port Authority in its reasonable discretion. In the event the deposit is returned to BRAM, any expenses incurred by the Port Authority in re-registering a bond to the name of BRAM shall be borne by BRAM. In addition to any and all other remedies available to it, the Port Authority shall have the right, at its option, at any time and from time to time, with or without notice, to use the deposit or any part thereof in whole or partial satisfaction of any of its claims or demands against the Permittee or BRAM. There shall be no obligation on the Port Authority to exercise such right and neither the existence of such right nor the holding of the deposit itself shall cure any default or breach of this Agreement on the part of the Permittee or BRAM. With respect to any bonds deposited by BRAM, the Port Authority shall have the right, in order to satisfy any of its claims or demands against the Permittee or BRAM, to sell the same in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, with or without prior notice at public or private sale, all as determined by the Port Authority, together with the right to purchase the same at such sale. The proceeds of every such sale shall be applied by the Port Authority, first to the costs and expenses of the sale (including but not limited to advertising or commission expenses) and then to the amounts due the Port Authority from the Permittee or BRAM. Any balance remaining shall be retained in cash toward bringing the deposit to the sum specified above. In the event that the Port Authority shall, in accordance with the terms hereof, at any time or times so use the deposit, or any part thereof, or if bonds shall have been deposited and the market value thereof is or shall have declined below the above-mentioned amount, the Permittee shall cause BRAM to, on demand of the Port Authority and within two (2) Business Days thereafter, deposit with the Port Authority additional cash or bonds so as to maintain the deposit at all times to the full amount above stated, and such additional deposits shall be subject to all the conditions of this Section. After the expiration or earlier termination of the WTC Term, and upon condition that the Permittee or BRAM shall then be in no way in default under any part of this Agreement, and upon written request therefor by BRAM, the Port Authority shall promptly return the deposit to BRAM, together with any interest earned thereon, less the amount of any and all unpaid claims and demands (including estimated damages) of the Permittee or BRAM by reason of any previous default or breach by the Permittee or BRAM of this Agreement or any part thereof. After the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to any individual building within the WTC Facility, and upon condition that BRAM shall then be in no way in default under any part of this Agreement, and upon written request therefor by BRAM, the Port Authority shall promptly return a pro rata portion of the Security Deposit to BRAM (based on the total rentable square footage in such building compared to the total

 

23



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

rentable square footage in the WTC Facility), together with any interest earned thereon, less the amount of any and all unpaid claims and demands (including estimated damages) of BRAM by reason of any previous default or breach, by the Permittee or BRAM of this Agreement or any part thereof. BRAM agrees that it will not as sign or encumber the deposit. BRAM agrees that it will not assign or encumber the deposit. The Port Authority shall be entitled to collect or receive any and all interest or income earned on bonds and interest paid on cash deposited in interest-bearing bank accounts, which amounts shall be held as additional security pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

(b)                                  In lieu of the Security Deposit required pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section, the Permittee may cause BRAM or its affiliate to deliver to the Port Authority, as security for all obligations of the Permittee and BRAM under this Agreement, a clean irrevocable letter of credit issued by a banking institution satisfactory to the Port Authority and having its main office within the Port of New York District, in favor of the Port Authority in the amount of (i) until the expiration of the [*] Annual Period, the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), (ii) until the expiration of the [*] Annual Period, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (iii) during each Annual Period thereafter, the aggregate amount equal to the WTC Minimum Fees for such Annual Period plus the amount of the WTC Minimum Fees for the next Annual Period. The form and terms of such letter of credit, as well as the institution issuing it, shall be subject to the prior and continuing reasonable approval of the Port Authority. A form of such letter of credit acceptable to the Port Authority as of the date of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit “K” to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement, and is hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof. Such letter of credit shall provide that it shall continue throughout the WTC Term and for a period of not less than six (6) months thereafter; such continuance may be by provision for automatic renewal every two years or by substitution of a subsequent reasonably satisfactory letter. Upon notice of cancellation of a letter of credit, the Permittee and BRAM agree that unless, by a date twenty (20) days prior to the effective date of cancellation, the letter of credit is replaced by security in the amount required in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section or another letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the Port Authority, the Port Authority may draw down the full amount thereof and thereafter the Port Authority will hold the same as security under paragraph (a) of this Section. Failure to provide and maintain such letter of credit at any time during the WTC Term which is valid and available to the Port Authority including any failure of any banking institution issuing any such letter of credit previously accepted by the Port Authority to make one or more payments as may be provided in such letter of credit, shall be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement on the part of the Permittee. Upon acceptance of such letter of credit by the Port Authority, and upon request by BRAM made thereafter, the Port Authority will return any Security Deposit theretofore made under and in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section. BRAM shall have the same rights to receive such deposit during the existence of a valid letter of credit as it would have to receive such sum upon expiration of this Agreement and fulfillment of the obligations of BRAM under this Agreement. If the Port Authority shall make any drawing under a letter of credit held by the Port Authority hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, the Permittee shall cause BRAM to, on written demand of the Port Authority and within two (2) Business Days thereafter, to bring the letter of credit back up to its full amount. After the expiration of earlier termination of the WTC Term, and upon the conditions that the Permittee or BRAM shall then be in no way in default under any part of this Agreement and there shall not be any unpaid claims or demands (including estimated damages) by reason of any previous default or breach by the Permittee or BRAM of this Agreement or any part thereof, and upon written request therefor by the Permittee or BRAM, the Port Authority shall promptly return the letter of credit

 


*              CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

24



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

to BRAM. After the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement with respect to any individual building within the WTC Facility, and upon the conditions that the Permittee or BRAM shall then be in no way in default under any part of this Agreement and there shall not be any unpaid claims or demands (including estimated damages) by reason of any previous default or breach by the Permittee or BRAM of this Agreement or any part thereof, and upon written request therefor by the Permittee or BRAM, the Port Authority shall promptly consent in writing to a pro rata reduction of the amount of the letter of credit (based on the total rentable square footage in such building compared to the total rentable square footage in the WTC.

 

(c)                                   No action by the Port Authority pursuant to the terms of any letter of credit, or receipt by the Port Authority of funds from any bank issuing any such letter of credit, shall be or be deemed to be a waiver of any default by the Permittee or BRAM under the terms of this Agreement and all remedies under this Agreement of the Port Authority consequent upon such default shall not be affected by the existence of or a recourse to any such letter of credit.

 

(d)                                  The Port Authority shall, on or before the execution of the Net Lease (as hereinafter defined), and subject to the terms of Section 16 hereof, transfer and assign to the Net Lessee all of the Port Authority’s right, title and interest in and to the security deposit or letter of credit paid or issued to the Port Authority under this Section, and shall pay any cash or bonds constituting the security deposit to the Net Lessee. In the event of a Foreclosure (as hereinafter defined), the Net Lessee shall transfer and assign to the Lender (as hereinafter defined) all of the Net Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to the security deposit or letter of credit paid or issued to the Net Lessee under this Section, and shall pay any cash or bonds constituting the security deposit to the Lender.

 

Section 14.                                       No Broker

 

The Permittee represents and warrants that no broker has been concerned in the negotiation of this Agreement or the implementation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System hereunder, including but not limited to the establishment of fees payable by the Permittee to the Port Authority therefor, and that there is no broker who is or may be entitled to be paid a commission in connection therewith. The Permittee shall indemnify and save harmless the Port Authority of and from any and all claims for commission or brokerage made by-any and all persons, firms or corporations whatsoever for services in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the implementation of the WTC Fiber Backbone System hereunder, including but not limited to the establishment of fees payable by the Permittee to the Port Authority therefor.

 

Section 15.                                       Estoppel Certificates

 

At any time and from time to time, within Fifteen (15) days after the Port Authority’s request, the Permittee shall certify by written instrument, duly executed, acknowledged and delivered, to the Port Authority or any other person or entity specified by the Port Authority as to the following with respect to the TNAS Agreement, as it is hereby and may hereafter be extended, amended and supplemented (hereafter, in this Section, the “Then Current Agreement”):

 

(i)                                      That the Then Current Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as

 

25



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

modified, and stating the modifications, and that there are no other agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, between the landlord and the Permittee with respect to the Then Current Agreement or any Port Authority Facility;

 

(ii)                                   The date of expiration of the then current term of the Then Current Agreement, and what (if any) rights of renewal, rights of cancellation, including options to purchase, rights of first offer, or rights of first refusal, the Permittee has;

 

(iii)                                The amounts of minimum fees, and all other fixed charges, payable under the Then Current Agreement, and the date through which all such fees and charges have been paid in advance;

 

(iv)                               Whether all payments (if any) to be made by the Port Authority or any Net Lessee (as defined in Section 16 below) to the Permittee for improvement work pursuant to the Then Current Agreement have been made;

 

(v)                                  Whether or not there are then existing any known set-offs or defenses against the enforcement of any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions, or any modifications thereof of the Then Current Agreement, upon the part of the Permittee to be performed or complied with, and if so, specifying the same;

 

(vi)                               Whether the Permittee has sent to or received from the landlord a notice of default under the Then Current Agreement, and whether the Permittee has knowledge of any event which with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both would constitute a default by the landlord under the Then Current Agreement;

 

(vii)                            The amount of any Security Deposit or the face amount of (and if known, the available amount under) any letter of credit held by-the Port Authority or any Net Lessee under the Then Current Agreement;

 

(viii)                         Whether the Permittee has assigned the Then Current Agreement, if it has any right to do so under the Then Current Agreement; and

 

(ix)                                 Such other matters relating to the Then Current Agreement as the Port Authority may reasonably request

 

Section 16.                                       Subordination and Non-Disturbance

 

(a)                                   (i)   The TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, shall in all respects be and hereby is made subject to an agreement of lease (as the same may be entered into, amended and/or modified from time-to-time, the “Net Lease”) covering a leasehold interest in and to significant portions of the World Trade Center entered into (or to be entered into) by the Port Authority and a third party and its successors and assigns (the “Net Lessee”) on the condition that the Net Lessee shall execute such confirmatory instruments (the “Assumption Instruments”) as the Permittee shall reasonably require to evidence the Net Lessee’s agreement to assume the obligations of the Port Authority under the TNAS Agreement (other than its obligations under Section 5(i) hereof, which shall remain an obligation of the Port Authority), solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, and to confirm its receipt of the Security Deposit or the letter of credit pursuant to Section 13 hereof, and to be further bound by the

 

26



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

provisions of this Section 16. The TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, shall in all respects be and hereby is made subject and subordinate to the lien of any security instrument executed by the Net Lessee in connection with a financing of the Net Lease by a bank or other financial institution (the “Lender”), on the condition execute a non-disturbance agreement with the Permittee (in form reasonably acceptable to the Permittee), as described in Section 16(b)(i) below. The Permittee hereby agrees, upon written notice of same by the Port Authority, to recognize that the Net Lessee may act in substitution for the Port Authority under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, and shall have all the rights and obligations of the Port Authority under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, except as is specifically provided below and provided that the Net Lessee shall execute the Assumption Instruments.

 

(ii)           The Port Authority hereby agrees to transfer to the Net Lessee (as applicable) the Security Deposit or the letter of credit pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

 

(iii)        In the event the Lender acquires or succeeds to the interests of the Net Lessee under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, by means of a foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise (“Foreclosure”), the Permittee hereby agrees, upon written notice of same by the Port Authority, provided the Security Deposit has been transferred to the Lender, to recognize the Lender or its authorized designee in substitution of the Port Authority under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, except as is specifically provided below and provided that the Lender shall execute such confirmatory instruments as the Permittee shall reasonably require to evidence the Lender’s agreement to assume the obligations of the Port Authority under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, and to confirm Lender’s receipt of the Security Deposit From and after such recognition, the Lender shall be bound to the Permittee under all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, except that Lender shall not be: (v) liable for any act or omission, or obligated to cure any defaults, of any Net Lessee or any prior lender, which occurred prior to the date the Lender acquired or succeeded to the interests of the Net Lessee under the TNAS Agreement; (w) subject to any offsets or defenses that the Permittee may have against any Net Lessee or any prior lender, (x) bound by any amendment, modification or termination of the TNAS Agreement not executed prior to the date the Lender succeeded to the interests of Net Lessee, unless consented to in writing by the Lender; (y) bound by any payment of any minimum or variable fee paid to any Net Lessee for more than the then-current calendar quarter (unless the same is required pursuant to the WTC Fiber Backbone Agreement); and (z) obligated to refund any security deposit unless actually received by the Lender or its authorized designee. The Lender shall have no obligation, nor incur any liability to the Permittee beyond the Lender’s then-interest in the World Trade Center, and the Permittee shall each look exclusively to such interest of the Lender in the World Trade Center for the payment and discharge of any obligations that may be imposed on the Lender under the TNAS Agreement, solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center.

 

(b)                                  (i) The Net Lessee (and any Lender which acquires the Net Lessee’s interest through a Foreclosure) shall agree (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Permittee) to

 

27



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

recognize the Permittee and the Permittee’s rights under the TNAS Agreement and shall agree that the Permittee’s rights and privileges under the TNAS Agreement shall not be disturbed during the term of the TNAS Agreement (and any renewals or extensions thereof), provided that the Permittee is not in default under the terms of the TNAS Agreement applicable thereto solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, beyond any applicable grace period, and complies with its obligations under this Section.

 

(ii)           In the event the Net Lease is terminated, the Port Authority shall recognize the TNAS Agreement as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, and shall not disturb the rights and privileges of the Permittee under the TNAS Agreement (and any renewals or extensions thereof), provided that the Permittee is not in default under the terms of the TNAS Agreement solely as and to the extent the TNAS Agreement is applicable to the World Trade Center, beyond any applicable grace period, and complies with its obligations under this Section.

 

Section 17.                                       No Liability

 

Neither the Commissioners of the Port Authority nor any of them, nor any officer, agent or employee thereof, shall be charged personally by the Permittee with any liability, or held liable to it under any term or provision of this Agreement or because of its execution or attempted execution or because of any breach thereof.

 

Section 18.                                       Continuation in Effect

 

As hereby amended, all of the terms, covenants, provisions, conditions and agreements of the TNAS Agreement shall be and remain in full force and effect

 

Section 19.                                       Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

 

Section 20.                                       Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement and the TNAS Agreement which it amends constitute the entire agreement between the Port Authority and the Permittee on the subject matter and may not be changed, modified, discharged or extended except by instrument in writing duly executed on behalf of both the Port Authority and the Permittee. The Permittee agrees that no representations or warranties shall be binding upon the Port Authority unless expressed in writing in the TNAS Agreement or in this Agreement

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]

 

28



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Port Authority and the Permittee have executed these presents, as of the date first above written.

 

 


ATTEST:

 

THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Illegible]

 

By:

[Illegible]

Secretary

 

Title:

DIRECTOR OF REAL ESTATE

 

 

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEW YORK TELECOM PARTNERS, LLC

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

CONCOURSE COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sharon G. Knudsen

 

By:

/s/ Richard DiGeronimo

Name:

Sharon G. Knudsen

 

 

Richard DiGeronimo

Title:

Program Control Mgr

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]

 

29




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 (No. 333-171719) of Boingo Wireless, Inc. of our report dated March 18, 2011, except for Note 19(a), which is as of April 29, 2011, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boingo Wireless, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
April 29, 2011




QuickLinks